A New Method Portuguese Language - Forgotten Books

Entered, according to Apt ofCongress, in the year 1868, by

D. A PPL E'I‘

ON

In the Clerk’s omce ofthe District Court ofth e Un ited States for the Southern

District ofNew York.

P R E F A C E .

W HIL E living in Bra zil, I was often told by myEnglish and A m erica n friends

,tha t therewas n o book

to assist them in acquiring the Portuguese language.

I resolved to supply this wan t, as far a s it was in m ypowerto do so but circum stan ces preven ted m e fromcarrying out this purpose, un til I cam e to the Un itedSta tes. The undertaking was on e ofconsiderabledifficulty, owing to the a lm ost total want ofbooks forreference. But I endeavored to overcom e all impedim en ts by faithful labor and diligen ce, a nd am confi

den t ofthe correctn ess ofthe rules as well as the

appmpriaten ess ofthe ex amples.

Should the presen t volum e fill,not unworthily, a

long-felt vacuum ; should it con tribute

,in however

sm all a degree, toward ex tending the knowledge of

the beautiful language ofCam oen s,the rival ofTasso,

the warrior-poet, I should con sider m y labors a s m ore

than compen sa ted . E . F. G .

C’leveland, May, 1863.

L esson

C ON T E N T S .

L

PRINCIPA L SENTENCE .

1. S IM PLE SENTENCE.

Present indicative ofI . conjugationPresent ind icative ofII . conjugationPresen t indicative ofI II . conjugationPresent indicative negavwekz/ (ofall three conjugations)

om ission ofthe subject. pronoun ; unipereonal andimpersonal verbs

Pre sen t indicative tnterrogativeh/ it u 1, etc .

Present indicative negatively and m tm ogativeby pronouns ofcivility

Imperative m ood

Future imperfect

Becapitulation ; prelim in ary rem arks on the plural ofn ouns and the agreem en t ofadjectives

Historical preterit

Descriptive preterit

Perfect ; pastparticiplePluperfect (compoun d and simple) .

Future perfect

Recapitula tion ofthe ten ses ofth e in dicative m ood

Condition al m ood .

Present participle ; the verb a tar ; periphrastical con

XIX.

XXVII .

XXXVII .

XXXVIII .

CONTENTS .

Orthographical changes ofthe verbal character when a

con son an t (verbs en ding in car, gar,car, oer, ger, gar)

cardin al num bers ; date

Euphon ic changes in verbs with a vowel for character

(call/tr, M W , tralm'

xr, verbs in ear, ia r, oar, ua r, oer)

ordin al n um bers

Preterits ofser, ester, ter, haoer imperson al verbs

B. B 'ed ica te is an A dj ectdve (Num era l, Hirticiple).

G en der and n um ber ofadjectives ; agreem en t ofthepredicative and adn om inal adjective

S er and estar

Comparison ofadjectivesA bsolute superlative in defin ite pronoun s ; n egatives ;

one after adjectives n ot ex pressed

( J. H ad/Ma te is a Noun (Pron own , Infin iM e) .

Plural and gender ofnoun s

Agreem en t ofpredicate and subject ; pred icative so in

fin itive as subject an d predicateA ugm entatives an d dim inutives

2. COMPLETE SENTENCE.

Declen sion ; de and a

A rticle

Determ in ative adjectives ; position ofthe adnom in al ad

j ective

G en itive ofquality, quantity, etc . ; English compoundsPresent subjunctive (form ation ) ; full paradigm ofthe

imperative m ood

Imperfect subjun ctiveFuture subjunctive

a . Ow ner or Vanes.

A . Object is a Norm .

Position ofthe object ; irregular verbs ofI . conjugationObject govern ed by a factitive object ; irregular verbsofII . conjugation

Dative an d gen itive objects ; irregularverbs ofI I . conjugation

Irregular verbs ofI I . conjugation continued

L esson .

XXXIX.

XL .

XL I .

XL IV.

XL V.

XLVI .

XLVI I .

XLVIII .

XL IX.

CONTENTS .

Irregular verbs ofI I . conjugation con tinued

Irregular verbs ofI I I . conjuga tio nPassive voice ,

verbs with a double pas t participle

B . Obj ect is a Pronoun .

Reflex ive an d reciprocal verbs and pronoun s

Declen sion an d position ofthe person al conjunctive pron oun s : euphon ic changes in these and the govern ingverb

A nother form ofthe future and condition al ten ses ; d is

jun c tive person alpronoun sThe 1n defin ite subject one ren dered by the reflex ive pro

n oun ; possessive and dem on strative pronoun s

0. Obj ect is a Verb (Infin itive).

I nfin itive as subject, object, predicate ; w ithout preposition , govern ed by de a nd a accompan ied by the defi

n ite article

A ux iliary verbs

b . OBJ ECT or A a crivs s.

Objective adjectives (with de, a ,para)

OBJ ECT or Norm s .

Objective noun s

A DVERBS AND ADVERBIA L PHRASES .

A dverbs an d preposition s

A . L oca l A ri/verbs.

L ocal adverbs and preposition s

B . Temporal A dverbs.

Temporal adverbs and preposition s

C. M odal an d Causa l A dverbs.

M odal and causal adverbs and preposition s ;

son ofadverbs

CO-ORDINATE SENTENCES .

Paratactical conjun ction s ; ellipses

10 CONTENTS .

SUBORDINATE SENTENCES.

A . ATTRIBU'I‘

IVE (RELA TIVE) SENTENCE.

A ttributive sentence (with the verb in the indicative

m ood) ; relativepronoun

A ttributive senten ce with the verb in the subjun ctivem ood

B. SUBSTANTIVE SENTENCE.

Relative sentence used substan tivelySubstantive sen ten ce ; subjunctive m oodIndirect question and speech (oratio obliqua )

C. ADVERBIA L SENTENCE.

1. L ocal and Tempora l.

Local and temporal conjun ction s ; subjunctive2. M oda l.

LXI. M odal conjunctions

3 . Causa l.

LXII . Causal conjunction s ; subjunctive m ood

CONTRA CTED SENTENCES .

Participles ; infin itive ; flex ible infin itiveG erund

PRONUNCIATION.

TH‘

E PORTUG UESE A LPHABET.

L etters.

“

Nam es. Pronun ciation ofNam es.

a, as infa ther)

a i ( in ha ir)

oo (in poor)

m arked With. asterisk,the fin al e is to be

For 91 soft, an d j , there are no correspond ing soun ds in Eng

12 PRONUNCIA TION.

lish (see these letters under they are in th e sam e relationto the English sh (Port. ch), as e is to s sharp(88, c) .

The letter is is not properly a letter ofth e Portuguese alphabet

,being used on ly ia words ofG reek an d A rabic origin ; even

there it is avoided, its substitute being a (as ka lendae or ca len das,

a lka li or a lca li) . The letter at) is on ly found in proper n oun s belonging to th e English or G erm an ; it is gen erally called doubleoé (from the Fren ch) .

I . TH E VOWEL S .

a long, i. e . when it h as th e ton ic accen t (whether m arked or

n ot), is the so-called Italian a,as infa ther, th ough n ot quite

so broad . E x . cim o,air

,fiscal, old .

a short, when it h as th e accen t is alm ost like a in act (Fren cha n im a l). E x . alto

,bdsta

,la

,pdto.

a short,wh en un accen tuated

,is n early like a in um brella . E x .

m en in a,a llaldo

,bo

‘

a .

open (é) is a t in ha ir. E x .fé,féra esta,élla

,pole’

.

close (6) a t infa in . E x . lér,oér

,sello

,m ésm o.

dull is pron oun ced alm ost as in belong at th e begin n ing,whenfollowed by 8

,it is alm ost in aud ible ; at th e end, its soun d

approaches the short 13. E x . estar,espéro,flrbz

,liberdade

,

ru’

de fo’

lles,an tes.

i long cc,i short i infit. Ex . fin a , sino, rio; isto,file , in

sipido.

open (o'

) r: o infor, n ot. E x . no,ro

'

sa, nbta .

close (6) o in n ote. E x . Ro‘

m a,boo

, bo‘

a,commode.

dull an d short, alm ost 00 in boot, good, prin cipally at th e

en d ofwords . E x . 0 (A rticle) ,pbvo,porto, ram o,livros.

a long 00 in poor ; a short 00 in book. E x . rua,u'oa ;

bulla,tribu .

II . THE DIPHTHONG S .

a o,a t (my) soun d alm ost like the English word eye. Ex .pae (or

pa l), taes, aa i (or w e) .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

14 racrvcuorarrou.

IV. THE CONSONANTS .

B is x b in English ; its pron un ciation o is d ialectical an d

in correct.

C’ as in English ,w ith the cedilha (c) it is _ as

,as saga , aco

ch sh in she ; ex . chd, choro, a cho. Before a con son ant,

an d in som e words derived from th e G reek, it is pron oun ced

c in ca l (or h :) Christa, chrén ica ; pci1 ocho, épooha ,

a n archic , chim ica , ohim éra ,A rohi locho (these are by som e

authors written paroco, época , a n arquia , qu im ica , quim éra ,A rchiloco) .

0, before a,o,u,as in English ,

bef01e e, i , y, it is which

see. In order to give it the hard soun d before e or i, an u

(silen t) is added : en tregue, guia .

H is a lway s silent, ex cept in a few words, wh ere it h as a veryslight aspiration , as a n helar, hdlito, ba hu .

J is pron ounced like th e s in m ea sure, collision (it is th e sam e as

in Fren ch) . E x . j bta , j arro, n ayo, suj eito.

L as in English ; lh li in m illion (the Span ish ll,or the

Fren ch l m ouillé) . E x .filho, m a lha,traba lho.

M an d

N,when at th e end ofa syllable

, give the preceding vowel the

n a sa l sound (see uh u i in pin ion (Span ish a ,Fren chgn ) . E x . n inho, ba n har, son ho.

Qu, before a and o,as in English, ex cept in qua torze, fourteen ,

and in quo at the beginn ing, as quocien te, guotid ian o. Be

fore e an d i it is 70; ex . quero, qu ila te, ex cept in conse

quen cia , frequen ts, ubiquidade, ecc torqu ir, a n tiquissim o,

where the u is pron oun ced .

R has the rolling sound ofth e Span ish or Italian letter ; it isvery strong at the begin n ing ofwords

,and when double ;

soft at the end, or between two vowels,an d before a con

son ant (in th e latter case far m ore distinct than in English) .E x . rosa

,ra bo ferro, barra ; éra

,ora

,costureira

,horta

,

parts,faroa , curto,form a .

S as in English , sharp at th e beginn ing, softer at the end of

words (th ough n ot quite so soft as in English), cery soft,

raouux cxa'rxox . 15

9, between two vowels. E x . sabdo,sizo rosa

,base; liar

-os,

nos. It is always sha rpafter a con son an t (E x . ca nsado, sub

sisto,fins) . Before on e ofth e soft con sonan ts it is also soft

(before b, d, g, l, m , n , v) . E x . m esmo, desde, rasgo, rosna r,cz

‘

sne. It is sharpbefore a ha rd con son an t (c, f, p, q, t) ;ex . casca

,esforco, raspar, esquecer, basta : ac as in English .

A t the end ofwords or syllables, when a conson a n t follows

,

a is very frequently pron oun ced alm ost like the j , an d this,indeed, seem s to be the genuine Portuguese pronun ciation(even in crescer, na sci) ; it is, however, not generally adopted

,rather avoided by the m ajority.

T is always like t in tim e ; th t.

X is 2 ch (sh English) at the beginn ing ofwords, and between

two vowels. Ex . aarope, ca izdo, luao.

'

In compounds w iththe prefix ea , it sounds s sh arp, when followed by a con

son an t (caper, ex trem a) ; 2 , when between two vowels

ex am e, eaistir, ex onera/r, eahortar, for h is silent) . It soun ds

like a: in the Englishfox , in th e words sea-o, new ,compleao,

convex o s in sea to,tea to,pretezto , as infi/uwo, defluwdo,

tran sco (perfect ten se ofthe verb trazer).

Z as in English ; at the end ofwords it is sharper. Ex . zona ,

a za feréz, aéz, assaz.

V. Mum on 8 1mm L sr'rsns.

Vowels are always pron oun ced, ex cept it in gue, gui, qua, qui(see 9 and 9 under IV. CONSONANTS) ; i and u in diphthongs,though hardly or not at all pron oun ced in som e W ords whenspeaking rapidly (sei,fa llei, ba iao, ca iara ,fa llou, pouco, see II .Dirn rn on c s), are distin ctly, though feebly, heard when the

words are spoken slowly.

Ofthe consonan ts are silen tb in silbd ito, subatom ic , subti l, subscreaer, subscrippdo .

0 before an other 0 or c (acca'

o,aceiden te, successo), and before t

(acto,facto, tecto) .before another g (M yerir, M em e), and in -ign (digno,sign a l) .

h see under IV.

16 PRONUNCIA TION.

m before n (hymno, dam no, solem n e) .

19 before c (descrippdo) an d before t (escripto,prompto, ex empte) .s at the end ofwords, when the follow ing word begin s w ith an

r (as rosas, duzen tos réis) .

These rules are n either gen eral n or strictly adhered to, as indeclam ation there is a tenden cy towards pron oun cing con son antswh ich , in conversation , are gen erally silen t. They refer m ain lyto words ofdaily use, whereas in w ords ofless frequen t occur

ren ce (such as scien tific term s,w ords d irectly and recen tly taken

from oth er languages, those rules are disregarded . Thus,c is sounded inflaccido, oceiden te, a ccelerar ; in compacto, a ctuar,octogésim o g in ben igrw,

m a ligno, ign ora r pin apto, rapto, cor

rapto, etc.,etc. In poetry th e suppression ofthe above letters

is preferred, and carried to a great ex ten t, for the sake of

euphony.

VI . PROSODY AND A ccanrus rron .

W e can on ly treat ofthe m ost gen eral laws ofprosody in thePortuguese language. Prosody teaches the distin ction betweenlong and short

,a ccen tua ted an d un a ccen tua ted syllables. In m ost

ofthe m odern languages, th e ton ic a ccen t (i. e. the accen t ofthe

w ord,the stress laid on on e syllable ofeach word) h a s super

seded the qua n tity (length or brevity ofsyllables) ; so also in

Portuguese : therefore we sh all give the principal rules ofaccentuation , and, by using the term s long and short

, m erely in dicateth e variation speculiar to vowels, already m en tion ed in I .

1 . The ton ic accen t ofa Portuguese word can n ot go beyon dthe a n tepenult (third from the end) .

2 . On the last syllable are accen tuated words end ing in a

diphthon g, a n asa l sound (ex cept em ), i , l, r, z. Ex ception s : several oerba l form s (for these see the respective Lesson s), riiim ,

quasi a rratel, criael, cioel, n iael, consu l, and the adiectives in i l

when derived from Latin adj . en ding in i lis, asfacil, si lil, hdbi l,and those ending in eel

, as am aoel ; a ccérddo,bénpao, orfao,

orgao, rdbao (h orse-rad ish, rabao,horse w ith a docked tail),

sotd o ; chof‘

ar,ambar, a ssaear

,nectar

,m artyr , arma zém

,oin

tém,a lém

,aaquém ,

and compoun ds like desdém ,parabém .

PRONUNCIA TION. 17

3 . On the an tepenult are accen tuated the superlatives in im ocelebe

'

rrim o, a ltissimo,optim a

,m a

’

wim o), words ending in u lo

(czim ulo,vestibule) , in ico (pzlblico, r ustic o), and a great m any

others which can on ly be learned by practice. A knowledge of

the Latin (an d G reek) prosody will prove very useful, though

n ot in all cases decisive.

4 . The rem a inder, by far th e greatest num ber,have the ton icaccen t on thepen ult (last syllable but one),principallywhen thepenult con ta in s a d iphthong (uerdadeiro, repoa so), or two con

son an ts (en terro, condem n o) , ex cept words belonging to Rule 2,as buetao

’

,con traccdé .

5 . There are, in Portuguese, two sign s called accen ts,the

a cute (L ) an d the circumflex (L ) . A system for the regular useofthese accen ts has not

,as yet, been establish ed ; therefore,

great un certa in ty prevai ls, som e ofthe best authors using themon ly for gramm atical reason s (in certain verbal form s

,contrac

tion s, or in order to d istinguish hom onym s, or in words

accen tuated on the last syllable (pé, sé, no, tafetd,j acaré,while others m ake a very ex ten sive use ofaccen ts ; an d yet in

veryfew books great con sisten cy is to be foun d . The follow ingcon tains only the m ost gen eral observation s and rules about

accents.

a) Both accents have a double destin ation ,first, to m ark the

ton ic accent ofa word, i. e . that syllable which is pron oun cedw ith greater force than th e rest (it is n ever used over a diphthongor a vowel followed by a double conson a n t, as such syllables always have the ton ic accen t, un less comprised un der on e ofthe

rules above) ; in the secon d place, in order to indicate th e n a ture

ofthe vowel, whether it has th e open sound L ) or the close

soun d (g ) . In syllables n ot h aving th e ton ic accent, an d in

words wh 1ch it is n ot custom ary to m ark w ith the accen t, it is

left to the reader’s kn owledge ofthe Portuguese language, to

give each vowel its right pronun ciation (see below, b) . Th is isth e use ofaccen ts w ith regard to prosody ; but they also serve

certa in gramm atical purposes : 1 . They d istinguish homonyms,when having a d ifferent accen tuation (dd [h e] gives, do, ofthe ;es td [h e] is, stan ds, esta

,th is ; con tinua, con tinual, con tinue, I

2

18 PRONUNCIA TION.

contin ue) ; 2 . they are used in certa in verba l form s ; 3 . theyind icate contractions (a for a a

,to the ; barris for ba rries, for

m erly written ba rriis ; lé'

rfor leer).

b) Each vowel has a long and a short pronun ciation ; this,however, does n ot affect its soun d, which m ay be open or close

,

wheth er long or short. In un accentuated syllables the vow el is

gen era lly close and short. In the syllable w ith th e ton ic a ccen t

this is different. The vowels i,u,can , according to their n ature

,

have n o othervariation than th at produced by quantity ; a ,whenshort, approaches the English a in a ct

,uilla these three, as they

offer little or n o difficulty, can h ave on ly the acute accen t for theuses m entioned in a) . But th e vow els e and 0 require great atten tion , as the d ifferen ce betw een é an d e

,6 and 6, is very dis

tin ct,and on e ofthe greatest difficulties for a foreigner. Their

several soun ds see under I . VOWEL S . It is impossible to giverules even approaching gen eral ity ; the follow ing rem arks, how

ever,w ill be found useful z—The term ination a generally in di

cates 6 in th epreceding syllable, 0 ind icates 6; ex . résa,fo

’

ra ; com a,

féro ; thus, in adjectives en ding in 080,the m asc. h as the fem .

6, as gen eréso, genero

’

sa . A lso substantives having 0‘

in the penultin the singular, change it in to 0

’

in the plural : ova, o'

vos ; péuo,pesos. Before m ,

n, r, the pron un ciation is é, e, as lém e, am éno,

Roma,lén a

,ue

‘

r,term o

,bérco,j 6rca , oeador,fi rm a (m ould) . In

hom onym ic substantives an d verbs,the form er have 6

,6,the lat

ter e,6,as com éco, the begin n ing, com éco, I begin ; a lmoco, the

breakfast,a lmo

'

co, I breakfast.

0) The acute is alw ays placed over th e vowel term in ating am on osgllabic substantive or adjective (an d also in their plural),and in som e verbs ; ex . pd, cha

’

,pé, sé, no, 86, m l, cru. A lso, in

w ords oftwo or m ore syllables,h aving the ton ic accen t on the

la st,this being term inated by a vowel

, as tafeta, pole, j a ua li,filhé,peri l. Over the vowel i th e accen t is

,however

, gen erally

om itted (see6 . There are com bination s oftwo vowels

,in which th e second

vowel h as the stronger accen tuation , the first beingpron oun cedso rapidly as to m ake it partake ofth e n ature ofa con sonan t (eand i like g in Eng] . yes, 0 an d u u) there is n o such com

PRONUNCIA TION. 19

bin ation w ith a) . These are by som e gramm arian s called diphthongs, but erron eously, as, in poetry, they form one or two

syllables, accord ing to the w ish ofth e poet. Thus ldcteo, lactea ,m ay be con sidered as having two or three syllables, glorioso as

h aving three orfour. Such are dgoa , légoa , trégoa (now gen e

rally written With u in stead ofo), coa lhar, con tiguo, area , glo

ria , etc.

7. Double con son a n ts have n ot the effect ofsharpen ing thepreced ing vowel

, perhaps rath er the contrary ; they are pro

n oun ced alm ost as separate letters, or rather, they are lengthen ed,as it were ; ex . bello bél—lo

,folles fol-lea, terra ter-ra .

E X E RC I S E S .

(W e leave it to the teach er to poin t out suchpeculiarities anddistin ction s as have n ot been m en tion ed in the rules and obser~

vation s above.)

I . Vou els.

article)

20 FROM NCIA TIOL

2 . D iphthongs.

e 0

eis heroelei faroesrei an zoes

seita caracoes

peita boi

teim a foi

vendeis s6is

correi coitadoc ivet ouro

ceifar louca (in theseeu onco is also probreu cousa noun ced oi .)m eu dous

ven deu -eo) poucom etteu -eo) roux inol

3 . Nasa l Sounds .

22 PRONUNCIA TION.

ferro, embirrado, jorro, burro, en terro, forro ; ar, caro, ge

rar, querer, furao, m ira, parar, digerir ; pran to, crespo, enrolar, fran co, braco, tracer, crér ; farto,pern a, d ivirto,porta,curva, barba, m orn o

,orbe.

S .—san to, servir, sin o, sogro, susto ; caso, cousa

, odioso, uso ;

jaspe, casca , basta, asco ; desde, m usgo, m arasm o, asn o,

cisn e, desvelo ; m an so, dan sar, pen so, absoluto ; n ascer,

n ascim ento, crescer, cresca .

T.-tio, tia, guaran tia, con sen tia, fatia, San tiago, t1ara ; therm om etro

,theologo, m athem atico .

X. sh) x adrez, pux ar, baix o, ca ix a , rox o, en x ofre, x arope,lix a

,lux o

,roux inol, palx ao, peix e, x erife, x iz ; 88) de

fiux ao,syn tax e, troux e ; ( 2 cs) sex o, n ex o, complex o, con

vex o ; z) ex altar, ex am e, ex emplo, ex im ir, ex hibir, ex orbitan te, ex ultar, ex igir, ex isten cia

,ex hortar

,ex acerbar ;

s) sex to,pretex to, tex to, m ix to, ex ten so, expedir, ex cepto,ex trem o

,ex tin cto

,expresso, ex cellente, ex clusivo.

5 . S ilen t L etters.

B .—subdito, substan cia, subtil.

0.— facto, recto, afflicto

, activo, tecto, con tracto,olfacto, as

pecto, fructo, con ducts ; accao, con struccao, predileccao,in struccao .

G .—sign al, indignacao, ass igner.

M —dam no, condem n ar, solem ne

,indem n isacao, som nolento,

hym n o.

P.—prompto, assumpto, escripto, redemptor, ex empto, optim o,captivo, descripcao.

la st. syllable.

aqu irubij avall

filho

treno

am a iam eiacolheuh ebreu

n acao

con sideracao

cidadao

espiao

christasm anh aa

general

PRONUNC IA'

I‘

ION. 23

24 ORTHOG RA PHY .

OR T H O G R A P H Y .

The Portuguese orthography is, as yet, in a very un settled

state, th e great num ber ofletters or com bin ation s ofletters ofasim ilarpron un ciation facilitating frequen t in terch anges.

Th e m ost com m on ofthese in terchanges aree and i . pae—pai ; vae

—vai ; sah e, cah e— sai, cai ;

o and u m ac—m an ; Deos—Deus ; abrio— abriu ;

i and g sistem a—system a ;

c (c) and 3 (ss) : lace— lasso ; acucar—assucar ; cancar

—can sar;

c and ch : epoca—epoch a ;

oh an d a ch elim — x elim ;oh and gu : ch im ica—quim ica ; m on archia—m on arquia ;fan dph : filosofo—ph ilosopho ; fisica—physica ;g an d j sugeito

— sujeito ; gerarchia—jerarquia ;s an d z casa— caza ;

imple an d double conson an ts : falar—fallar ; ex aggerar—ex agerar

(never, ofcourse, where th is would produce a d ifferen t pron un ciation , as would be th e case w ith r an d s)

mute letters om itted : escripto— escrito ; prompto— pron to ;fructo—fruto dam n o— dan o sahir— sa ir ;

in n asa l soun ds : forao—foram ; vaa— van

,etc .

,etc .

,etc.

There is,however

,in the best auth ors ofthe present age, a

tenden cy towards regulating the Portuguese orthography by etym ology, which we sh all also follow ,

an d for which the student

who is un acquain ted w ith the Latin an d G reek languages m ay

ORTHOG RA PHY . 25

con sult th e English orthograph y, a s there are m any thousandsofwords comm on to the English and Portuguese languages.

THE D1v1s10N or WORDS .

1 . Monosyllables, d iphthongs, and two con son ants represen ting one sound (ch, lh, nh,ph, rh, th), can not be separated (te-nha ,espelho) .

2 . On e conson an t between two vowels belongs to the second

vowel (e-n u-m e-rar).3 . Double consonan ts are a lw ays separated (fa l-lo, guer-ra) .4 . The vowel a after g and g can n ot be separated from these

con son an ts (lin -gua -

gem ,fi gue—m os) .

5 . A ny com bin ation oftwo con sonan ts m ust be separated, except where the second con son ant is l or r (ac-cres cer,pro-clam ar

,in -sis-tir) . From this rule som e ex clude sp, st, d ividing

re-spi-ra r, re-sl-stir, de—stro.

6 . The letters c an d p, when m u te before t, are drawn over

to this letter :fru-cto, es-pe-cta -cu - lo,es-cri-pto.

7. In com bin ation s ofthree con son ants the first is separatedfrom th e two others (re-gis-trar, in -spi-rar, con -cen -trar) .

8 . Prefix es reta in their last con son an ts in every case (in -ter

esse,brans-m it-tir

,sub-ar-n ar) .

CA PITA L LETTERS .

The rules for the use ofcapital letters are in Portuguese al

m ost the sam e as in English . Proper n oun s,i . e. particular

n am es belonging to on ly on e in dividual w ithout regard to th especies to which it belongs, such as Christian and fam ily n am es

or n am es ofpersons,pla ces (countries, town s, an im a ls (as of

horses,dogs, cats, b irds, ofrivers, m ountain s

, seas, lakes,

w oods,vessels, houses (hotels, palaces, are written w ith

capital in itials ; also Deos, G od, an d the attributes ofDivin itywh en used in stead ofBees (as a Prouidencia , o Om n ipoten te) .

A dj ectives derived from proper n oun s are n otwri tten w ith capitalletters :fra n cez, Fren ch, cesdreo, Caesarian , o portuguez, Portu

gnose (i. e. the Portuguese language), though a substantive, is

26 ORTHOG RA PHY.

written w ith a sm all in itial, wh ile 0 Portuguez, w ith a capitalin itial, m ean s an individua l ofthe Portuguese n ation ; thus 0

inglez, the English language, um I nglez, an Englishm an . Ti tles

are generally written w ith sm a ll in itials,but when abbreviated

,

always w ith capitals : S . M . o impera dor D . Pedro I L ,sua

m agestade o imp. Dom Pedro I I ,H . M. th e emperor Don Pedro

I I. The w ord Dom (S ir, Lord), and the com m on titles Sen hor(Sn ), Sen hora Don a (D .

,when added to n am es of

person s, are m ostly written w ith capitals.

I .

P R I N C I P A L S E NT E N C E .

1 . S I M P L E S E N T E NC E .

A . PREDICA TE I S A VERB .

L E S S ON I .

A .

First conjugation : infin itive,fa ll-ar, to speak. Present in

dicative

eu (I ) faill-o (speak)tu (thou) fall- as (speakest)elle

,ella (he, she) fall-a (speaks)

nos (we) fall-am os (speak)vos (you ) fall-siselles

,ellas (they) fall-50 (or fall-am ) .

O fogo brilh -a . A hora so-a . Tu ch a‘

m -as. Ella can t-a .

N6s con sider-am os . E lles escap~ao . Vos tard-ais. Carlos fall-aportuguez . O in im igo am eac

-a . A cortica nad-a . Nos esper

am os . E llas bord-ao . Ella toe-a pian o. Tu tard -as . O espe

ctaculo com cc- a . A s h oras pass-ao . Os soldados avane-ao .

B .

The Portuguese verbs are d ivid ed in to three classes called

conjuga tibns, according to the vowel which prevails in the ter

28 L ESSON I .

m ination s ofeach . The characteristic vowel ofth e so-called

first conjugation (th e m ost n um erous ofth e three) is a,that of

the second e,th at ofth e third i . The infin itive m ood is gen er

ally (and properly) chosen in order to ind icate th e conjugationto wh ich a verb belongs ; its term in ation in the first conjugationis a r, in the second conjugation er

,in th e third conjugation ir.

By cutting offthe term in ation ofthe infin itive,w e obtain the stem

[often , but erron eously, called the root] ofthe verb :fa ll-ar, term in ation ar

,stemfa ll.

The ex amples in A . ex hibit th e ten se calledpresen t indica tive)fthe first conjugation ; its term in ation s are : singular, o, as, a ;plural, am os, a is, (to (or am ), which are jo in ed to the stem ofthe

verb . The ton ic a ccen t, which in the infin itive is on the la st

syllable (the term in ation ), recedes in th e presen t ten se on the

pen ult, as in d icated in the paradigm . Som e use the circum flexover the a in amos, in order to d istinguish this form from the

first person plural ofthe perfect ; th is is un n ecessary, as the latter is m ost generally accen tuated (pres. fa llam os

, perf.fa llam os) .

In anticipation ofthe respective rules. let the studen t observethat th e proper term in ation ofthefem in in e gender in adjectivesan d pron oun s is a

,as in th e pronoun ofth e th ird person elle,

he,ella

,sh e, and in the defin ite article 0

,a,th e ; also, that the

term in ation ofthe plura l n um ber ofn oun s, pron oun s, articles,etc. is s, as : elle

,ella

,he, she ; elles, ella s, they ; a hora , the

hour,as horas

,the hours 0 soldado

,the sold ier

,as soldad os

,the

soldiers.

He speaks English . She cries . The gale continues. The

weather threaten s. W e doubt. You recoil. They (fern )sing. She em broiders well. The vessel rolls . Thou waitest

in va in (em i ao) . They (m asc ) dan ce . W e hesitate. Johngam bles. The ice bursts. This (isto) suffices . The con cert be

gin s. The w aves thunder. The horse stops. The horses st0p.

W e hope . The ch ildren play (brin car) . The rivulet m urm urs.

The birds sing. Thou arrivest in tim e . I b elieve this (isto).They (m asc.) despa ir.

30 LESSON I I I .

L E S S ON I I I .

Third conjugation : infin itive, part-ir, to depart, start, etc.

Present indicative :eu part-o, I depart, etc .

tu part-eselle part-enos partim os

vos part-iselles part-em

O m en sageiro part-e agora . Nos adm itt-im os isto. Elles

repart-em o d inheiro. Vos partis ? Tu applaud~es 3 Deos re

m itt-e os peccados. Eu applaud—o . Nos con sentim os. A cam

painha tin n -e. Joao abr-e a porta . Vos possu-is um grande

thesouro. Elles resid -em em L isboa . A s tropas resist-em com

coragem . Vos reprim -is os abusos. Nos in sist- im os . Ella

desist-e agora. Os geographos divid-em a terra em cin co (five)

partes. Este hom em resid-e em Londres . Esta m achin a c ‘

om

prim -e 0 ar. Os perigos dim in u—em com o m edo. Esta casa

rem itt-e m u ito d inheiro para L isboa . E stes docum en tos aindaex ist-em . A S m oscas zun -em . O gato m m ,

o cao lat-e (or ladra),o cavallo rin cha

,o gallo canta, etc .

B .

The characteristic vowel ofth e third conjugation is i (as seenin the term ination ofthe infin itive, ir) . This conjugation hasm any form s in com m on w ith the second conjugation ; thus, inthe presen t indicative, all un a ccen tua ted term in ation s ofpartirarethe sam e as those oftem er ; the characteristic vowel appearsin the a ccen tua ted term ination s ofthe first and seco nd person s of

th e plural, imos, is. The latter is always m arked w ith the acute,

being a con traction ofies or iis. Th e th ird conjugation is the

le ast n um erous ofthe three.

I resist. W e resist. He in sists. They desist. This vicepervades all (todas as) classes. The bees hum . I adm it this.

L ES SON IV . 3 1

He un ites great courage with in credible strength . You illudethe people. W e own a little (pequena ) house. The laws prob ibit this . You possess great riches. The eyes express every(coda ) em otion . Thesethings ex ist. The vessel leaves ( sa

h ir,to go out) to -day. W e d istribute the rewards. She con

founds these two (esta s dua s) circum stances. I attribute this to(a) various (va ries ) causes. He shares every thing w ith his (seu)brother. You dem and m uch . Thou liest.

L E S S ON I V.

Eu n do n ego isto, I do n ot deny this. Tu nfio obedeces,

thou dost n ot obey. Elle n a o vende a case, he does not sell

the house. Nos n do querem os isto. V63 7160 adm ittis esta razao .

Elias ndo tocac piano. A quelle hom em n do conhece estas cousas .

Eu ndo escrevo hoje. E lle nae m anda aqui. A n ton io ndo falta .

Ella nao m ora la. Tu nao confias em Deos. Maria n do cose

bem . Estas m ocas ndo bordao m al (i. e.pretty well) . Men pai

ndo falla fran cez. A quellas arvores ndo crescem . O juiz ndo

conhece as testem unhas. Nos n ae consentim os. Tal (such a )livro ndo ex iste . Eu ndo receio isto .

(Eu) nao en tendo. (N63) m oram os ali. (Elles) n ao cusso .

N50 compreh en do isto. Nao conhecem os aquello hom em .

Basta i t is en ough). Chega this w ill do) . Chove it

ra ins) . N50 chove. J zi nao chove it ra in s n o m ore).

The nega tive form ofassertion , in Portuguese, differs m aterielly from th e E nglish m ode ; the aux iliary verb to do is n ot

employed . The n egative adverb not is n ao it h as its place be

tween th e subject and verb . Thus : I do not write, en 1150 es

crevo.

In Portuguese, the subject ofthe verb, being a pron oun , m ay

be om itted, th e term ination s ofthe verb and the con tex t being

32 L E SSON v .

sufficient to indicate the subject. This om iss ion is m ost frequen tin thefirstperson Singular an d plural ; in the third person it ism uch less frequent, and can , ofcourse, on ly take place when theperson or object to wh ich the pronoun (elle, ella , etc.) should re

late has already been m en tion ed ; a restriction , which,for oh

vious reason s, does n ot apply to the first and second person s.

A s there are on ly two genders in Portuguese, the m asculineand fem in in e (see, h owever, Lesson the so-called un iper

sona l an d impersona l verbs can take n o pron oun like the Englishi t, as : i t rain s, chove, it is enough, ba sta .

The om ission ofth e pronoun does n ot affect the collocationofnao.

I do not believe this. Thou dost n ot forsake the poor (aspobres). This does n ot coun t. W e do n ot deny this fact. You

do notperceive your error. They (fem ) do n ot sing. My (m eus)brothers do n ot live here. She does n ot hear. This thread doesnot break. W e do n ot fear those ind ividuals. My sons do not

earn m uch. This rain does n ot injure th e crops. This is not

enough . You do n ot work . I do n ot understand this rule. My(m eu) father does n ot sm oke. Th is girl does n ot lie. Now hedoes n ot suffer. The ostrich does n ot fly. The play does not

begin yet. Those m en do not respect the laws. This key doesnot open that door. W e do n ot dem and (ex igir) all this (tudbisto) .

(I) do not doubt. (W e) do n ot kn ow (con hecer) those ladies.(I) doubt. (I) understand. (W e) kn ow (saber) all.

L E S S ON V

Quem ? who ? que ? o que ? wha t ?Sou

, I am es, thou a rt ; 6 (or h e), he, she, i t is ; som os

,we

are; sois, you are ; sao,they a re.

Quem entra la? E (it is) m en prim o. Quem desce a escada ?

L E S SON v . 33

E a criada . Quem m e (me) ch am a ? Sou eu. Quem acreditaisto ? Ninguem . Quem con hece aquella senhora ? Quem gritaassim ? 850 elles. Quem escreve eStes artigos ? Sou eu .

-Que

é isto ? Que d izeis a isto ? O que é o hom em ? O que é um a

ch im era ? O que aprende elle lei ? O que prova isto ? wha t

does thisprove

Quando chega o vapor ? Hoje . Quando voltas ? Com o

passa 0 Sr. senhor, M r.) A nton io ? (how is M r. A . Muitobem (very well) . Com o é isto ? Qua n ta custa este livro ? 0nde

m orao ellas ? Porgue choras ?Tocao ellas piano ? S im

,senh or ; n ao, senhora. Fa lla is vos

hespanhol ? Fallo I do) . Comprehendeis agora ? Compre

hendo . Sois pobres ? Som os. S z’

io elles parentes i Si c .

E ste sen hor (gen tlem an ) é seu (your) irm ao ? N50 é . A quella

fa m ilia é poderosa ? E. A quelle sen hor en sina inglez ? Sim ,

senhor. Teu pai sabe isto ? N50 sabe. Isto é verdade ? (is thistrue

The construction ofin terroga tive sen ten ces is as followsa) The aux iliary verb to do is n ever employed.

b) The subj ect being an interrogative pronoun (quem who ?

que o que what), the con struction is the sam e as in E nglishquem en tra who en ters ? o que acon tece what happens ? (o ga sis m uch m ore used than th e S imple gue) .

c) In all other cases the subject ought to follow the verb .

But this rule is on ly strictly Observed when the senten ce has aninterrogative pron oun , adjective, or adverb (qua n ta, how m uch ,

qua ndo, when , como, how,on de

,where,porque, why, L et

the studen t an alyze the respective senten ces in A . In all othersen ten ces, i . e. where the expected an swer is either yes or n o, ortheir equivalent expressed by a verb, the subject m ay also be

placed before the verb, as : elle sabe la tim does he know Latin ?This form is also expressive ofdoubt or a ston ishmen t, just as in

English .

d) The subject being a substa n tive, it is generally placed before the verb (aguells sen hor ens in a inglez In conversation,

3

34 L E SSON v .

th e subject, whether a pron oun (n ot in terrogative) or a substan

tive, generally precedes the verb , the ton e ofthe speaker being

sufficien t to in dicate th e question .

The adverbs sim , yes, n d o, n o, are generally, for th e sake of

politen ess, a ccompan ied by sen hor,Sir

,sen hora

,m adam . Very

frequen tly, in stead ofthese adverbs, the verb ofthe question is

repeated, in th e sam e ten se, and in the person a nd n um ber

required by the sen se ; for in stan ce fa lla isfra n cez ? Fa llo,do you speak French ? I do. Som etim es the adverb is even

used together w ith th e verb , as in th is ex ample, we m ay say

fa llo, sim , sen hor, or sim ,fa llo. Th is an swer is m ore emph atic .

It is to be n oticed that, in an swering w ith th e verb, thepronounis n ever added (not eufa llo) .

The phrases it is I , i t is you ,etc .

, are rendered sou eu,sois

vo’

s,the verb ser

,to be

,always agreeing w ith its subject in per

son and num ber.

W ho sells this paper ? W h o runs there ? W h o writes this ?W ho is that gen tlem an ? W ho lives h ere ? W ho kn ows these

boys ? W hat is th is ? W hat causes th is m ovem ent ? What isw anting (to be wanting falta r) h ere ? What does th is m ean ?

When do you depart ? When does h is father write ? How m uchis it ? W hat h ow m uch) does this book cost ? Noth ing.

How is this ? W here does the sun rise (n a scer) ? W here doeshe set (en trar) ? Why dost thou say this ? Why does th e childcry ?

Do you know th at m an ? Yes,S ir. Do you expect som e

body ? No,m adam . Does she write well ? Do your ch ildren

(vossos filhos) obey ? DO the ladies kn ow (saber) this ? Do w e

break (infringir) the laws ? Does Joseph (J ose) draw ? He

does. Do th ey owe m uch ? They do . Do you believe th is ?Yes

,sir

,I do . Is th e ch ild a girl ? Yes

,she is . A re they

(m asc .) poor (pobres) ? NO,m adam , they a re n ot. Do the

pupils tran slate th is author ? They do . Does th e boy learn ?

He does. Do you doubt ? No,sir.

L E SSON v1. 35

L E S S ON V I .

A .

Nao compreh en des isto ? Nao a creditais esta historia ? Tal

conducta n ao in spira confianca ? Nao sabem os isto ? NOS nao

d ividim os os trabalhos ? 0 Sr. A . (M r. A .) n ao é um h om em

alto ? Ella n ao é bon ita ? N50 sou eu vosso am igo ? Este

livro nao é teu ? N50 conheces esta letra ? (letra ha n dwrit

ing) . Esta fazenda n ao é forte ? A quelle d istricto n ao elege

dous deputados ? N50 S50 elles paren tes ? E ste d inheiro n ao

chega ?

i . e. vossa m erce, pron oun ced vOsm’ce

,is used

,a s a

term ofpo liteness, in stead oftu a nd vos ; a lso,0 senhor

,a se

n bora (or abbrevia ted 0 Sr. , a a nd V. S . ,i . e. vossa senho

ria ; these term s bein g substa n tives,they require the verb in the

third person , singular or plura l, a ccording to the n um ber ofpersons addressed ; the plura l ofthose term s is m arked thus Vm c“

,

V5 S i ]Com o passa Vm

“ ? how do you do Quem é o senhor ?who a re you Vm ce

1150 e m yope ? Sou,sim

,sen hor. V .

S . falla bem portuguez. O senh or nao sah e hoje ? Porque n ao

tom a (Vm‘m) um a cadeira ? A senhora n Z o conhece aquella gente

Vincen ao m ora com seu (your) pai ? Porque n ao compra (Vm

°e)

estes cavallos ? Vm °en ao parte hoje ? V . S . n ao m e (m e) co

n hece ? O senhor falla fran cez ? A senhora n ao passeia hoje ?

Sen ten ces at th e sam e tim e in terroga tive and n ega tive are

subject to the rules given in Lesson s IV . and V . , i . e . n aoprecedes

the verb, the subject m ay be placed at th e begin n ing ofthe sen

ten ce or after the verb, etc .

The second person singu lar is seldom used in daily language,the secon dperson plura l n ever. The use ofth e form er is lim itedto the con versation between intim atefrien ds, and towards Slavesand an im al s ; it is also employed in poetical language, thoughrarely . The secon d person plural is used in poetry, speech es,

3 6 L E SSON v1.

prayers, in short, in what is called the eleva ted style. The ex

pression m ost frequently used in addressing persons (for the English pron om en reveren tice YOU) is vossa m ercé (literally your

grace), pron oun ced vésm’cé

,and a lways written abbreviated,

Vm cé or Vm . (all sim ilar abbreviation s are written w ith capita lin itials) . In its stead, o sen hor, a senhora m ay be used (just as

in Fren ch M on sieur, M adam e), but n ever in letters . A corrup

tion ofVm cé,written an d pron oun ced vocé, abbreviated V.

,is

very frequen tly used , especially am ongst friends an d relation s,towards children , servan ts and people ofin ferior station . The

Portuguese gram m arian s d isown and condem n the word ; thisdoes not, h owever, interfere w ith its very ex ten sive use in com

m on language . The term s vossa sen horia , literally your lordship( V. S .,

Va 8“ and vossa ercellen cia (Va Erm a, V. E ), belong

ofright to th e h igher classes ofsociety ; the form er is, however,by m an y applied to any gen tlem a n

—A ll these term s require, ofcourse, th e verb in the third person , and any pron oun relatingto th e sam e (English you, your, yours, yourself

“

,etc .) m ust be of

the th ird person . When two or m ore person s are addressed,

those term s receive th e regular term in ation ofthe plural, s

(Vm CéS, V“ S“

,V‘"2 Ewe“ ,

os Senhores , and th e verb is to

be put in the plural. For instan ce : you know ,tu sabes

,vba

sabeis, Vm

c? (o Senhor, a S en hora, V. S .) sabe

, Vm cés (08 Se

n hores,etc.) sabem ; you and your brother, Vm cé (o Senhor,

Vm Cés,os Senhores, V. S .

,etc.) e sen irm ao. A ll these term s

m ay also be om itted,like the person al pron oun s. In the sen

tenoes in C .,the student sh ould

,if th e sen se allows it

,tran slate

you in every on e ofthe w ays indicated (by tu ,vos

, Vmcg,0 Se

n hor, a Senhora , V. the possessive pron oun for tu being teu(fem . tua ), for vés—vosso (fem . vossa), for th e rest seu (fem . sua),all ofwhich take 8 , when their substantive is in the plural (sensi rm a os) .

C .

DO n ot the ladies din e here ? Do n ot the children play ? Doyou n ot correspond w ith your father ? Does h e n ot speak

Fren ch ? A re you n ot our friend ? Do you n ot understand

this ? Why do they n ot speak ? W hy do you n ot write ? Don’t

38 L E SSON VII I .

0.

A dvan ce, sold iers ! Com e down ! descer.) Try ! Burn

every thing ! G 0 on i ( con tin ua r.) Stop! Run ! Take thissword ! Mount ! Reflect ! W ork ! Distribute the arm s !

Write ! W a it a little ! Forgive ! Kill this tra itor ! Desist !Obey ! Eat and drink ! Begin ! Die !

L E S S ON V I I I .

0

FUTURE IM PERFECT.

First Conj . en fa lla r-éi,I sh all speak .

tu eis,thou w ilt speak .

elle a,he w ill speak.

n és ém os, we Shall speak.

vos eis, you w ill speak.

elles at,they w ill speak.

Second Conj . eu apren der—si, I shall learn .

Th ird Conj . eupartir-ci, I shall depart.

A m ala chegar-a esta tarde. Chegar-em os la am anh aa . Eu

m andar-ci os livros em poucos d ias. Vé s perdoar-eis os n ossos

peccados. Vm céchegar-a em tempo . Quando acabar-ao

aquello trabalho ? Escrever-ei a m en pai. Tu sofi‘

rer-z’

is grande

ign om in ia . Elle ven dera tudo . NOS estender-em os O n egocio .

Saber-eis isto em tempo . Estes campos perten cer-a o um dia a

m eus filhos (chi ldren ) . Eu n ao con sentir-ei a isso . VOS pun ir-eisOS perversos. Nao desistir-em os. Os in im igos in vadir-ao a

n ossa patria . Seu pal n ao perm ittir-a isto. Ter-em os chuva .

Ter-ci pac iencia . Ella nao ter-a bastante coragem . Nao com

prar-ci esta casa. Nao chover-a? Isto nfio bastara. Pagarzi

elle ? Vm cé vera. Nao terem os bastante d inheiro . O m in istrodem ittira aquelles empregados . Quando voltara V. S . ? Vol

tarei cedo . Nao ficarei m uito tempo (long tim e) . Quan to

cn staré. esta m eza ? Quem a creditara isto ?

L E S SON IX. 39

Thefuture (imperfect) is form ed from the infin {tive,by adding

th e term in ation s ei, a

'

s , a, em os,eis

,d o

,the accen t ofthe infin i

tive advan cing to the first vowel ofth ese term in ations . The

second an d third person s singular are always m arked w ith theaccen t. For an other form ofthis ten se see Lesson XLIV .

I shall go on w ith th is work . They n ever w ill fin ish thisbuilding. The m usicians w ill play (tocar) n in e pieces. You

will know this. My ch ildren , you w ill soon (em breve) lose yourfather. The m essenger w ill return to-m orrow . His (sua ) Sisterw ill go th is w eek . You w ill arran ge all th is. The steam er willsail to-m orrow . I sha ll n ot go out to-day. W e sh all pay the

costs. He w ill n ot suffer m uch . I shall n ot fa il. W hen w illth ey com e back ? He w ill have the place The govern

m ent w ill protect th is institute . They will n ot in sist. Th is w illproduce great an im osity. W ill they learn Fren ch ? M r. N. w illsell th at house at auction . W e shall n ot h esitate . The troops

w ill m arch to o m orrow . W ho w ill accompan y th is lady ? W e

shall h ave few (poucos) guests to-n igh t th is n ight) . W hensh all you go ? I shall w a it here . He w ill be rich on e day. All

this property w ill belong on e day to this young lady.

L E S S ON IX.

A .

En tenho, I have ; tn ten s, thou hast ; elle tern,he ha s ; n 6s

tem os,we have ; VOS tendes, you have ; elles tem (teem ), they

have.

Quan to custa este livro ? Quan to custfio este-s livro-s ?

Vm cC‘ é m en am igo . Vrn ce tern m u ito-s am igo-s . Som os vizi

n h o—s . Terem os n ovidade—s .—Con hece is aquelle hom em ? Quem

s no aquel les hom ens ? Tenho ainda a lgum dinh eiro . Perdere

m o s a lguns con tos dc ré is . Quem tern 0 m en lapis ? Quan to

40 L E SSON 1x .

custao estes dous lapis A S n ossas forcas atacarao a fortalezapor m are por terra . A quelles m a r

-es sao m ui (very) perigosos .

Quem conhece esta fio‘

r A quellasflér-es sao m ui bon itas, m astern um cheiro desagradavel. E sta m oca tem um a bella voz. A s

voz-es de m il passaros accompanhao o sol n ascen te . V . S . em ui

cortee. A quelles hom en s ezi o cortez-es, porém falsos. Um a vez

,

on ce m uitas vee-es,

often ; tres vezes, three tim es ; esta

vez, this tim e.

Comprarei um cavallo, um -a carruagem ,est-e jard im ,

est-a

casa . O senhor conh ece aguell—e hom em

,a quell

—a senhora ?Compra i este bell-o cavallo ! Terem os um a bell-a n oite. F.

fulano,M r. so-a nd-so

,IV.) é um grand

-e ch arlat’

ao . Os Fran cezes

sao um a grand-e n acao.

—VOS en con trareis m uitas difliculades .

E lle é ten am igo. E lles 850 ten s am igos . Elias serao ricas um

dia . Receiam os um a sorpreza . E sta carta n ao ch egarzi em tempo .

Tn seras um grande hom em . Os Chins sfio um povo in dustrioso .

O m undo é a Obra de Deos. M en irm ao n ao completara esta

Obra . M eus (m y) irm aos n ao alcancarao isto . M in ha (m y)irm aa tem um bom pian o . M in ha s irmfias bord 'Zio bem . VOS

tendes este d ireito. G ran des acontecim en tos sfio m uitas vezes

os efi’

eitos de pequen as causas. Os trabalh adores n ao apparecem

hoje. O vento d ispersara as n uven s . A lua é um plan eta . Este

piano tem boas vozes . Onde a charei um fiador? N50 tendes

fiadores ? Vm Ce nao ven dera estas carruagen s e aquellas cadeiras ? A fi

'

astai aquelles hom en s ! Fugi, m ulheres —0 m eu os

vallo ja é velho . A m in ha casa é n ova . 0 Sr. F . ven dera a sua

chacara . Os n ossos vizinhos venderao os seus ben s em leilao.

Vm cé nao perderai o seu posto.

This lesson is a recapitulation ofthe preceding lessons. A t

the sam e tim e, it con ta in s som e n ew m atter,wh ich

,though an

ticipated, is n ecessary in order to en able us to vary the ex amplesofthe follow ing lesson s, an d part ofwh ich h as already occurredin the preceding on es .

1) In Lesson I . it has been said th at the term in ation ofthe

plura l ofn oun s, articles, etc . is s,which is affi x ed to th e singu

L ESSON 1x . 41

lar. Certa in term in ation s ofth e singular cause som e m odifica

tion s or ex ceptions to this rule, ofwhich we give h ere on ly th ethree follow ing (being on lyorthographical cha nges or euphon icn ecessities) : a) There are a few words end ing in s, a s lapis, leadpen cil,folles, bellows ; they do n ot change in the plural. b)W ords end ing in m ch ange th is letter, in the plural, in to n (the

pron un ciation rem a in ing the sam e,i . e . n asal), as hom -em

,hom ~

ens a lg-um ,a lg

-uns ; bom ,bon s. 0) W ords en d in g in r or e

take es in stead ofs, as m a r,m ar-es ; voz

,roe-es .

2) The studen t w ill already h ave observed,th at adjectives,

articles an d oth er determ in atives (dem on stratives, possessives,

etc . ) agree w ith their substan tives in n umber a nd gen der. For

the num ber ofthese words see [The gender ofsubstantivesdesign ating person s depends on th e sex ofthese : for all others,see the Vocabulary at the en d ofth is book.] The proper ter

m ination ofthe fem in in e is a,which in the pronoun s elle, este,

esse,a quelle substitutes e (ell-a , etc. , changing in these words the

pron un ciation e for é) ; in n osso, vosso and all adjectives en dingin o it takes th e place ofthis vowel (noss-a , bon it-a , ch anging thepreced ing 0

‘

for o, as vo‘

sso,vo

'

ssa , gen eréso, gen erosa ) ; it is affix ed

to um ,a lgum ; m ost ofthe adjectives end ing oth erw ise ex hibit

n o change in th e fem in in e— Cardin al n um bers (ex cept um ,one

,

um a, and dous, two , duas) do n ot ch ange at all .

3 ) Possessive pron oun s (m eu,m y, m inha ; teu, thy, tua ; seu

,

h is. her, its, th eir, your [when relating to Vm Cé,

n osso,our,

n ossa ; vosso,your

,vossa ) are gen erally accompan ied by th e defi

n ite a rticle, ex cept when th eir substan tive e xpresses a degree of

rela tion ship o m eu cava llo, a m inha ca sa ; but m eu pa i, m inha

m d i.

A ll these rules w ill be treated ofat length in th eir proper

places.

G od is m y strength . Th is is a favor. You kn ow your duties(clever) . The duties (d ireito) on (sobre) liquors are very h igh .

Your sufferings w ill cease to-day. The prin ces ofP. are descen

dan ts ofB. The colors ofthose sn akes are very brillian t. Th e

travels ofF. are celebrated, Their carriages are n otworth m uch

42 L E SSON x .

(to be worth va ler) . Those din ners w ill cost much m oney.

Your education w ill be your on ly inheritan ce. I have several

books ofgreat value. Your coun try (pa tria ) confides in you.

My uncles have m an y horses. I shall deliver the letter to yourcousin . These bills are due ven eer) to-day, those will be dueto-m orrow. These last words expla in everything. You will notfind m any flowers n ow . The prices w ill rise (subir) . A re not

these gardens m agn ificent ? Th e ra in falls in torrents . You

w ill not convin ce those people (gen te, fem . S ing) . Will she

com e w ith her daughters ? W e sh all depart in a fortn ightem guinze d ias, in fifteen days) . Those tribes are very ferocious.

Will they fulfil their prom ise ? Th is w ill be h is last undertak

ing. This w ill be your ru in . Their success is doubtful. Whereshall we m eet ourfriends ? W hen shall you send the books to

your father? Humble your pride ! W ho has [got] my lead-pencils ? Will your friends com e ? She will lose her fortune.

They do not know their situation .

L E S S ON X .

HI STORICA L (or NA RRATIVE) PERFECT.

First Conj . I spoke ; Secon d Conj . I sold Third Conj . I opened.

en fall-ci vend - i abr-itu fall-aste ven d-este abr~isteelle —ou — eu — ianos — dm os —ém os —imosVOS —astes —estes —isteselles — a

'

.rdo érdo —irdo

Compr-ci hoje dous bellos quadros. Onde compr-aste isto ?Quem compr-ou aquella chacara ? Compr-am os o outro dia dnas

y accas. Com 0 vosso sangue compr-astes a vossa liberdade. Os

caix eiros do d‘

o de 0) S r. F. compr-arfio o outro dia um

barril de cerveja . A s hostilidades com et-uri c hon tem a m eio

d ia . O Senhor fallou com o m in istro ? O m en ino borron o seu

papel. Com o passar‘

ao Vm cés a noite ? Param os em casa do Sr.

L E SSON x . 43

F. Tn quebraste esta ca ix a . N50 esperei estes cavalh eiros tsocedo .

— Aprend -i esta lingua com 0 Sr. N. Tu aprend-este istopor tua propria experien cia . Min ha irm zi a aprend -eu o fran cez

em dous ann os. NOS tres apren d-em os O m esm o oflicio . Aprend

estes pouco em tan to tempo . Minh as filhas aprend-erao o fran cez

e o italian o . OS Rom anos estendérfio a s fron teiras do sen im

perio até (asfa r as) o rio Euphrates. Este n egocian te perdeu

m uito d inheiro por sua propria culpa . E scolh i estes tres livrosen tre m ilhares . Correm os desde 0 m ercado até aqui . Perdestes

a m inh a am izade para sempre . Estas casas ja (on ce) perten cérz’

i o

a m eus pa is (pa ren ts) . —Fug-i com m eu filho para a Inglaterra .

Porque n ao fug-iste da d‘

a de a) ten tacao ? O in im igofug—iu com precipitacao . N50 fug-im os com o covardes, m as

com batem os com o soldados . Fug-istes

,so is desertores ! Muitos

dos d’os de OS) sen s escravos fug-irdo (ra n away) . A m e

n in a cah in da m eza . A s senhoras distribuirdo d inheiro en tre OS

pobres. VOS alludistes a certas circun stan cias da m inha vida .

Nao reparti OS m eus ben s com elles ? A lgum as das d’

as

do as) senhoras ex 1girao isto .

B .

The historica l (or na rra tive) perfect sim ply states, relates,

den ies,etc . a fact belonging to the past. The parad igm , at the

h ead ofA .,sh ows that its form s, in the th ree conjugation s, d iffer

from each other on ly by th e chara cteristic vo wel ofeach (a , e, i) .

The term ination s Ofthe th ird person s ingular ofth e second and

th ird conjugation s are also written eo, ia in stead ofeu , iu, thepro

n un ciation rem a in ing the sam e ; for (t o, in th e third person plural,m an y write am . The term in ation s are aflix ed to the stem of

th e verb , the accen t advan cing to thefirst vowel ofthe term in ation . The first and th ird person s plural are to be m arked w ithth e accen t (as is done in the parad igm ), in o rder to distinguishth e form er from the sam e person ofthe presen t tense, th e latter

from the sam e person Ofthe future . [It w ill n ot be am iss towarn th e studen ts oftwo very com m on errors : m any people saytufugist-es in stead offugist-e, andfa lh ém os in stead offa ll-dm os.]

Th e preposition de,of

,from , gen erally loses its e before a

44 L ESSON x .

vowel, as d’este de este, d

’ogwells de aquello, d

’um de

um ; w ith the defin ite article it is always written in one word,

as : de o d o do,do a d’a da

,etc. (the sam e is often

don e w ith elle,ella

,este

,esse

,aguells, as delle. deste for d’elle,

d’este) .

C .

Hann ibal (A n n iba l) gain ed m any victories over (sabre) the

Rom an s. Nothing was wanting. Why did you n ot try ? Did

they pay the bil l ? Yes, they did . The troops ofth e enem yattacked the forts,but w ithout success. I rejected the proposals

ofour adversary. Thou savedst m y life . You (second plur.)hoped in vain . W h o perpetrated this crim e ? W hen did youarrive ? What did they gain by (com ) th is ? My horse won .

My father wrote a treatise on (sabre) this subject (a ssumpto) . I

did n ot w rite for (par) w an t ofn ews . Our gran d-m other died

th is w eek . Th is h appen ed yesterday. A detachm en t ofsoldiersprotected the travellers . You prom ised this. Wh at did I promise ? W e sold our furn iture. They com m itted m an y crim es.

You did not kn ow m y m other. I did n ot deserve this rebuke.

M y cousin fell from the fourth (quarto) story an d d ied im m ediately (logo) . He dem an ded th e fulfilm en t ofourprom ise. You

in fringed the laws ofthe country (pa iz) . W ho Open ed this window ? I did n ot go out th is m orn ing. W e heard loud scream s.

The last storm destroyed the orchards ofthis village. They resisted to (a te) th e last m om ent. Why did you n ot insist ? I

heard their con versation .—Did youput out apagar) the light ?

He wen t out on horseback (a can d le) . Theyplotted again st thelife ofour m on arch. I found a key. What did you find there ?The compan ion s ofM r. L. crossed the desert in two weeks. His

partner left a great fortun e. Did you buy those horses ? W ho

won the bet ? I tran slated the docum ents . Did it ra in yesterday ? Som e ofthepassengers died . I did n ot understand thosewords.

46 L E SSON x i .

Elle sahia todos os d ias (every day) a um a hora (a t one o’clock).

Eu nao sabia isto.

The descriptive perfect (often , but improperly, called imperfect ten se) has the ton ic accent on the first vowel ofits term in ation s

,though the accen t is n ever m arked . In this ten se the

second conjugation does n ot difl‘

er from the th ird .

The differen ce between the historica l and descriptiveperfects(orpreterits) is ofgreat importan ce, an d ofn o little difficultyforforeigners . The two ten ses adm it ofno comprom ise. Whilethe historica l preterit states afa ct orfa cts which h as or haveoccurred but on ce, the descriptive preterit in d icates a con tinua tionor a repetition (or ha bit) . For instan ce : eu en trei

,I entered

on ce,the other day, yesterday, in 1850, etc. ; but eu en trava , I

entered often , a lways, seldom ,during tha t tim e, etc.,

or I used to

enter. The m ean ing ofthe senten ce m ust decide which ofthe

two ten ses is to be employed . [For those who kn ow L atin or

any ofits daughter-languages, th is point w ill ofi'

er little or no

d ifficulty ]The preposition em

,in

,in to

,before a vowel or h (but not be

fore n oun s) is changed in to n’

,as n

’este em es te

,n’aguelle

aquelle ; w ith th e defin ite article it becom es one w ord : em 0

n’o n o

,em a n

’a n a

,etc . (which som e do also w ith

este,aguells, elle,writing n este,n aguelle,w ithout the apostrophe).

C .

A t (em ) that tim e I frequen ted the school OfMr. C . WhenA . held that post, he n ever perm itted this. My father alwaysd ined at on e o

’clock. W e spen t (passar) our even ings at the

house (em casa) ofour gran d-m other. They were cousin s, and

studied at (em ) the sam e un iversity . He pa id the interests w ithgreat pun ctuality. A t in th e) church she aJ ways occupiedthe sam e place—The place offered a beautiful view . This happened every n ight. E very year

,in the m on th ofSeptem ber, we

m ade an ex cursion am ong the m oun tain s ofS . The little houseshook (estremecer) with every w in d . Did you kn ow this ? The

L E S SON x i 1. 47

prin ces ofthis house a lways protected the comm erce ofour city.

I received a sm all salary —Our un cle alw ays slept in a room of

the second (segundo) floor. In your youth you did not follow

the advice ofyour parents and friends. This city did not ex istyet. A bove all (z sobretudo) I felt th e wan t ofbooks. Everyyear we covered the ir graves w ith flowers. My circum stancesdid notperm it so (tdo) great expen ses — The colonel ofthe regim ent was m y en em y. The Egyptian s em balm ed their dead(m ortos, defunctos) . W e were studen ts, when this happened .

Form erly (ou tr’ora ) this coun try produced an d exported great

quantities ofwheat. What did you do duri ng the summ er ?asked the an t.

“ I played and sang,”an swered the cricket.

Well (pois), now dan ce !

L E S S ON XI I .

PA ST PA RTICIPL E .

First Conj . fall-ado, spoken Second Conj . vend-ido, sold ,

Third Conj . part-ido, departed . Present perfect

eu tenho fallado, I have spokentn ten s acabado, thou hastfin ishedelle tern ven cido, he has conquerednOs tem os tido

,we have ha d

VOS tendes sido, you have been

elles tém cabido, they hwoefa llen

Vm ce tem trabalhado m u ito . Tem os contractado 0 formcim ento dos viveres para o ex erc ito . VOS tendes experim entadoa nossa clem en cia . Para (to) este fim elles tern espalhado aquelloboato . Tenho acabado (done) com isto . Tenho alm ocado I

have done breakfasting, I sha ll ea t n o m ore) .—VOs tendes perd idogrossas somm as. Tenho percorrido todas as ruas. Elle tem

perd ido m uito da sua force . Tem os sido m uito in felizes. Elles

tern tido todas as vantagen s d’um a boa educacao .

—A rebelliao

tem succumbido . Quan tos rein os tern cab ido e desapparecido !

Todos tém ido para fOra (ou t oftown ,in to the coun try) . Tem os

48 LESSON x 11.

con seguido o que (wha t) desejavam os.—Reflecti ! Tenho reflec

tido . Tem os respeitado os direitos de todos,tem os econ om izado

um a gran de som m a de dinh eiro,tem os supprirn ido m uitos abusos

,

e por isso (therefore) tem os m erecido a vossa approva cao . Tenhocon cluido aquelle n egoc io . Tendes m erecido a n ossa gratidao .

Thepresen tperfect ind icates apa st action or state w ith referen ce to thepresen t. In Portuguese, the use ofth is ten se is verylim ited (prin cipally in conversation ) ; it is gen erally employed inorder to indicate a conclusion

,a completion , as in th e follow ing

phrases : tenho j a n ta do, I have d in ed, i . e . I ,shall eat n o m ore,I

h ave don e din ing ; a este respei to tem os con/versa do,it is n o use

ta lking an y m ore about th at,etc .

Th is ten se is form ed, as in English, by the aux iliary verb ter

,

to h ave, and thepa stparticiple. The term in ation s ofth e latter

are a do in th e first conjugation , ido in the secon d and th ird con

jugation s, accen tuated on the penult. W ith the aux iliary verl“ter (or homer) it is inva riable.

I have endured your ex travagan ces long en ough bastan te

tempo) . W e have found little assistan ce. Th is gale h as caused

great dam age Many sorrow s have blan ched th is ha ir.

You h ave studied the laws ofyour country w ith great (m uito)zeal. I h ave don e (a cabar) w ith th is . I have m et this gentlem an very often m ui tas cezes) . The defendan t has con fessedevery th ing. They have sen t m on ey every day of

"

th is week.

W e have received a large assortm ent ofgoods. I have an swered.

The waters h ave decreased sin ce yesterday . He has had m anyfrien ds . W e have read your book with great pleasure.

Man yyears h ave elapsed sin ce that even t. Th is lad h as grown m uchsin ce last year (1. y. , o a n n opa ssado) . You h ave n ot deservedth is favor. Th e m on th ofJuly h as been d isastrous for (para)our n avy.

—I havefollowed your ex ample. You h ave con tributedm uch to th is state ofth ings . W e have atta ined the object ofour w ishes . The en em y has un ited all h is forces on (era) the

LESSON x m . 49

left bank ofth e river.—The governm en t h as given ordersfor th e

recon struction ofth at bridge . W e h ave been frien ds sin ce our

ch ildh ood . I have n ot obta in ed th e licen se. Three centuries

h ave passed sin ce th at rem arkable even t. Your con duct h as

been the object ofsevere criticism . You h ave suffered m uch .

I have had th is hon or.

“ I have been thy emperor !

L E S S ON X I I I .

Eu tinh a , I had ; tu tinhas,elle tinh a nos tinh am os, v6s

tinheis, elles tin h ao . Preteritperfect

eu tinha fallado, I had spoken eu tinh a tido, I had ha d.

(A notherform .)

eu fall-aratn fa ll-araselle ara

nos aram os

vbs areiselles — arao (aram )

Eu tinh a acabado as m inh as tarefas, quan do tu entraste. Tu

tinh as apen as ch egado, quan do eu voltei . A criada ja tinhafechado a s portas . Tinh am os a lugado dous cavallos e duas m ulas .

Vé s tinheis recebido a vossa recompen sa . Os hospedes ja tinhao

partido . E llas tinhao voltado m uito an tes (long before) . 0 fogo

ja tinh a con sum ido quasi a m etade do edificio. O S enhor ja

tinh a lido o livro ? A viuva tinh a gan hado o sorte gran de . N68

tinham os chegado um m om en to an tes.

Ja an tes d’aquelle acon tec im en to eu fallara com o m in istro

da fazen da . O advogado contestara a competen cia do tribun al.O coron el F. resignara, m as o m in istro da guerra n ao aceitou a

sua resign acao. Nos desejaram os outro (a n other) desfecho .—0

Sr. M . recebera m uito d in heiro para este fim . A propriedade

revertera a m eu pai. O soldado desapparecéra d’um a m aneira

50 LESSON x m .

m ysteriosa .—O vaporpartira n o d ia 20de Maio. Eu ex igira i sto

dos m eus companheiros. Reun iram os todos os n ossos am igos e

conhecidos.

B .

Thepreteritperfect (com m on ly called pluperfect) h as a simpleand a compound form . The latter (eu tinhafa lla do, I had spoken ,etc .) is an al ogous in form to the sam e ten se in English, and re

quires n o explan ation . The simple form is sh ow n in the para

digm at the head ofA ; it is gen erally m arked throughout w iththe accen t. Both form s h ave the sam e sign ification ; as to theiruse

,that ofth e compound form is by far th e m ore frequent,

whereas the simple form is con sidered as m ore elegan t (it is,

th erefore, often er m et w ith in book-language than in conversa

tion ) . Ofth e latter, the singu lar is ch iefly used ; the third person plural is even avoided , as it m ay cause am biguity, beingequal to the sam e person ofthe historical perfect. A n other use

Ofth is form w ill be shown in Lesson XVI .

Every verb in the fo llow in g ex ercise should be tran slatedboth w ays, ex cept the verbs m arked w ith an a sterisk as beingirregular, which are to be tran slated in th e compoun d form .

C .

When we arrived,they had already taken possession ofthe

house . I had fallen Sick ca hir doen te, adoecer) . She had

lived until th en in a little tow n ofth is provin ce. Th e earthquakeh ad thrown dow n (derru'bar) m any h ouses. The enem y h ad cutoff(cortar) all (toda a ) com m un ication w ith th e capital . He had

gon e! to (para) Portugal. Som e ofour compan ion s h ad been !

prison ers Ofw ar. Two Ofth ese h ouses h ad belonged to m y

m other-in—law . These c ircum stan ces h ad con tributed m uch to

(para ) the good success ofh is en terprise. Death (a m orte) had

spared the in n ocen t child . My gran d-father had completed h is

eightieth (octogesim o) year. Th e baggage h ad rem a in ed behind .

The n ews Ofhis death h ad produced a profoun d sen sation . The

play h ad already begun . W e h ad reached th e en d ofour long

journ ey. The packet had not yet (a inda n ao) sa iled . The boy

LESSON x rv . 5 1

had delivered the parcel to a servan t ofM r. B. You had alreadystarted. I had bought a horse and a cart.

L E S S ON XI V

FUTURE PERFECT .

Eu terei fallado, I sha ll have spoken , tu teras fallado, thouwi lt have spoken , elle tera fa llado, he wi ll have spoken , etc.

Terei trabalhado em vs’

io . A estas h oras (a t this tim e) véstereis recebido a m inha ultim a carta . A m anhaa os carpinteirosterao apromptado o grande portao. Tu ter-as quebrado algum a

cousa . Am anhaa a estas horas terem os passado o equador. NO

m ez deNovem bro elles terao con cluido aquelles trabalhos . Teras

m erecido este castigo. Muitos d’elles terao fugido. Elle tera

roubado este relogio . E lle teraperdido n o jogo.

B .

Th efuture perfect is form ed in the sam e m anner as in Eng

lish, i. e . by the future ofth e a ux iliary verb ter,to have, and

the past participle Ofthe prin cipal verb, thus : I shall havespoken , eu tereifa llado. The sign ification and use ofthis ten seare in both languages the sam e .

0.

They w ill haveperce ived theirm istake. W e shall have overtaken Our compan ion s in six (seis) hours. Our friends w ill haverem a in ed in (n a) town . Som e a ccident w ill have happen ed .

To-m orrow I shall have con quered a ll th ese d ifficulties. You

w ill have worked for n oth ing. They w ill have arrived thereyesterday. A t the en d ofthis year we shall havepaid all our

debts. The con cert w ill h ave fin ished late. This w ill havefrighten ed the horses . Sh e w ill n ot have w aited un til n ow .

Shall we have fought in vain ? You w ill have set (dar) the

ex ample. They will have applied (recorrer) to the governor ofthis provin ce.

52 LESSON x v.

L E S S ON XV .

E ste Offici-a l tem sido prision eiro duran te seis anuos. Tres

dos n ossos Offici-aes cah irao m ortos. 0 m en cachorro é um

a n im -a i m uito sagaz. O cao, o gato, a gallinh a, O boi, etc. 950

an im—a es dom esticos. 0 Sr. F. tinha sido coron -el do n osso

regim en to. Hon tem o m in istro dem ittiu dous coron -eis . E ste

phar-ol tem um a altura de Oiten ta (80) pés . O ven to de hon temderrubou dous phar-oes pequen os. Minha irm aa trazia um fita

az—u l n os cabellos. A s racas do n orte da Europa tem Olhos az

ues. Comprai hoje um barr- i l de assucar. Chegarao h oje cem

(100) barr-is de polvora .—Eu com m un icara este in ciden te ao

a 0,to the) Jorn al do Comm ercio. Mandarei um a copia d

’esta

carta aos a os,to the) jorn aes da corte. Os an tigos preferlao

a m orte e a a , to the) escravidao . Preferim os isto as a

as, to the) propostas do Sr. M . Tudo tin ha ficado n o m esm o

estado. Ninguem esperava isto . Recebiam os jorn aes, tinh am os

um a pequen a biblioth eca de livros in structivos, in strum entos

m usicaes,em fim

,n ada faltava para 0 n osso en treten im ento . A

m entira triumphou sobre a verdade . Este an zol nao presta (is

good for n othing) . Quan tos an zoes tem Vm cé ? A m bos erao

coroneis n a guarda n acional. M eu pai proh ibira a m encao

d’aquelle individuo . O govern o con cedera estes privilegios $6 acidade de B . Jan tarem os as duas horas (a t 2 o

’clock) . Elles

terao participado isto ao presiden te. Os an tagon istas erao iguacsem forca . Men tiste ! Nao m en ti. O n avio bateu n

’um ban co

de corses. Limpou aquelles costicaes ? Quan do escrevereisoutra vez (aga in ) ? Escrevi h oje. Tem os dado provas da n ossa

boa vontade. Irei a Pariz n o m ez prox im o (newt m on th) .

This Lesson recapitulates th e ten ses Ofthe indica tive m ood.

L et the studen t m ake a parad igm ofth em all w ith the verbsesperar, to hOpe or to w ait, comer, to eat, resistir, to resist

,s im i

lar to the paradigm ofthe future imperfect, Lesson VI II .

54 LESSON XVI .

L E S S ON XV I .

CONDITIONA L (PRE SENT AND FUTURE) .

F irst. Secon d . Th ird .

eu fal lar-ia, ven der- ia , partir- ia ,I shou ld speak, I shou ld sell, I shou ld depart,tu fallar-ias, ven der—ias, partir-ias,

thou wouldst speak, thou wou ldst sell, thou wou ldst depart.

(A ll three conjugated like thedescriptive preterit Ofth e second or third conjugation .)

Sem esta in terrupcao eu agora fallar-ia inglez. Tu ser- ias

infeliz. S er-ia verdade ? (é verdade it is true) . 0 govern o

recompen sar—ia taes servicos com gen erosa liberalidade. Em tal

caso n 6s partir-iam os as 2 horas da tarde. VOS ter-ieis esta

audacia ? Sem isto (bu tfor this) ellas estar- i ao a inda em Pariz.

V . S . ser-ia in capaz de sem elh an te baix eza . Meus pa is n un ca

con sen tir-ii o . N’este caso vos ter-ieis a approvacao de todos os

cidadaos . Em pouco tempo ter-iam os um a revolucao . Eu sen

tir- ia m uito be very sorryfor) a perda d’este escravo. Sem

0 vosso aux ilio OS m eus filhos sofi'

rer-iao os horrores da fom e.

Ninguem dar-ia credito a sem elhan te accusacao . No tempo da

inquisicao VmcC' n ao escapar-ia a fogueira .

(Cond ition al preterit : eu teria fallado, I shou ld have spoken .)Eu teria pagado esta d ivida sem dem ora . Mu itos teriao pro

cedido d‘

outra m an eira . Com um pouco de pac ien cia Vm cé teriaven cido este Obstaculo . Ella teria con sen tido

,m as seu pai nao

atten deu as m inh as supplicas. A m orte d’este hom em teria sidoum a calam idade publica . Sem elh an te (such a ) m edida teria causado im m en sa dissatisfacao . NOS nao teriam os rejeitado essa

cond icao . Muitos outros teri ao succum bido a tantas fadigas.

VOS terieis abandon ado o vosso bemfeitor ? Poucos teriao atu

rado tam m an ha in solen cia . O que ga n hdra ganh aria) Vm °°

com isto ? Eu desejara desej aria ) a vossa assisten cia .

L E S SON x vi . 55

B .

The condition a lpresen t andfuture is derived from the futureimperfect, by changing the term in ation s ofthe latter in to ia ,ia s

,etc. (these are also th e term in ation s ofth e descriptive pre

torit ofthe second and th ird conjugation s). The cond ition a l

preterit is a compound ten se, form ed, as in English, by the conditional ofthe aux iliary verb ter

,to have, and the pastparticiple

ofth e prin cipal verb . The term in ation s dra , era , ira (ofthe

preterit perfect) are som etim es used in stead ofa ria , eria ,iria ,

prin cipally in certain stan ding phrases (as ea deseidra , tomoira ,

guizéra [from querer], I should w ish ) , in elegan t language and

in poetry. In conversation,th e form s Ofth e descriptivepreterit

are very comm only used, as escrevia for escreceria .

You would n ot un derstan d a Single w ord . I should drivesuch an individual from m y h ouse. He w ould n ot believe this.

Without this delay we should arrive at 10o’clock . I should n ot

brook the in terferen ce Ofth ose people . They would reject yourOffers. You would com m it a great m istake. The n arrative ofthis journ ey would fill a book . Th is would be sufficien t. Thiswould prove h is guilt. In th is way youw ould avoid a collision .

Your interferen ce w ould spo il (perder) all. W hat (gua l) w ouldbe the result ofthis proceed ing ? W h at (qua n ta) would theynot give for (par) this docum en t !

I should have preferred cash to al l these prom ises. You

would have lost your credit. She w ould have gon e m ad (to go

m ad en louquecer) . W e all should h ave died w ith (de) hunger.

They w ould have departed las t week (a sem a n a passado) ; but

th e con sul h ad n ot sign ed their passports. But for this theywould have lost the battle.

56 L ESSON x vn .

L E S S ON XV I I .

PRE SENT PA RT ICIPL E (A ND G ERUND) .

fall-ando, speaking vend -en do, sell-ing part- indo, depar ting.

Estar, to be ; pres . ind . estou, estas, esta, estam os, esta is, estao.

Estou escrevendo I am wri ting) . Quem esta cham ando l

Sou eu. Ella estava choran do quan do eu en trei. E stava cho

vendo, quan do sah im os. Esta ch oven do m uito . Esta casa esta

cahindo is rea dy tofa ll) . Tenho estado trabalhan do toda a

m anhaa . O m en ino esta cah indo de son o . E stava escurecen do .

O que estao elles fazendo ? Estao estudan do . Porque estas

ch oran do ? Que esta Vm cé d izen do ? A s criancas estao dor

m indo . A agn a esta fervendo . Por duas horas seguidas (runn ing) estou fa llando sobre a m esm a cousa . Minha m ai estava

escrevendo a irm aa do Sr. F. O que esta Vm cé len do ? Esta

vam os jan tan do, quando elles chegarao . OS criados estavao

esperando a porta . V . S . esta gracej an do . O que estao Vm 066

apren dendo ? Estam os aprenden do o desenho.

On de esta 0 Sr. A n ton io agora ? E sta viajan do n a Europa.

Onde estas ? E stou aqui . O alm oco esta n a m eza . Isto n ao

esta em m inh as m i os in m ypower) . M eu prim o esta no Rio

de Jsueiro . NOS n ao estavam os em casa, quan do isto acon teceu.

Vm cé n ao sabe aonde botei 0 m en can ivete ? E sta n a gaveta .

Eu estava en tao n os E stados Un idos. E u tinha botado os jorn aesem cim a d

’esta (on , upon this) m eza

,agora ja nao (no m ore)

estao 1s.

The origin al form ofthe presen t participle (as derived fromthe Latin part. in -a n s

,-ens

,- ica s

, Portuguese -a n te,-en te

,- in te)

is n early lost. There are still som e th irty orforty words w iththese term in ation s, wh ich are n ow either substa ntives (ins ta n te,in stant

,len te

,lecturer

, professor, oufvin te,bearer) or adjectives

(degrada n te, degrad ing, seguin te, follow ing), som e even prepositions (duran te, during,m edia n te

,by m eans of) . It n ow partakes

L E SSON x vn . 07

ofthe term in ation s ofthe gerund (as is also the case in English),which are -an do

,-en do

,~i ndo.

The periphrastica l conjugation , form ed by the present participle and the aux iliary verb to be

,indicating dura tion (I was

writing, it was m in ing), is th e sam e in Portuguese, to be beingrendered by esta r, n ot ser. W e beg leave to d irect the attentionofthe student to th e various uses ofthe verb estar

, as it is one

ofthe principal points ofd ifferen ce between the Portuguese andEnglish languages, a nd offers con siderable d ifficulty to the

learner. The prim itive m ean ing ofes tar is to be in a loca l sense,

as to be, sta nd, lie (in , on , w ith , w ithout, below , as is shownby the ex amples in the secon d part ofA . Hence its use for expressing a passing state or con d ition . Further on we shall seethe verb esta r in con n ection w ith the adjective and past participle.

Is it ra in ing ? W hat are the boys doing? They are playing(brincar) in the garden . W ho is playing piano ? It is m y sis

ter. You are getting (fica r) very lazy. It is getting late. A t

three o’clock he was still w riting. I was conversing with som eofm y friends. W e are calculating our losses. A t four o’clockin (de) the afternoon the w aterwas still rising (crescer) . W e are

expecting som e guests. I was trying the strength ofthe m a

chin e. They w ill be d in ing n ow . The soldiers were preparingtheir breakfast. The m ission ary w as expla in ing som e passages

ofthe Bible. Som e ofthe girls were sew ing, others reading,others draw ing. I was sleeping when you cam e back. Theyare waiting for (par) you. A re you dream ing ? The steeple of

our church was already burn ing (arder) .Where is your son ? He is in Lisbon . Som e trees stood in

the centre ofthe square. A t (em ) th at tim e I was in Berlin

(Berlim ) . Som e books lay on (emcim a de) th e table. They wereat in the) church when we arrived. The children were at

in the) school.

58 L E SSON XVI II .

L E S S ON XV I I I .

A .

Os debates sobre a n ova tarifa com ecdrao hon tem . Com ecei

esta Obra no dis 2 de Marco do an no passado. Elles pagdrao

parte d’esta quantia em letras . Japaguei esta con ta . Os outros

ficdrao em Pariz. Eu figuei em cas a . A rra njam os aquelle ne

gocio ao conten tam en to de todos . A rrangei tudo conform e os

vossos desejos. Algun s dos m eus conh ecidos e am igosfavoreciaoo outro partido. Eu naofa/oorego sem elhan tes projectos. Estas

leis nfio protegem OS n ossos d ire itos . N5O protej o vagabundos.Ellesfugirdo. Eufuj o da Soc iedade d’aquelles hom en s. A se

nhora dancou ? Da ncei. O tempo esta am eaca ndo. A m eacei

os nossos adversarios com outro processo . E n tregou aquelles

cartas ao Sr. L ? E n treguei. VOS esm aga stes a revolta. E'

s

maguei 0 m en chapeo . Apaga ste as velas ? Apaguei . E llereplicou em term os asperos . N50 repliquei a isto. A s duas m e

n inas arran cdrc‘

to todas as flores. A rra n quei ao ladrfio a bolsa

que (which) elle jai tinha segurado . E lles nao m e (me) conhecem .

Nao conheco este hom em . E ste n egocio ea ige grande cautela.

N50 ea ij o isto .

Vendem os hontem um cavallo, e h oje dous. Duas vezes

dous fazem quatro. Tin ham os quin ze (15) cavallos, c in te e duas

(22) m ulas, cincoen ta e dous (52) bo is , cem (100) vaccas, duzen tose trin ta e cinco (235) carn eiros, etc . Cen to e guaren ta (140)prision eiros chegarao h oje. E stam os n o an n o m il oitocentos e

sessen ta e um Milhares de ind ividuos estfio m orrendo d efom e. A qu elle m in isterio gastou cen ten ares de con tos de ré is

para o ex ercito. A quelle territorio tem um areal de quasi duasm il (2000) leguas quadradas. O an no bissex to tem trezen tos (e)sessenta e seis d ias. O a n n o tem doze m ezes

, que si o : Janeiro,Fevereiro, Marco, A bril, Ma io, Jun liO, Jn lho, A gosto, Setem bro,Outubro, Novem bro, Dezem bro . [The n am es ofthe m on ths m aya lso be written with sm a ll in itia ls ] E stam os hoje em oin te e

n one (29) de Julho. 0 m en dia n atalicio (or dia de anuos, birthday) cahe n oprim eiro (first) de Marco . A os (or a) 25 de A bril

L E SSON x vm . 59

cheguei em L on dres. 0 d ia dezeseis (16) do m ez passado foi

(was) um dia fatal para esta cidade. A criada comprou libra e

m eia de chaperola . Quan to custa O cen to de ostras ? a duzia de

ovos ? Um a arroba tem trin ta e dua s (32) libras . Ten ho SO

trin ta e um a libra .

The cha ra cter ofa verb (or any other flex ible word) is thelas t letter ofthe root or stem ,

th e letter wh ich im m ed iatelyprecedes the term in ation s . It m ay be either a conson a n t or a vowel.

Ofth e vowels as ch aracters we Sh all speak in the follow ing L esson . Ofth e con son an ts only two requireparticular notice, c andg. The pron un ciation ofboth varies accord ing to the vowel thatfollow s (let it be rem em bered, that, in Portuguese, a ll verbal

term in ations begin w ith a vowel) before a , o, u th ey arepa la ta l(or heard) , before e

,i, y they are sibila n t (or soft) . In regular

verbs, the wh ole stem m ust rem a in un altered, its orthographyon ly being chan ged when the preservation ofthepronun cia tion

ofthe stem requires it. In ficar,paga r, the characters 6 and g

are pa la ta l (hard), and m ust rem a in so through out th e wh ole

conjugation ; an d a s,for in stan ce, in the h istorical perfect,ficei,

pagei w ould suggest a d ifferen t pron un ciation (c ss, g j ),

th ey are writtenfiguei,paguei, the gu and gu (before e, i) beingon ly orthograph ical equivalents for c and g palata l. In com ecar

the ch aracter is c sibilan t this a ccoun ts for the cedi lha

before term in ations begin n ing w ith a or 0 in com ecei the cedilha

is superfluous . Infa vorecer,proteger,fugir the characters c an d

g are soft ; therefore, before a an d 0,they becom e c a n d j , as

favoreco,protej o,fuj o. This gives the fo llow ing rules :

1) verbs en d ing in -ca r,

-

ga r ch ange their 0 and g in to guand ya before e (i does n ot occur as first vowel in an y term in ation ofthe first conj .)

2) verbs en din g in pa r dropthe cedilha before e ;

3) verbs en din g in-cer take th e cedilha before a and o

4) verbs'

end ing in-

ger,-

gir ch ange th eir g in to j before a

an d o .

A rra nj ar ch anges j in to g before e (th e 9 being radical,as

the word is derived from the Fren ch a rra nger, from rang) ; so

60 L E SSON x vn z.

also vi ayar ; the other verbs in j a r reta in their j . In an alogyw ith the above rules

,the few verbs in -

guer,-

guir ought to dropthe u before a and o as useless : th is is, however, n ot usual ex

cept in segu ir, to follow , an d its compounds.

The card in a l n um bers (see the list in the Appen d ix ,page 334)are invariable

, ex cept um,on e

,fem . um a (the plur. uns

,um as

sign ifies som e,a few), dous (dais), two, fem . duas, and the hun

dreds,duzen tos

,-as

,trezen tos

,-a s

, etc . (76m ,100

,becom es cen to

when another n um eral follows ; m il being an adjective like theother n um erals

,we m ust say duas m il leguas, n ot dous m . l.

In compoun d num bers,th e conjun ction e

,and

,should stan d be

tw een the hundreds and ten s, an d between the ten s an d un its ;but gen erally it is used on ly between the ten s and un its : trezen tos e sessen ta e seis (366) or trezen tos sessen ta e seis —Num eral

substan tives are un idade,dezen a

,cen ten a

,m i lhar, dezen a de

m ilhares, etc. (in arithm etic, un its, ten s, um cen to, a bun

dred,um m ilheiro

,a thousand (as ofeggs, bricks, and the like),

um a duzia, a dozen ; cen ten a res, hundreds, m ilha res, thousands

(in tuis sen se on ly used in the plural, som e hundreds or thousan ds, a grea t m a ny, um con to

, on e m illion,but on ly to

gether w ith reis (written M eta,m eia

,half,

adm its n o article . It is rem arkable that,when a compound

n um ber ends w ith um,the follow ing substan tive is gen erally in

th e sin gu lar, as trin ta e um a libra,cen to e um tiro (or tiros) ; in

a ll other cases th e substan tive is put in the plura l, as two pa irofshoes, dous pares de sapa tos.

— The da te is expressed by car

d ina l n um bers,ex cept thefirst day Ofa m onth (0 prim eiro de

M arco, o dous de A bril), which are always followed by the preposition de, of. On the 10th ofJ an uary 1861 is to be tran slated(103 (a , em ,

no dia ) dez de J a n eiro de 1861 . A fter a nno,year, the

preposition de is a lso employed : 0 a nn o de 1861,n o a n n o de 1861

(or em —7‘im e, as m easured by hours, is ex pressed thus

w hat tim e (O’clock) is it ? que horas sao ? é um a hora

,é hora e

m eia (half-past on e), sao dua s hora s (horas m ay be om itted), sdotres e m eia (half-past three), cin co e um qua rto (a quarter pastfive),fa lta um quarto pa ra as n ove (a quarter to n in e) ; twelveo’clock is expressed by m eio dia

,n oon

,m eia n oite

,m idn ight ; half

62 LESSON x xx .

L E S S ON XIX.

A criada estapen tea ndo a sua senhora . Ella n un ca pen teia

as criancas a h oras pr0prias (a t theproper tim e) . A n ossa divis‘

ao

fia nqueou a ala esquerda do in im igo. Duas torresfla n queic‘

io a

m uralha . 0 Sr. seu (your) filh o gra ngeou a estim a de todos.

A ssim Vm cégrangeia o am or do povo . S . M. o imperador m e

n om eou cam areiro m or. Quem n om eia estes empregados, 0 go

vern o geral ou o presiden te ? Vm cé jzi copiou aquella carta ?

C’opeio isto da obra do Sr. A . Quem agen ciou aquelle posto a

séu irm ao ? Elle agenceia n o in teresse do seu am igo F. 0 m e

n in o cahin n’agua . Nao ca io. Vm cé sahe ? Nao sdio hoje.

Elle n os (us) tra hira. Nao trdio os m eus am igos . A quelle ho

m em n un ca perdoa um a ofi‘

en sa . E lla perdoou a m inh a pequen aindiscrlcao. Os ratos roérao os m eus livros. Isto m e roe o

coracao .

Partirei n o d ia prim eiro de A gosto. M oravam os n o segundo

andar d’um a casa que estava em frente da igreja . Na terceira

n o ite elle expirou . O qua rto livro da En eida de Virgil io é o

m ais (m ost) in teressan te. Os d ias da sem an a sao : dom ingo, segun da feira , terca (n ot terceira) feira , quarta f. , quin ta f., sex taf.,sabbado. O rei David m orreu n o qua dragesim o (4oth) an n o

do seu rein ado . Eu era 0 deeim o sex to (l 6th) . Este an n o é o

m illesim o octingeutesim o sex agesim o prim eiro da era christaa

Dom Pedro V . (quin ta), rei de Portugal, é filh o de Dom Fer

n an do I . (primeiro) . A quella passagem esta n o livro segun do,

capitulo decim o . Meu tio deix ou a qua rta parte da sua for

tun a ao h ospital d’esta cidade. O discurso do Sr. F. duron

tres quartos de h oras. Quando F. quebrou (tofa i l), elle pagoudous tercos (g) . C in co septim os m ais dous n on os fazem cin

coen te e n ove sessen ta e tres (loos (2 15

’

Quanto fazemtres onee duos ( i

s? ) divididos por dous l—E lla n os escreveu soum a

res (on e tim e,

on ce) . Cham ei dua s oozes (two tim es,

twice),m as n inguem respon deu . Tres vezes quatro sao doze. Esta

fazenda é barata , m as aquella custa o dohro d’esta, e vale o tri

plice (or triplo) .

LE SSON x xx . 63

The verbs wh ose character is a vowel are comparatively few .

1) With a th ere are on ly th ree,ca hir

,to fall

,sahir

,to go or

com e out,tra hir

,to betray

,w ith th eir compounds ; th e h is on ly

written in order to separate th e two vowels (a i being a diph

thong), but it is n ot used by all . Th ese verbs take a euphon ic i(con son an t, y in yes) when an 0 or a follow s, dropping the h

in these form s : cdio, sd io, tra i o. Those who do n ot write the h,

put an a ccen t over th e i in the oth er form s (sa ia , ca iu, 2)W ith e there are som e in the first conjugation ; they take theeuphon ic i in those form s wh ere the ton ic accen t falls on the lastsyllable ofthe stem (in the whole singular and third personplural ofpresen t in d icative and subjun ctive), as n om ea r

,n om eou

,

but n om eio,n om eias

,n om eia

,n om eido (and second person singu

lar imperative nom eia,but plural n om ea i). 3) W ith i there are

m an y in the first conjugation , som e ofwh ich change their i intoei

,like those in ea r

, as m ediar,to m ediate

,m edeio they are

a bre'viar,agen ciar, a lum iar

,copiar, od iar

,rem edia r

, prem iar,

an d perhaps a few m ore ; but even som e ofth ese are ofdoubtfulauthority . 4) The ch aracter 0 is 6 in th e first conjugation , o

’

in

the second it rem a in s un ch anged , as also u .

The ordin a l n um bers (see their list in th e Appendix , page3 35) are n ot form ed from the cardin a l n um bers

,but directly

taken from th e Latin,w ith few alteration s . In compound ordi

n als, ea ch n um ber takes the form ofthe ordin al (n ot on ly thelast on e, as in English ) , th e conjun ction e

,an d

,n ot being used ;

f. i . the 469th ,o qua dringen tes im o sex agesim a n on o. The ordin al

n um bers follow ing n am es ofsovereign s, ch apters, etc . take n o

article, as Dom Pedro I (prim eiro ; n o st0p after the Rom an

figures) , capi tu lo segun do . Th e den om in ators offra ctions are

also ord in al n um bers as far as ten (on e third is um terco, n ot ter

ceira) ; all others are form ed from th e correspon ding cardin aln um bers w ith th e substan tive duo, duos (a m ean ingless word,probably taken from oi tavo) ; f. i . three quarters, tres qua/rtos ;g oi to n on os ; fl on ze quinze duos. A ll ord inal n um bersagree w

ith th eir substan tives in gender an d n um ber.

— The m ulti

plica tive n um bers ar'

e form ed by the substan tive fem in in e vez,

64 LESSON x x .

tim e, as um a see,on ce, dua s rezes

,tw ice

,tres uezes

,three tim es

,

etc . Others are : 0 dobro, the double dobrado, duplo,duplicado, double (adj ) ; M

'iplo, triplice, triplicado, triple, quadruplo, fourfold, etc.

W hy do you not com b the children ? The author groundsh is argum en t on (sobre) a passage ofthe letter ofM r. B. Theym an ifested their in dign ation by shouts an d hisses. His faceshows (pa ten tear) th e feroc ity ofhis disposition . W e w ere

w alking (passear) on the beach when the steam er ran aground

(z en ca lhar) . I w alk every day (todos os dia s) for (par) two

hours . (The) Mon ey is getting scarce escacear) . The w in dslacken s (esca cear) . W ho copied th is ? He copies every articlefrom the G azette. Th is does n ot rem edy the evil. I h ate these

peoplefor (par) m any reason s. I fall ! She w ill n ot fall. W h en

shall you go out ? I go out every m orn ing at 8 O’clock.

These were the first h ouses ofth e tow n . Frederic WilliamIV.

,King of(da) Prussia, d ied in the tw en tieth year ofhis reign .

M r. N. h as fin ished the six th volum e ofhis great work. Vol

ta ire w rote the life ofCharles XII ., King ofSweden (dd Suecia ) .

This is th e 128th day ofour voyage. Two-thirds Ofour crew

h ad died w ith (de) the yellow fever f. I paid five

twelfth s,my brother four-n in th s, and our cousin the rest. He

has been three tim es in London , tw ice in Madrid, on ce in Lisbon .

L E S S ON X X .

HI STORICA L PERFECT OF

LE SSON x x . 65

PRETERIT PERFECT .

f6ra estivéra tivéra houvéra

O que foi isto ? Fui m uito feliz n a m inha escolh a . N65 dous

fom os cam aradas d’

escola . Vos fostes O m eu bemfeitor. Os dis

cursos de hoje forao pouco in teressantes . Tu foste um escravo

fie] . F . fora o va lido do m on arca . Nun ca estive em Rom a .

Onde estiveste ? E lle esteve ain da agora (just n ow) aqui. No

a n no de 1854 estivem os n a Fran cs . E stivestes n a corte ? Os

senhores n ao estiverao em casa . M eu filho escreveu que n o dia

28 de A bril elle estivera com V . S . Estivem os calcula ndo as

d ifi‘iculdades da n ossa empreza . G racas a Deos (tha n k G od), eun un ca tive este desgosto . Tiveste um born pai. A quella festividade teve lugar (took pla ce) n o dia 16 de Junho. Hon tem tivem os a visita de S . E x c’l o barao de M . VOS tam bem tivestes um am ai l Elles nao tiverao esta audacia .

Em toda a costa d’aquella provin cia ha (third pers. sing.

pres . ofh aver, there is) um so porto . H a (there a re) m uitosm ilhares de especies de an im aes. H a pouca difficuldade n

’isso .

E ntre a m ultidao haoia (there were) m uitas m ulheres e criancas.

H ouse (was there) con certo h on tem ? Ndo houve. Ha cerd

(there will be) pouca fructa este ann o . Ultim am ente (ofla te)tem havido m uitos casos de febre am arella . N. m orreu ha cincoan n os (5 years ago) . M eu sobrinho partiu para a Inglaterra haOito m ezes . E lla chegou ha pouco (tempo) . H a m uitos anuos

que elle desappareceu. A m bos tin hao fallecido havia m uitotempo . Quan to tempo ha que isto acon teceu ? Ha um a sem an a .

— 0horerd ? Choveu hon tem todo 0 dia . Nao tem chovido

desde 0 dia 11 do m ez passado . Hontem gelou . A qui n un cagéla . Nao tem nevado (or cabido n eve) todo este inverno . NO

Brazil n un ca neva . Trorej ou ? Esta trovejando. E stafuziland o. Esta ven tando m uito .

L et th e studen t put together all the form s ofthe verbs ser,

estar, ter, which w e h ave had ofth e regular verbs, ex cept the

imperative (future, cond ition al, and participles ofthese verbs are5

66 LESSON x x .

regular) . Homer,when n ot aux iliary, is little used ex cept as an

imperson al verb . Ofall four w e sh all treat m ore fully un der thehead Ofirregular and aux iliary verbs .

It has already been sa id,th at th ere is n o n euter in the Por

tuguese language, an d that,con sequen tly, there is n o pron oun

wh ich could repr'esen t th e subject ofimperson al an d un iperson al

verbs, as is done in English by the pron oun it (i t rain s, it seem s) ;

so these verbs are left withou t any pronoun . There is n o gram

m atical difficulty attending th ese verbs, ex cept ha ver. Th is verbsign ifies to have ; but it is n o longer used in th e sen se oftopossess, to own

,which sign ification s have been tran sferred to the

verb ter. H a ber,used imperson a lly, s ign ifies : 1) to ex ist

,an d

is rendered in English by there is, there wa s, etc . ; it reta ins itsn ature as an obj ective (tran sitive) verb, having an undeterm in edsubject, and the substan tive con n ected w ith it being its obj ect,whereas in English it is th e subj ect. This explain s the reason

w hy th is verb m ust a lways be in th e singu lar (just like theFren ch it y a ) ; f. i. there is a G od , ha um Deos ; there are suchm en

,ha ta es hom ens. 2) It in dicatespa st tim e, in English gen e

rally expressed by ago, as : som e tim e ago, ha a lgum tempo ,

three years ago, ha tres an n os ; lon g ago, ha m u ito tempo ; 3.

short tim e ago, ha pouco tempo (tempo m ay be Om itted) .

C .

W ho was it ? W ho were th e m urderers ofCaesar ? I was

judge in th is cause . W e were w itn esses ofth at h orrible scen e .

You were th e cause ofall our m isfortunes . The battle was

obstin ate and bloody. I had been h is friend . How long (quan tatempo) were you in (n o) Brazil ? I was fifteen m on th s in (n o)Rio de J an eiro . W ho was here th is m orn ing ? W e were som e

tim e w ith M r. 0. Two lad ies w ere h ere th is aftern oon . You

were in greatperil . I n ever had th is hon or. She h ad two sons

and two daughters w ith h er first husban d . W e had a very goodpassage . You h ad your fortun e in your hands. They had an

audien ce last Monday. The christen ing took place on (in ) the21st in st. Both (am bos as) m arriages took place on the sam e day.

I arrived here two years an d a h alfago . Two days ago he

LESSON x x x . 67

w as still in P. W e h ad n ew s ofour frien ds som e tim e ago . I

kn ew this long ago . It w ill be n ow ten years ago . There is

little h ope for h is recovery . There are m an y who (que) believeth is. (W hat is th e m atter ? o que ha A t that tim e th ere

were few rich m en in our tow n . There w as n ot a single h orsein the village. There w as great confusion am ong the crowd .

There w ill be great festivities on th at day. Is it rain ing ? It

h as been rain ing sin ce six O’clock . It ha d n ot rained for three

weeks . It is th undering an d ligh ten ing. There are few flowers

n ow . In that desert it n ever rain s . It has n ot rained for a longtim e it is long ago) . There w ill be a con cert to—n ight. W as

there (a) ball at M r. N.

’s ? em casa do Sr. N.) There arefew

railroads in Brazil. There are still m any m illion s (mi lhoes) ofidolaters .

B . PREDICA TE IS A N A D J ECTIVE (NUM ERA L , PARTICIPL E).

L E S S ON XXI .

Um bell-o jardim ; um-a bell-a fiOr ; bell-as jardins, bell-as

fiores . Que (wha t a ) hom em a lt-o ! Que m ulh er a lt-a 0 Sr.

F . comprou o outro dia um a bon i ta casa n a Rua direi ta . A lin

guaportuguez—a n ao é facil. M oravam os n’um lugar en ca n tador.

Ella tinha um a voz en ca n ta dor-a . 0 Sr. F. n ao com e presun to

crzi . E is a verdade crua e n ua (this is the simple truth) . Elle

chegou h a Oito dias, sdo e salvo . Um a sda m oral é o caracter

distin ctivo d’aquelle livro . Vd os esforcos ! w a s am eacas ! O

Senhor enten de a lem do ? A lingua a lem d a é m u i difiicil.— Tem os

um gra n d-e assortim en to de fazen das de 15a e de seda . A sua

m orte foi um a gra nd-e perda para 0 paiz. 0 Sr. A . é um m oco

m uito agrada-cel. A quella sen h ora tem um a voz fraca

, porém

agrada-fcel. Vm ce julga que este retrato éfi-el Ella tem sido

um a criada fi-el. Este fel-is acon tecim en to causou im m enso

prazer a todos . Tu es um a creatura fel-is . A luguei um born

cozinheiro . E sta tin ta nao é boa . O m do comportam en to do

68 LESSON x x x.

seu filho é a causa da sua grande affliccao. Um a m d con scien ciaé um grande torm en to. Chegam os em m a hora inoppor

tunely) . Este papel é m uito ruim . Ten ho um sé cavallo . Ella

estava 80'

em casa . Ca da (every) an no 0 Sr. F. m an da um rico

presente a sua n ora . Oa da (ea ch) senhora tera um ram o.

Vm cé (o Senhor) é sa ltair-o Vm cé (a Senhora) sera ric-a um

dia . Eu n ao sou ingra t—a .

A quelles paizes sao ric-os em m in eraes. E stes hom en s sao

invej as-os. Nos seculos XIV e XV as c idades h an seaticas erao

poderos-as . Elles ch egarfi o sdos e sa lvos. Os m eus criados sao

j i-eis. Elles sao in im igosfigad -aes do n ovo presiden te . Os via

jantes sofi‘

rérao torm en tos inerio-eis. Isto 6 fdc -il. D.

(don a) Maria nao toca senuo (plays on ly) pecasfa c-eis. Que

hom em vi l ! Vis traidores ! E lle comprou todas as fitas, boas

e r uins . A raposa é um an im al m uito subtil. Os ad vogad os do

vicio sao hab-eis e sub-tis. Na sua m ocidade ella era um a simples

costureira . Eu gosto m uito de vestidos simples—Sois feliz ?

(a rt thou happy VOS soisfelizes ; ten des bon s‘

filhos, um a

grande fortun a, um a posicao elevada, paren tes e am igos poderosos.

The a ttributive adjective agrees with its substan tive in genderan d num ber. Subject to the sam e rule are all other words partaking Ofthe n ature ofadjectives (num erals, articles, dem onstratives, possessives, Wh at has been said ofthe latter in

the preced ing lessons, is sufficien tfor th e presen t.G ENDER. Th e proper term in ation ofth efem in ine is a .

1) A djectives ending in a ch an ge this vowel in to a , as bell-o,

bell-a ; so'

, alon e, only, does not ch ange in the fem in ine.

2) A djectives ending in a, and those in dor,tar (properly

verbal substantives) add a,f. i. nu

,n aked

,n u-a ; am eaga-dor,

threaten ing, ameacador-a .

3) A djectives ending in do m ake da (or a n ), as : va o, vain .

vda or va n ; a lem c'

i o, G erm an , a lemao or -an .

4) Irregular are born, good, boa m do

,bad, m d (for man) .

A ll oth er adjectives do n ot change in th e fem in ine, ex cept um ,

um -a,and its compounds a lgum ,

-a,som e

,nen hum

,n o, n en

70 LESSON x x x.

Mr. N. own s a pretty house in Church street (na rua da Igreg'

a) .

A sm all portion ofthe groun d (terreno) belongs to an old servan tofthe fam ily. The incessant civil wars in those coun tries are

th e chief cause ofth eir poverty. Have you good pen s ? W e

have pen s ofex cellen t quality. Your bad conduct is a sh am e

for your fam ily. The glorious campa ign of1852 term in ated thew ar. During this long tim e h e stayed (fiear) w ith h is S ickfriend . Their long (longo) quarrel ended in 1816 . He h ad a

long (comprialo) beard . A broad river separates the two States.

The first chapter ofthe book treats Ofthe prin cipal causes ofthelate revolution . The second part ofthe work is very in teresting. Som e ofour great capitalists a nd land-owners founded lastyear an agricultural society. A ll these circum stan ces wore a

frighten ing aspect. I bough t to-day five barrels ofSpan ish olives.

The French language is n ot so easy as (com o) m any th ink . W e

rece ived a fortn ight ago two vessels,on e w ith French w ine, the

other w ith G erm an goods. This is [a] bad sign . Th is boy hasa bad d isposition .

Th ese calculation s are d ifficult an d tedious. His courage w as

indom itable. Your m ean s are in sufficien t. The scars ofh is

woun ds are scarcely perceptible. These plan ts are very useful.Your lead-pencils are very bad . Our fields are fertile, our cattleis ex cellen t, our m en are strong, our wom en are fa ir (lindo) .The A rabs (A rabes ) are strong a nd agile. These ideas are ridiculous. Idle (vac) words ! A ll m en are equal before (pera n te)th e law . A ll the trees Ofour garden are Old . The savages

killed all th e m en and som e ofth e wom en . Both sisters diedlast year. Both steam ers arrived on the sam e day. W ho is th e

patron -sain t ofthis parish ? It is St. Fran cis. St. A n n‘

s daythe day OfSt. A .) falls on the 28th ofJuly. W ho was St.

Hilarius (H ilario) ? There w ill be great fire-works on St. John ’s

day. The grand-duke ofToscan a h ad been very popular. G rand

seign ior is a title ofthe Turk ish sultan .

LESSON x x n . 71

L E S S ON X X I I .

O seu filli o n ao é doen tio ? Nao, senhor, porém agora esta’

doente. P. é um a cidade triste (dreary, tiresom e) . Porque

esta is triste (sad) ? Este vestido e’

feio . A n ossa casa agora esté

feia . E lle é um hom em secco . A roupa esté secca . 0 Sr. L. é

alto e m agro. Teu filh o j a’

r esta?"

alto . O clim a da S iberia é frio .

Esta agua estd fria . Com o esté Vm cé ? (how are you Estou

born (I am well) . Com o esta 0 Sr. seu pai ? Esta um pouco

in com m odado (unwell) . Hontem estioe m uito doen te . Hojeesta is ricos, am anhaa talvez esta reis pobres. O vento esté forte.

Esta carne é m uito gorda . M eu irm ao agora esté gordo ; m as n o

an no passado elle este've m agro com o um esqueleto. A quelles

hom en s ad o felizes (happy) . Hoje estou feliz (lucky) . E stou

rouco . E lle é um louco furioso . E sta is louco ? Seu pai estd

furioso . 0 Brazil é um paiz quen te. O ferro ja estd quente.

E stou certo d’isto . E sta claro ! (ofcourse ! ) Quan to custa a

jarda d’esta fazend a ? rs. Isto n ao é caro . A farinha

esta cara . Duran te todo este m ez o m ilho esteve barato . 0 al

m oco estaprompto . E lla semprefoi pallida . Com o esta’

pallida !

Falla i, estam os sé s ! Esta bom ! (it is well, a ll right) . Esta isconten tes ? E lle sempre esta alegre. N

’aquelle tempo eu era

empregado (ofieer) da alfandega ; agora estou empregado (em

ployed) n’um a casa de comm ercio . E

'

slou com fom e (or tenho

fom e, I am hungry) ; estou com frio (I am orfeel cold), estoucom séde (I am th irsty) . E sta d ireito ! (right ! ) Nao estou por

isso (I will n ot sta nd this) . Que esta is com os bracos cruzados ?

(why a re you sta nd ing idle Minh a filh a esta de cam a (in bed,ill) . A n ossa casa n ao esta longe d

’aqui. A cidade esta perto.

Esta m an teiga esta fresca .

In Portuguese, th e adjective predicate is connected w ith itssubject either by ser or by esta r. These two ways ofconn ectingthe predicate with the subject d iffer m aterially from each other,

72 L ESSON x x n .

and their use requires great attention . Ser ind icates an inheren t,essen tia l

,lasting quality, estar an a cciden ta l, tempora/ry or pas

sing quality or condition (alw ays w ith a reference to tim e) . The

following ex amples w ill illustrate this. A agua é tra nsparen te,water is tran sparent, i. e . tran sparen cy is an essen tia l quality ofthe m atter called wa ter; a agua estafria , the water is cold, canon ly be sa id ofa certa in qua n ti ty ofw ater

,being cold through

som e ca use,for a tim e. E lla é bon ita

,sh e is pretty, i. e. she has

always been so, she has that kin d offeatures ca lled so ; ella esta

bon ita,she is pretty, i . e. n ow, on accoun t ofher tasteful dress

or the like. E lla é pa llida , she is pale, i. e. palen ess is her n a

tural or usual color ; ella estapa llida , she is pale, i . e . now,from

fear or sickn ess. E sta r also indicates a term in a tion,as estar

promplo, to be ready ; esta/r completo, to be complete, estar aca

bad o, to be fin ished (see Lesson With substantives (andrelative superlatives, as th ey always accompan y a substan tive,plain or understood) estar can n ot be used ; f. i . elle sempre estaa legre, he is always m erry, but elle é um hom em a legre.

C .

How is your m other? (a S m. sua m at) . She is well,thank

you (obrigado) . Those books are very dear. Sugar (0 ass.) isdear n ow . A re you ill ? Yes, I am . W e are free from danger.

My horse is lam e . It is a beautiful horse. It is already dark.

This looking-glass is dark. A ll our children have been sick w ith(de) the m eazles, but n ow they are well. W hy is your brotherso sad ? He always was m elan choly. Our young (jo

'

vem )m on arch is absent. These pigs are very fat. This season is al

m ost a lw ays ra in y. A fter his last illness he has been very weakan d n ervous . They w ill be conten t. The third series is n ot yetcomplete. Som e astronom ers say that (que) the sun is a dark

body. The river is very low n ow . They are not conten t withtheir sh are. Our bread w as (as) hard as (com o) a stone . NowI am old and infirm . She was very pretty at (em ) the last ball.Your boots are d irty. The doors were open . You n ever are

ready in tim e. Your translation is in correct (err-ado) . He was

an affection ate father and a faithful friend . Th is glass is n ot

L ESSON x x n r. 73

clean . The blossom s ofthis tree are white. The heat was intolerable. Our roads are very bad . The roads were very badon account (por ca usa ) ofth e heavy (grosso) rain s which hadfallen last week. Th is ink is very pale (bra n co) . This line iscrooked - A re you hungry ? The ch ildren are sleepy. I am

n ot thirsty. I was very thirsty (com m ui ta séde) . Is this right ?No, it is wrong it is not right). Is it farfrom here ? No, itis close by (muitoperto) . A re you ready ? Every thing is ready.My sister is ill . Is she in bed ? It is cold in your room .

LE S S ON X X I I I .

A .

0 clim a do n osso paiz é saudavel. Oferro n ao é tao pesadocomo o ouro . Para m uitas pessoas o frio é ma is saudavel do que(than ) 0 calor. De todas as bebidas a agn a é a m a is saudarel.

Este rapaz sera m uito alto ; elle ja esta m a is a lto do que o seu

irmfio mais aelho. E lles sao tao ricos com o nos. A quella m on

tanha é a m a is a lta de toda a provin cia . Ella é a m a is bon ita

m oca d’esta cidade. A vacca é o m a is u til dos an im ass dom esti

cos. Vm cé é m ais rico do que eu . Qual (wh ich) é o m ais durodos m etaes ? Virgilio é o m ais celebre dos poetas rom anos.

Esta passagem 11i e tao ditficil com o a outra. Este arranjo

seria m enos dispend ioso e m ais satisfactorio para todas as partes(parties). F. é o m en os desconfiado dos hom ens. N’isto eu n ao

sou m enos escrupuloso do que Vm cé. Isto é o m enos importante.

—L . 6 o homem m a is rico da c idade. A in veja é o vicio m a is

desprezivel. Carlos é o m en ino m a is preguicoso da m inha classe.

Este foi o acto m a is impruden te da m in ha vida . Son 0 hom emm a is infeliz do m undo . E lles m orao n a m a is bella casa d

’esta rua.

0 Sr. N. herdou um a gra nd e (grea t, la rge) fortuna . A A siaé m a ior (grea ter, la rger) que a A frica . Um a m a con scien cia é oma ior dos m ales. A s m a iores difficuldades oedem aperseverance.

A d istancia en tre as duas aldeas era pequen a (sm a ll, little) . 0

num ero de doentes é m en or (sm a ller, less) do que no mezpassado.

74 LESSON x x m .

Ella pun ia a m en or opposrcao com o um crim e imperdoavel. A

n ossa casa é m a is pequen a do que a vossa ; ella é talvez'

a m a is

pequen a d’esta rua . A (a t)pouca d istan cia da caban a h avia urn

poco . Tenho m enos (less) forca do que elle . Isto é o m en os (the

least) . Ella a inda é de idade m en or (un der age) . Dos m ales 0

m en or ! A O m en os (a t least) pagai o que deveis. Isto é m uito .

0 Sr. R. falla m a is linguas do que Vm cé. Elle tern 18 anuos a o

m a is (a t m ost) . 0 m ais é historia (tha t is a ll, the rest is stuf) .E stes livros sao obras theologicas, os m a is (the rest) sao authores

classicos . A m aiorparte d’elles (m ost ofthem ) $50 vagabundos.

Isto é m a is do qu e desejara . Elle conhece m a is gen te do que

n é s todos juntos (together) . Seu pai terzi m a is de 60 an nos.

(Tenho 50 an uos I am 50 years old .) M a is de 2000pessoas

estivérao presen tes. NTao m en os de 22 crian cas m orrérao da

escarlatin a n os u ltim os tres d ias. Tinh a deferido este trabalhopara a sem an aprox im a .

The compa rison Ofadjectives is effected, in th e positive, bythe adverbs tao— com o

,as— as

,so— as (tao a lto com o

,as high as) ;

in the compa ra tive by m a is,m ore, or m enos

,less (m a is a lto

,

h igher, m a is pruden te, m ore pruden t, m enos pruden te, less pru

den t) ; in the superla tive, by o (as, a , as) m a is,the m ost

,or o (as,

a,as) m en os

, the least (0 m a is a lto,the h igh est, o m a ispruden te,

the m ostpruden t, o m enospruden te, the least pruden t) . I rregu

lar [or rather, what rem a ins ofthe s imple Latin gradation ] arethe follow ing

Positive.

bom, good

m do,bad, ill

gran de, great, large

pequen a, little, sm allm u ito

,m uch

pouco, little

Pequen o, in th e sen se Ofsm a ll,is gen erally used as regular ;

in th e sen se Oflittle or ins ign ifica n t,it is as above .

The conjun ction tha n is que, or,m ore frequen tly, do que.

When m a is,m ore

,compares qua n tity, it is followed by de, n ot

fl

LESSON x x m . 70

gue or do que ; f. i . ellefa lla m a is linguas do que eu,i . e .fa lla

but m a is de cin coen ta pessoas estiverd o la.

The superla tive rela tive (for the sup. absolute see n ex t L es

son ) is gen erallyplaced after its substan tive w ithout the article ;f. i. o a cto m a is impruden te. Superlatives ofshort adjectives arealso placed before their substan tive (a m a is bella casa ) ; the irregular superlatives alm ost alwaysprecede their substan tive.

My proposition is as advan tageous as yours (a vossa ) . Johnis n ot so strong as Frederick. These d ifficulties are n ot so con

siderable as you th ink . He is as proud as you. The tiger ism ore ferocious than the lion . Your brother w as m ore gen erous

than you. That provin ce is m ore fertile th an ours (a n ossa ).

Ofall our servants A n ton io w as the m ost fa ithful. You are the

m ost gen erous of(dos) m en . The m ost guilty Ofth e whole (todo)set is F. The circum stan ces are th e m ost favorable . Our street

is very long ; but th e two prin cipa l streets ofour city are stilllonger. Those h ills are n ot h igh , but they are very steep.

Flour (a f) is cheaper n ow than it w as last m on th . The straightw ay is th e shortest. You are n ot taller th an Joseph (J ose) .W ho is the tallest Ofthose young ladies ? It is Miss An n a (Don aA nn a ), daughter ofthe richest proprietor ofth is n eighborhood .

Mr. L . is the m ost skilful phys ician ofth is city. The finest gar

den s in th e suburbs belong to our un cle.— Is he a good m an ?

Oh ! he is th e best m an in ( z of) the world . How is yourm other tod ay ? Sh e is m uch better than she w a s yesterday ;she is alm ost w ell. So m uch the better ta n to m elhor) .

They are n ow the best friends . Th is cloth is very bad ; but thatother is still w orse. You are the worst ofthe lot (sucia) . The

bad state ofth e roads caused a great dearth in the provin ces ofth e in terior. The roads are w orse th an ever (n un ca ) . You

have lost alm ost all the territories wh ich your great an cestors

h ad con quered . The danger w as greater than I h ad im agin ed .

He w as the greatest m an ofh is age (seculo). The larger, the

better ( 2 gua/n to m a ior,m elhor). I have little confiden ce in

those people. They en countered less d ifficulties than they ex

76 LESSON x x rv.

pected . This w ill cost m ore m oney than h e has. S . is a littletown on (em) the coast ofthe A tlantic ocean . This bird is thesm allest ofits species. I spen t m ore than 20doubloon s in thesethree weeks. More than 3000person s accompan ied the fun eral.He owes m ore than we four togeth er. Th is is the hottest daywhich we have had this sum m er. He is the greatest scoun drelthat lives.

L E S S ON X X I V .

O baile de hontem esteve m uito esplendido esplendid-issi

m o. Esta ren da é m uito fin a fin -iasim a . Receb i hoje um a

noticia m u i/o triste trist-issim a . Elle é um gra nd-issim o vel

haco . A m usica era bell-issim a . Os decretos do A lt-issim o (the

M ost H igh) 550 in scrutaveis. Meus queridos irm aos ! Minh aguerid issim a esposa —Estam os ri-cos

,ri-gu issim os Esta crian ca

estam ui fra-cd fra-ga issim a . Um lon -

go S ilen cio seguia estas

palavras. Este an n o m e (to m e) parece lon -

guissim o.— A lfieri foi

urn celebre author italian o . Dan te, o celeberrimo author da Divin a Com edia

,era n atural de Floren ca . O tubarao é um an im al

m uitoferoz ferocissim o. Dam asco é um a cidade m uito a n tiga

a n tigu issim a . O cliri a sa luberrim o de Nizza attrahe cada

a n n o n um erosissim os hospedes. Sua M agestade Fidelissim a (S .

M . F.) el rei Dom Pedro V . Os reis de Franca tinh ao O titulo deSua M agestade Christian issim a . Os habitan tes da corte feste

jarao estefelicissim o acon tecim en to com 0 m aior en thusiasm o.

A deputac‘

ao teve um a recepcaofrigid issim a (orfriissim a ). 0

Sr. F. reprehendeu seu filho com palavras a sperrim a s. Os m e

n inos voltarao em m isero estado. Que Vida m iserrim a

Os vossos consclh os sao o’

ptim os m uito bon s, ex cellentes) .Todos os trastes erao de optim a m adeira . O tempo estava

pessim o m uito m i c or ruim ) . O m a x im o (the highestpen a lty)e20an nos de prisao com trabalho (forced labor), 0 m in im o é 6an nos. Li (from lér) a vossa carta com summ o prazer. O tes

tem unh o d’um hom em tao sab io é de summ a importan cia. Tra

78 LESSON x x rv.

in English, in th e place ofwhich the adverbs very, ex ceed ingly,h ighly, m ost an d the like are used . In Portuguese, these adverbsare gen erally rendered by m u ito

,m uch , very, or its abbreviation

m u i (in both words th e i is n asa l) but there is also a proper formfor th e absolute superlative in issim o. Not a ll adjectives, however

,can take th is term in ation , an d its gen eral use is lim ited to

few adjectives. When the adjective ends in a vowel,th is is

dropped, as bell-o, beautiful, bellissim o,very or m ost beautiful ;

gran d-e, great, gra nd

- issimo,very great. A djectives end ing in

co or go ch ange c, g in to gu, gu, as pou -co

,pou -

qu issim o,lon -

go,

lon -

gu issim o (but a n tigo m akes a n tigu issim o,the it being pro

n oun ced) . A ll oth er adjectives take this form d irectly from th e

Latin : feliz, feli—cissim o ; a spero, a sp-arrim o ; celebre,celeb

errim o ;fa cil,fa c-illim o ; n obre, n ob- ilissim o ; am avel,am a -bi

lissim o ; an d the irregular form s optim a,pessim o (bon issim o, m a

lissimo are also occasion ally used), m a x im o,m in im o

,summ o

,

suprem o, infim o,ex trem a

,in tim o

,prox im o. Ofthe latter,m ari

m o,m in im o an d summ o have, in certa in phrases, retained the

sign ification ofrelative superlatives (the greatest or highest,A list ofthe m ore frequen t Superlatives in errim o

,i llim o and

otherpeculiar term in ation s w ill be given in the Appen d ix , page333 . A djectives en ding in a con son a n t (ex cept som e in z and

vel), or in a vowel preceded by an other vowel (ex ceptfrio,friissim o orfrigidissim o) gen erally do n ot take this term in ation .

Ofthe so-called in defin i te pron ouns som e are adjectives,others substan tives, others both , an d even adverbs . In this

,they

do n ot d iffer from their equivalen ts in E nglish, and the follow ingrem arks w ill be sufficien t to teach their use .

Cada , every, each , is in variable, and on ly used w ith a singular ; cada um is every one

,ea ch (also cada gua l).

Todo, all, every, is used in th e plural as w ell as in th e singu

lar ; it m ean s also whole ; todo 0 d ia , the whole day ; todos os

d ias, every day ; todos os hom ens

, all m en . In the sen se ofevery,when in the singular, it is m ore compreh en sive th an ca da

,the

latter being d istributive . Tudo all, ever

yth ing.

Um,on e

,is,a s an indefin ite pron oun , on ly used togetherw ith

ou tro, an other ; un s som e (also used for a lguns, before sub

I"LESSON x x iv . 49

stan tives) . Ou tro,other

,does n ot take th e indefin ite article .

Outrem som ebody else, an other

,is n ow rarely used ; in its

stead ou tro or o utra pessoa m ay be sa id . A n other,m ean ing on e

m ore,is ou tro or m a is um .

A lgum ,som e, any ; w hen nao precedes, a lgum m ustfollow

its substan tive (n do conhepo pessoa a lgum a ) ; even w ith out n ao,

it m ean s n o , n ot a ny,when placed after its substantive. A lguem

som ebody .

Nenhum (for n em um ), n o, n on e ; m ean ing n ot on e,it is Writ

ten n em um . Nin guem n obody.

Na da n othing.

The n egatives n enhum,n inguem ,

n ada,when com in g after

the verb,requ ire the n egative adverb n ao before th e verb

, as

n a o espero n ada ,I hope n othing.

No m ore,n o longer, is rendered by j d n a o wh en relating to

th epast. by n do—m a is when relating to thefu ture f. i . j a’

. nao

chove, it h as ceased rain ing ; n do chove m a is,it w ill rain n o m ore .

The adjective n o,when accompanying the obj ect ofa verb, is

n ot rendered by n en hum, but in th e follow ing m ann er : I h ave

no tim e,nd o ten ho tempo there are n o slaves here, n d o ha

escra vos aqui (haver is a tran sitive verb,see Lesson

The indefin ite pron oun on e, wh ich , in English , substitutes the

substan tive wh ich ough t to com e after an adjective, is n ot ex

pressed in Portuguese ; as f. i . I w ant a better on e (say a h at,a

ch air, quero um m elhor (or ou tro m elhor) ; is it th is on e ? é

este (here ou tro could n ot be employed, as in th e first ex ample,for Obvious reason s) ; or, in th e com m on phrase, th is is a good

on e,

” i . e . idea, iron ically, esta é boa .

It w as a m ost beautiful day, w hen we left the town . There

were ex trem ely few people at (cm ) the con cert. She wore a

very rich dress. He w as ex ceed ingly pale. The battle w as m ost

obstin ate (ren hido) . The en terprise seem ed m ost difficult.

Th is undeniable fact is a m ost importan t c ircum stan ce in our

favor. I foun d th e house in a m ost wretched state . It is a m ost

perfect liken ess ofth e late M r. B. He was a m an ofa m ost

80 LE SSON x x iv.

noble character. I find this cloth very dear. A very an cien ttemple stood on the brow (sum s) ofthe hill. The very longSpeech ofM r. M. had little effect on the audience. The conduct

ofyour son is very good . The d in n er was very bad .

Do you know anybody in th at city ? Nobody. I w as stan ding (estava) w ith som e ofm y friends on the balcony. Som e

deputies attacked the m in isters w ith great acrim on y. Som e In

dian tribes attacked the settlem ent,burn ing m ost (a m a iorpa rte)

ofthe houses and devastating the fields . Not on e ofthe robbers

escaped. None ofthem were sick . Som e few d ied oftheirwounds. A t (em ) n o hour ofthe day I am so busy as from 11 to 12

o’clock. Each ofthem received a present. Each room had a

separate entrance. Each company elects its captain . A t everym oment we heard an e xplosion . He stum bled at every step. It

is every day th e sam e th ing. Noth ing ofthe kind ! (n ada In

the last crisis they lost everyth ing. This is all ? Every citizenis subject to this lam — Th is is ofno importan ce. I do not ex act

this from anybody (n inguem ) . I owe nothing to these people.

Is there no hope ? W e have n o frien ds here. I had no books.

There are no flowers now . My fath er h ad n o enem ies. Therewas not room enough en . r.) for all. There are no ghosts.

Som e ofthem had no shoes,oth ers had n o shirts. There was

n o other chair in the room . This is no joke . He is n o coward .

This requires n o great strength . A re you not asham ed ? haveyou no sham e ?) I am no impostor. He is (ea istir) n o m ore. I

have n o m ore children . Hen ceforth we are n o longer yourfriends. There was already n o w ater in the well. It w ill notra in any m ore to-day. Wh ich ofthese boys is your son , thisone Every carriage was drawn by a black horse and a whiteone. Have you (got) pianos to let (pa/m a lugar) ? Yes ; we

have some very good ones ofon e ofthe best m an ufactonies ofLondon .

L E SSON x x v 81

o. PREDICATE rs SUBSTA NTIVE (PRONOUN,INFINITIVE).

L E S S ON XXV .

O homem virtuoso n ao tem e a m orte. Poucos hom en s sao

con tentes com a sua sorte . 0 Sr. C . e O m elhor orador da assembléa . Quaesforao OS prin cipaes oradores Este estado de cousas

durou m a is de um m ez. Ha seis m ezes que n ao recebo noticiasd’elles. Seu pai era ourives. N’

esta rua m orao Oito ourives. A

resrgn acao n a von tade de Deos é o m elhor conforto n a adversi

dade. OS deases dos an tigos n ao erao ex emplos de m oralidade .

E n a zon a torrida que ex istem os a n im a es m a is ferozes. Todos

estes m a les sao a con sequen cia da vossa impruden cia . Quasitodos OS con su les residen tes protestar

‘

ao . Tenho um so irmao.

Onde estao OS seus irmaos M eu prim o é tabelliao. Os tabellides

sao empregados publicos. OS cdes n as ruas de Con stantin oplasao um a verdadeira praga . O Senhor tem raed o (you a re right) .

Estas razoes n ao sao sufficien tes. Quem foi O ladrao A quella

casa era 0 escondrijo d’um ban do de ladroes e assassinos. 0 Sr.

barao de M . e um cavalheiro de alta integridade. Os ba roes

n orm an n os erao um a raca valente,altiva e cruel. OS Egypcios

erao,n a sua Opin iao , a n acdo m ais an tiga do m undo . A m aior

parte das n apoes da A sia perten ce a raca m ongolica .

—Os a nn aes

da historia con tém ex emplos da m ais alta virtude com o da m a iorpervers idade . Os viveres escaceavao de dia em d ia . A lvicaras !

E sta tesoura nao é m in ha . Quan to custou esta ten ae

0 hom em é o rei da creacao . N50 precisa m uita coragem

para tyrann isar um afraca m u lher. Quem é o .n osso vizin ho A

vizin ha nao esteve em casa . 0 c are é O m ais precioso dos m etaes,

m as o ferro é O m a is util. Era um a completa des ordem . Um

sen hor e duas sen horas can tarao um terceto . A quelle collegiotem agora 120 a lum n os e 67 a lum n ae. O m estre esta ausen te .

Entao quero fallar com a m estra . E ado ou cadela Tem os um

ga to e duas ga ta s. O filho do Sr. R. m atou O outro dia um a

loba . Quem é o director d’este estabelecim en to ? E 0 Sr. F. ; a

6l

82 LESSON x x v .

sua filh a é directriz (or d irectora) d’um collegio de m en in as. S .

M. O imperador estava apen as sen tado , quando a impera triz

entrou, acompanh ada por suas dam as de hon or. SS . M . II .

Suas M agestades Imperiaes) honrarao O asylo dos surdos—f

m udos com a sua visita . S . A . R. Sua A lteza Real) 0 prin

cipe Carlos e as seren issim as prin cesa s partirao para B . Tem os

um poeta e um a poetisa en tre nos . 0 author d’esta peca nao éconh ecido. N’

este processo a justica é a uthora . 0 Sr. F. tern

um ledo e um a leoa n o seu m uséo. O gan so , O pato, a gallinh a,o peru sao aves dom esticas . Esta perd a pesa 8 libras. Vendih oje 5 can arios, tres m a chos e duasfém ea s. 0 an im al m acho é

geralm en te (gen era lly) m a ior e m ais forte do que a fém ea . M a

tam os um crocodilofém ea .—A Fran ca é um paiz m uito fertil.

Portugal 1150 é rico em m in eraes. Os rios prin cipaes da Europasao : o Tejo, O Ebro, o Loire

,o Sen a

,O Rhen o, o Rhodano, o

Elba,etc.—O Sr. F. foi a testem un ha m a is importan te. Esta

gen te n ao é respeitada .

The general rule for the form ation ofth eplura l ofsubstan

tives is already kn own to the studen t. The special rules or ex

ception s are seven : 1) m is ch anged in to n ; 2) n oun s en din g inr or z take es in stead ofs 3) th ose end ing in 8 do n ot change inthe plural (ex cept deos, which m akes deases) ; 4) th ose in d l

,ol

,

u l m ake a es,oes

,ues (ex cept m a l

,m a les

,an d consul

,consu les) ;

5) those in cl m ake eis 6) th ose in i l m ake is ; 7) ofth ose en d

ing in do som e are regular-dos), as irm do, irm d os a few m ake

their plural in aes, a s odes ; by far the greatest num ber (al

m ost all abstracts) m ake oes,as razao

,razoes. See th e list in th e

Appendix ,page 330. Other irregularities are appendix , appen

dices ; in dex , in dices ; cdlis (ca liz, ca lix , z an d x s) , w ine-

glass

does n ot change in the plural ; wh en sign ifying a cha lice,it m akes

calices.—There are a n um ber Ofsubstan tives on ly used in theplu

ral,as an n asa, an n als, a licerces, fodn dation s,pu lmoes, lungs, etc. ;

others that are used in th e singular, being plural n oun s in English

,as um a tesoura , scissors (or a pa ir ofscissors) . These are

best learn ed by practice and the diction ary. Som e English sub

LES SON x x v . 83

sta n tives take n o 3 in the plural in certain ph rases, a s pa ir,poun d, sa il, head, etc . Th is is n ot the case in Portuguese .

The gender ofsubstan tives m ay be ascerta in ed either by th eirsign ification or their term in ation . Both w ays, however, are farfrom infallible ; the gen eral rules suffer m any ex ception s, wh ichare subject aga in to other ex ception s ; the best guides are againthe d iction ary an d practice. Notw ith stan ding,we shall endeavorto give here th e m ost reliable rules.

By their sign ifica tion are m ascu lin e all n am es ofm a les,fem i

n in e al l n am es offem a les . E x ception s a gen te, people ; a

ca na lha . a gen ta lha , m ob,rabble ; a testem un ha

,w itness ; a per

son agem ,person age (also m ass) ; a m u ltidao,crowd . Nam es of

rivers,m oun ta in s, m on th s, and (gen era lly) vessels are m asculine ;

n am es ofcoun tries and cities follow the rules about the term in ation s.

By their term in a tion are m asculine the substan tives ending in i, o, it (ex cept a grei, a lei ; a card, a filho

’

,a m o

’

,a nao ;

a tribu)' 2) those endin g in l, m ,

r,3 (ex cept a ca l

,a colher

,a

car, a dor, a j lor ; a ordem ) .—Fem in in e are those in a (ex cept 0d ia

,o gua rdaroupa , o m appa , m ost Ofthose in d

, and a n um ber

ofwords ofG reek origin , as o pla neta , o com eta,o system a , o

clim a, o idiom a

,e, gem ,

do,z.

The sex ofm en or a n im als is often, as in English , design ated

by particular n am es for the m ale an d fem ale,as m a rido

,husband,

esposa , w ife ; boi, o x,vacca

,cow . Other n am es effect this dis

tinction by tak ing the term in ation ofthe fem inine,a,un der th e

sam e rules as the adjective ; f. i . viein ho, vizin ha ; leitor, lei tora ;cidadd o. cida dda ; som e in dor

,tor m ake triz

, as impera dor, im

pera trz'

e a ctor, a ctriz substan tives w ith other term in ation sth an 0 a o, r, 2 can n ot ch ange (ex cept m estre, giga n te, i nfa n te,wh ich ch ange th eir e in to a ) . Irregular are réo

,defendant, re

’

;

deos,deosa leao

,lion

,leo

‘

a; vi lld o, boor, villoa ; bardo, baron eea ;

con de,coun t

,con deza ; prin eipe,prin ce,prin ceza , an d som e m ore .

S ee the list in th e Append ix , page 331 . Nam es ofa n im a ls,

wh ich,on accoun t ofthe ir term in ation ,

can n ot change, or the

fem in ine form ofwh ich is n ot used, supply th is w a nt by adding

the adjective m a cho,m ale

,orfe

’

mea,fem ale ; f. i . um crocod ilo

84 LESSON x x v.

m a cho, a m ale crocodile ; um crocodi lofi mea,a fem ale crocodile.

In order to avoid the in congruity ofhaving th e article (an d con

sequently th e substan tive) m a sculin e a nd the adjectivefem in ine,or vice versa

,it is preferable to say f. i . o m a cho da agu ia , the

m ale eagle, afe‘

m ea do elepha n ts, the fem a le elephan t.

His real estate (bens de ra iz) is worth m ore than(libra s esterli

-

na s) . Partridges (as p.) are abundan t in th is partofthe provin ce. Both h is son s w ere en sign s in the sam e regim en t. The an cien ts h ad about (perto de) gods an d god

desses . Th e advan tages w ill be equal for both partiesTh e cruel persecution s ofth e d ictator were less ruin ous than th isan archy. Yesterday we received 10barrels ofgunpowder. His

h ands were bloody. Both were orphan s from (desde) the ir childhood . The chapla in s in our arm y have the rank ofcapta in s.

W e are sister n ation s. These con dition s are the apex of(da )impuden ce. The foundation s ofthe old house were yet sound

an d strong. You h eld in your in the) hands the rein s ofthegovernm en t. Did you find m y scissors ?She was the m ost celebrated actress ofher tim e. H. M . the

empress ofFran ce departed for F. W ho were your compan ions ?Two Englishm en and a French lady. The m arch ion ess ofB.

a nd the baron ess ofA . m arried on the sam e day. Our hunterskilled a She-bear ofen orm ous size . In the zoological garden of

P. there is a fem ale crocodile,a tiger, a lion ess, etc . The female

whale defends h er young (filho) w ith in credible ferocity. The

last w in ter w as m ost severe (rigoroso) . The four season s Oftheyear are : the Spring, the summ er, the fall, the w inter. Portugal

is a very fertile coun try. [Nam es ofcoun tries take th e article,ex cept Portuga l and 0a stella .] The city OfLisbon is the capitalofthis kingdom . The river Elbe passes by several large cities,as Dresden (Dresda ), Ham burg (H am burgo), etc . The drunken

n ess is a very low vice. There w as little or n o order in h is

affairs . Those languages h ave a com m on origin . These m en

were th e ch ampion s ofour liberty. The best coffee grow s in

A rabia . Paris is full offugitive Poles (Polon ez) . The Englishare very fon d (gosta r m u i to) ofthe Span ish language. The

86 LESSON x x vr.

1) Verb

a) When the subject is in theplura l, or when there are m ore

than on e subject, th e verb is alw ays in the plural ;b) when th ere are two or m ore subjects ofd ifferent persons,

th e first person h as th e preferen ce over the secon d and third,an d the second over the th ird ; f. i. n és e vos tem os, vo

’

s e elle

tendes ;

c) collectives are n ever construed w ith th e plura l, as in English

,f

.i. a tripolagdofoi sa lva , th e crew were saved ; a m a ior

parte, the greatest part, or m ost, is con strued w ith the plural,when the sen se requires it.

2) A dj ective

a) The adjective pred icate agrees in num ber and gen derw ithits subject ;

b) there being two or m ore subjects Ofd ifferen t gen der, theadjective is in th e m ascu lin e f. i . Carlos e sua irm d a sd o am bos

m u ito altos ;

0) when there are two or m ore subjects, each in the singular,the adjective m ust be in theplura l (see the ex . in b) .

3) S ubstan tive

a) The predicate being a substan tive,it can agree w ith its

subject in gender on ly when design ating a person or a n im a l,ac

cording to th e rules given in th e preced ing Lesson ;b) it agrees in n um ber w ith the subject according to the sens e

ofth e phrase ; f. i. 08 cd es de 0. (collectively) sd o um a praga ; os

m eus dous cd es da Terra Nova (Newfoundlan d) fordo os m eus

companheiros0) when it indicates a ra nk,profession , rela tion ship, n a tion

a lity, it stands w ithout the article ; f. i. elle é capitdo, h e is a

captain ; elle é hom em honrado,h e is an h on est m an .

Th e adverb so,wh en taking th eplace ofth epredica te,whether

an adjective or one Ofthe substantives design ated in c), is ren

dered by the person al (n eu ter) pron oun o f. i . I am Shortsighted,

but Sh e is still m ore so, an sou myope, m a s ella o é a in da m a is.

Estar can n ot be used here.

The infin itive Ofverbs m ay be con sidered as a substantive

LESSON x x vr. 87

(w ithout losing its n ature as a verb) ; it can , therefore, be sub

ject, predicate, object, etc .,an d even takes the defin ite article

The English preposition to is, in th is case, n ot expressed .

In English , the presen t pa rticiple (or rather gerun d) is m ostlyused, when th e verb is m ade a substan tive ; but in Portuguese itis always the infin itive. More ofth is later.

He and I w ere schoolfellow s. You and your brothers havecom m itted a great crim e . Our crew w as the bestpossible. The

whole crew were S ick w ith (de) th e scorbut. Flour and sugar

are dear n ow . M r. and M rs . F. (0 S r. F. e sua sen hora ) are Bra

zilian s (Bra sileiro) . His son and on e ofh is daughters are stillliving (civo) . A ll th ese b irds are carn ivorous. He is a con sum

m ate hypocrite. A re you the brother ofM r. G . ? Our fatherhad been a capta in Ofartillery. A re you an Englishm an ? N0,

Sir,I am an Am erican . She w as m other ofeight children . Is

he a J ew ? He is n ot an hon est m an . Th is is (a) falsehood .

S in ce wh en are you blind ? I am SO S in ce m y ch ildhood .

Now you are ill,and you w ill be so for [a] long tim e . She is a

great talker, n o doubt (n do ha duvida ) ; but her daughter is SO

still m ore . I have been your friend th ese (por estes) 25 years,and I sh all rem a in so un til m y death . You are a fool, and w illever be so .

It is sad to d ie far from our frien ds . It was impossible topen etrate in to th e interior ofthe church . To describe that scen eis impossible . To live in such (a ) hole would be to die by in ch es.

To be S ick and, alon e is on e ofthe saddest th ings in the world .

He used to say (costum ava dizer) To ch eat an en em y is a ven ialsin ; but to rob a thief is a m erit. G am bling w ith otherpeople’sm on ey (din heiro a lheio) is alm ost as bad as s tealing. Cryingalon e is n ot a sufficien t proofOfrepen tan ce. Th is is preach ingin th e desert. Th e art ofcutting (ta lhar) precious ston es is veryOld (a n tigo) . To waste the tim e in such trifies is to Shorten the

88 LESSON x x vn .

L E S S ON X XV I I .

Quem é este rapaz-inho ? (little boy) . E m eu filh o. Que

flor—zinha bon ita ! (wha t a pretty little flower ! ) A chei estelior-in ha (little book) n a escada . Os teus passa/r-inhos fugirao.

Elles estavao ao pé da (nea r the) m ez-in ha . Socéga ! (te-quiet)o teu irmao-zin ho esta dorm indo. Vm °e era entao um a rapari

gu in ha de 12 annos. Oh ! m eus pobres filh—inhos Perd ihon tem um a cha/v-inha d

’ouro . O que esta n

’esta ca ix—inha ?

M eu bem -zinho (m y dear [sweet] little crea ture ! ) O d in heiroestava n

’um saga

-inho (little sack or bag) . Ella parece (is like)um a bon equ

-inha . Sois m eu a nj o tutelar ! Hon tem en terrarao

um a ng-inho (little a ngel, a child under 10years). Encon tram os

5.ports. da igreja. um a crian c-in ha m orta. J5 prin cipiarao o n ovo

can al ? Elle m orava entao n a Rua do can a lete. O m eu criadoera um rapaz-ote de 16 an n os m a is ou m en os. Coitado (poor

fellow ! ) Coitad-inho ! Que m en in a engragad-inha ! (wha t a

n ice little girl I) Ella é bon i t—in ha . O Joaosinho jé. esta grandote. Que m acspeguen -in a s ! Vm cé esta sé-sin hoP. era um hom em -zarraa (ta ll, bigfellow) de m ais de seis pés

de altura . A estalajadeira era um a m ulher-om de proporcoes

quasi gigantescas. Quem é aquellej igur-ao (ta ll m a n .) Quem

m ora n’aquella cae-on a ? (big house.) Elle é um dos n ossos figu

r6es (grea t or importa n t men ) . Que n a/rigdo (wha t a big n ose

0 Sr. F. é um bonacho de pouca in telligen cia . A quella rapa—gaoé m eu criado. Tudo isto estava n

’aquelle ca im ao.

Heitor (Hector) m orreupela por a) lanca de A chilles. Esta

cicatriz é 0 sign al d’um a la nc ada (thrust with a la n ce) que

(which) recebi n a batalh a de M. E lle n un ca sahe sem o seu

porrete . F. m orreu d’urn a porret-ada (blow with a cudgel) que

apan h ou no dia de S . J050. Um ban do de n egros, arm ados com

paos, percorreu as ruas . Apanharao pa ulada (blow ,a licking) .

Os pun haes dos assassinos am eacao a vossa vida . Cesar recebeu

23pun ha la daa. A populace perseguiu o m ouge aspedradas. Os

soldados ferirao varias pessoas com ba ionetadaa (or baion etagos) .

LESSON x x vn . 89

A ugm en ta tives and d im in u tives are very frequen tly used inPortuguese, especially in fam iliar language. Th e form er indicate grea ter size than the original word (often together w ithclum siness) ; applied to person s, the augm en tative is n ot veryrespectful. Its prin cipa l term in ation is m asculin e (10 (pl. oes),fem in ine on a the fin al vowel is dropped before this term in ation ,and fem in in e substan tives gen erally becom e m asculin e f. i. ca im-a

,

chest, bo x , ca ts

-ao, a big chest ; eel/taco, scoun drel, celha c

-ao, a

great scoundrel ; m u lher,wom an

,m ulherona

,tall, stout wom an ;

hom em m akes hom em za rrdo, a tall, big, h eavy m an ; rapaz, n a riz

m ake rapagao, n a rigao ; tolo, fool, m akes toleird o, toleiron a .

Far m ore n um erous are th e d im in utives. They in dicate prin cipally sm a lln ess

, but a lso prettiness, and often con tempt, arid are

frequently used as expression s ofen dearm en t. Their prin cipalterm in ation is in ho or zin ha (also sin ho after a vowel), fem in in einha

,zinha th e latter is alw ays used wh en th e substan tive ends

in a con son an t, but also after a vow el. When in ho is used

,the

fin al vowel ofthe n oun,a or 0, is dropped, 0 and 9 becom e gu ,

gu,j becom es g, g loses the ced ilha (see Lesson f. i .flor-zinha , irm ao-zin ha biquin ha from bico, am igu in ho from

am igo, a ngin ha from a nj o, bra cin ho from braco. Substan tivesend ing in an accen tuated vowel

,in a d iph thong or in a vowel

preceded by an other vowel, take zin ho or sin ho,n ot inho

,as

pé-sinho, m d o-sin ha , chapéo-si nho. Other term in ation s are ete,

ote,aspa la cio,pa lace,pa la cete (m an sion ofa n oblem an ) fida lgo,

noblem an , fid a lgote (con temptuously) .—Even a djectives are ca

pable ofthis kin d ofaugm en tation and d im inution ; f. i. bon ito,pretty, bon itinho ; pouco, little, pouquin ho ; gra n de, gra ndote ;augm en tatives gen erally becom e substantives

,as ricaco, from

rico,

a very rich m an ; e i laco, from oil,a great coward ; the

latter are rare,the superlative in issim o being used for th is pur

pose. Peguen o m akes peguen in o ; bom m ak es bon a cho,a good

n atured m an,or a simpleton .

A blow,stroke, thrust, sta b, throw w ith an in strum en t gen er

ally used for that purpose, is in dicated by the term ination a da

or ago, added to the n am e ofth e in strum en t,as lancada , a thrust

90 L E SSON x x vu .

with a lan ce,punha la da , a stab w ith a dagger,facada , a cut orstab w ith a kn ife, chicotada , a wh ipping, ba ionetada or -ago, a

thrust with a bayonet, espadaco, a cut with a sword, etc.

C .

A little chapel stood n ear the en tran ce ofthe village. I

bought at (em) the auction a sofa, a dozen ofcha irs, and twolittle tables, all (tudo) ofm ahogan y. The prem ium was a littlebook w ith engravings. Where is your little dog? Poor littlechildren ! Poor little on es ! (pobrezin hos

! coita d inhos ! ) W hata big fellow he is ! Is he n ot your great friend ? (am iga lhao)He turned his the) face tow ards the wall. He is m akingfaces (caretas) at (para ) you. John got a blow ing up(J . apa nhou

um carao, fam iliar). This m an sion conta in s two draw ing-room s,n in e other large room s (1. r. sa la ), a very large d in ing-room ,

and twelve bed-room s. The jew els were in a little box ofivoryin laid w ith m other-of—pearl. The papers were kept (guardar)in a tin box (ca ix a defolha) . F. h ad been cashier in a bankinghouse. In a corner ofthe room stood a chest con tain ingw ith) Fren ch and Latin books . He tore the letter in to frag‘

m ents little pieces). Th e h ouse h as a gate in front, and a

door on each side. W e have paper an d paste-board ofevery

quality and size. Do you know that tall fellow ? What a greatfool you are ! He is a little m a n of50years, m ore or less. You

w ill hurt your little foot. The little bonnets that are n ow in

the (d) fashion are at least m ore elegant than those old ones.

She h as pretty little han ds. W h ere is m y little doll ? Why doyou n ot play w ith your little frien ds ? I had put (metter) allin to a little bag, which I h id un der (deba ix o cle) m y coat.A sabre-cut severed the hand ofthe robber from h is arm .

More than one officer bore the m ark ofa cut ofthe horse-whipofMurat. The throw ing ofston es continued for (par) m ore

than half an hour. This n egro k illed his m aster by a blow w itha club.

L ESSON x x vm . 91

2 . C OM P L E T E S E N T E N C E .

L E S S ON X XV I I I .

Sahim os de Lon dres as 9 horas da m anhaa. A chicara cah iulla m eza e quebrou . Belem dista de L isboa poucas leguas. E sta

palavra é derivada do latim . Por este accao V . S . desceu da sua

dign idade. Do sublim e ao ridiculo ha so um passo. Elles nao

m orao longe d’aqui .— A s produc es lyricas de Cam oes sao

m enos conhecidas do que os L usiadas . A s fabulas d’Esopo sac

celeberrim as . A cathedral de L on dres é um ed ificio m agn ifico .

Vm CG sabe a casa do S r. S . ? A cidade de L isboa esta n a m argem

dire ita do rio Tejo . A foz do rio das A m azon as é m uito larga .

O filho do con de de T. é em baix ador a corte do X. 0 m on te

Ves'

ivio é um volcao. Nao tem os retrato do n osso avo. Mi~lhares d

’aquelles bravos perecérao n o deserto . A revolucao fran

ceza de 1789 foi o prin cipio d’um a n ova ordem de cousas n o

m undo politico . Dous dos m eus am igos tivérao a febre am arella .

Os Srs . A . e C ‘

(M essrs. A . a n d Co.) em barcarao hoje 500barris(le farinha

, e um a grande quan tidade de carn e secca . Hoje tenhotido um pouco dc descanco . Quan to custa a pipa d’este vinho ?—Os an tigos con sideravao o am or da patria com o a prin cipa lvirtude . Fallavam os de Vm cé

. Este livro tracta da im m orta lidade da alm a . Nos todos precisam os do aux ilio dos n ossos

prox im os . Recebi hon tem um a carta cheia de in sultos . E lle

m orreu coberto de gloria .

—Perd i a m inh a corren te d’ouro. O

vizinho guard ava o seu d inh eiro n’urn a caix a defolha . Parece

que ten s um estom ago de borracha . Um a pon te de pedra liga

as (luas m argen s do n osso rio . O lugar estava cercado por um a

grade (l e fen d —Vin ce ja com eu (d id you ever ea t) carn e de

cavallo ? Esta carne de porco estapodre . M eu prim o tinha um a

loja cle livros . O fogo destruiu um a grande fabrica de papel n a

Rua de S . Paulo (S t. Pa ul’s street) . A porta da fren te estava

92 LESSON x x v m.

ferrolhada . O asylo dos cegos em C. é um edificio espacoso e

bem situado.

Irei a Pariz. E lla ten cion a fazer um a viagem a Rom a . 0

gen eral m andou os prision eiros d fortaleza de S . A 0 lado da

porta estava um a rude im agem de S . A n ton io .—Esta chacara

perten ce a duas senhora s solteiras. Devo a esta firm a a som m a

de rs . J a escreveu a seu pai ? F. con tou isto ao

doutor. Man dei algun s livros d irm aa do Sr. R . Quando en tre

gou Vmcé aquellas cartas ao caix eiro do Sr. A . ? Participarei aos

S enhores quando a cerem on ia tera luga r. N50 emprestarei m a ispecas de m usica as filh as do Sr. L .

—O capitao esta a bordo ?

V iajar a cavallo nao é tao agradavel com o 0 Sr. pen sa . Quando

eu estava n a Europa, eu fazia cada an n o um a viagem a pé . Esta

choven do a can taros. Elle sah e so at n oite. A 0 romper do dia

ubirao m il foguetes . E lla tocou aquella peca (i prim eira vista .

De gue'

m (whose) é esta quin ta ? E do Sr. gen eral M . A guem

(to whom ) entregou Vm cé o em brulho ? A O Sr. Dr. (doutor) L.

Isto nao depende de m im (on m e) . Nao esperei outra cousa deti (ofthee) . Estive ao lado d’elles

,d’ellas (a t their side) .

There is, properly speakin g, n o declen sion in Portuguese as

well as in English , w ith th e ex ception ofa few in stan ces am ong

th e pron oun s (an d, in English , the so-called possessive gen itive) .The term in ation s ofthe different cases have been substituted byprepositions, ex cept in the accusative

,wh ich is on ly k i‘i own by

its position and the sen se ofthe phrase (see, however, LessonXXXVI ) . The preposition for th e gen i tive case is do, of, thatfor the da tive is a

,to . For practical rea son s w e shall reta in the

w ell-kn own denom in ation s n om in a tive (for subject and predicate), gen itive, da tive, an d accusa tive (for the object oftran sitiveverbs an d th e case after preposition s) ; to speak ofan a bla tive

,

either in Portuguese or in English, is absurd, origin atin g in theold-fash ion ed and improper desire ofsh aping th e gram m ar ofam odern language after the m odel ofth e L atin gram m ar.

—L etus con sider th e n ature ofthe preposition s de an d a

,as far as

n ecessary here.

94 LESSON x x vm .

Ofthe con traction s do, da , ao,d, etc . we have already spoken .

These prepos ition s can n ever be om itted (as is som etim es th e case

in English , f. i . a dozen tim es,um a duzia de vezes ; I len t this

gen tlem an som e m on ey, emprestei a lgum din heiro a este sen hor) .

Mark also th e position ofth e dative, always after the accusative(the object ofth e verb), when th e latter is not accompan ied byan adverbial ph rase or a relative clause.

Pron ouns govern ed bypreposition s do n ot change their form s,

ex cept eu and tu,wh ich becom e m im

,ti (as de m im ,

ofm e,de

ti,ofthee), but d’elle, d’ella , de 7163

,a vos

,a elles

,The

pron oun interrogative whose ? who’s) is de quem ,to wh om

a guem .

O.

The steam er w ill leave sahir de) Rio de Jameiro on the

l 6th ofthe n ex t m on th . The aud ien ce lasted from 11 A . M . till 3P. M . [A . M . is rendered by da m adruga da for the tim e from

m idn ight till sun rise ; from then till n oon it is da m a n hda ; P . M

is rendered by da tarde for th e tim e from n oon till sun set ; for

th e tim e between sun set an d m idn ight it is da n oite.] I got (re

eeber) several letters from P. Our cousin arrived from Ham burg.

Have you n o n ews ofyour broth er in the Un ited States ? Non e.

Th e fam ily w as on ce (j etfoi) the m ost powerful in of) Eu

rope. S ix tus V . w as oflow origin , yet h e w as on e ofthe greatestm en ofhis tim e. Spa in w ill be on e ofthe greatpowers (poten cia)ofEurope . Th e gulf ofNaples is on e ofthe fin est spots on (sabre)the earth . I bet m y wh ole all m y) fortun e aga in st a pin chofsn uff

,th at he is an impostor. Th e gran dson ofM r. B . m ar

ried (casar com ) a rich w idow . H is un cle’s w ife is m y sister.

W h ich is M r. A .

’s h ouse ? That m an

’s con scien ce is very w ide .

Our house is at (em ) th e corn er ofth is street an d the m arket

place . In what bookshopdo you buy your books ? A t Mr. L .

’s

n a loj a do Sr. L ) . Here are your bed -clothes (roupa de

cam a,sing ). Where is m y tooth -brush ? The th iefjumped over

(por cim a de) the garden -fen ce an d escaped . Take this powder(pés,pl. m asc .) in a glass ofw ater. W hat a beautiful rose-bud !In th e w indow stood som e flowers in ch in a vases . Is this wheatflour ? M r. M. h as in h is collection a m ost beautiful m arble bust

LESSON x x rx . 95

ofN. The stranger w ore a capofdeer-skin . W e want (precisa r de) two iron bedsteads. My pocket-book (ca rteira ) contain ed som e gold and silver co in s, to the am oun t of413m ore or

less . Paper-m on ey is a very m odern in ven tion . Is this m y

sleeping-room (qua rto de dorm ir).

To whom are you writing ? To-day I shall n ot go to the

m as s. They carried the wounded to the h ospital. I sh all send

m y servan t to M r. P. The fa iling ofsom e ofthe m ost con siderable bank ing houses in Fran ce contributed m uch to the ruin of

our com m erce . Th e art Ofpain ting in (a ) oil is older than youthink . The iron gate resisted to all th e efforts ofourm en (gen ts) .

Our regim en t crossed the river sw im m ing (a n ado) . I have traveled (over) m ore than 2000 m iles on foot. To m e you did n ot

write . A t every stepwe m et a fam ily ofem igran ts . Whatw ere you doing h ere at m idn ight ? Did I not lend you this book ?This would be con trary to our laws.

L E S S ON XX I X .

A .

O cagado e a ra a sao amph ibios. Os soldados d’este destacam en to com m ettérao m uitas desordens. A s plantas carecem de

chuva . Um hom em d’este caracter n un ca tem am igos . Um a

sem an a d epois eu cah i doente .

O com m ercio de Pern a inbuco é importan tissim o . Londres é

a cidade m ais populosa do m undo . 0Rio de Jameiro e a Bahiasao as cidades m ais importan tes do Brazil . A Havan a é a capital

da ilha de Cuba . 0 Porto é a segun da capital do rein o de Portugal . On de esta seu pai agora ? E sta em Rom a . A Franca éd ividida em departam en tos. Qual (which) é m aior, a Prussia ona Italia ? Os Estados Un idos sao a republica m a is poderosa queex iste . A s Indias Orien taes tern urn c lim a tropico. Os Paizes

Ba ix os perten ciao n’aquelle tempo s Hespanha . Portugal é um

rein o m ui pequen o . Para Hom ero a S icilia era a inda um a regi ao

fabulosa . A s Ilhas Jon icas estao sob a proteccao da G ran -Bre

96 L ESSON x x rx .

tanha . A ilha de Sta . Helen a perten ce aos Inglezes.-Luiz de

CamOeS é o m a is celebre poeta portuguez ; elle é cham ado 0 Ho

m ero lusitan o . Bocagefoi o A rch iloch o dos Portuguezes. Tenholido o Cam eos. J050 ainda n ao é velho . O velho J050 m orreu

h on tem . O Etn a é um volcao n a S icilia . ORheno separava a

G allia da G erm an ia. Jupiter era 0 deos suprem o dos Rom anos.

Venus era a deosa da belleza . A Ven us de Can ova é um a

bellissim a estatua . Deos é om n ipoten te. Hoje é dom ingo . Elle

chegara sabbado ou segun da feira (or n o sabb.,n a seg. f.) Nasci

em Marco. 0Marco d’aquelle an no foi um m ez fatal para m im .

O verao do an n o passado foi m uito ch uvoso . A prim avera é a

estacao predilecta dos poetas . O céo nao é SOpara os ricos.—O

Sr. A . é um ricaco d’este lugar. 0 gen eral Lafayette m orreu

m uito velho . S . M. a ra inha Victoria 6 filha da duqueza de

Ken t. Dom Pedro V. é filho de Dom Fern ando. Don a A nn a

casou com o filho do duque de B. A Sra . D. (Senh ora Don a)Em ilia das Neves é a m ais celebre actriz e can tora portugueza .

A in veja é o vicio m ais ba ix o,m a is repugn a nte. O fan atism o

religioso é m uito m ais feroz do que o fan atism o politico . A

pobreza n ao é o m a ior dos m ales. A arrogan cia é quasi semprea companheira da ignoran cia . O m edo cause as vezes ataques

epilepticos . Isto é o cum ulo da impuden cia . A belleza é um

dom precario . A historia é o m eu estudo predilecto. A expericucia é a m estra dos tolos .

”

O h om em nun ca foi perfeito, e n un ca o sera. O princ ipio dahistoria do gen ero hum an o se perde (loses i tself is lost) n

’um a

impenetravel escuridao . A agn a n ao é tao elastica com o 0 ar.

0 ouro é m ais pesado do que o chum bo . O troco esta m uitoescasso . Os prin cipaes productos d

’esta provm ci a sao o assucar,

o café e o arroz. A m an te iga ingleza é m a is gorda do que a n ossa.

Os hab itantes de S . exportao sal, azeite, sard inhas, vinho, etc .

0 vinho tin to (red win e) é geralm en te m ais forte do que o vinhobran co .

Esta cerveja custa um x elim a garrafa . Ninguem vendersi

este pan n o por m en os de rs . a jarda. Quan to custa a librad’este cha?

Sou soldado, e conhece o m eu dever. Na campanha de 1852

98 L ESSON x x rx .

1) Proper nouns do n ot take th e article.

E x ceptions : a) the n am es ofcoun tries (a Franco , 0 Peru),

ex cept Portuga l an d Oa siella (Castile), wh ich never take th e

article. A lso rivers, m oun ta ins,is la nds (sm all islands have gen

orally a ilha de added to th eir n am es), som e cities (a Hava n a , a

Bahia , o Porto, 0Rio de J a n eiro th is article is n ot used on title

pages or in the date ofletters), vessels, the four seasons, and generally the n am es ofda ys ;b) Christian n am es

,an d also fam ily n am es, when speaking

fam iliarly : o J oao, o A lm eida ;

c) the n am es given to dogs, horses, etc .

d) proper n ouns when accompan ied by an adjective, f. i . a

propria Rom a,Rom e herself, or, even Rom e ; 0 celebre Vieira ;

also n am es ofpersons when accompan ied by a ti tle, as 0 Sr. A l

m‘

eida , o rei Fern a ndo (m ore usually w ith th e Span ish article,cl—rei or elrei), a ra in ha Victoria ; Dom (D .) and Don a (D0

,D.)

do n ot adm it the article ; f. i. D . Pedro, D . A n n a,

2) Deos, when m ean ing th e Ohristia n G od, n ever has the

article, not even when accompan ied by an adjective, as Deos omn ipoten te ; but infern o, h ell , céo, heaven ,para iso, paradise,purga torio, purgatory, always h ave the article ;

3) a bstract n oun s, wh en in a gen eral sen se, always take thearticle, as : music is h is greatest delight, a m usica é o seu m a ior

deleite

4) n am es ofany m a tter (m etals,wood

,ston e

,w ater, m eat,

when in a gen eral sen se, take th e article, as : flour is dearn ow,

afarinha esta'

. cara agora also, n am es ind icating a wholespecies ofobjects, as : m elon s are cheaphere, as m elees sao bara tosagui so also 0 homem

,m an , a m u lher, wom an , as homens, m en,

0 gen era hum an o, m ankin d, a gen te,people, 0 parlam en to,par

liam en t,o governo, governm en t.

5) n o article is used w ith n am es ofdign ities, professions,n ation ality, religion ,

etc .,when they are pred icates (see Lesson

XXVL )6) the defin ite article accompan ies som e pronouns, as o meu

cava llo, a sua casa,etc . (see Lesson

7) the n am es ofm easures an d weights have the defin ite article,

LESSON x x xx . 99

in stead ofthe indefin ite article in English, as : two shillings a

bottle, a n ell, a pound, dous x elim a ga rrafa , o cévado, a libra ;

w ith expression s oftim e, the preposition por is used, as : so m uch

a year,a m on th, ta n to por a n n o, por mez ;

8) ord in a l n um bers, after the n am es ofsovereigns, have no

article, as D. Pedro II (Dom Pedro segundo) ;9) appositions gen erally take no article

,as D. Pedro 11

,im

perador do Brazil, 0 S r. R,filho do coronel F. but Tha lberg, o

celebrepia n ista

10) when two substa ntives are con n ected by the conjunctione,and, the second substan tive does n ot take the article

, especiallywhen they are synon ym s

,or when their sign ifications are, in any

way, considered as related to each oth er ; f. i. as m ulheres e

cria ncas sofi'

rérao m a is do que os hom ens ; elle recebeu as instruo

goes e recursos n ecessaries for th e sake ofemphasis the articlem ay be repeated ;

11) substantives accompan ied by ta l, sem elhan te, tamma nha,coma (and per after the verbs tom a r, ter, to take), or by adjectives with que (what), tao, do n ot take the article (indefin ite),when these wordsprecede their substa n tive ; as : ta l (sem elhan te)proj ecto, such a plan ; ta/mm a n ho desej a , so great a desire ; comosoldado

, as a sold ier ; tom a/r or ter a lguem por homem hon rado,

to take on e for a n honest m an ; but um hom em ta l, um desej atamm a nha ,

12) in m an y idiom atic phrases the article is om itted ; thesem ust be learn ed by practice ; th e best way for learn ing them(an d all otherpeculiarphras es or con structions) is, to note themdown whenever they occur, and to learn them by heart.

To-m orrow the sun w ill rise at 6 o’clock precisely (em pon te) .

The m oon is a little plan et wh ich accompan ies the earth . Your

vacation w ill begin on th e 5th ofn ex t m on th . The brothers-ialaw ofM r. S . have established a silk-m an ufactory. France produces w ine in great abundan ce. and ofsuperior quality. Spainh as lost alm ost all her colon ies . Th e Netherlands have beenpart ofthe dom in ion s ofPh ilip II . Portugal does n ot produce

100 LESSON x x rx .

(cria r) m uch cattle . Lim a is th e capital ofPeru . Brazil wasthe on ly Portuguese colon y in A m erica . Joseph n ever stud iesh is lesson s. Did you Speak w ith Charles ? M r. and M rs . F. w illbe at hom e (em ca sa ) th is even ing — These Opin ion s are in com

patible w ith h on esty. Modesty is th e m ost beautiful orn am en t

ofyouth . Life is n ot worth the sacrifice ofhon or. A griculture,in dustry, an d com m erce are the three prin cipal sources ofthe

w ealth an d power ofa n ation . Learn ing is on ly the fruit of

labor an d perseveran ce . Poetry and m usic are tw in s. Dan cing(a da nga ) m ade part ofm any religious cerem on ies am ong the

an cien ts. Th e bloodiest pages ofhistory are those (as) wh ichcon tain the deeds ofreligious fan aticism . Patien ce is n ot in

compatible w ith energy .— Copper is m uch softer tha n iron .

Lin en is m uch stronger than cotton . Tea w as in troduced intoEurope about 200years ago (ha perto de 200 a n n os) . Mahogan ygrows on ly in tropical coun tries — The glories ofHeaven are the

rew ard ofvirtue . Disobedien ce drove (erpellir) the first m en

from parad ise. W hat (gua l) is your trade ? I am a tailor. He

is a n oblem an . F . w as a portrait-pa in ter. M r. R. is an ex cellen t

pian o-player (pia n ista ) and violin ist. Cam oen s was a brave

w arrior an d a great poet—M an w as the last w ork ofcreation .

Is h e n ot a m em ber ofparliam en t ?

Man y m erch ants sell this cloth at (par) rs. a yard .

Th is w ine costs rs . a pipe . He h as a salary of20£(libras esterlin as) a m on th . Th ey ch arge th ree shillings a day.

Dom Pedro I,emperor ofBrazil, abd icated in favor ofh is son ,

Dom Pedro II . Miss Carolin e is the bride ofM r. L. Queen

V ictoria and Prin ce A lbert departed for the Isle ofWight.— This

Show s the ch ara cter and in clin ation s ofth at m an . The pro

ceedin gs ofM r. T. are aga in st th e spirit and letter ofour constitution . Such a law does n ot ex ist. This is m uch w ork forso short a tim e. W hat a singular m an l

102 LESSON x x x .

m aneira seguin te.—Preciso d’algum as folhas de papel azu l. Elle

ja tem cabellos bra n cos . Um a m eza redonda é pouco comm oda

para escrever. Cesarfo i um gra n de hom em . Olhos gra n dee saobon itos. A belladon a é um a h erva venen osa . 0 n ova passeiopublico sera m uito ex ten so . F . m ora n o Cam in ho n ovo

,n° 13 6.

A lingua ita lia n a é suave e son ora . A m em oria dos trabalhos(sufierings, hardships) pa ssa dos é doce . Um a batalha en ca/rn igadateve lugar n o dia 21 d

’este m ez (or do m ez corren te, insta n t).

N50 gOsto de carn e cos ida . O tractam ento revolta n te que elle

recebera n’aquella occasi

‘

aofoi o m otivo do suicidio . Ofa llecidoM . sempre d izia que seu filho nao prestava para n ada was

goodfor n othin g) . 0 celeberrim o C . foi um gran de impostor.

Elle é h om em traba lha dor. Boatos assustadores voavvi o de boca.

em boca . Mattos virgens cobrem a inda gran de parte d’este imperio . Isto é um caso virgem (un heard-of) n a historia da n ossac idade . (Ouro virgem ,pure gold .)A S linguas hespanhola e portugueza sao m a is differen tes um a

da outra do que m uitos pen sao . Os ex ercitos inglez e fran cezacamparao o pouca distan cia da cidade de S . A in dustria e O

com m ercio n acion aes tom arao d im en sOes gigan tescas.

B .

In Portuguese, th e position ofth e a ttributive adj ective Offerssom e difficulty ; som e are gen erally placed before their substan

tive, som e after it, others m ay take eith er place. In a n um ber

ofcases,th e sign ifica tion or th e law s ofeuplwny determ in e the

position ofth e adjective, but in m ost cases th e greatest libertyis allow ed

,an d it depen ds gen erally on the degree ofemphasis

to be given to the adjective, whether it shall stan d before or afterits substan tive (in w riting, the emph atical adjective is usuallyplaced after its substan tive ; in speaking, it m ay also stand be

fore the substan tive,a s th e ton e ofth e Speaker w ill sufiicien tly

ind icate the emph asis) . W e give h ere the m ost reliable rules ; a

practised ear w ill do the rest.

a) Before th eir substan tive are placed very short adjectives(m on osyllables, and dissyllables w ith a wea k term in ation , as e, o) ;f. i. um bom hom em

,m ei o tempo ; also num era ls

,ex cept ordina l

LESSON x x x . 103

num bers w ith the n am es ofsovereign s, an d, often , in quotation sofchapters, paragraphs, etc . (th en a lways w ithout the article) .h) After their substan tive are placed1. very long adjectives ;2 . adjectives indicating physica l qualities (color, dim en sion,

form , strength,3 . adjectives derived from proper n ouns (coun tries, cities

,

person s) ;4 . participles, and such adjectives as are origin ally substan

tives (ma tto virgem ,ho mem tra ba lha dor) ;

5 . those end ing in l, r, z, ico, ivo, oso, esco, do, inho, iv ;6 . adjectives accompan ied by a long adverb or an adverbial

phrase.

W ith proper nouns, adjectives gen erally precede (w ith the

usual ex ception s, as A lera ndre o gra n de, Carlos 0 lem erario).W hen the attribute is supposed to belong to the species, orkn ownto belong to the in dz

'

ridua l design ated by th e substan tive, theadjective precedes ; being a distin ctive, the adjectivefollows thesubstan tive ; f. i. 08 valen tes sold a dos

, o sabio professor, o nosso

velho vizinho, because a ll sold iers are supposed or ought to bebrave, a ll professors are supposed or ought to be learn ed, ourn eighbor 18 known to be a n o ld m an but we sh all say um hom em

valente, um hom em sabio,um hom em velho, as these attributes

do n ot belong to th e spec ies.

Som e adjectives have d ifferen t m ean ings according to theirposition : um bravo soldado, a brave soldier—um hom em bravo

,

a fierce, irascible m an ; um hom em san cto, a holy (m ost virtuous)m an—um san cto hom em (um sa n cta rrao), a hypocrite ; certa

pessoa (w ithout th e article), a certa in in dividual, som ebodypessoa certa , a reliable person ; um hom em pobre, a poor m an

um pobre hom em , a poorfellow (expression ofcon tempt orpity) .When two adjectives belon g to on e substan tive, they are

placed after it, connected w ith each other by the conjunction e,

and (ex cept w ith proper n oun s) .

When on e adjective belongs to two substan tives ofdifferentgen der, it m ust be in theplura l and m asculine

, as f. i . as instruocoes e recursos n ecessarios.

104 LESSON x x x .

Con struction s like as capi lwlosprim eiro e segundo, os ex ercitosinglez e fran cez, n eed n o explan ation s .

A ny, when equal to wha tever,is qua lquer, plural qwa esquer

(a compoun d ofqwa l,wh ich, an d qwer, th ird person singularpresent ofquerer, w ill, like the Latin guieis). In question s, it is n otexpressed, f. i . have you any n ews, etc . ? Vm cé tom n oticias ?

A s a pron oun , qua lquer m ean s anybody.

Th is event h ad great influen ce over the developm en t ofh is

character. Man y ofour rich m erchan ts reside during th e hotseason at (em ) the little village ofN. Som e battalion s ofia

fantry encamped in the suburbs ofL. Som e hotels rem a in edopen during the wh ole n ight. This in ciden t created (causa r)som e sen sation am ongst a certa in class ofpeople . He is unfit

for any employm en t ofthat kind . I am ready for any service.

In courage they are equal to any European troops. He confides

h is secret to everybody (qua lquer) .Blue cloth is dear. Every year the yellow fever visits those

beautiful coun tries. In m any d istricts th e black (n egro) population (gen ts) ex ceeds the n um ber ofth e w h ites. I w an t a veryfine n eedle . This w in d preva ils during th e rainy season . Freshw ater is the best beverage . A cold rain fell during th e n ight.He burn t h is the) h and w ith h ot w ater. What a long w ord !

W e had a very dry sum m er. The Span ish sh eepare ofex cellen t

quality. The A siatic pestilen ce is a terrible scourge . The Eng

lish language con ta in s m an y Latin and Fren ch elem en ts. Z en o

w as the founder ofth e Sto ic sch ool. The catholic religion preva ils (predom in ar) in the south an d w est ofEurope, an d in

A m erica w ith the ex ception ofth e Un ited States an d th e Britishpossession s. The prin cipal streets ofR. are paved . Matters (ascousa s) have n ow a m ore agreeable aspect. Your speech pro

duced a favorable impression on (sobre) the greater part ofthe

audien ce . The civil auth orities w ill be respon siblefor the m a inten an ce oforder in th e ir respective d istricts . He asked this ina sarcastic ton e . Th e rad ical vowel ofthis word is long (longo) .Our town has two largepublic squares. The dagger is a treach~

106 LESSON x x x r.

con fusao . 0 Sr. M. é um hom em de fina educacao. Para esta

occasm o eu tinha comprado um n ovo un iform e de gala . Procureitres bilhetes d’en trada . A m en i ' a tinha um a cara de anjo. O

juiz era un i hom em de integridade proverbial.O n osso doen te nao com eu sen ao (ea t on ly) um prato do caldc

de gallinha . Minha irm a’

la perdeu h on tem um par de brin coscom d iam antes. A s suas prom essas nao valem um a pitada dorape! Quer tom ar (wi ll you take) um a chicara de cafe, ou um

copo de vinho ? O tribun al condem n ou 0 rec a 20 an uos de

pri sao. A sua physiogn om ia nao tinha n ada d’ex traordin ario .

A s guerras de Napolezi o I custarao a Europa m a is d’um m ilhaode hom en s. A cceitarei um pouco de vinho. Um d’elles des

cabrin algum as gotas do sangue sobre 0 lagedo.

F. recebeu por presente um riquissim o relogio d’ouro com

brilhan tes . A inauguracao da n ova estrada de ferro tera lugarn o dia 1° do m ez prox im o futuro . E lla sempre trajava um ves

tido de seda preta . Quanto custa a groza d’estas penn as d

’acc i

Eu gosto m ais de (1 like better) pen n as de gan so (goose-qu ills).A porta principal do edificio sera orn ada por duas estatuas dem arm ore. O seu rosto é um a m ascara de ferro . Os ladroes

roubarao um a duzia de colheres de prata e um a sopeira de fin issim a porcelan a .

O leao é o rei dos an im aes . H . é O rei dos m agicos . A velh iced im inue as forcas do corpo , e augm enta as luzes do espirito. Isto

foi um acto da m ais n egra in gratidao . O tempo das perseguicces

sanguin olentas por causa da religiao ja passou. O desejo de

saber n ao é curiosidade, e a em ulacao n ao é inveja . O tem or de

Deos é o prin cipio de toda a virtude. F . era am igo dos bonsbocados (tit-bits) . O fan atism o é O in im igo m ortal da civilisacao .

Tem os n’esta cidade dous m o inhos de ven to. Nao havia um a

arm a de fogo em toda a pov'oacao . Um raio cah iu no arm azem

de polvora, m as n ao causou estragos con sideraveis. Elle tinh aum a loja de ferragens n a Rua d ireita . E proh ibido trazer bengalas d

’estoque. N50 ten ho papel do (or para) cartas .

Vm c6 é um hom em sem palavra . O m eu alm oco con siste deduas ch icaras de café com leite e algum as fatias de pao com m an

teiga . Isto nao é um jogo de (pa ra ) criancas. Elle é hom em

LESSON x x x r. 107

pa/ra isso. Um n egocian te sem credito é um poco sem agua .

Quem é aquelle hom em com cabellos bran cos ?

0 Sr. barri o de M .,m in istro plen ipoten ciario a cérte de B.

,6

m en padrinho. F . n asceu em S etubal, c idade m aritim a do rein ode Portugal. G uilherm e

,duque da Norm andia, conquistou a

Inglaterra em 1066 . Miguel A ngelo, pintor, esculptor e architecto, foi tam bem poeta . Tito L ivio

,o celebre historiador ro

m ano, era n atural (a n a tive) de Padua . Maria Stuart, 0. bella einfeliz rainha da Escossia, m ais que expiou os seus erros.

A ttributes are Often expressed by substa n tives (pronouns, or

verbs in the infin itive) ; they are, then , con n ected with the n oun

to which they belong by a preposition , gen erally dc, of(also com,

w ith, sem , w ithout,pa ra ,for, and others) . In English, this conn ection is very frequen tly effected by form ing a compound ofthe

two noun s (see Lesson XXVIII ) For in stance : fire-arm s,

a rmas do j ogo ; w indm ill, m oinho de ven to ; sugar-m ill, engenho

d’assuca r ; w in ter-clothes, roupa d

’invern o h orse-hair

,cabello

de cava llo ; book-shop, loj a de livros ; head-ache,dor de cabeca ,

etc . It has already been said (Lesson that in Portuguess there are n o adjectives indicating the m a teria l ofwhichan object con sists ; in English , the substan tive itselfis often used

for this purpose (gold spurs, an iron kettle, in Portuguese,

the preposition de is required (esporas d’ouro, um a ca ldeira de

ferro) . A s this m ode Ofexpression can n ot in dicate the n atureofthe d ifferen t kinds ofattributes (qua lity, quan tity, m ode,possession, it m ay som etim es cause am biguity ; f. i. wine-glassand a glass ofwine m ay both be tran slated by um copo de vin ho

to avoid this, a wine-gla ss m ay be rendered um cope para einno.

—In order to know wh eth er the a rticle is to be used w ith theattribute (after the prepo s ition) or n ot, wh en the correspondingexpression in English is a compoun d, the studen t h as but to dis

solve the compound ; th e article being used in E nglish, it is alsoused in Portuguese. F . i. th e garden -fen ce the fen ce ofthe

garden , a cerca do j ardim ; the fen ce ofa garden, a c. d’um

j ardim garden-fen ces fen ces ofgarden s, cercas de jard ins.

108 LESSON x x x r.

Appositions are also attributes in th e form ofsubstan tives ;th e in defin ite article, which , in English, som etim es accompan iesthem

,is om i tted in Portuguese (f. i. Eutropius, a Rom an author,

E utropio, author rom a n o) .—There are also a ttributiue sen tences

or clauses, ofwhich we Shall treat further on .

W as it (a) w an t ofen ergy or ofcourage ? This is (eis) th ereward for of) m y k indness ! These papers con ta in the

proofs Ofh is guilt. Presen ce ofm in d is a precious qual ity. He

h as n ot yet lost his h abit ofex aggerating. Th e ir m an ia Ofim i

tating the Fren ch fash ion is very rid iculous . The battle of

Waterloo decided the fate ofNapoleon . Th e London n ew s

papers bring a refutation ofthese rum ors . Sw ed ish iron th e

iron ofSweden,Suecia) is the best. She is a n ative ofParis.

He h ad th e features ofa wom an (f. Ofw .) and th e courage ofthe

lion . Your father w as a m an oflearn ing and ofgreat (m uito)experien ce. You broke your word ofhon or.

W e shall h ave an iron bridge across the river. The portraitwas in a m ahogan y case . Th e sword OfM r. P. had an ivoryh andle and a silver scabbard . W ith h is wooden leg m y un cle

w alked as fast as an y m an ofh is age (idade) . A brick w all enclosed th e garden . My cousin lost h er d iam ond bracelet.

I shall w ant at least two quires of letter-paper a week.

Th ere was n ot a dropofw ater in the w ell. A great m an ygra nde num ero) houses w ere un occupied . I found th is volum e

am ongst a lot ofold books which I h ad bough t at (em ) an auc

tion . Heaps ofcorpses covered th e battle-ground . A bout a

dozen person s werepresen t. Most ofthe vessels which h ad gon eout

,cam e back . Th ere are several m illion s ofslaves in these

States . Your plan h as n oth ing impossible.

Th e foun dation OfA lex andria w as th e death -blow (golpe

m orta l) to th e com m erce OfTyrus (Tyro) . Justice is th e soul

Ofth e law s. He w as th e best ofm en . The m ost rem arkable

of inven tion s is that (a) Oftypography.— Th e detection an d

arrest ofthis great crim in al is due to th e in defatigable zeal of

Mr. N. You have no wish to learn (z oflearn ing) . I have n o

110 L ESSON x x x rr.

outros logistas a (it) rend-do por m en os . Tua m ai deseja queapren d-a s o fran cez. E tempo que a ttend -am os aos n ossos pro

prios n egocios . Desespero da empreza, a inda que (though) V .

S . prom ett-a O seu aux ilio. Nao receio que a directoria perm itt-a sem elhan tes abusos . O patriotism o pede que nos todos

con tribu -am os a con servacflo d’esses m on um en tos da n ossa antiga

gloria . E m ister que Vm ces pa/rt-ao n o in stante.

—Nao quero

que a m inh a filha dan c-e com um cavalheiro d’in dustria . E

tempo que eu arrang-e d inheiro para pagar O aluguel da casa .

Nao é preciso que 0 Sr. pagu-e tudo d’um a vez . 0 m en desejo

é que a casa fiqu-e n o m esm o estado até a m inh a volta . Nao

querem os que alguem sem ei-e a d iscord ia en tre n 6s . Todos OS

d ias rogo a Deos que n os (us) protej -a de sem elh an te flagello . E

possivel que taes cousas acontecao n o n osso seculo — Ta1vez

quereis que eu sej a (subj . pres. ofser) m ais explicito ? Rogo a

Deos que sej as feliz . Vm cé n ao pede (ca n ) esperar que um m e

n in o de seis an uos sej a tao pruden te com o um h om em da sua

(your) idade. A religiao prescreve que sej am os obedientes asleis . Talvez que ella estej a (subj . pr. ofestar) doen te. Precisaque as cartas estejd o promptas as 4 e m eia da tarde . Nao pen so

que eu ten ha m elhores prospectos do que 0 Sr. Para alcanear

isto, precisa que elles ten hao m a is h abilidade do que outros.

Duvido que hag’

a (haver) h om em m ais ord in ario do que elle .

Nao é possivel que a Sra . sua m a1 tenha perm ittido isto . Nao

h a um so en tre OS m eus collegas que n ao tenha sido objecto doescarneo d

’aquelle m iseravel. Duvido que estas cousas tenh ao

acon tecido an tes da m in ha partida .

Falla ! falla i ! Fa ll-e (i . e. falle Vm cé,speak ! ) Prin c ipie !

(begin f) E sper-em ! (i . e. esperem Vm cés,wa it ! ) Entre ! (com e

in f) Respond -a ! Desc-ao ! Fuj -a ! foj -ao l Seja pruden te !Sajac applicados ! Esteja quieto ! E stejao con ten tes com o que

tem ! Tenha pacien c ia ! Ten h a m ac ! ha nds —Sejam os

pruden tes ! let us bepr.) Fa llem os (let us spea k) com franqueza . Saia ! (sah ir) saiam os ! Vendam os tudo e fujam os l

Que sa ia (i . e. que elle que m’importa ! (wha t do [ ca re 1) Que

cheguem ! (let them com e m e falles i Nao desespereis !Nao gritem (i . e. Vm céS) tanto ! Nao seja importun o l Nao

LESSON x x x n . 111

chore ! Nao pen se n‘ isto ! Nao tenh a

’

io m edo ! Oh Deos ! nao

perm ittais que tal (such a th ing) aconteca !

B .

The subj un ctz'

re m ood has,in Portuguese, three simple tenses,

the present, the preterit (imperfect) and the future, ofwhich wegive here thepresen t ten se. In the first conjugation its term inations are e, es, e, em os

,eis

,em ; in the second and third conjuga

tion s 0, as , a , am os, a is, do (am ) . L et the student rem em ber the

rules con cern ing th e orthograph ica l an d euphon ic changes ofthecha racter

, given in Lesson s XVIII . an d XIX. (com e-

car, com e

ce ; fi-car,fi-

que pa—ga r, pa—gue arran—j ar, arran -ge ; sem -ea r,

sem -eis ; aconte-cer,acon te-

ga ; prote ger, prote-j a ; fu-

gir, fu

j a sahir, sd ia ) . S er m akes sej a , esta r—estej a , haver—haj a , terten ha

,all four after th e secon d conjugation . Thepresen tperfect

ten se is form ed by ten ha an d the past participle : eu ten ha fa llado

, etc.

Ofthe n ature an d use ofth e subjun ctive m ood we shall speakin the proper place . For the presen t it w ill be sufiicien t to saythat the verb is put in the subjunctive m ood after words expressing a wish, an order

, a possibility or doubt ; also after the conjun ction s a in da gue or pesto que, though , afim que or para que,in order that

, and som e oth ers .

The subjun ctive m ood also supplies the impera tive with suchform s as are w an ting in the latter : 1) The third person singularand plural, gen erally accompan ied by the conjugation que ; f. i.quefa ll-e, quefa ll-em ,

let h im or th em speak (he or they m ayspeak) . 2) Th efirstperson plural :fa ll~em os

,let us speak. 3)

Th e com m on term ofpoliten ess in addressing a person being ahsta n tive (Vm cé

,V. S .

,0 Sr.

,a Sra .,

the verb m ust be in

the th ird person . Thus th e imperative speak m ay be rendered

in four differen t ways, accordin g to th e person or persons ad

dressed, vi z . :fa lla (tn fa lla i fa lle Vm cé),fa llem ( 7mm ).In con versation , the third person s ingular or plural is gen erallyused. 4) The wh ole n ega tire imperative (prohibi tive) is takenfrom th e subjun ctive ; f. i . do n ot speak , nao ficll-os (tu), n do

fa ll-eis (cos), n dofa ll-e (Vm cé), n aofa ll-eis (m ) ; 7160fa ll

112 LESSON x x x n .

em os,let us n ot speak—Th efollow ing w ill thus be the complete

paradigm ofth e impera tice m ood

S ingu la r

Second . fall-a (tn)Third . que (elle, ella) fall-e

fall-e (Vm cé,0 Sr.)

Plura l.

fal l-em os

S econd . fall-aiTh ird . que (elles) fall-em

fall-em (Vm cé s,os Srs

0.

Do you desire that I go on ? (con tin ua n ) Your father desiresthat you return soon . Her m oth erw ill n ot have (n ao guer) thatshe dan ces w altzes . Is itpossible th at they frequent such h ouses ?It is n ecessary th at w e con sider th ese objection s . It is h ardlyposs ible that I rem ain h ere to -n igh t. It is probable th at theyarrive in tim e. It m ay be (pode ser

,ta lrez perhaps) that

others do n ot think so. Though I am n ot rich,I should h ave

refused . Do you w ish th at I protect such m iscrean ts ? Religionordain s th at we assist (a cudir a) the unfortun ate. My fatherw ill n ot h ave (nao quer) that I visit those people . I s itpossibleth at th is be true ? (it is true, é verdade.) W e m ust it is n e

cessary that) be m ore pruden t for the future . Th is m an m ust

(precisa que este h .) h ave m ore m on ey than he seem s (to) h ave.

It suffices that you are present. I doubt tha t h e h as th e n eces

sary m ean s for this undertaking. It is n ot true that M r. F. h as

died . W e all regret that you are offen ded . It is pruden t thatwe wait a little lon ger (m a is um pouco). W e expect that you fulfil your prom ise . They wan t m e to give up th ey Will that I

,

etc .) m y right to this place . I w an t you to be ready at noon .

Though th is (should) h appen , I sh all n ot alter m y opin ion . W e

wan t h im to stay till n ight.

[The follow ing ex amples ofthe second person imperative tobe tran slated in thefour d ifferen t ways indicated in B .]

114 LESSON XXXIII .

religiao e as leis n ao cohib-issam os crim es ! Eu cab iria doen te,se dorm - isse t‘

ao pouco . E lle n ao fallaria assim ,se n ao sen t-isse

quan to a sua situacao é precaria . Se Vm cé refiect- isse um pouco,ach aria que eu ten ho razao (tha t I am right) . Se perm itt-issem os

isto um a vez,dariam os um precedente perigoso .

Ellefoi m eu gen eroso protector duran te a m in h a m ocidade.

Se istofosse (were) verdade, eu teria tom ado as m edidas precisaspara castigar a sua in solen cia . Se naofossem os pobres, os n ossos

paren tes n os visitariao. Tan to lux o seria imperdoavel, a indaque ellesfossem ricos com o Creso (Croesus) .— Eu tine a h onra de

conversar com V . E x cfiL n o ultim o ba ile . Se eu tivesse a s van

tagen s que tu ten s, eu seria outro hom em . A inda que Vin cétivesse o poderoso aux ilio do Sr. seu cun hado, estou certo que

Vm cé nao succederia . Se tivessem'

os filh os,de certo (certa in ly)

n ao m orariam os n’um lugarejo tao retirado . Muitos dariao gra;

cas a Deos, se tivessem recebido tao boa educacao com o tn . Se

eu tivesse esperado até agora, ja seria tarde (itwou ld be too la te) .—Hontem estive em casa do Sr. Dr. (doutor) M . A in da que istoestioesse n o m eu poder, eu n ao o (i t) perm ittiria .

—Nun ca houve

hom em m a is teim oso do que Vm Cé. S e nao houi esse outro re

m ed io, Vm

cé seria justificado em proceder assim .

The subjun ctive preterit (imperfect) is form ed from the his

torical preterit (as is best seen in th e irregular verbs ser, ter, etc.)by th e term in ation s a sse, esse, isse in th e respective conjugation s .

The ton ic accent is always on thefirst syllable ofthese term in ation s. Ser m akesfosse estar—esti 'oesse

,ter—tivesse

,haver

houcesse.

Itwould perhaps be m ore profitable th at I shou ld accept youroffers. I w an ted h im to eu queria que elle) stopat (em ) m yhouse. Ifwe believed this

,we sh ould n ot rem a in on e day in

th e city. IfI spoke Fren ch, I should go to Paris . Ifyou kn ew

(con hecer) th e dangers ofm yposition , you would n ot be so readyto blam e m y precaution . Ifthe happin ess ofth ese young m en

depended on (de) our efforts,they would n ot have suffered so

LE SSON x x x rv. 115

long (tan to tempo) . They acted as if (com o so) those laws did n otex ist. Ifw e preferred our old place (m orada ) to this one

,we

should go back (volta/r) there (pa ra Ifyou followed the

advice (plur.) ofyour friends, you would be in better circumstan ces. IfI w ere you, I should publish this afl

‘

air in everyn ewspaper ofthe kingdom . Ifshe were envious

,she would n ot

praise her rival with so m uch sin cerity. Ifwe were your en em ies

,we should not have given ourprotection to your son . If

you were true Christians, you would be m ore gen erous to (para

com ) your en em ies. Ifthey were sin cere in th eirprofessions offriendship, they would it (0) sh ow by their action s . I should be

the happiest ofm en , if I had such children . Ifwe had the m eans,we should rent a country-house in the neighborhood ofL. He

continued his visits, as if nothing h ad happened . Ifshe were ill,she would not go out so late. IfI h ad kn own (saber) th is, Ishould n ot h ave gone to E . How should you act

,ifyou were in

m y place ? They would n ot h ave the courage to stay,if w e

were n ot w ith th em . W e should have chosen your city, if therewere a library there (a lli) .

L E S S ON X X X IV

A .

SUBJ UNCTW E FUTURE .

First.

on fall-artu w ares

elle —arn 6s — arm os

vos — ardes

elles — arem

Se elle pergun t-ar (ifhe [shou ld] ask, shou ld he a sh),precisaraque 0 Sr. responds . Quando os Srs . F . m and-arem as fazendasque comprei, tenh a Vm cé a bondade de ch am ar m eu irm fio . Se

ficar-m os aqui, procurarem os outra casa. Se isto n ao bast-ar,

m andarei m ais . Quando os n ossos companheiros chegar-em ,

116 LESSON XXXIV .

partirem os juntos. Quando Vm Ce escrev-sr,n ao m en cione a

chegada da m inha tia . Se elles respond—erem afli rm ativam ente,

parta n o in stan te. Quando eu m orr-er, deix arei toda a m inhafortun a ao hospital de X . Se ven eer—m os esta difficuldade,

poderem os gritarVictoria. Srs. jurados ! se absolv-erdes este reo ,

establecereis um preceden te perigoso . Se os in im igos reun - iremas suas foreas, n ao poderem os m ais resistir. S e elle fug-ir outra

vez, elle recebera um castigo ex emplar. Se ouv- irdes gritos,

acudi logo . Quando eu sah -ir,feche todas as portas. Se suc

cum b- irm os n’esta lucta

,ficarem os (we sha ll be) reduzidos s

m iseria .

—Vm cé ira quandofo‘

r (ser) tempo . Se fer preciso, eum esm o irei 1a. Se ferm os felizes n

’esta especulaeao, darem os

um esplendido ba ile. Se Vm cés fOrem pruden tes, nao duvido doseu successo . Nao sacrificarei OS in teresses dos m eus filhos a

quem quer quefer whoever i t m ay be, to whom soever) . Quando

tiver (ter) tempo, escreverei ao Sr. F. Quan do Vin ce tiveroccasifio

,m ande estes livros s D. Clara . Se tiverm os um a re

volucao, a ruin a d’aquelles estabelecim en tos sera in evitavel.

Quando tiveres acabado as tuas tarefas, poderas ir brin car.

Quando tiverdes perdido vossos pais, en tao recon hecereis a vossaingratidao . Se elle tiver trahido o n osso segredo, elle nao se

m ais adm ittido em n ossa casa . G uarde os seus con selhos paraquando eu tiver precisao d’elles. Sej a isto com o f6r (be this as itm ay), elle é o culpado . Se elle nao estiver (estar) em casa

,volte

logo . Quando estiverm os em P. , Vm cé terzi n oticias n ossas porcada paquete. A ch arei este h om em

, esteja onde estiver (whereverhe m ay be) . SO houver (haver) espectaculo h oje, irem os la com

03 n ossos hospedes. Levarei as m inhas filhas ao prim eiro baileque houver n

’este inverno .

The subj un ctivefuture is also form ed from the historical pert

feet,by the term in ation s a/r

,er

,ir

,as show n in th e paradigm

Ser, ter, estar, haver m akefdr (always Written w ith the c ircumflex ), tiver, estiver, houver.

—Th is ten se is prin cipally used afterse,if, an d qu a ndo, wh en ,

in con n ection w ith a future or impera a

tive. In con dition al sen ten ces,the conjun ction ifis, in English,

118 LESSON x x x v .

OBJ ECT OF VERBS .

A . O B J E C T I S A N O U N

L E S S ON X X XV .

Presen t ind ica tive ofdar, to give : dou, das, as, dam os, dais,dao ; subjun ctive : dé, dés, de, dem os, deis, dem ; historica l pre

terit : dei,deste

,deu

,dem os, destes, dérao ; pluperfect : déra ;

subj un ctive imperfect : d ésse ; subj unctivefu ture der.

Quan to daVm cé por (for) este cavallo ? Nao dou 10$OOOrs.

por elle. Tu m e das m uito cuidado . Cada an n o dam os

rs. a San cta Casa (the hospi ta l) . VOS da is um m ao ex emplo a

m ocidade. Elles (150 um ba ile n o prim eiro sabbado de cada m ez.

Nao ex ija 0 Sr. que eu dé satisfacao a sem elhante velhaco . N

quero que tu dés um so vin tém aquelles vagabundos. De atten

cao ao que estafazendo ! E preciso que dem os todo O cuidadoa educaeao dos n ossos filhOS . Nao deis ouvidos as in sinuacfiesdos invejosos ! Nao emprestarei n ada a estes h om en s

,sem que

dem bon s fiadores. F. dava m a is cuidado a seus pa is do que todosOS seus irm aos jun tos . Cada sem an a davam os um pequen o con

certo. Parece que n ao dei corda ao m eu relogio (dar corda anr.

z to wind up the wa tch) . Deste agn a aos cavallos ? Dei,

sim,senhor. O m en in o esta choran do, porque deu (or bateu)

com a cabeca n a porta . Nao tenh a m edo ! n ao dem os O m enor

valor a estas in sinuacOes. VOS destes O prim eiro impulso a este

m ovim en to . A s investigae‘

o’

es da com m issao nao dérao resultado.

Tudo isto deu em n ada (had n o result) . Ella deu a luz um par

de gem eos,um m en in o e um a m en in a . Ja dérao 5 h oras ? Elle

queria que eu desse a s costas the cold shoulder) a F. S eria(era) preciso queVm cé desse com éco ao seu trabalho . O govern a

dor ex igiu de nos que déssem os con ta de tudo quanto presen ciam os. O com m an dan te orden ara as sen tin ellas que dessem en trada

SOa pessoas m un idas d’um passaporte assign ado pelo por o)

m in istro da guerra . Isto acon teceu depois que eu dera a m inhadem issao . Em breve dareni os s luz to publish) a biographia

LESSON x x x v . 119

do fallecido Sr. bispo de P. S e elle der parte (inform a tion , to

inform ) do acon tecido ao seu am o, Vm cé sera infallivelm ente

dem ittido. Quando derem on ze h oras, aocorde os criados . Eu

daria a m etade da m inha fortun a para possuir os conhecim en tosd’aquelle sab io . Elles n ao dariao ouvidos aos m eus queix um es.

Infelizm en te elle deu em beber took to d rin king) . Se derm os

a en ten der que som os sabedores do seu segredo, 0 n OSSOprojecto

sera frustrado . Dai esm olas aos pobres ! Dem atten gao l Elle

é m uito dado (socia ble, afiection a te) . A quelle m oco é dado ao

jogo (given to gam bling) . E lla esta dando a sua licao de can to.

(O m estre tom a as Modes, 0 discipulo dd a sua lieao ; but a lso

F . dd liefies de m usica ; better, en sin a a m usica .)Estou prompto. Onde estas ? Esta claro ! Estou que Sim

(fam iliar : I thin k, yes) . E stam os em Maio . Esta is con ten tes ?Elles estao a espera (wa itin gfor) de Vm cé

. Que h oras sao ?

E stapara dar 4 h oras i t is going to strike, on the stroke of, 4o’clock) . E impossivel que estejam os t

‘

ao perto de 0. Ri de ser

que elles estejao aqui an tes d’este tempo . E steja descan sado !

be comforted, do n ot be afra id .) Estejam os alerta ! O que

estava elle fazen do ? Todas as senhoras estavao em pé (were

sta nding) . Eu estava para sahir (wa s [a bou t] going ou t), quandorecebi O sen recado . E stavam os todos em m angas de cam isa .

E stive m uitos an uos n o Brazil . E stiveste bem (very) perto dem orrer. Minh a tia esteve m ais de tres m ezes de cam a . Nao

estivem os n o caso (in theposition ) de prestar servicos tao importan tes . Onde estiverao Vm CéS ? Se eu estivesse certo d

’isto,escreveria logo a m eu pa i para que m an dasse O dinheiro n ecesse

rio. Se estivesse n as m inhas m aos, Vm cé sah iria bem depressa

dos seus em baracos. Quan do estiver em L on dres,irei todas as

n oites ao theatro . Quan do estiverm os livres d’estas difiiculdades,

irem os a n ossa ch acara . Se elles estiverem a inda dorm indo,

volte logo . Ella estivera n’um conven to . Tenho estado doente

por m a is d’um m ez .

Th e object ofan active and tran sitive verb being a substa n tive,it is gen erally placed after the verb, w ithout any distinguishing

120 LESSON x x x v .

Sign . W e shall see in th e n ex t Lesson , by what m ean s the Por

tuguese language avoids am biguity in this case.

There are onl y two irregular verbs in th e first conjugation ,dar an d estar ; the irregularform s ofthe form er are given in A .

,

the latter is already known . The imperative esté , esta i is h ardlyever used .

In order to facilitate the learn ing ofth e irregular verbs, webeg to direct the atten tion ofthe studen t to th e follow ing Obser

vation s :

1 . A lways or m ostly regular are : both par ticiples, the im

pera tive m ood (see L esson s VII . and th efuture and

cond ition a l ten ses (derived from the infin itive), th e descriptive

preterit in the in dicative m ood, and the first an d second person s

plural ofth epresen t ind ica tive.

2 . The presen t subj un ctive is, w ith few ex ception s, derivedfrom th efirst person singular ofthe presen t ind icative. Fromth e first person singular ofthe historica l preteri t are derived a )

the perfect preteri t or pluperfect (th e simple form ) , b) th e sub

junc tive imperfect, an d c) th e subj un ctivefuture.

In the parad igm s , we sh all give on ly the irregula r form s,in

their order ofderivation .

A n otherpoin t worthy ofattention is th e variety ofSign ification s and th e id iom atic use ofsom e ofthe irregular verbs, whichthe studen t w ill do well to learn by heart.

Th e girl broke a glass. I heard voices in the adjo ining room .

My friends here (d’agui) kn ow n othing ofthis affa ir. I feel an

in tolerable coldn ess in m y the) back . Th is kin g treated hissubjects like slaves. Th is gives room for (a ) grave suspicion saga inst you . I set (give) n o value on (a) h is prom ises. Our vin eyards yield ih good years about 80pipes Ofex cellen t W ine. It

is qu ite d isgusting dd n éjo) . L et us n ot listen dar ouvi

dos) to such od ious in sin uation s. G ive th is book to your father.

I w in d upm y w atch every m orn ing after (depois do) breakfast.

You pay (give) n o atten tion to what I am saying. Th e clock of

St. Paul’s church struck (dar) seven . Your speculation w ill

122 L E SSON x x x vr.

entao elegeu um presiden te. 0 Sr. F. foi eleito (elected) secretario. 0 povo o (him ) proclam ou rei. O govern o os (them ) fez

(m ade) respon saveis. D’esta m an eira elle se torn ou becam e)

indispen savel. A noite se esta torn an do tempestuosa. Eu o fiz

(m ade) socio. De soldado elle se tornou frade. Estaficando frioi t is getting cold) . 0 tempo esta esfriando . Estas ficando

velho envelhecendo) . Elles ficarao ricos (se tornarao r.,

en riquecérao) por especulagoes pouco louvaveis. Fiquei fracocom o um a crianca. Estafican do tarde. Ella ficou (torn ou) ver

m elha com o um a cereja .—Eu ch am o isto descaram en to. M eu

psi 0 (him ) cham ou de ladrao .

N50 posso (I ca n not) lér com esta luz. Nao leio sem elhanteslivros. L eia isto ! Eu n un ca li aquelle livro sem um certo sen

tim ento d’inveja. Passeiavam os jun tos, liam os os m esm os livros,

can tavam os e tocavam os jun tos . O que esta 0 Sr. lend o ? J a

tenho lido isto . A leitura de taes livros é esteril. Ha um

gabinete de leitura (reading-room,libra ry) n

’esta cidade ? Cha

m am os a attencao dos leitores a este capitulo .—Nao posso crér

que elle seja tao vil. Creio que o filho do Sr. F. é padre. Nao

creia V. S . que eu seja algum impostor. Os n ossos credores n ao

aceitar‘

ao estas condicoes. A cren ca dos fatalistas é pouco con

soledore.—Quan to perdérdo Vm cés com este n egocio ? Pouca

cousa. Creia 0 Sr. que m aisperco n’isto do que ganho n ’

aquillo .

Péde bem ser que elle perca o seu emprego por causa da sua

n egligencia . Nao quero que Vm céspercao um soreal. A s n ossas

perdasforaopouco con sideraveis.—Quantopode isto oa ler Nao

sa le n ada . Um servico va le outro . Mais vale (or antes,

ra ther) m orrer do que ser escravo . Valeu ! don e I I accept ! )Va lho pouco com o orador, e a inda m enos com o poeta . Nao

creio que isto ca lha a pen a (vale a pen a, z it is worth whi le) para

que Vm Ce se (yourself) in com m ode. Valha-m e Deos ! (G od helpm e !) O que m e valeu (helped m e, saved m e) n a m inha desgrace,foi a m inha perseveran ca . E ste complim en to lhe (to him ,

him )valeu (got,procured) o titulo de con selheiro.

—Quan do escreverd

Vm co a Sra . sua irmaa ? E screvi hon tem . Isto estam uito bemescripto. A lettrs escripta é m a is difiicil a ler do que a lettrs.

impressa . Esta escripta nao é feia . Os escriptores n ao sao

d’aocordosobre este ponto.

LESSON x x x vr. 123

The accusative (object ) case is, in Portuguese, som etim es dis

tinguished by the preposition a ; this is, however, on ly the casew ith n am es ofpersons (or person al pron oun s) . It is gen erallydone when the object emphatically precedes the verb

,as : a m eu

irm ao elle odeia com o a um a cobra,m y brother he h ates like a

sn ake . Otherw ise it is m ore a. con struction ofthe elevated ~style

than ofcom m on con versation .

Th efa ctitive object h as n o article, as : the king m ade h im a

baron , o rei ofez bardo. The syn on ym ous verbs to turn,becom e

,

grow, get are ren dered by torn ar-se (or torna r) and ficar th e

original sign ification ofthe latter is to rem a in,but it is (prin ci

pally in fam iliar language) used , just like to get,for the reflectivetorn a r-se or the n euter torn ar. There are m an y verbs derivedfrom adjectives, in dicating a growing or becom ing, and m a king,

as en riquecer, to m ake or grow rich,envelhecer

,to grow old

,eu

garda r, to fatten or grow stout,etc.

,from rico

,i elho

, gérdo.

The factitive object ofcham ar,to call, to give a n am e

,h as the

preposition de, when it is an epithet ofpraise or blam e, as : elle

m e cham ou de ladrao,de m en tiroso

,he cal led m e a th ief

,a

liar,etc.

The first class ofirregular verbs ofthe second conjugationcomprises the verbs lér to read , crér to believe,perder to lose,ca ler to be w orth . The present ind icative oflér is leio

,lés

,lé,

lem os ledes, lém (leem ) ; presen t subjunctive leia ; imperative lé,léde ; a ll other form s are regular : lia , li, lesse, lér, léra , lerei,

leria,lendo

,lido. Crer is conjugated in th e sam e m an ner ; ofits

form s those belongin g to th e presen t ten se (present in dicativeand subjun ctive, imperative, infin itive, and presen t participle) arem ost in use ; its other form s are

,when the sen se adm its ofit

,

substituted from pensar, to th ink ,to believe. (The tran sitive to

believe,i. e. to give credit to wh at is said or told

,is a cred itar .)

Perder and oa ler are irregular on ly in the first person singularofth e presen t indicative, and in th e whole ofthe presen t sub

jun ctive : indicative eu perco, tu perdes, etc . ; subjun ctive eu

perca , tu percas, etc . ; ind icative eu oa lho,tu b a les

,etc . ; sub

jun ctive eu aa lha,tu va lhas

,etc. Som e write, in the third per’

124 LESSON x x x vr.

son singular ofthe presen t in d icative, ca l for va le,but this is

in correct an d n ot gen era lly adopted —E screoer is regular, ex

cept in the past participle, escripta (pron oun ced, an d som etim eswritten

,escri to) ; the regular form escrevid o is obsolete.

C .

The governm en t h a s appoin ted a com m ission ofthree capta ins

,in order to (pa ra ) ex am in e th e n ew invention ofLieuten ant

M. The m in ister ofthe interior (do rein o in Portugal, do im

perio in Brazil) h as appoin ted M r. A . president ofthe com m itteeof

,etc . M r. L . w as elected speaker ofthe House ofRepresen ta

tives (depu ta clos) . Sh e called h im a villa in . His hair turnedgrey (bra n co) in one n ight. My poor father grew old before thetim e . In this w ay (cl’este m odo, d

’esta m a n eira ) you w ill grow

rich in less th an two years. They are becom ing troublesom e.

He is getting very old . From lawyer h e turn ed priest. It is

grow ing dark (fica r escuro,escurecer) . He grew pale w ith (de)

rage .

W here d id you read this ? Our boy still reads w ith som e

d ifficulty. The old m an alw ays read a chapter ofthe Bible, before going to bed (a n tes de deitar-se) . I am read ing a very interesting w ork on physiology. She had read th e letter ofher

n ephew ,and w as rather (assa z) an x ious about h im (a cerca d’elle) .

Do n ot read so fa st ; read slowly and d istin ctly (d istin ctam en te) .Do you th ink (crér) th at h e w ill com e ? I th ink n ot (gue nao) .Do you believe (acredita r) th is ? Believe m e, h e is inn ocent.M ay be (po

'

de ser que) you w ill lose (pres. subj . ) your sight. A llis lost. I lose n o opportun ity ofbeing (de ser) useful to my

country. You w ill n ot w ish (querer) th at I lose m y reputation .

Ifyou lose th is opportun ity,perhaps you w ill fin d n o other. If

I had lost th is m on ey, I should be a beggar n ow . They are n ot

worth the salt wh ich they eat. How m uch do you th ink tha t

th is watch is worth ? It w ill be worth fifty dollars. Th is is n otworth so m uch trouble. Perhaps (por cen tura ) I am n ot w orthas m uch (ta n to ) as h e ? It is n ot worth m y while n do m e

b a le a pen a ) . M ay be it is worth while going there (ir lei) . [Tobe worth, in th e sen se ofto possess, to have, is rendered possuir,

126 LESSON x x x v n.

n ada contra esta pressao da Opin i‘

ao publica . Que posso fazer

para Vm Cé ? Nao creio que 0 Sr. possa fazer cousa algum a em

n osso favor. Ten h‘

ao tudo prompto, para que possam os partir

quan to an tes (as soon as possible) . Nao pude (pret. hist.) fallarcom elle . Tu pudeste trahir 0 ton m elh or amigo ? 0 Sr. 1150

pode arranjar este n egocio ? N50pudem os alcan car o n osso fim .

Se 0 m eu filho pudesse vir, elle estaria aqui h a m uito tempo.

Vm °é pague quando puder. O com m an dan te n ao pudera des

cobrir quem era 0 espiao . Porque n ao escreveu 0 Sr. m ais cedo ?

Nao tenhopodid o.—A lgu1n dos Srs . sabe latim ? Eu sei . POde

ser que elle sa iba do n egocio . Nao que eu sa iba (n ot tha t I knowof) . N50 sa bia que Vm

cé era doutor. SOh oje eu soube (heard,learned) que Vm cé estava doen te. Tu soubeste isto, e n ao m e

procuraste ? O ladr‘

ao soube lograr todos os esforcos da policia .

Logo que (as soon a s) soubem os esta triste n oticia, m ontam os a

cavallo e partim os para a casa de B . Se eu soubesse o que n ao

sei ! Quando tu souberes fallar fran cez, en tao eu te comprareium cavallo . Elle soubéra subtrahir-se a justice. Ella nao sabe

n em lér nem escrever. Saber inglez, e conhecer a lingua ingleza,sao duas cousas difi

‘

eren tes. Eu sei fallar inglez, m as n ao pre

ten do con hecer esta lingua a fundo (thoroughly). Conheces estehom em ? N50 0 conh eco, m as sei que elle é In glez.

— Hoje n ao

pode haver espectaculo , por causa da chuva . S . M . O imperadorh ouve por bem (graciously resolved) acceitar o protectorado da

n ossa sociedade. Ja 1150 h avia agua n os tan ques e n as cistern as .

Pen sei que houvesse con certo hoje . Quan do houver fiores, en te

enviarei um ram o cada dia ; agora n ao as (them ) h a (n ow thereare n on e) . Dous proveitos nao cabem n

’um sacco [a n a dage]:

POde ser que 0 quadro ca iba n’este caix ao. Isto n ao cabe n o

m eu poder. Na casa nao cabia toda a gen te. Uoube ao Sr. conde

de L . de presidir. Seria m elh or se o pian o coubesse en tre estas

duas portas. M as nao caberia ? Creio que Dad — Tenho m uitoprazer em ver V . S . Praza a Deos ! (wou ld to G od .) Prouve

(or aprouve) ao Om n ipoten te ch am ar a si (to H imself) o m eu

filh inho. Prouvéra ! (i . e. prouvera a Deos,wou ld to G od ! )

Nao m e apraz i tpleases m e n ot) . A qui j azem os restos m or

taes de F. A qui j az a alm a do licen ciado Pedro G arcia .

”

LESSON x x x vn . 127

A n um ber ofverbs,that in English h ave a direct Object

(accusative), require in Portuguese the preposition a w ith thisobject (dative) . They are chiefl

‘

y the follow ing : the verbs sign ifying to ask

,beg, a nswer

,escape, please, assure

,tea ch

,tha n k

,

stea l, pay, cost, refuse, rem edy, resist

,sa tisfy, equa l, a id,

an d perh aps a few m ore. There are som e other verbs,which

require the preposition de : m udar,to ch ange, gostar, to like,

gozar, to enjoy,precisa r, to wan t, usar, to use,abusar

,to abuse

,

confia r, to trust, desconfia r, to m istrust or suspect,fruir, to enjoy. The verbs to a dm it

,to a ccept, wh ich in English require

thepreposition of;h ave in Portuguese the d irect object : adm ittir,a ceitar a lg. cousa .

Irregular verbs : 1) Peder, to be able (I can , could) ; presen tin d icative posse, po

’

des, pode, podem os

, podeis,podem (m ark th eaccen t) ; present subjun ctive, passa ; preterit h istorical, pude,pudeste, pbde, pudem os, etc . ; pudesse ; puder ; pudera (or podesse

, poder,podéra , but u is preferable) . 2) Saber, to kn ow ;

presen t in d icative, sei,sabes

,etc . ; subjun ctive, sa iba ; preterit

h istorical,soube (pronoun ce sube), soubeste, soube (pron oun ce sb

'

be),etc . ; soubesse ; souber ; soubéra . 3) Caber, to be con tain ed,saber. 4) Homer. 5) Frazer an d aprazer, to please, and 6)

j azer, to lie, are defective and on ly used in certain phrases ; inthe third person singular ofthe presen t in dicative they h avepraz (apraz), j az ; subjun ctive, praza , j aza ; preterit h istorical,prouve, jouve (th e latter obsolete) .

The differen ce between th e aux iliary verbspoder (to be able,

I can,m ay) and sa ber (to kn ow) is Obvious : n d o posso lér, be

cause it is too dark,m y eyes are too w eak

,etc . ; n do Sei lé

'

r,be

cause I did n ot learn it. Not so th e d ifferen ce between saber

an d con hecer th e ex amples in A . give a correct idea ofthis differen ce. To kn ow a person is alw ays con hecer. [For those wh o

kn ow Fren ch,it w ill suffice to rem em ber

,that poder, saber

,

conhecer correspond ex actly w ithpouvoir, savoir, conn ai treJ

C .

His speech pleased everybody . W hen shall you an swer my

128 LESSON x x x v n.

letter ofthe 25th last ? do m ez passado.) Whom am I to

thank (devo agra decer) for (per) this favor ? How are yourch ildren ? They are all w ell (bens), th ank G od (gra nts a Deos) .

How m uch do I ow e you You owe th is to the m em ory ofyourm other. He resisted the temptation s ofwealth and fam e. F.

did n ot survive long th e loss ofhis w ife. I taught m y childrento (a) speak the truth an d to respect the law s. W ho taught you

(lhe, for a Vm Cé) th is ? I can n ot refuse th is m an m y assistan ce .

You a ided m y son in h is efforts to (para ) gain an hon orable

position . In (de) wh at m ann er Sh all we be able to rem edy thisevil ? This m ay cost your brother his life (tran sl. the life toyour brother). I begged your fath er to con sider that heShould con sider) the con sequen ces ofthis step. Did you ask

M r. M. about (a cerca de) the house which we w ere go ing to buyiamos comprar) —Do you like (are you fon d of) peaches ?

I do n ot like th at m an . You enjoy th e reputation ofa m ost

hon est m an . Un til to-day I h ave n ot changed (m y) opin ionw ith regard to (a respeito de) h is con duct. W e w an t a m ore

energetic m an than h e (is) . You m istrust your best friends.

These rum ors wan t (carecer) confirm ation .

Can you go out ? I can n ot dan ce in these shoes . She could

n ot resist the temptation . Speak loud, so that (para que) allcan h ear. IfI could alter this state ofthings, I should not havewa ited un til n ow . W e shall n ot be able to attend (a campa n ha/r)the fun eral. I shall pay th is bill as soon as (assim que) I shallbe able (subj . You m ay go . M ay I com e in —Can you

write ? Yes, I can . W e did n ot kn ow where you lived (morar).On ly yesterday I learn ed (saber) that M r. an d M rs . F. (0 Sr. F. e

sua senhora) h ad arrived . He could n ot an sw er these question s.

I can n ot an swer th is question , because th e secret is n ot m ine.

Ifyou kn ew wh at I know, you w ould not go there. When he

w ill kn ow this, I believe tha t he w ill go m ad (tornar louco).

Th is is kn own all over in all) the town . I do n ot kn ow him

person ally (pessoa lm en te) , but I kn ow that h e is an officer of

cavalry. This lad know s alm ost every h ouse Ofthe town . I

doubt that he kn ow s where I am .— So m an y persons (gen te) do

not go (caber) in to this vessel. Th e theatre did n ot hold (caber ;

130 LESSON x x x vrn .

projecto. Eu direi tudo ao Sr. seu pai. O que dirdo elles,

quando souberem isto ! Muitos d irido que elle estava louco.

Prec isa que eu diga isto a m eu am o . Nao d iga isso ! Diga a

verdade ! Diga -m e (I say I) . Se eu dissesse tudo o que sei, seriapeior para Vm cé

. Se ella disser que Sim ,precisara que Vm cé

escreva logo a m in ha m m . O que esta 0 Sr. dizen do Isto n ao

diz respeito (does n ot regard) a Sra . sua tia . 0 Sr. padre F . d iraam an haa , n a igreja de S . Pedro, um a m issa para 0 etern o repousodo fallecido Sr. N. Diga adeos (good bye) a papa i . Isto n ao

quer dizer n ada . Que quer d izer isto ? (wha t does tha t m ea n .9)

N50 tenho di to isto . E sta dito ! (don e ! )Nao seifazer isto . Eu faco isto Som en te (on ly) para agradar

ao Sr. O quefazem elles agora ? Isto naofaz difi'

eren ca . Nao

faz frio. O m eu relogio m e faz m uita falta (I m iss m y wa tch

very m uch) . Todas as sem an asfaziam os pequen as ex cursOes. Eu

fie (pret. h ist.) um requerim en to a cam ara m un icipal . Fizeste o

que eu d isse ? Vm cé fee O que nao devia fazer. Hon tem fez

trin ta an n os que cheguei a esta cidade. Nao fizem os caso (we

pa id no a tten tion ) d’essas calum n ias. Elles j iaerda quan to (as

much as,wha tever) podiao . Eu fizéra todos OS esforcos, m as em

vao . Seria preciso que eu m esm o fizesse tudo . Se fizer m uitofrio esta n oite

,Vm cé podera ficar em casa . No pro x im o ann o

eu fa/rei um a viagem para Lisboa . Am anhaa fa/rci qu inze d ias(a fortn ight)

.que elle partiu . O que fa rem os agora ? Se eu

estivesse n a posmao do Sr.

,faria o m esm o . Muitos fariao outro

tan to. Que quer que eu faca ? (wha t will you have m e do

Facam os todos OS esforcos, para que elles n ao n os ganh em (over

take) . Naofacdo barulho ! Faca-m e O favor (or simply facafavor, do m e thefavor, be so kin d,please) de fechar aquella porta.

Isto tem feito m u ito m al ao Sr. P'

ara satisfazer a sua va idade,

elle seria capaz de sacrificar OS interesses m a is sagrados. Vm cé

estasatisfeito ? Hon tem fiz anuos wa s m y birthday) . Quautos

an nos fez ? Tenh o agora 25 an nos. Depo is d’am anh aa (the dayafter to-m orrow) tu faras 14 eunos . Faca forca ! pu ll,push,etc.

,hard ! ) Os soldados fizerao fogo (fired) sobre a m ultidao

in erm e. Esta n oticia fez com que partissem os m ais cedo (m adeus

,caused us to start sooner) . D ito

,feito (sa id and done) .

L ESSON x x x vm . 131

B .

Irregular verbs : trazer, to bring, to wear, dizer, to say, to

tell,fazer, to do, to m ake — Presen t indicative, trago, trazes,trae

,trazemos, etc. ; d igo, d izes, diz, d izemos, etc. fago,fazes,

fae,fazem os, etc. ; presen t subjun ctive, traga , d iga ,faca preterit historical

,troux e

,d isse (dice), j ie,fizes te,fee,fizenws, etc. ;

its derivatives trouaesse,dissesse

, fieesse trouaer,disser

, j izer ,

trouwéra,disséra

,fizéra past participle, trazido, dito,feito.

The letter a: in troux e an d its derivatives is pronoun ced as on

u in the firstperson singular ofthe‘

preterit historical (as insoube

,from saber) . Disse a nd its derivatives are written by som e

dice,dicesse

, etc., and dicta for d ito.

The studen t w ill have Observed th at th e persona l pronoun s,when objects ofth e verb (wh eth er accusative or dative) are generally placed before the fin ite verb ; they are in the accusativem e

,te,o (him ,

it), a (h er, it), n os, vos (w ithout accen t, 0 alm ostu), as, as (them ) ; dative z accusative

,ex cept in the third

person singular, lhe (to h im ,to her

,to it

,or him , plural

lhes (to them ,them ) . The latter

,referring to Vm cé

,stand for

to you, you ; the accusative, o,a,etc .

,relating to Vm cé

,are

rather avoided . See Lesson VI .

Here I bring som ething which w ill please the children . The

empress wore a diadem Ofim m en se value . Did you bring theseflowers ? Our vessel brought from Fran ce a great assortm ent

ofladies’ bon nets (chapéos de sen hora ) Ofthe latest (u ltim o)fashion . I shall bear (trazer) th is in m in d (n a memoria) . He

had brought his cousin , in order to confirm the truth ofh is

assertion . Shall I w ill you th at I) bring the n ewspaper oft'

o-day ? It would be m ore con ven ien t for m e (para m im ), ifyou brought m y bill on the 3d ofevery m onth . When theybring the chairs, they m ay take w ith th em levar) the roun d

table that stands in the little parlor (sa lin ha) . Bring som e (umpouco de) water ! Bring your girls [w ith you].—I dare n ot saywhat I think. I do n ot say that you have stolen the m oney.

Nobody says that. You do n ot say wh at you think. I did n ot

132 LESSON x x x rx .

un derstand a word ofwh at h e said . W h o sa id so (isto) ? Manysa id that h e h ad died ofa wound received in th e battle ofM.

Though (a in da que) th ey a ll a ll they) say the con trary, Ikn ow th at it is true. Tell to your m aster, that I Sh all go therethis aftern oon . Ifm en sa id all (tudo o que) th ey th ink,we Shouldh ear m an y un expected things . My son w ill tell you where thosepeople live. They w ill say that they h ad n o tim e. What wouldyour father say, ifh e knew th is ? W ho should have saidwould say) th is ofM r. R. ? I h ave sa id this tw ice, but I Shallsay it n o m ore I Sh all n ot it say m ore) . —A child could n ot

do this. W h at are you doing ? I do n ot care for fa zer casa

de) wh at they say. Th e Ind ian s Ofth is tribe m ake m an y curiousthings ofwood an d h orn . It is very h ot. Never m ind ! (ndofaz m a l.) A t the tim e ofHom er (Hom ero) the G reeks m ade

their arm s ofcopper or bron ze. I m ade a parcel ofsom e clothesa nd departed before sun rise. Th is afi

'

air did you great harm(m uito m a l) . The rats m ade a hole in the bottom ofthe pian o.

W e did all we could . IfI d id what they wan t, I Should be a

great fool. W e took th e in tren chm en ts,w ithout tha t (sem que,

w ith the subj .) the en em ies m ade the least resistan ce. Shouldh e m ake difficulties, you w ill tell h im th at I w ish it SO. Thisw ill m ake little d ifferen ce. W e shall do all that m ay be in our

power. W h at sh ould you do , ifyou w ere in m y place ?’

DO m e

the favor to tell M r. L. th at I Shall be ready in two hours.

Please give m e a glass ofwater. He h as don e what w as possible.

Th is liken ess was m ade in 1830. She w ore a bracelet m ade of

th e hair ofher two children . I do n ot m iss h im elle nao me

fazfa lta) .

L E S S ON X X X I X .

Nao quero que OS m eus filh os sejfio vad ios. Que m e queres ?

wha t do you wa n t ofm e Quer (Vm cé) tom ar um pouco de

vin ho ? NOS todos querem os ser felizes . O que querem estes

hom en s ? Elles n ao querid o en trar. Eu qu iz vir, m as n ao pude.

134 LESSON x x x rx .

Nun ca n os pe'

m os a m eza sem rezar. VOS pondes a vossa con

fianca em vossos ben s terrestres . A gora as gallinh as n ao poem

ovos . A que h oras quer Vmcéque eu ponha a m eza ? Panha

Se (pla ce yourself) n o m eu lugar. O seu descuido punha em

perigo con tinuo a ex isten cia de n os todos . Eu m e puz a correr

(bega n to run ) . Tupuzeste todos os m eus papeis n a m a ior desordem . O ex ercito se pee em m archa . Elle se poz ao largo (took

to his heels,cu t) . Puzem os a casa em estado de defeza . E lles se

puzérd o do lado do partido ven cedor. Isto pord fim aquelles

escan dalos . E lla desejara que eu puzesse isto aparte . Felizm en te elle se tin h a pesto ao abrigo dos seus poderosos am igos.

Pon de todas as con sideracOes de lado , eu SOpen sava em salvar o

m eu am igo da perigosa S ituacao em que a sua impruden cia O

tinh a m ettido . A quelles deputados se Oppunhao a qualquer

especie de comprom isso . Suppon ham os (or pon h am os 0 caso)

que isto estivesse em n osso poder. 0 Sr. F. compOz um diccio

n ario latin o de grande m erito . Forno elles que propuzérao a

introduccao d os n egros escravos . Ponh a ~se em pé ! (stand up! )

B .

Irregular verbs : 1) Querer, to want, w ill, w ish, desire ,presen t ind icative

, quero (é) , queres, quer, querem os, etc . ; present

subjun ctive, queira ; preterit h istorical, quiz, quiseste, qu iz, etc.,

its derivatives qu izéra , qu izesse, quizer. Th e derivative reque

rer,to requ ire, dem and,petition , h a s the preterit historical regu

lar,requeri, etc . ; the past partic iple qu isto is on ly found in bem

quisto, beloved , popular, and m a lquisto, hated (m a lqu ista r-se

,to

m ake on e’s selfunpopular to fall out w ith 2) Ver, to see ;

presen t in d icative, vej o, ves, vi , vem os, vedes, véem ; presen t sub

jun ctive, vej a ; preterit historical, vi, vis te, viu , etc ., after the

th ird conjugation ; its derivatives, vira , visse, vir ; imperative, ve‘

,

véde ; past participle, visto. 3) Tar, to h ave . 4) P61:

(forpeer),to put, set ; presen t in d icative, penho,pees, pee, pom os

,pondes,poem ; presen t subjun ctive ,pon ha ; preterit descriptive,pu n hapreterit historical,pue,puzeste,pda,puzem es

,etc . its derivatives,

pueéra ,pusesse,puzer ; future,porei (losing the circum flex ) ; imperative,pee,pon de presen t participle,pondo pastparticiple,pesto.

LESSON x x x i x . 135

Querer, according to its m ean ing, can have n o imperative ;queira (like the Fren ch veui llez) is on ly an expression ofpoliten ess or en treaty

,as queira en tra r

, queira perdoar. Th is verb isboth aux iliary an d independent ; in the latter sen se it is ren

dered in E nglish by to wa n t or wi ll have, as : n d e quero isto, que

quer que eufaca 3°

(what w ill you have m e do —The d ifferen cebetw een vér and en x ergar is best seen in the follow ing ex ample0 cégo (blind) nd e vé , e m yope n d o en x erga bem .

- For, w ith itscompounds (camper, oppe

‘

r,suppe

‘

r,

has been con sidered bysom e as a fourth conjugation , but w ithout any n ecessity

,as it

really belongs to the second conjugation (pbr peer) .

I w an t to see som e pattern s Ofgold lace . W ill you n ot com e

in ? W hat do you w an t ? W e w ill n ot h ave but (sen do) wh at

is ours . He w an ted m e to give that I Should give) him the

m on ey. She would n ot com e. They w an ted to fire (in cendiar)th e bridge, but they did n ot succeed. You w ill wan t yourm on ey

,but I can n ot yet pay so large an am oun t. I do n ot

th ink that h e w ants to ch eat m e (logra r-m e) . Pray accept th islittle token Ofgratitude. IfI w a n ted to buy a horse

,I Should

choose a better on e . Ifw e w an ted to do th is, we should easily(fa ci lm en te) find the m ean s . Do as you like . They m ay go

out w hen ever they like—You see th at m y m oth er w as right. I

do n ot see what th is has [to do] w ith our plan . In such tim es

w e Often see th e m ost sublim e patriotism side by S ide w ith (a elado de) the basest treason . They see an en em y in everyforeign er. A ll th is tim e we saw the danger com e com e the

danger) . I did n ot see the botan ical garden , because I h ad n o

tim e . Did you see the com et ? Th ey say that they saw a tigerin yon der wood . L et us see ! L et them see that there is justicein th is coun try ! IfI saw th e least chan ce ofsuccess, I sh ould

n ot say a w ord again st yourproject. Ifyou saw what th ey h avedon e in SO Short a tim e, you w ould be aston ished . When weshall see the n ecessity ofbuying a carriage, then we Shall buy

on e. W e shall see ! That Old m an h as seen six kings m oun t

(subir a) th e thron e—I suppose tha t he h as gon e to Fran ce.

136 LESSON I L .

This action presupposes a very high degree ofperversity. M an

proposes, G od d isposes . The gen tlem en propose a walk ; do the

ladies accept ? Put aside (de lad o) your private enm ities and

defend your coun try aga in st the com m on enem y. They sup

posed that we would take part in their enterprise. The rebels

la id down (depér) the arm s. He la id (depor) the child on (em)the steps ofthe church-door an d d isappeared. I exposed m y

m otives, and they declared them selves (se derde per) satisfied.

He had put in jeopardy h is fortun e an d even h is life. I Shalldispose ofmy property (bens, m . so that (de sorte or m aneiraque) all be satisfied . Put th ese books in order ! It is time thatwe expose the in fam ous proceedings ofthat ind ividual. IfN.

put h is n am e at the head (testa) ofthe subscription , I do not

doubt but (que) you would bring together (aj un ta r) a cons iderable sum .

L E S S ON X L .

A .

Nao quero ouvir sem elhan tes desprOpositos. Elle nao owes

quasi n ada . Ouvi dizer que F. estapara m orrer. Vw ‘36 ja teraouvido fallar n ’isso . Nao oupo o que Vm cé diz. Once I A igrejanos prescreve que ence/mos m issa em cada dom ingo e dia sanoto.

Oucdo isto ! Ouvi a voz da con sc ienc ia ! Nao dé ouvidos aos

queix um es infundados d’aquelles hom en s. O ouvido (hea ri ng) 6o segundo dos cin co son sos . Dizem que a dOr dos ouvidos épeior do que a dOrde den tes . Os selvagen s lhe cortarao o n arize as orelhas. Esta m usica a tordoa os ouvidos—E prohibidopedir esm olas (m end igar) pelas ruas d

’esta cidade. Pepe des

culpa ao Sr. (I beg your pardon ) por n ao ter m an dado os livrosm ais cedo. Pega licenca ao Sr. seu pa i l N50pecas O que é impossivel ! N50 posso perdoar isto, a inda que Vm 068 todos pecdopor elle (in tercede, begfor him) . Pedi perdfio dos vossos peccados l Elles nao quizérao atten der ao m eu ped ido.

—Mandam os

m edir o pann o (we had the clo th m ea sured), e achamos tres cOvados de m enos. Eu m ega isto pelo pé cubico. M ega este papoli

138 LESSON XL .

ri . Eis aqui a prova do que eu d isse : ria agora ! O riso dosperversos é m ao sign al. F . afi

‘

ron tou as risadas da platéa com 0

m aior sangue-frio .

N50pudem os vir m ais cedo . Quando feira? este tempo ? Eu

oenho para convidar os Srs . e. um pequen o en treten im en to que

m eu pai ten cion a dar sabbado prox im o . Venho tarde ? (am I

too la te Don de sens ? Quando nem seu irm‘

ao'

l N6s vimos

para pedir desculpa da n ossa falta in voluntaria . Vos oindes para

ver 0 vosso triumpho . Estas cartas oem a tempo . Vm céquer

que eu ven ha as duas ? Deix e que oen hdo ! (let them com e.)Ven ha 051 1 E n vin ha da igreja , e elles oin hao da casa d’um

conhecido . Parece que eu vim (pret. h ist.) em m a hora . Vim,

vi,ven ci .” J a oieste ? E lla oeiu varias vezes . Nos fviem os

d’aquelle lugar em m en os de quatro h oras. Vies tes em boa hora .

Minh as prim as n ao i nerti a. S e ella oiesse h oje, a inda seria tempo.

Quan do m inha cunhada eier,ch am e 0 doutor. S e elles vierem

a n tes das cin co,irem os jun tos a igreja . Vern ca l Vin de

, pobres

e ricos, felizes e desgracados, vinde todos, e véde 0 vosso sal

vador ! A h i elles vem ain da (there they a re com ing) . N50 tenhoainda por n ao ter podido . Os seculos vindouros vos agrade

cerao. Venha ver 0 que tenho para Vm cé. A m inha vinda nao

lhes foi agradave1.— Ten cion o ir a Pariz n o m ez que vem (nex tm on th) . Vrn cé ira

’

. hoje ao baile ? I ria, se n ao estivesse in com

m odada . Eu you (I go) 15. todos os dias. Para 0n de fvas Com o

oa e (or vai) 0 n osso doen te ? Nos s om os de m al para peior.

vos ides com bater os in im igos da patria . A quellas m ogas a

todos os bailes. Precisa que eu m esm o ea 15 . Va’

, levar este em

brulho em casa do Sr. A . Vam os em bora ! (let us go.) Nao

quero que elles nao 1a: Isto vae cah ir. Vou e venho I sha ll

be back imm ed ia tely) . Eu ia ao m ercado todas as m anhaas. 0

Sr. N. ia passando pela Rua do Com m ercio, quando isto acon

teceu . Quando eufu i (wen t) , ja tin ha dado m eio dia . Foste

h oje ao m ercado ? O m en in ofoi com m eu filho . Ellesforao—seem bora (wen t away) . Seria m elhor que 0 Sr. m esm ofosse la.

Quando eufor, Vm cé m’acompanh ara. E lle jafora (tinha ido)

dizer ao Sr. F. que viesse . Vae ligeiro l I de por todo 0 m undo

pregar o evangelho ! Com o vae 0 Sr. Vou in do I am pretty

L E SSON XL . 139

well). Desde a m inha ida a P. n ao a tenho visto. Estes sao os

vaivens da vida hum ans .

Irregular verbs ofthe third conjugation1) Pedir, to beg, ask, m ed ir

, to m easure, and ouvir, to hear,change their at and v into a in th e first person ofpresent ind icative

, an d the whole presen t subjun ctive :pego,pega ; m ega,m ega ;ougo, ouga .

2) In the sam e form s parir, to bear, changes its radical ain to a i ; present indicative,pa iro,pares, etc .

,subjunctive,pa ira .

There is a num ber ofverbs which change their radical vowel einto i, also in the form s m en tion ed above : sen tir, sin to, sen tes,

sin ta ; vestir,vista, vestes, vista ; see a full list ofthem in the

Appen dix ,page 342 .

3) Som e verbs change th e radical it in to a before the weakterm in ation s es, e, em (present in dicative, second and third person s singular and third plural), asfugir,fujo,foges,f6ge,fugim os,fugis, j ayem cubrir, cubro, cobres, cobre, cubrim os, cubris, co

brem ; see the Appen dix —Dorm ir ch anges its a in to u in the

firstperson singular ofpresen t in dicative, an d in the whole present subjunctive : durm o, dorm es ; durm a . The verbs aggredir,

progredir change e into i in th e whole singular ofpresen t iad icative and the third plural , an d in th e whole present subjun ctive (progrido,progrides ,progride,progredim os progrida).4) Ofsa hir, sa hir, tra hir w e h ave spoken in Lesson XIX.

5) The verbs in uzir take n o e in the third person singularofpresent indicative, asproduzir,produz.

6) Rir (or rir-se, to laugh) is irregular only in the presen tin dicative and in the imperative m ood ; presen t indicative, rio,ris

,ri,rimas, rides, riem ; imperative, ri, ride.

7) Vir, to com e ; presen t in d icative, venho, vens, vem ,vim os

,

vindes,vém ; present subjun ctive, ven ha ; preterit descriptive,

vinha ; preterit historical, vim ,vieste

,veiu

,viem os

,viestes,viérao ;

its derivative, viéra , viesse, vier ; imperative, vem ,vinde; pres

entparticiple, vindo pastparticiple, vin do.

8) I r (also written hir, but incorrectly), to go ; presen t in

140 L E SSON XL .

dicative, vou, va s, va e (or va i), vam os, ides, vac ; presen t subjun c

tive,va

,va s

,va

,vam os

,vades, vao ; preterit descriptive regular

(ia) ; preterit historical and its derivative are taken from the

verb ser (fui,fora ,fosse,for) ; imperative, w e (or va i) , id e.

C .

The sen tin els say that they heard the report ofa piece of

artillery (um tiro de pega ) . I hear better n ow than som e tim e

ago . I heard say th at h e w ill be appoin ted presiden t. N. lost

h is right ear in a riot. W h en he w as a ch ild, he begged alm s

in the streets ofRom e. I beg you to d irect that you d irect)your attention to this part ofthe building. A sk perm ission of

(a ) M r. B . I asked (pergun ta r) h im what h e h ad don e w ith them on ey. They asked (convida r) m e to (pa ra ) d in e w ith them .

A sk (fazer) n o idle question s ! I m easure your diflicn lties bym y own . The w ealth ofa coun try progresses w ith its population . M ay be he prefers th is h ouse . Your con scien ce sh all serve

(pres . subj .) you as a do) sh ield aga in st th e attacks ofyouren em ies . I am very sorry sen tir m u ito) . Do you con sent ?

I do not. Do n ot th ink that th ey w ill obta in (cons eguir, pres.

subj .) this . I sleep better on a straw -m attress. W e slept in

the sh ade ofa large oak -tree . W h o d iscovered the cape of(da )G ood Hope ? Thou (vo

’

s) discoverest th e m ost secret thoughtsofour hearts . Com e up! The therm om eter rose (subir) 10de

grees to-day. Som e rise

,others go dow n descer) . The

locusts often destroy th e vegetation ofen tire provi nces. The

stork destroys a great quan tity ofreptiles . How can you laugh,when your broth er is so ill ? W ho (quem ) laughs at (de) everyth ing, is either a fool or a kn ave . A t this passage ofB.

’s speech

the hearers burst (romper) in to a loud an d con tin uous laughter.

He laughs at your adm on ition s . Laugh as m uch as qua n ta) you

w ill,it is true wh at I say . The tittering (as r isa d in has) ofthe

ladies Showed h im th at h e h ad comm itted an ind iscretion . W h o

is laugh ing there ? Nobody laughed . She sm iled,wh en they

proposed this arrangem ent. Miss Mary d ied w ith a sm ile on

her lips .

Where do you com e from ? I com e from M r. A .

’s from

142 L E SSON XL I .

pelas por as) senhoras . A n ossa cathedral é visitada por

todos os estrangeiros . Ellasforao a colhidas com o filhas da casa .

Elles serao tidos por (or con siderados com o) in im igos publicos.

Nelson foi m ortalm en teferido n a batalha de Trafalgar. Ella

fora accusada de in fan ticidio . Este retrato foi feito por m eu

sobrinh o . Todos os reos forao absolvidos. A lgum as arvores

for'

do arran cadas pelo ultim o temporal. Eu sou conh ecido porm uita s pessoas que eu n ao conh eco . 0 Sr. L . diz que aquelles

reos serao condem na dos ii m orte . E stes bordados sao feitos comprim or. E lla era querida por (de) todos . Muitas casas forao

derrubadas por um terrem oto que durou tres m inutos . Os Christaos d

’aquelles paizes sao cruelm en te perseguidos pelos M usanl

m an os . Todas estas fazendas serao ven d idas em leilao .

A celebre cathedral de Colon iafoi com ecada em 1248,m as

ainda nao esta acabada . A n ossa casa (de com m erc io)foi estabelecida em 1849

,por con seguin te esta estabelecida h a 12 ann os.

OS su icidas 1150 86 0 en terrados em terra sagrada . F. esta en

terrado (sepultado) n o cem eterio de S . Fran cisco. Fui persua

d ido da n ecessidade d’esta m ed ida,pelo raciocin io do m en am igoCarlos. E stou persuadido d

’isso . E stam os rodeados de in im igosimplacaveis. Fomos cercados e desarm ados. E sta porta foiaberta (from abrir) com um a chave falsa ; ella es tava aberta,

quan do eu vim para casa . A A m ericafoi descuberta (descubrir)em 1492 . Sem elhan te rem edio a inda n ao esta descuberto. A

casa ja esta cuberta (cubrir) .Eu sabia que tin ha pagado isto. E sta con tafoi paga n o dis

2 de A bril. Todas as m inh as d ividas estaopagas. Muitos outrosO terid o a ceitado. Nin guem m ais serti a cei to. VOS rue

-

ten des

sabba do. Todos estd o sa lvos. Muitos dos n aufragosford o sa lvos

pela tripolacao d’um a fragata que estava an chorada nao longe do

lugar do desastre . En x ugue esta m eza ! Ella tin ha en crugada as

suas lagrim as havia m uito tempo . A m eza esta en a‘u ta . O ven to

tem seccado as ruas. E sta tin ta n ao presta, porque sécca m ui

depressa . A n ton io era um hom em alto e secco . E lle tinh a um

arm azem de seccos e m olhados (a grocery an d liquor store) .

Os sinos da (igreja) m atriz esti o repican do ; quem terei m orrido ?

M eu prim ofoi m orto (killed) n’aquella escaram uca . E sta m orta l

L E SSON XL I . 143

(she is dea d .) Os soldados tinhao pren dido um espia . E llefoi

preso logo depo is. 0 Sr. esta preso ! A guarda lhe deu voz de

preso (a rrested h im ) . 0 celebre professor N. tem solvido este

problem a . Todos os prision eiros/ brdo so ltos hoje . A n ossa so

ciedade (partn ership) esta d issolvida desde hon tem . 0 Sr. vis

conde de M. foi eleito (eleger) presiden te do sen ado .

M atarao um h om em um hom em foi m atado (m orto) .

A rrom barao a m inha porta ! m y door has been broken open .)

Dizem (they say, i t is sa id) que F. ganh ou a sorte gran de—M an

dei fazer um a casaca (I ha d a coa t m ade) . 0 chefe de policia o

m andou pren der (ha d him arrested). M e disserao (I have been

told) que Vm cé ten cion a deix ar-n os. Mandar‘

ao cham ar-m e (I

have been sen tfor) .

Thepa ssiveform ofthe Portuguese verb correspon ds entirelyw ith th e sam e form in English : it is composed ofthe past participle ofthe prin cipal verb, an d the aux iliary verb ser or esta r

(see below) ; the subject ofth e active verb is then governed by

the preposition par, by (wh ich , w ith th e defin ite article, becom es

pela,pela ,pelas,pela s,forpar 0,etc .

, or rather the obsolete pre

position per) , and som etim es tie (with verbs expressing em otions,

as to love, to h ate, The past participle m ust agree w ith itssubject in gender an d n um ber. E x ample : a ctiveform ,

m y gran d

fath er plan ted these trees,m eu avopla n tou estas arvores ; pas

siveform ,these trees were planted by m y grandfather, esta s

arvoresfard opla n tad-aspar m eu avé .

Very importan t is, h ere again , the different use ofser an d

esta r ; while estar,w ith the past participle, expresses a sta te or

con dition ,ser w ith the participle is on ly the passiveform by

w h ich an action m ay be expressed . F . i . este tum ulo é enfei tadoeada a nn o pelas orphd os, etc .

,th is grave is adorn ed every year

by th e orph an s, i . e . the orph an s adorn th is grave, etc . ; but a

tum u lo esta enfei tado earn flares does n ot sign ify, as the form er

does,the a ction ofa dorn ing, but the sta te or condition ofbeing

a dorn ed during a certa in tim e. Thus ellefoi m orto,he w as hillea

,

but elle estava m orto, he w as dea d .

There are a n umber ofverbs wh ich have twoform s ofthe

144 L E SSON XL I .

past participle, on e regular, the other irregular (original Latinform s), as pagado an d page, rnorrido a nd m orto

,afligido and

afi icto. The regular form s are used in the a ctive voice (w ithter and hover), the irregular form s in the passive (w ith ser a nd

esta r) . See the list ofth ese verbs in the Append ix , page 343 .

A brir,cubrir

,an d its compounds, as descubrir, h ave a berta

,cu

berta,descuberta ; solvido is used on ly in phrases like solver um

problem a .

Ofthe con struction ofm a ndei construir um a ca sa,

I had a

house built,we sha ll treat in Lesson XL VI . S uch con struction s

as : I w as told,Wh ere the da tive (they told m e

,i . e . to m e) be

com es the subject ofthe passive sen tence,are in adm issible in

Portuguese (I am told,

d izem -m e or m e dizem ) .— Som etim esthe active voice is used

,where

,in English , the passive is pre

ferred,w ith an indefin ite subject in the plural (m eaning they,

som epersons,people, an d the like) ; f. i . estdo chaona ndo a Vm cé,

you are called (wan ted) .

0

My daughter m ade these draw ings ; these draw ings werem ade by m y daughter. Everybody (todos) likes (estim ar) him

h e is liked by (de) everybody . Som e authors condem n theseacts

,others justify them (active and passive) . Som e churches

and other public buildings w ere destroyed by the recen t bom

bardm en t ofthe town . Th is square w ill be plan ted w ith chestn ut-trees. He wa s k illed by a can n on -ball. Som e ofth e unfor

tun ate sailors were dashed aga inst th e rocks. The princessLam balle w as literally (litera lm en te) torn to pieces (fa zer em

pedagos) by the m ob . During five hours I was exposed to therays ofa tropical sun . Som etim es entire cities are destroyed byearthquakes . Our houses are burn t, our walls are thrown down(derruba r) . A ll possible m ean s will be employed in order to

d iscover th e guilty My n eph ew is employed in the cus

tom -house. Three ofthe prison ers were condem n ed to die (am orte) . They are con dem n ed to the galleys for life (a ga lésperpetuas) . The statue ofMin erva , by Phidias, was m ade ofivoryand gold . My work is don e. Those laws h ad been repealed.

146 L E SSON XL I I .

abom inavel. E lle se con tentou com esta som m a . F . s’enforcon

,

porque perdera tudo n o jogo . E lla se susten tava com o o tra

balho das suas m i ce. A nossa con stern agao se com m un icou aos

(to those) que estav'

ao fora . No’

s n os defen diam os o m elhorpossivcl. Vos vos con sidera is com o senh ores absolutos do paiz.

E lles se tem por logrados they believe them selves to be chea ted) .

Nun ca m’arrependerei do que tenho feito para elles . Isto nao

se cham a (is n ot ca lled) assim em portuguez . Com o se cham aVm cé ? (wha t is your n am e Com o se cham a esta palavra em

inglez ? Isto 1150 so diz (you m ust n ot say so) . Muitos dos habitan tes se refugiarao n o conven to de S . Ben to . Eu n ao m e lem bro

de todos OS porm en ores d’aquella tran saccao . E lles se esquece

rao de levar O d inheiro . Nao vos esquecais da vossa origem !N50 s

’esqueca (Vm eg) d

’isto I O n osso com m ercio s’estende sobretoda a terra . Tu te gabas ain da da tua m alvadez ! Passao-se

cousas que fazem arripiar os cabellos (the ha ir stan d on end ) . A

Sra . ja se vae ? Diverti-m e m uito. Eu m’absten h o de fazer ob

servacOes acerca d’isto . A criada se calou . Cale-se .

’ VOS vos

arrepen dereis d’isto . De que se queix ao elles ? Elle se zanga de

qualquer cousa . A guarn ic'

ao en tregou—se aos 24 de Outubro.

Nao seassustem ! Seu filho con duziu-se adm iravelm en te n’aquella

Situacao critica . J050 parece-se m uito (is very like) com seu tio.

Eu m e refiro a um facto assaz conhecido . D ivertim o-n os ford ivertim os-n os) m uito . Con solem o-n os !

NOS n os (ea ch other) abracam os com o velhos am igos. VOS

vos perseguieis u ns a os ou tros (on e a n other,each other) com a

m aior ferocidade. E llas se detestao um a a outra . NOS n os eu

contram os n o passeio publico . Dous partidos poderosos se disputao a prepon deran cia . A quellos dous sujeitos se lograo um ao

outro. Os Christaos e 03 Mahom etanos d’este paiz s’opprim iao

altern adam en te. Elles se cubri ao m utuam en te de Opprobrios.

Depen dem os um do ou tro .

Estes livros se ven dem (are sold) n a livraria dos Srs . L . e C'

companhia, L . cf: Elle se eham a Alex andre. Com o se

cham a o n osso n ovo cozinheiro ? Vm cé s’enga n a (or esta enga

n ado) . Nao s’engan e ! P6de ser que eu m

’engan asse. Opapel

sefaz (is m ade) de trapos de linho . Nada m a is se ouviu d’elle'

L E SSON XL I I . 147

A luz d’este farol se vi {1 d istan c ia de 20m illias. Um a m agn ifies

edic’

ei o das poesias de 0. se esta imprim indo eln H . sob a direcg-zi o

do sabio Dr. R. Calculou-se que elles chegariao 15.em m elados

de Julho . Contao-se m uitas historias in teressantes a este res

peito . Falla-se m uito n’um roubo m ysterioso que teve lugar n a

n oite do 15 para 16 do m ez passado . A s n uven s se form ao dos

vapores aquaticos que a superficie da terra ex ha la . A atm os

phera que n os rodeia se compOe de diversos elem en tos . E ste

m etal se acha em grande abundan cia n a vizinh anca de M . Esta

palavra nao s’escreve assim . A qui 1150 Se passa !

B .

In the ex amples in A . the object is the reflerive an d recipro~

ca l pron oun ; its form s are : 1) reflex ive : m e,m yself

,te,thyself

,

se,h im self

,h erself

,itself

,on e

’s self(yourself, when relating to

Vin“ ,n os

,ourselves

,vos

,yourselfor yourselves

,se

,them

selves (yourselves, when relating to Vm cgs,

n os an d vos are

un accen tuated, the o sounding alm ost like u 2) rec iproca l : n os,vos

,se

,each other

,on e another, according to the subject. The

pronoun s here m entioned are in the a ccusa tive case. The re

flex ive pronoun in the n om in a tive case (I m yself) is en m esm o

(or m esm a), tu m esm o -a ),nés m esm os -a s), etc . ,i . e . the per

son al pron oun w ith the adjective m esm o, which latter agrees inn um ber an d gender w ith its subject ; f. i . I did it m yself, eum esm o (a m an speaks) a fie, eu m esm a (a w om an speaks) a fie.

Ofth e emphatical strengthen ing ofthe a ccusa tive (or da tive) of

the reflex ive pron oun by m esm o we shall speak further on . The

reciproca l pron oun s (accusative an d dative) are the sam e in forma s the reflex ive pronoun s ; they ex ist, ofcourse, on ly in the plural. For the sake ofemphasis, they m ay be accompan ied by umo outro (better a o, in the accusative, see Lesson um a

a (d) ou tra , etc.,according to th e n um ber and gender ofthe per

son s indicated by the subject ; wh en two person s are m ean t, it

must be um a o ou tro,um a d outra when m ore than two

,these

words m ust be in the plural. When ea ch other or one a n other

are govern ed by a preposition , th is m ust stan d between those two

words,as : they speak ill ofeach other

,ellesfulldo m a l um do

rutro .

148 L ESSON XL II .

With regard to th eposition ofthese pron oun s, the followingw ill suflice h ere (see n ex t Lesson) : 1) They m ay stan d before orafter the verb (in compound ten ses, the a u vi lia ry verb) ; whenplaced after the verb, they m ust be un ited w ith it by a hyphen ,as achei -m e

,etc . ; 2) in th e impera tive m ood th e pron oun is

placed after th e verb ; 3) also,wh en the subj ect (pron oun) is

om itted ; 4) the Objective pron oun is gen erally placed after theverb in the in fin i tive, but n ever after a pastparticiple.

Very often the reflex ive verb is used in stead ofthe passiveform

,as : paper is m a de ofrags, o papel se faz de trapos ; th is

m etal isfoun d in S .

,este m eta l se ach a em S . The sam e form is

also employed in ph rases where the subject is in defin ite, andwh ere

,in English, either the active form w ith th e subject on e or

they (people), or the passive form is used,a s : it is sa id ofN.

th ey say, people say ofN diz-se de F . it is gen erally believedth at

,etc .

,a cred ita -se gera lm en te que, etc.

Many verbs that, in English , are in tra n sitive (n euter) , are

reflex ive in Portuguese, as : to w ithdraw ,retira r-se

,to boast,

gabar-se

,ufa n ar-se

,etc . A lso som e pa ssive express ion s, as : to

be S ilent,ca lar-se

,to be m istaken , en ga n ar-se, etc., and recipro

ca l,as : to m eet (each other), encon tra r-se.

I foun d m yself em barrassed on (de) all sides. Thou showest

Thyselfever m erciful. He h ad com m itted h im self (comprometter-se) in th e revolution of1848 . W e h ad exposed ourselves to

th e just cen sure ofour superiors. In va in (deba lde) you (secondpers. pl .) defend yourselves. Th ey ava iled (aprovei ta r) themselves ofth e opportun ity (occa siao) . Spain awoke from her long

leth argy. I awoke at m idn igh t. Do you n ot rem em ber the

date oftheir m arriage ? They w ill rem em ber this as long as theylive par toda a sua vida) . You forget your illn ess. Do not

forget th e pictures. Th en I w ithdrew m y con sen t. W e retiredto (para) L . He w ith drew from the th eatre. Spring is approachin g. She is gon e (ella sefoi, orfoi-se em bora ) . I w ill go (vow-m e

em bora ) . When did you get upth is m orn ing ? I got upa quar

ter past three (és 3 e um quarto) . W e always wen t to bed (to

150 L E SSON XL I I I .

m uito engan ado. Deos vos recompen se. Eu conheco estes ho.

m eus, e as detesto. Que chaves S50 estas ? N50 sei ; o Joao

zinho as achou n a rua . S im ,t

‘ é esteve la ; en n ao a (you) vi ?Eu fui em procura das Sras . (I wen t in sea rch ofyou),m as 1150 as

(you) encon trei. N50 acho a chave da m inha gaveta. Vm cé a

(it) tera perdido . A qui esta a sua ch avinha . A onde estava ?

A chei-a perto da escada . Deix e-m e ! (let m e a lone.) A onde

quer Vmcéque en bote estas flores ? Bote-as aonde quizer. N5O

o digas a ten irm ao . N5O s’in com m ode l

N5O 0 posso vér,

n ao posso vé—lo (for ver-o) . Vm 0° n ao

devia dei-la dar-a) aquelles rapazes . 0 general queria ma ndé -los m andar-os) fuz ilar. Quero vend é -las vender-as).A lgun s dos presos pndér5o evadir-se (effected their escape). Pa

rece que elle n 5o quer dar-se ao trabalho (take the trouble) de

escrever. D ivertim o-n os d ivertim os n os) pouco . L em bre

m o-nos dos tempos passados ! NOs 0 ign oram os,ignoram o-lo.

Nbe a vem os,

vem o-la . E i-lo ! (or eilo,for eis-o, here he is I)

ei-la, ei-los ei-las ! Eufi- lo fiz-o) com todo o cuid ado. VOS

o sabeis, sabei-lo . Elles o ign or5o, ign ordo-na. Dig5o-noos sabios ! (or OS sabios que o dig5o I) Matar5o-no ! Dizem -no

os nuthores con temporan eos.

O cheiro d’estas fiores m e (to m e,m e

,da tive) da derde cabeca .

Eu te digo que n ao quero saber d’isso . S . M. el-rei da Prussialhe (to him , h im ) en viou as in sign ias da ordem da A gn ia verm elha. Ella escreveu a sua m 5i

, participan do-lhe (to her, her)os sen s embaracos. F. n os fez um a visita an tes de partir. Isto

cos deve provar, quanto (how) so is fracos . O m in istro lhes (tothem

,them ) concedeu licenca por tres m ezes . Vrnc6 m e d ira

quem lhe (to you, you) con tou isto ? OS Srs. n5o sabem quanto

m al isto lhes (to you) fara. E lle m e d is sera que tinha ido a L isboa . A carta lhe foi en tregue por um a pessoa desconhecida .

Quem lhe disse isto ? Ella n 5o n os quiz m ostrar (or n ao qui z

m ostrar-nos) o retrato . O chefe lh es impbz S ilen cio absoluto.

Eu te proh ibi isto. Que m e querem os Srs . ? (wha t do you wan tofm e ?) O m edico lhe prescreveu a m a is rigorosa dieta . Euvos provarei que fizestes m al. E lles n os propuzérao um a transaccao mui vantajosa. N50 vas 1s

, en t’imploro. V6s m ’

accrf

L E SSON x u n . 151

sais de traic5o. Eu lhe envio m eu filho. Sua i rm as S’exprim e

com m uita elegan cia .

Ella m’o m e o) emprestou. Eu t

’o to 0) disse. NOS

lh’os m andarem os. M eu sogro m’a deix ou por heranca . 0 Sr.

A . n o-los n os OS ) en viou. Eu vo-lo vos o) dissera .F

.

no- la n os a) vendeu pela m etade . Eu vo- los ( z vos OS) recom m endo. Quem lhe dera este poder ? Elle se a (S

’o) arrogou.

Nin guem lhe den licen ca para isso ; elle s’a tom ou .

F. se m e

Ofl'

erecen . Um individuo se lhe apresen tou com cartas de recom

m endac5o do Sr. conde de N. Represen tou-se-lhes o perigo em

que elles se ach5o . Eu lh’o empresto, com a con dic5o d’en tre

gar-m o (m

’o) n o fim d

’esta sem an a . N5O vos posso d ize-lo.

Aproveitan do-m e do en sejo, eu lh e d isse OS m eus pen sam en tos

com toda a franqueza . E lla n os escreve regularm ente,dando-n os

n oticia do que se passa n o circulo dos n ossos am igos . Sen do-lhes

intim ado esta decis5o, elles tirer5o a pruden cia de subm etter-se

sem 0pposrcao .

Th eperson a l (and reflex ive and reciprocal) pron oun s are theon ly w ords wh ich have retain ed part ofth eir declen sion ; theyh ave still a form for the dative an d accusative cases. W ith thoseofthe a ccusa tive th e studen t is already a cqua inted (m e, te, o, a[refl. se], n os, vos, as, as [refl. and recipr. seJ ) . The da tive form s

are equal to th ose ofthe accusative, ex cept in the th ird personS ingular, lhe, and plural lhes, for both gen ders (when relating toVm Cé

,0 Sr.

, etc. ,they are to be tran slated by to you or you) .

A s very frequently, in English, the preposition to, indicating th edative

,is left out, the studen t sh ould take great care n ot to con

foun d this case w ith the accusative ; f. i . I told him (him iseu lhe disse eu o disse m ean s I said or told i t.

The objective person al pron oun (i . e. its dative and accusa~

tive) m ay be placed eith er before or after the verb ofwh ich it isth e object, euphony being the gen era l n orm for its position . W e

w ill give here som e rules con cern ing the position ofthepron oun ,

wh ich,th ough n ot decisive in all cases, the studen t w ill do well

to follow . (It has already been sa id , th at the pronoun ,placed

after th e verb, is a lways un ited w ith it by a hyphen ).

152 L E SSON x u n .

a. On e pron oun (dat. or 1) It gen erally precedesthe verb in any ofthe ten ses ofthe ind icative or subjun ctivem oods (a lways in those ofthe latter), 1. e. the fin i te verb (the

aux iliary in compound tenses) . 2 ) It a lwaysfollows the gerund

(dando-lhe, ven do-m e), but n ever a participle (eu lhe estava di

zendo, elle m e tinh a escripto) . 3) Itfollows th e verb in the im

pera tive m ood when afi rm a tioe (the j ussion s, ordering som ethingto be done), butprecedes th eprohibitive (dizei m e

,n ao m e diga) .

4) It generallyfollows the verb in the infin itire m ood . 5) Whenthe subject (pron oun) is left out

,or placed after the verb, the

dative or accusativefollows the verb . 6) In in terroga tive and

rela tive senten ces it m ostlyprecedes the verb.

b. Twopron oun s : The da tive alwaysprecedes the accusative,ex cept se,which stan ds alw ays first, whetherdative or accusative.

Euphony dem ands the follow ing changes, e ither in the de

penden t pron oun or in the verb

1) The e in me, te, se, lhe is gen erally suppressed before a

vowel or an 71,especially before e

,i (he, hi) , and before the pro

n oun s o,a,as

,as ; only a practised ear can decide whether this

suppression is to takeplace or n ot ; in stead ofm ’o,m

’a,t’os,l’ha ,

etc . som e write m o,m a

,tos

,lha (like do, da ), but th is orthography

is becom ing an tiquated. 2) The s (in the verb) before nos is

suppressed : cons olem o-nos. 3) The r ofthe infin itive becom es l

before 0, a , as, as ; also the s in the first and second person s plu

ral in nos and vos, and in the adverb (or in terj .) eis, see here,

a n d the z infaz,fie, d ie, as : am a- lo,dizé-lo (m ark the accent I),

sabemo-lo, n o- lo n os oo- las ( z vos as), ai- los eis os),

j i-lo fiz-o) ; the hyphen is left out by som e in n olo, eilo, etc. ;

for am d-lo som e write amal-o (the form er orthography is preferable,for. etym ological reason s) , or (obsolete) am a l-lo

,dizél—lo .

4) A fter a verb in the third person plural, o, a , as, as becom e no,

n a,n os

,n as

,f. i. sao-n o sao-o), dizem -no. 5 ) The s in lhes is

often (principal ly in poetry) suppressed before 0, a , 08, as, f. i.

lh’o,lh’as for lhes o

,lhes as .

You do n ot kn ow that m an ; I called h im a (de) villain , be

154 L E SSON x m v .

G ive it m e ! DO n ot leave m e ! Do n ot believe it , Do n ot

Show it h im ! DO n ot refuse m e your aid ! DO n ot an swer h er !

Do not forget your can e. IfI d id n ot do it, he would do it. I

h ave n ot seen h im since h is arrival. W e h ad n ot in vited h er tothe ball. He would n ot buy them . They W nuld receive us w ithjoy. W e had followed th em to the h ouse oftheir aun t. You

m ust n ot complain ; you have n o right to complain . I will n ot

pun ish them ,because they do n ot deserve it. To sen d th em (the

letters) by m a il w ould be dangerous . To deny m e th is w oulda lm ost be equal (equiva ler a ) to an in sult. I can n ot fin d them .

L E S S ON X L I V .

A m anh zi a hei de esorerer escreverei) ao m eu advogado.

Nao te assustes ! n ao ha s de perder perderas) a tua fortun a

por isto . E lle ha de responder respondera) que n ao tem p0

dido . H acem os de per o que elle fara. VOS have-i s de reconhecer

que os vossos esforcos forao in sufli cien tes . Os vossos filhos hdo

de agradecer-oos um dia por este acto de justica . E u nao havia

de recom m endd-lo recomm en da ria ) , se nao pudesse afiiancar

a sua conducta . NOS nao ha c iam os de a compa nha r acom

pauhariam os) os Srs. tao longe, se n ao fosse por can sa d’este

perigo — L em brar-m e—hei m e lem brarei, lem brarei-m e, h ei delem brar-m e) de VOS até a h ora d a m in ha m orte . E screrer- te-hei

todos os d ias. Procurai- lo-ha s h as de procura-lo) em vzi o .

Nao con ten ta r-se-ha com esta vinganca . L im i ta r- n os-hem os a

poucas palavras. A rrepen der-cos~heis d’esta escolha . A s m inhas

observacfies lim ita r-se-hao ao m a is n ecessario . O n osso filho

cham ar-se-ha José . Occuper-n os-h em os dos ten s n egocios . Res

pon der-vos-hei com toda a sin ceridade. D ir- te-hei (for d izerte-h ei

,direi-te) o que ten s a fazer, quando fer tempo . Fa- lo—hei

(for faze- lo-hei, farei-O) com sum m o prazer. Se en tivesse um

S6 am igo, con ten ta r-nw-hia m e con ten taria) com a m inhasorte. Perder-te-hias teperderias) n os im m undos labyrin thos

L E SSON x u v . 155

do vicio . Dir-se-hia (on e m ight, should say) que era impossivel

haver hom en s tao corruptos, tao im buidos de todos 03 crim es.

Obriga-los-hiam os a obedecer-n os . Compadecer-cos-h ieis de tan

tos soffrim entos. R i- lo-h iao em todo o caso . Envia-lo-hem os a

V . E x ca, assim que estiver completo . Faltar-n os-hiao todos os

recursos. Esforcar-m e-h ei para recobrar o tempo perdido em

ociosidade e dissipacfies. A con tecer-nos-hia o m esm o. A es

quad ra destin ada para esta expedicao reun ir-se-ha no porto de

P. Esta série completar—se-h a n o m ez de A gosto.

Todos elles sao con tra m im . A tua felicidade agora depende86 de ti. Queria fallar com elle. D. A nn a m e d isse que aquellacarta nao fora d irigida a ella . Isto é para n o

’

s Dependem os de

4068 . Vm °° vein com elles Fui com ellas a casa da nossa avé .

Um a grande respon sibilidade péza sobre m im . Vm cé n ii o ternd ireito para ex igir isto d’elle. Dirija-se a elles ! Nao quero

saber de ti. Elle cham on sobre si (h imself) a vingamos d’umin im igo poderoso e implacavel. Tom ardo a m a ior parte para si(them selves) . 0 Sr. 1150 se lem bra (thin k) senao de si (yourself) .—Venha comm igo (for com m im ) . Irei com tigo com ti) . 0

Sr. B. levou o m en in o com sigo com si) . Ella foi oomn oseo

com n6s) ao baile. Desejara fallar eomvoseo com v6s) .Leve isto com sigo (with you) . —Vm cé n ao ha de querer que en

trabalhe contra m im m esm o (or proprio) . Isto seria um grande

infortun io para n o’

s m esm os. Elle n ao am a sen ao a semesm o. A s

con sequen cias d’esta tra icao recah irao sobre eo

’

s m esm os. Jupiterm esmo n ao p6de contentar a todos . E lla m esm a m

’o disse. Eu

m esm o os fiz . Tu m esm o n ao o p6des n egar. Vos mesm os assimo quizestes. Osproprios selvagen s n os aco lhérao com m ais hospitalidade.

A m im m e parece que 0 Sr. n ao fez sen ao o seu dever. Tn

m e d izes isto a m im Lon ge de perder-n os a nos, Vm cé perder

se-ha a si m esmo. E lles seprej udicao a atm esmos.

It has already been sa id that th e future and condition al ten sesare compoun ds ofthe infin itive and the aux iliary verb hacer

(pres. and impf. ten ses, m ostly abridged) . These form s can again

156 L E SSON x u v .

be d issolved into their compoun d parts, thus : eufa llarei hei

defa llar tufa llards has defa llar, etc. ; eufa lla ria havia

defa llar ; n ésfa llariam os haviam os defa lla r, etc.,the full

form s Ofhaver being then always employed. The latter form is

very frequently used in com m on language,prin c ipally w ith polysyllabic verbs . It has the sam e m ean ing as the other form(fa llarei,fa lla ria), though it m ay also sign ify what is expressedby the English aux iliary verb sha ll

,shou ld (f. i . h e sha ll go he

is to go) ; ofth is w e shall speak in Lesson XLVII . The form a

tion ofthose two tenses allow s a very elegan t con struction : a

depen den t pron oun m ay be in serted between th e infin itive andthe (disguised ) aux iliary verb

,th us : fa llar-vos-hei (m ark the

two forfa llarei-vos or vosfa llarei (a lso hei defal larvos

,vos hei defa lla r) ; con ten tar-n os-hem os for n os con ten ta rem os

or con ten tar em o-n os ; submetter—se-h iao for se submetterido, etc.

In this con struction the abridged form s Ofhaver are retained(equal to the term in ation s ofthe simple future and conditional),but gen erally w ritten w ith th e in itial h. Ofcourse, for vender

o-hei we shall say vende-lo-hei, etc . (see the preced ing Lesson).Th e verbsfazer an d dizer (oftrazer I do n ot rem em ber havin gseen or heard an in stan ce) reta in their con tracted form s : dir-tehei

,fé -lo-hem os.

The person al (and reflex ive) pron ouns hitherto spoken ofare

conj un ctive pron oun s, i . e. such a s are in im m ed iate connectionw ith the verb, e ither as its subj ect or object (accusative and dative) . In A . we h ave also d isj un ctive person al a nd reflex ive pron oun s

, i. e. such as are n ot govern ed d irectly by the verb. Theyare in the nom inative case the sam e as the conjun ctive pronouns(en , tu, elle, and , have d ifferen t form s on ly in the accusa

tive, the dative being indicated by the preposition a . They canon ly be used w ith apreposition .

a ) Person al pronouns

Nom in a tive. A ccusa tive.

(conj . and disj .) conj .en m e

tu te

elle o

158 L E SSON XL V .

above the roar ofartillery. I should con sider m yself as th evilest ofm en

,if I were capable ofsuch an act. They w ould be

con ten ted (refl.) w ith less . I sha ll tell you what afflicts m e.

On e sh ould say th at he is the m aster (sen hor) . I Sh all do it

w ithout m urm uring. Now it w ill be seen (m ostra r-se) w ho is

right. W eshall receive h im w ith open arm s . He would havedon e it

,if he h ad had the opportun ity.

Whatwould becom e (seria , or seriafei to) ofm e w ithout h im ?W ithout thee I w ill n ot live. G o w ith h er They took it uponthem selves . For whom is this shaw l ? For m e. W e did for

you what you w ould h ave don e for us . The m on ey received bym e am oun ts to 594 dollars. W e w en t w ith them to (d casa de)M r. B. E xpect n oth ing ofm e . They sa id th i ngs ofh er whichI can n ot believe. Confide in us. DO n otforget them . For you

too our saviour d ied . He h as n o confiden ce in him self. Theyhave aga in st them them selves) [a] great n um ber ofoflicers

ofthe arm y . He wen t w ith m e to (para ) see the m useum of

M r. L. With us this is different. With thee I should be happy.

Th ey were w ith m e un til 11 O’clock . W e coun t upon (com ) you

(secon d Sh e took the children w ith her The In ~

d ian s brought w ith them an in terpreter.

— To us h e sa id th at hew ould return in two days . Wh at do I care (qu e m

’importa a

m im ) what they say or think ! To you it becom es (competir) to

pun ish them .

L E S S ON XL V .

N50 se deve julgar dos outros por s i m esm o . Quan do se vé

isto, pOde-se fazer um a idéa do resto . Nao se pOde servir a dous

am os ao m esm o tempo . Yé-se logo que isto n ao é possivel.

Mais se pen sa n ’isso,m a is complicado parece . Quan do se cousi

dera as circum stan cias que lhe impuzérao esta n ecessidade,com

preben de—se que elle nao podia proceder outram en te (otherwise).

Ouve-se tan to fallar n’aquella inven cao , que tenho m uita curiosi

dade de a ver. A dm ira -se com razao a perseveran ce com que os

L E SSON XL V . 159

Rom an os ex ecutavdo toda s as suas emprezas. Quando se tem

trabalh ado tanto, o desejo de repouso (descan so) é m ui n atural.

Tem -se traba lhado para este ch'

eito, porém sem resultado satis

factorio . M al (hardly) sepode comprehen der a rapidez com que

o regim en to ex ecutou esta evolucao . Nao se acredita o que se

receia . A credita-se facilm en te O que se deseja . Diz-se m uitasvezes O con trario do que se pen sa . Prejudica -se as vezes a um

am igo por dem asiado zelo . Ser pregn icoso é lograr-se a s i

m esm o . E xpor-se desn ecessariam ente ao perigo, nao é coragem ,

m as sim um a tem eridade culpavel. E diflicil acostum ar-se a po

breza, quando se tern vivido desde a infan cia n o seio da opulen

cia . Logo que se en tra n a cavern a , sen te-se um cheiro suffocan te.

Todos os m eus irm aos,e dnas das m in ha s i i'm aas m orrérao n o

espaco de dous an n os e m eio . Este livro é m eu,m as esta pen n a

nao é m inha . A quelle bon é é teu ? M eu prim o A n ton io perdeuseu pai e sua m ai n

’um m ez. E lla fugiu com as suas filh as. A

n ossa liberdade n os é m ais cara do que os n ossos ben s. E sta casa

agora é n ossa . Elle nao é dos n ossos. A vossa m isericordia, OhDeos ! é illim itada . Os in im igos levarao com sigo os seus m ortos

e feridos. Vm cé n ao m e quer vender O seu cavallo baio ? Faca

favor d e m ’emprestar a sua (your) tesoura . Estes sao sens ? ( 2 .

de Vm cé,do Sr.

,E sta casa é sua consider this house

a s yours) . A casa do Sr. (or a sua casa) é m uito m ais elegan tedo que a n ossa . A s despezas de V. S a sao m ui con sideraveis .

O pai d’ellesfora con dem n ado a m orte. E ste jard im nao é d’elle.

A culpa nao é d’ella (hers) , é sua (yours) . Um m eu am igo (orum am igo m en ,

um dos m eus am igos) tom ara conta (care) do

m en filho . E lle nao é con hecido m eu . Isto nao é n egocio seu

(or 1150 e da sua con ta,this is n on e ofyour busin ess) . Um criado

n o:so n ao pede terfeito isto . Um dos n o ssos criados quebrou o

outro dia um espelho que custai ra rs. E culpa tua !

Cah i a escada abaix o,e quebrei um braco . M e dée a cabeca .

Vm Cé se ha de queim ar a s m aos. Elle quebrou a n uca . Um a

pedra lhe esm agou a pern a esquerda . Os Botocudos se furao o

n ariz e as orelhas com pedacos de pao . Os selvagen s cortar‘

ao

os n arizes e as orelhas a todos os prision eiros . Eis O que m e

Opprim e o coracao . Eu lhe conheco (I know tha t he has) bas

160 L E SSON XL V .

tan te capacidade para este emprego. Resolvi-m e fin alm ente a

escrever-lhe, trazendo-lhe a

’

. lem bran ca os d ias da n ossa am izadejuven il. O lux o e a cubica afi

'

ogavao-lhe os rem orsos .

E stes cavalheiros vierao com m igo . E sta sen hora vein de la.

A quelle h om em sabe m a is dos n ossos design ios do que n os con

vem . A quellas regiOes abnud-Zio em m etaes preciosos . E ste é 0

ind ividuo que n os troux e aquella n otic ia . A n ossa casa é esta .

A gn elles forao os m alvados que in cendiarfio a aldea de R. Quem

sao agn elles ? O sen quarto é aquelle. Ven derei todos os m euscavallos

,m en os a gn elle. E sse plan o tem para si (in itsfavor) a

facilidade da ex ecucao . E ssas preten sbes sao rid icules. E ssas

palavras sao i njuriosas ! Que sign ifica isto Eu sei isto . I sso

é dem a is ! Por isso (therefore) n do quiz vir. A lém d’isso elles

fizerao todos os esforcos para que en perdesse o m eu emprego.

A gu i llo nao péde ter influen cia sobre a n ossa decisaO.— A n ossa

ch acara n ao é tao bon ita com o a (tha t) do Sr. 0. 0 m en cavallo

é m a is forte do que 0 do Sr. F . Nao se pédem comparar as con

quistas de Alex andre o gran de com as dos Rom an os. Os pin

tores italian os sao m a is celebres do que cs da escola flam enga.

Os sin os da cathedral sao m uito m aiores do que os da igreja deS . Pedro . A S ruas d

’aqn ella cidade sao bastan te largas,princi

palm ente a s que correm de léste para oeste.

The indefin ite pron oun on e h as n o equivalent in Portuguese ;it is substituted by th e reflex ive form ofth e verb (as in Englishoften by the pa ssive), so that th e object, ifth ere is on e, becom es

th e gram m atical subj ect, w ith wh ich th e verb agrees in n um ber.

A ll pron oun s relating to on e,as on e

’s,on e

’s self, are ren dered by

the correspondin g pron oun s ofthe third person singular (se, sea ,a si m esm o) . With really reflex ive verbs

,on e m ight expect to

find se twice,on ce for the subject, and on ce for the object ; it is,

however,only put on ce

,f. i. w ithout com m itting on e

’s self, sem

comprom etter-se. Phrases like on e m ay com m it on e’s self” are

best tran slated thus : um hom em or um a pessoa pode compromet

ter-se. The in defin ite subject is, in English , often expressed bywe

, you, they. according to the m ean ing ofthe phrase ; this is

162 L ESSON XL V .

0.

One often bears (a tura r) w ith patien ce a great suffering,through fear ofthe rem edy. You (on e) can get (ir) there on

horseback in less than two h ours. The m ore on e learns, the

better one sees how m uch rem a in s to be learned fica para

aprender) . One can n ot believe all th at is sa id . One has

n o right to judge ofth e m otives ofoth ers,w ithout knowing theircharacters. One often rejo ices m ore at (de) a trifle than at a

happy event ofcon siderable importan ce. On e m ay be k ind andsevere at the sam e tim e . On e can n ot believe h im ,

because he

is a great dissem bler. On e is often d isposed to sadn ess, w ithoutany apparent cause. On e is not always disposed to laugh . To

sacrifice one’s self for an ungrateful [person ] is to pay what one

does not owe. To act again st on e’s own in terest is either (on é)

gen erosity or folly. To envy on e (a lguem ) is con fessing (infin .)one

’s self h is inferior. Speaking (infin ) ill ofon e

’s fam ily is di s

hon oring one’s self.He wen t there again st m y w ill . Your m other invited m e to

(para) accompany her. He is always the first to laugh at (a

rir-se do) his own jokes. I saw her sisters at (em ) M. W e saw

that our friends forsook us on e after (apes) the other. Your acts

ofben evolen ce are in n um erable. Our boys had invited som e of

their com rades,and they am used them selves in every way (de

todas as m a neiras) . Pray tell your fath er th at I could n ot com e

yesterday as (conform e) I h ad prom ised , but that I shall do whathe w ishes in the shortest tim e o m a is breve) possible. The

house is n ot yet m in e. I s this your dog ? is this dog yoursOn e ofour m en ofours) kn ocked h im down w ith a blow on

the head . My house is yours . Th is is n one ofm y busin ess. It

was our own fault. The fault w as ours . H is father and her

m other were first cousin s (prim as irmaos) . Did you know her

father? Your son and h is daughter would m ake an ex cellent

m atch (par) .These grapes are ex cellen t ; w ill you take som e ? Vm cé é

servido d’a lgum as Than k you, I h ave got som e jct estou

servido) . This m an has don e everything in order to create disun ion am ongst us . Wh ich (qua l) is your h at, this on e ? No,

L E SSON x nvx. 163

(it is) that one. These question s are impertinent. This m anseem s to be out ofhis sen ses (j uizo) . That part ofthe coun trydoes n ot produce wheat en ough for the ten th part ofits population . G ive m e that n ewspaper. W e did this for your sake (emabono de Vm Cé) . This is n othing but (7160 é senao) hum bug. W e

spoke ofthis and that, but did n ot com e to the m ain poin t. Youw ill repen t ofthis. Besides this I gave h im som e m oney andclothes. Her voice is even (a té) worse than Miss A nna’sthat ofMiss My losses are far (m uito) m ore con siderablethan those ofm y n eph ew . Do you n ot find m y bonnetprettierthan my sister’s th at ofm y s ister) ? This cattle is far superior to that which we saw last Mon day.

0. OBJ ECT IS A VERB (m am rrrva).

L E S S ON X LV I .

A religiao christaa m an da que am em os aos n ossos prox im oscom o a n és m esm os. Nao m e m andarao (enviarao) os papeisque lhes ped ira . M an dei cham a r um c irurgiao. M aude vir seu

filho. Eu m andara preparar a casa para a recepcao dos n ossos

hospedes. Mandei fazer um collete de velludo preto, e outro de

setim bran co . Porque n ao m an da en cadern ar estes livros ? Naoouso dizer o que sinto . Quem ousa con tradizer isto ? Elles n ao

ousarao avancer. Deimez'

cakir 0 m en relogio . Deix e vir o seuam o ! N50 09 de ix arei ir sem que tenhao satisfeito a todas as

suas obrigacoes. Elle o deix ou escapar. Deix e ver ! Ella deix ait as cousas com o querem . Deix e as crian cas brin car ! Elle m e

fez cahir. Isto m e faz esperar que elle se em endara. Vm cem e

faz rir com as suas burlas, a in da que n ao queira . Eu fiz ver

(showed,proved) ao Sr. L. que elle n ao tinh a razao n’isto. Nos

os w’

m os chegar. Nun ca o vejo sah ir de dia (in day-tim e) .

Todos os dias vem os passar esta senhora . Am anhaa preten do

(ten cion a) ir a S . Que pretendeis fazer com nosco ? J ulgo ter

164: LESSON XL VI .

feito o m eu dever. Creio ter d ireito a isto . Nao se om'

e m aisfa llar d

’aquelle individuo . Con tam os z

'

r ao concerto . A teste

m unh a afi rm a ter visto o réo dar o golpe . N50 sev’

fazer isto .

Elle soube esquivar- se da respousabilidade que o con tracto lhe

impuzéra . Nao gosto d’esses d ivertim entos . Nao gosta dorm ir

n’

um quarto pequen o . Havera hom em que n ao goste ser rico ?Desejofa llar com a Sra . sua m z

‘

ii. Precisam os comprar um a duzia

de facas . A lgun s dos m ein bros adm ittem ter havido desordens .

O secretario recusou en trega r os livros . Nao havia fugir d’esta

altern ativa . O advogado fingiu ter provas positivas. Ellepro

pun ha sir em pessoa him self) . E u costum afva deitar-m e um

pouco an tes da m eia n oite . Parece ser verdade o que ella d isse.

M eu sogro resolveu a cei ta r aquelle posto . A lea nedm os (we suc

ceeded) m a nda r-se expedir as orden s precisas. S in to m u ito vér-men a n ecessidade de dar parte d’isto ao sen chefe.

F. m e ped iu de ir com elle. Eu lhe prohibira de dizer isto a

quem quer que fosse to whomsoever) . E lla n ao duvidou (hesita te) de la near- lhe em rosto a sua baix eza. e perfidia . O dono da

casa m’offereceu de m a n da r urn proprio

‘para R. Eu lhe acon

selh ei de escrever um a carta respeitosa ao Sr. B. O rapaz pro

m etten de voltar logo . A quelle jorn al nao cessa de a ta car 0

m in isterio. Meus am igos m e recom m en darao de esperar até a

ch egada do prox im o paquete. E lle so curava de obedecer avoz

da sua propria con scien c ia . Estam os tractan clo de m udar-n os

(rem ove) d’aqui . Taes expressoes n ao podiao deix ar (could no t

but) de suscv’

ta r rem on stracees violen tas . A n ossa sociedadedeix ou (le ex istir. O com m andan te lh e orden ou de se retirar.

O islam ism o com ecou a propagar-se com um a rapidez assus

tadora . Meus pa is m ’en sin zi rao a considerar a m en tira com o o

vicio m ais vergonhoso . Se con tin uar a chover,as estradas se

tor-n ari o in tran sitaveis . Apren d i a toca r pian o com um m estre

ex cellen te , Principiou a fazer um frio in supportavel. Custa a

crér (on e ca n ha rdly believe) que h aja h om en s tao crueis . Elles

en tao tornarao a perseguir-n os. Com ecei a comprehender a

m inh a s ituacao .

Retirar-se da sociedade dos hom en s é com m etter um suicidiom oral. Desejar o impossivel é proprio as criancas e aos tolos.

166 LESSON x nvr.

the defin ite article ; it som etim es even loses en tirely th e n ature

ofa verb, requiring th e preposition de for its subject (f. i. a o

romper do dia ) .

W hen do you inten d to start ? He hopes to be appoin tedsecretary ofthe treasury. I declined to receive h im . W e w ishto see your library . She feign ed being offended. N. con fessedbeing the author ofthe pamphlet. You w ill m ake m e fall. He

dropped his pistol. She does n ot kn ow [how] to express h erself.I in tended to w rite to M r. C. W e dared not touch (tocar em ) thisdelicate topic . Why did you n ot sen d form e ? (to send for som e

body, m a n da/r cham ar a lguem ) . The colon el sen t for his horse(to sen d for an an im a l or in an im ate object, m a ndar vir) . You

w ill m ake th e ch ild cry. Th e m in ister offin an ces ordered thesen egotiation s to be broken off a ta lhar) . I acknow ledge hav

ing com m itted an ind iscretion . He tried (ten ta r) to obta in m y

father’s con sent. H is brother used to visit us in B . They refused to sign the con tract. The defen dan t den ied having struck

(dar) th e first blow .

When w ill you cease in sulting us ? I told h im to em bark in

the first vessel th at w ould sa il. My frien ds advised m e to pub

lish th is. He did n ot hesitate (duvidar) to say th at I h ad robbed

h im . I learn ed dan cing at th e age offifteen years . Where didyou learn writing ? Learn to subm it w ith patience to yourfate.

Ifyou contin ue to trouble m e,I shall apply (dirigir-se) to your

prin cipal. Th ey still con tin ue cheating the people . I shallteach h im to behave w ith m ore decen cy. This w ill teach hern ot to confide too m uch (dem asiadam en te) in h er ability . A

heavy (grosso) ra in began to fall. I began to feel the effects ofm y late fatigues. He comm en ced writing for the “ Weekly Review ”

(Revista sem a na l) in 1845 .

LESSON x nvn . 167

LE S S ON X LV I I .

A .

Nao vou m ais la. Vou a ca bar com isto. Va buscar un s

cevallos . Hojefuifazer um a visita ao Sr. F., que esta doente

ha tres d ias . Cuidado Vm cé va e cahir ! Nao vi cahir. Com o

m e o n osso pacien te ? Elle va e indo (passan do) m elhor ; elle

vac m elhor. 0 horizonte politico ia asseren a ndo, quando de su

bito a n oticia da m orte de L. veio am eacar n ovos d isturbios . A

criadafo‘

ra ver o que causava este barulho . Todos os seus am i

gos vd o-se retira ndo d

'

elle . Vao j an tar ! Vé. estudar ! Vti estu

da n do con tin ue e n ao se occupe em outras cousas !

E u ia acompanhaudo 0 Sr. B., qua ndo m eu pa i nos en con trou.

Que horas sao ? Vao dar quatro . Vou ch am ar um m edico . 0

m en ino ia passanrlo pela porta da casa do Sr., quando o seu cao

o assaltou e o m ordeu n a pern a .

Donde vem 0 Sin ? Venho da casa do m eu cunhado . Isto

vem de fiar-se com dem asiada facilidade n as prom essas da gen te .

Ven ho (or vim ) fazer-lhe um a visita . Diga a seu irm fio que

venh a desculpar-se ; semi o , elle sera dem ittido. Venha brin carcom m igo ! Venha ver-nos de vez em quando . A carta ve ioacompan hada por um em brulho . O imperador vinh a acom :

panhado pelos Srs. gen eraes A . e B . Isto vem a ser'

l (this

m ea ns ? ) E lle veiu a ser 0 hom em m ais opulento da provincia .

Quan do a cabarci isto ? A ca bo de d izer I have j ust sa id)

que isto seria m uito prejudicial para m im com o para vos. A ca

bam os de ver, n o capitulo an tecedents, quaes erao as causas

d’aquella revolugfio. Vm cé ja a ca bou de escrever ? have you

don e writing ?) Quando tiveres acabado de escrever, darem os

um a volta .—A religiao m a n da (z ordena) que respeitem os as

a uthoridades. Bem m anda, quem bem soube obedecer. M an

de-m e envie-m e) o jorn al da terca feira passada . M a ndei

cham ar a guarda. Porque n ao m e m a ndarao cham ar ? Vm ca

pode m a nd ar buscar o seu passaporte quando quizer partir.

Quando m a ndard Ym ca con certa r este guardaroupa ? Vou m an

168 LESSON x nvn .

darfazer um a escrevan inh a . M aude afin ar o seu pian o quantoan tes (as soon a s possible, the soon er the better) . Quando os Srs.

estiverem promptos,m andem -m e d izer sen d m e word) . M an

dei-lhe dizer que fizesse o que lhe parecesse to please). 0

Sr. seu tio m anda d izer a Vm céque venha logo em casa d

’elle.

Vm Cé esta certo que elle m an dou d izer isto ?Nao viste a carta que deircei em cim a da m eza ? Nao posso

deix ar-vos ir sem dar-vos algun s con selhos. Elle n ao deix ourecado para m im ? 0 Sr. j ai n os vae deix ar ? Deix e-m e ver o

que fez. Apezar do castigo que recebeu, este m en ino n ao deix ade dar (bea t) n o seu irm aozinho . Deix e isto ! let tha t a lon e.)

Deix e-m e ! Deix e-se d’isso ! let tha t a lon e ! don

’t ! ) Nao

pude deix ar de m e rir (I could n ot help la ugh ing) . Deix e estar !(threa ten ing or consoling : wa it a bit ! n ever m ind ! ) Vm cé

deix ou cahir o seu lenco. Elle adoeceu n o dia 16,e n o dia se

guinte elle deix ou de ex istir.

N50 quero que os m eus filhos Saiao de n oite. 0 Sr. n ao pede

querer isto . Quer um a laranja i Eu quero ver com o elles se

hao de tirar d’este n egocio . Os Hungaros n ao qu1zerao aces italo por sen rei . Eu quero bem like

,love) a todos elles.

Queira perdoar ! Queira acceitar este fraco testem unho da

m inha gratidao .

os callos m’incom m odao tan to que n aoposso cam inhar. Elles

h aviao de vingar-se de nOS, se pudessem . Quem quer, pede. Se

cahirm os n o poder d’elle, sera m ao para n 6s. Quas s sao agora

as n acdes m a is poderosas ? Posse abrir um a janella ? estafazendom uito calor. POde abrir todas, se quizer. 0 Sr. péde retirar-se.

Nao podere i acabar este trabalho an tes de n o ite . Podendo eva

dir-se, Socrates preferiu obedecer as le is . Isto pode bem ser.

Poderia ser falso o boato, e entao estariam os bem arranjados

be in a sad scrape) . Eu sei fazer isto . Sabe lér ?

F. deve m a is do que tem . VOS m e deveis respeito e obedien

cia . Isto era devido (due) a sua posic‘

ao elevada . Quem sao

os devedores m a is importan tes ? Pagar as suas d ividas n ao é

um a das suas qualidades. Isto é devido (owing) a varias causas.

O vapor deve (m ust) chegar h oje ou am anhfia . 0 doutor d iz

que n ao devo sahir ain da . Vm 06 nao devia (ought) m a is esere

170 LESSON x nvn .

verbs is as difficult as th eir employm en t is importan t, w e w ill

give an exposition ofthe sign ification and use ofeach , an d th en

show how their equivalen ts i n English m e to be tran slated .

I r and vir sign ify a m ovem en t, an d therefore, by an alogy, an

in ten tion orfuturity. Thus,ir is rendered in English by to go

or be going, or simply by the future ten se, a lso by wi ll ; f. i . vouescrever

,I am go ing to write, I shel l or w ill write ; vd traba lhar,

go and w ork ;fui ver, I w en t to see ; vam os j a n ta r, let us go to

d in ner, let us d ine ; isto va e cahir, th is w ill fall, is going to fall.W ith th e presen t participle ir sign ifies a con tin ua n ce, as vd escre

vendo, go on w riting. Venho dizer-vos, I com e (in order) to tell

you ; venha ver,com e and see. Vir a

,w ith an infin itive, sign i

fies to grow or becom e.

A caba r (inf. w ith de) m ean s 1) tofin ish som ething, as a cabei deescrever

,I h ave fin ished (don e) writing ; 2) th e n ea restpa st (cor

respon ding to the n ea restfu ture expressed by ir) , as acabo de

d izer,I have j ust sa id . [Th is use ofthe verbs ir, vir, a ca ba/r is

an alogous w ith th at ofthe Fren ch verbs a ller, ir,ven ir

and a caba r.]M a nda r is to order and to sen d . M a n da r cham a r to send

for som ebody m a nd ar vir,to sen d for som eth ing m a n da r bus

car or trazer,to sen d som ebody for to fetch or brin g) som e

thing. In th e sen se ofordering som ething, it is rem arkable th at

in Portuguese the infin itive ofth e a ctive is used wh ere in Eng

lish thepassive is employed, as : I ordered th e h orses to be sadd le d,m a ndei sellar os cava llos ; I ha d a desk m a de

,m a ndei fazer um a

escreva n in ha .

Deicc ar is to leave or let (sud'

er, allow , perm it) , as : deix arcahir

,to let fall

,to drop; deix a r a lgum a cousa a rru in a r-se, to

allow som ething to go to ruin or to be spo iled . Deira r de to

cease, to leave off(as deix ar de ea istir, syn onym ous w ith m orrer

deix ar defa zer a lgum cousa to abstain from som ething) .Querer, when in dependen t, is often ren dered by will have, or

wa n t (he would have, or wan ted m e to say elle queria que eu

d issesse) .

Peder to be able,I can or m ay.

Dever, to owe, to be indebted for, as an aux iliary verb indi

LESSON x nvn . 171

cates a n ecessity, duti ,or certa inty

,m ust. Ought, being a

condition al form,is rendered by dever ia or devia . Som etim es

dever is followed by de, When expressing a supposition , as : elle

deve de esta r lé,he m ust be there

,i. e . I have reason to believe

that he is there. The correctn ess ofthis con struction is,how

ever, disputed by m an y.

II aver and ter both m ay sign ify a n ecessity, a nd correspondto the verbs to ha ve and sha ll ; f. i. elle ha de ir, he m us t or sha llgo ; elle tem de ir, he m ust or is to go. They always require apreposition w ith th e follow ing infin itive, generally de w ith a

,

they express a n ecessity imposed by c ircum stances. Haver,in

the second and third persons, implies a peremptory order. In

certain phrases, th e pron oun relative que is used after ter, as ter

guefazer, to h ave som ething to do .

For the translation from English in to Portuguese n otice thefollowing

to be, ser,estar ; I am to tenho dc ;

to have, ter, haver ; m a nda r to order) ;to let (allow ,

suffer, perm it), deix ar ;

can , m ay, poder ; saber ;

w ill (n ot in the future ten se), querer

shall, haver de ,

m ust,

dever

ought, deveria or devia ;

to order, get, have, m a ndar.

A rem arkable differen ce between the English and Portugueseaux iliary verbs is this, that, in English, m an y ofthem are defec

tive, but in Portuguese they are full verbs, and that thereforethe English language resorts to certa in substitutes for th e form swanting (f. i. nao tenhopodido, I h ave not been able).

My brother is going to be m arried casar-se) in a few days.

G o, bring m e a glass ofwater. I w ill tell you what (qua l) is thereason ofh is vex ation . I w as going to say, etc . Do not go and

break the looking-

glass. Where is Joh n ? He went to fetchthe chairs. Where have you been this m orn ing ? I had gone

172 LESSON XL VI I .

to see (visitar) M r. R. from there I wen t to buy som e flowers,

but did n ot fin d any . The ch ild w ill (is going to) fall. L et us

take a ride (dar um pa sseia a cava llo) . W e are go ing to have a

severe (rigoroso) w in ter. G o to breakfast ! Read on ! How are

you to-day ? So

,so (vou indo) .—Those books ofyours cam e in

right tim e m uito a proposito) . I know very well from whatpart (la do) th is com es . This com es from being too kind (bondoso dem a is) . Com e

,see what a pretty little bird I h ave caught.

Don’t com e afterw ards [to] complain . They cam e [to] bother

m e w ith their etern al quarrels about n othing (z frivolo) . Wh ereis our boy ? Here h e com es runn ing up (por) the street. He

becam e cam e to be) a gen eral in less tim e than it took others

(dat.) to becom e captain s . By their un tiring in dustry they becam e th e m ost opulen t colon ists ofth e n ew w orld — The m ailh as just arrived . Messrs . A . have just publish ed the first volum eofM r. B .

’s interesting book on geology . W e h ad just fin ished

our dinn er fin ished din ing), wh en th e thunderstorm broke

out. The w ords which we have h eard just n ow deserve the

greatest atten tion . Have done w ith your jokes ! The govern

m ent w ill soon put a stopto a caba r com ) th ese n uisan ces.

Did you send them those fruits ? I shall not send them [any]m ore goods, un less (se n d o) they pay (fut. subj .) wh at they owem e. Did you send for h im ? W e should send for a physician ,ifw e thought th at there could be [any] danger. You m ay send

for your pian o when ever it be conven ien t for you. I h ave al

ready sen t for som e samples. Have the goodn ess to send thesepictures to m y house . The Caliph ordered to give the J ew 20lashes. I had ordered th e parcel to be delivered to m y brotheria - law . Where do you get your clothes (roupa , s ing.) m ade ?

W e h ad h er liken ess taken (tirar) about 3 m on ths before she

died . G et th is atlas boun d . The presiden t ordered them to be

d ism issed instantly. I sen t them w ord that I would com e to

w ards even ing (pela n oi tezin ha ) .— L et m e see (or let see) whatyou have written . L et us take a w alk ! L et m e alone ! L et us

drop deix ar) this conversation ! L et the dog alon e ! You

w an t to leave us ? L et th is rest ! deiwem os isto.) Ifyou do

not leave ofi'

(cease) throw ing ston es, I shall go (and) tell i t to

174 L ESSON XL VI II .

th e reign ofthe late (defun cto) k ing. I hold h im to be ter

por) a very honest m an . They h ad to go back, because theyh ad lost a trunk. She ha s som e letters to write to writesom e letters) . You have to copy w h at you have written . Theyh ad to change theirpolicy. Have you nothing to do ?

b O B J E C T O F A D J E C T I V E S .

L E S S ON X LV I I I .

A vossa generosidade é dign a de todos os louvores. Taes

accusacbes So 5510 dign as de desprezo . Esses hom en s sao indignosda vossa consideracao . Eu O julgo capa z de tudo. Sou in capazd’isto. SO agora podem os d izer que estam os livres de perigo.

Nao estou con ten te de (or com ) Vm cé. Tu es culpado d

’um crim e

ign om in ioso . Vé-se que ella é in n ocen te de tudo isso . A igrejaestava cheia de gente de toda s as classes. F . era m uito eeloso dasua authoridade. Estou isen to (ex empto) do servico m ilitar,porcausa da m inha vista curta . Priva do de todos os recursos, que

pudéra eu fazer? E ste livro estafarto de m en tiras. G ioso da

sua d ign idade, elle n ao perm itte con tradiccao . Desconfiada de

81m esm a, ella nao ousou dar este passo . Elle esta m uito sa tis

fei to de si m esm o . Desejoso de con hecer o ex ito d’este negocio,m eu prim o partiu logo para B. E ste author parece ser m aisavido dos eulogios do vulgo , do que desejoso de prom over a cul

tura . Elle é m a is am bicioso do d inheiro do que da gloria . Esta

vam osfa ltos de roupa e de d inheiro . O n osso paiz é rico de

m in eraes. Ufan o dos triumphos que a scien cia lhe alcancou, o

hom em as vezes se esquece do seu creador a quem elle os deve.

Todos estam os a n ciosos de ver Vm cé succeder.

Este arbusto da um a fruta sem elha n te d rom aa . Elle se torn a

desagradavel d todos os sen s conhecidos. A tten to ao m eu tra

balho, n§o notei O que se passou n o quarto con tiguo . A s circun

stancias actuaes saopoucofavoraveis a o desenvolvim ento da nossa

LESSON XLVI I I . 175

industria . O que é uti l a um a cousa,é m uitas veza prej udic ia l

a outra . Séde do’

ceis a os preceitos do E vangelho l Os m em bros

d’aquella sociedade en tretinhao sentim en tos hostis a religiao .

Ser obed ien te eis leis é o prim eiro dever do cidadao . Fieis d po

litica que adoptarao , os Rom anos s’in trom ettiao n os n egocios

d’aquelle paiz, protegen do o partido m ais fraco con tra o m a isforte. Sou suj ei to d esta m olestia desde a m inh a in fan cia . Elle

se m ostrou in sens irel a’

s m inh as rem on stracbes. El-rei con tin uou

surdo ( is supplicas dos perseguidos . E ste a con tecim ento foifa ta la o partido opposto . I sto é con tra rio (i razao e a experien cia . A

foriga d’um cavallo regular (com m on ) é igua l (2de quatro hom en s

vigorosos . Deix em os todos os assumptos a lheios d n ossa discus

sao . Um a econ om ia arrazoada é essen c ia l a o bem -estar d’um a

fam ilia . F . e dado a o jogo . A quellas n acbes sao m uito afici

coa das d m usica . A sua d ieta nao pode deix ar de ser n ociva a

saude.

—Vm cé n ao m e é pesado. E lle n os pede ser uti l n ’esta

o ccasiao . Isto m e é totalm en te indifi'

eren te . Ella n os é in dis

pen su rel. A n ossa liberdade n os é m ais cara do que as n ossas

riquezas. Eu vos sou m uito agradecido. A sua posicao lhe era

m a is cara do que a sua hon ra . Nao lhes foi possivel engracar-se

com 0 Sr. X. Fico- lhe m uito obrigado I am very m uch

obliged to you) . E sta feicao lhes era comm um .

Um hom em de sem elh an te caracter seria bem capaz de tom ar

um a vinganoa ti o atroz . M eu filho é in capaz de m en tir. Elle

foi um h om em dign o de occupar um posto tao elevado . Estou

a ncioso de saber n oticias d’elles . Receioso de perder um em

prego tao lucrativo, elle s’accomm éda a todos os desejos do seu

am o . Parece que 0 Sr. esta curioso de saber o que esta carta

con tém . E stou certo de ter posto O m eu chapeo em cim a d’esta

m eza .—A directoria est determ in ada a empregar todos o s m eios

legues para obter a restituicao d’aquelle terreno. A casa estava

prestes a cah ir. E stou prompto a fazer tudo o que V . S . m an

dar. Este m oco parece destin ado a fazer hon ra ao seu paiz.

Vejo-m e obrigado a reduzir as m inhas despezas.

There is a great n um ber ofadjectives called obj ective adjec

176 LESSON XL VI I I .

tives, becanfi they require either a direct or an in direct object,in order to complete their sign ification ; th e form er is indicatedby the prepo sition de, th e latter by a .(som etim es pa ra ) . Th e

object m ay be a n oun,or a pron oun ,

or a verb. The verb is then

always in th e infin itive (gerund in English) . W hen the indirectobject (dative) is a pron ou n (person al), th e dative form ofthe

co njun ctive pron oun is used in sen ten ces where the objectiveadjective is the pred icate ; f. i . h e w ill be useful to us

,elle n os

serd uti l,n ot u ti l a n o

’

s ; in all oth er cases the d isjun ctive pron oun w ith the preposition a orpa ra is used .

C .

He is n ot worthy Ofyour esteem . You are unworthy ofmyfrien dship as well as (tdo bem com o) ofm y hatred . I do not

th ink (crer) th at he is capable ofso m uch falsity. He is innocen t ofth is m an

’s death . They a re guilty oftreason . Those

articles are free Ofduty (direitos) . In som e coun tries the Jewsare ex empt from m ilitary service. How could h e escape, beingdeprived ofa ll m ean s ofdefen ce ? Our house was full ofguests,so that (de m a neira que) w e could find n o place for him . N. is

so jealous ofhis fam e a s an de) auth or, that he m akes h im

self (torn a r-se) rid iculous. She is jealous ter cium e) ofher

ow n sister. W e are not yet sure ofsuccess. A re you quite(bem ) sure ofth is ? Th e n egroes are very fond (am a n te) ofm usic.

I am out (fa lta) ofm on ey. W e are satisfied w ith yourprogress.

A t last we are rid ofthis tiresom e talker. Be n ot greedy ofth epraises ofthe crowd . A lex ander

,th irsting for (seden to de) ven

ges nes , appeared sudden ly before th e w alls ofThebes (Thebus).This m easure w ould be contrary to all th e rules ofequity.

He m ade h im self very useful to h is m aster. Many Ofth e imbabitan ts rem ain ed faithful to Christian ity

,in spite ofth e cruel per

secution s to wh ich they w ere exposed . Be faithful to your m asters ! Such w ords are disagreeable to th e ears ofthe m ighty.The sm ell ofth is fruit is sim ilar to that ofan apple . He was

given to all sorts ofex travagan ces. The poor wom an was sub

ject to epileptical fits. This arran gem en t w ill be agreeable to

all parties . A t last h e becam e in sen sible to sham e . You are

LE S SON XL IX .

O. OBJ ECT OF SUB STANTIV E S .

L E S S ON X L I X .

Tende compa iazc'

to de n é s ! Eu teria von tade I have a

m ind) de lh e d izer tudo . Ha m a is de quin ze d ias que n ao ten hovon ta de de com er appetite) . Nao tenh o appetite . Naofacacaso (do n ot m in d) do que elle diz. Creia 0 Sr. que n ao tive a

in tencd o de offendé -lo . Elle disse que nao tin ha tempo de atten

der a Vm ce. 0 Sr. 1150 tem m edo de sahir a estas h oras ? 0 m e

n in o tin ha vergon ha de d izer o que tinh a visto . Nao tenhofom e

,tenho sede. Vm cé tem razao . F . teve m uita curiosidade

de ver O que se passava den tro . Faco ten cao de dedicar-m e in

teiram ente ao estudo das m athem aticas. Tinha von tade (or

den -m e von tade) de m e rir, quan do elle d isse isto . 0 m en desejo

de recon ciliar-m e com a m inha fam ilia cresc ia de dia em dia.

Tenho pen a d’elle. O seu pai nao tem obrigacao de pagar as

d ividas do Sr.

Ninguem tem d ireita a isso senao 1168 . De a ttencdo a o que

d igo . 0 Sr. nao deve da r credito a estes boatos . Receio que acarruagem faca fa lta ao Sr. seu pa i. N’

este caso n ao se p6de

fazer justica a todos. Nun ca fiz m a l a elle (or lhe fiz m al) . 0

ar da n oite lh e fara m al . O carcereiro deu escapu la a dous presos

condem n ados a galés perpetuas . Milh ares d’aquelles infelizespagarao com a vida o seu apégo d cren ca dos seus pa is. Elles

sempre tem m ostrado m u ita afieicdo (is bellas letras . Depois doseu regresso a Lisboa eu n un ca m a is ouvi d’

elle . Um dos m aispoderosos in ci tam en tos a perseguicao dos Judeus erao as suas

en orm es riquezas. A sua propensao ct crueldade n ao en controu

m ais obstaculo . A cabam os de ver quaes erao OS sen tim en tos da

n acao em relacd o (is ultim as inuovacbes. Os Christaos forao

accusados de sacrilegios e ofi‘

ensas publica s d religiao . Esta pa

lavra foi um insu lto d pessoa do m on arca . O desprezo é a m elhorresposta a taes in sin uacbes . 0 gen eral m ostrou gran de repay

LESSON x m x . 179

n a ncia a essas m edidas .

—Ponh am os fim a essas disputas inuteis !Os n ovos deputados prestarfio juram en to e tom airzi o assen to n a

cam ara . Isto nao d iz respeito no S r. (th is does not con cern you) .

Respeito a velhice era um a das prin cipaes virtudes que os L acedem on ios in culcavao s m ocidade. Fizem os alto en trada da

villa . Nti o posso fazerfrente a tri o gran de opposicfio .

Quem arrem a tou aquelles préd ios ? A arrem a tacdo da illum in acao publica tern lugar n o dia 7 do m ez prox im o futuron ewt) . Eu lhe pagarei a importan cia (am oun t) quando a letra

for ven cida,n em um a h ora an tes . O pagam en to d

’esta letra m e

da m uito cuidado . B. foi n om eado paga dor do batalhao 15 .

E sta an ecdota é impaga vel. Nao se pede compara r aquelles

tempos com 05 n ossos. A quelle quadro n ao sod'

re comparacao

com n enhum dos outros. Dizem que ella era d’um a belleza in

comparavel. Nao compre esta espingarda ; nao presta . 0 Sr.

conhece o comprador d’esta ch a cara ? A compra foi an n ullada

pelo tribun al de com m ercio . Muitos obreiros agora ya nhao (ea rn )3$OOO rs. por d ia . E is o ganho d

’um m ez. Oham e algun s

gan hadores . Quem ganh ou a batalha de Marengo ? Nun ca

ganh ei n ’este jogo . G anh aste a aposta ? O n osso partido esta

ganhando forcas. A m a i aos vossos prox im os com o a VOS m es

m os ! Que senhora am avel ! Os am adores dos bon s bocados

gabao m uito aquelle hotel. Form ou-se n’esta cidade um a socie

dade com o n om e de “ Sociedade am ante da in struccao.

” Ella

chora por seu am an te. Por quan to ven deVm cé a libra de carn e ?

Os vendedores estao con ten tes . Quando tera lugar a ven da (sa le)dos bens do fallecido Sr. L . ? F. tem um a venda (grocery) n a

esqu in a d’esta rua e da do comm ercio . E sta casa nao pede ren

der m ais d’um con to de réis por an n o . Os rend im en tos da

alfandega de B . sobem as vezes a m ais de trezentos con tos por

m ez. Creio-m e que esta engan ado. F. reun iu os seus credores

para lh es m ostrar os seus livros. O cred ito é a alm a do com

m ercio . Ficarei fiel {1 crenca em que fui educado. Elles efi‘

ec

tuarao a passagem do rio com in crivel rapidez . Eu 0 vi sahircorrendo . 0 m en cavallo era bom corredor. A s con tas corren tes

da n ossa casa sao con sideraveis . E ste corredor occupa dem a

siado lugar. A chei esta corren te de relogio . Duas d’estas letras

180 LE SSON x u x .

ven cem h oje ; as outras j estao ven cidas. 0 dia do ven cim en tod’estas letras sera um dia terrivel para m im . Se 0 outro partido

ven cer, nos todos estarem os arruin ados. Os ven cedores entrarao

triumphantes n a capital. Cuidado que n ao se perca ! ta ke

ca re not to lose your way.) Isto seria a perdicz’

io dos m eus filh os.

Que h om em fingido ! Na historia da origem dos povos a ficcaogeralm ente tom a o lugar da real idade. A hypocrisia e O fingi

m en to da virtude. Destruir é m ais facil do que edificar. A

destruic’

ao das bibliothecas de A lex andria e do Vatican o foi aobra do fan atism o religioso . S en tim os m uito a falta dos Srs.

Estas duas palavras tern um sentido m uito difi'erente. E ste sen

tim en to é d igno de vé s. A perda de qualquer dos cin co sen sos

é um a grande in fortun io. Elle m ostrou-se m uito sen tido (aflicted,

The ex amples in A . contain obj ective substan tives,som e re

quiring th e preposition de w ith their object, others a , accordingto their n ature. F. i., in the ph rase

“ the love ofvirtue,

”the

substan tive virtue is the d irect Object ofthe sen tim ent expressed

by love ; in his faithfuln ess to h is m aster,

”the substan tive m as

ter is the indirect object offa i thfuln ess being fa ith ful) . It

is often th e case, that a whole phrase, consisting ofa tran sitiveverb an d its direct object, is employed in stead ofa s imple verb,the d irect object ofwhich is then governed by a preposition ;thus

,to have pity on som ebody is equivalen t to “ to pity

som ebody ,Such phrases are n um erous in both languages,

though n ot always correspond ing to each other. Som etim es anadjective or participle w ith the verb to be is used in English,when in Portuguese ter with a substantive is employed ; f. i . Iam afra id, tenho m edo

,I am hungry, ten hofom e. Such phrases

can on ly be learned by practice.

Most objective substantives are derived from verbs ; som e ofthem are found already in Latin (amor, compa ia'ao, odio), othersare form ed directly from Portuguese verbs, m ostly by m ean s of

the term in ation s m en to and added to the root ofth e verb bya in those Ofthe first co njugation , by i in those ofthe other twoconjugation s (espone-a r, -am en to m a ng

-ar,

-acdo ren d-er,

182 LESSON x u x .

say ! They Show little affection for (a) their country. I haven o great confiden ce in h is abilities. My rem arks do n ot con cern

your friendly relation s w ith 0. A ny allusion to the past will bean in citemen tfor a n ew outbreak Ofthe ir m utual hatred. Oon

cession s to our enem ies, in ourpresen t situation ,would be proofsofour weakness. Th eir obstin ate clinging (apego, afierro) tosuch antiquated ideas is certainly (de certo) n o proof oftheir euperior intelligen ce. Som e journ als recom m end the an nex ationofthe whole territory ofM. to our dom in ion s. This would ben o great obstacle to m y plan s. Even th e m ost perverse showrespect to true virtue . Your son seem s to have little in clin ationto the serious stud ies. He ex hib ited great repugn an ce to theadoption Ofth is policy.

His speech d id n ot please everybody. Our prospects weren ot very pouco) pleasing. The green color is th e m ost agree

able to the eyesigh t. H . R . H. (S ua A lteza Rea l, S . A . R.)

prince Lew is (L uis) passed last n ight through our city. I feel(passar) better sin ce your last visit. How have you been (passar) since I saw you last ? (pela u ltim a vez.) Th e passage ofthe

river was facilitated to us by the kin dn ess ofM r. N.,who len t

us his boat. His impuden ce passes all bounds . On e ofthe passengers had n ot paid th e fare. The h eavy ra in s oflast Sundayhavem ade (torna r) som e Ofthe streets quite impassable. Worldlyjoys are tran sitory. The w ord “

pastim e” is m ost frequen t in

the m outh Ofthe idler. On e can n ot trust (fia r-se em) h im . He

h as ruin ed him self by giving security for an ybody that asked

h im [for] it. W ho is your surety ? I knew h im very well.Th is author is little kn own at presen t. H is kn ow ledge (plur.) inm ilitary ad ‘

a irs is very ex ten sive . He is n o acquaintan ce ofm ine.

A re you acqua in ted w ith them ? I m ade their acqua in tance(fazer conhecim en to com ) last sum m er. A re you a con noisseurin pain ting ? I prefer th is little book to a whole library ofnovels.Death would be preferable to such a life. They gave us the preference over m ore th an sixty competitors . His rem orses w illpun ish h im sufficien tly for th is deed . Th e pun ishm en t ofsuchcrimes we m ust leave to G od alon e.

LESSON L . 183

A DVERBS AND A DVERBIA L PHRA SE S .— PREPOSITIONS .

L E S S ON L .

Eu lhe disse m uitas vezes que n ao posso n em devo n em quero

a cceitar essas condicoes. Param os a lguns dias em casa da n ossa

tia . A in da que eu viva cem a n n as,n ao quero m a is ve-lo. Esta

rez pesara cin co quin ta es . A m inha ultim a doenca durou dousm ezes e m eio. Procuram o -vos ha tres dia s. Este pan no custa

rs . a j arda .

Fizem os o cam inho de A . a B. em m enos de m eia h ora . E stes

Indios fazem as suas arm as de pedra ou de m adeira durissim a .

Apartam os a n ossa sociedade (pa rtn ership) de comm um accordo.

E lle era rei de facto,senao de n om e. F . sempre esta do lado do

m a is forte . O m en in o nao fez isto deproposito . E lles n os offerecerao de boa von tade tudo quanto tin hao . 0men prim o vol

tou leve de din h eiro, porém rico de m ais um a preciosa experiencia . E lla estava vestida oi m oda h espanhola . Os pobres soldados

m arch avao a custo (with drfi eu lty) n o cam inho pan tan oso quecon duz para 0. Muitos d ‘

elles obtiverao a sua liberdade d custa

(a t t he cost) dos seus ben s. O prim eiro batalh'

zi o passou o rio a

vao,os cacadores (rifiem en ) o passarao m a is abaix o a n ado .

Vm cé ve io a tempo (a proposito) . N50 vendas a tua reputacao

a troco de algun s favores duvidosos . Muitos dos n egros forros

repassao a Africa . Isto se vé em toda a parte (everywhere) . Em

poucos anuos tudo aquillo m udou . Quan to ganha 0 Sr.por m ez ?

Faze i em tempo o que ten des a fazer. Nao m e zango por tao

pouca cousa . Para fazer um a agulha , precisa-se de m a is m acs

do que para um a casa .

A lguem esteve aqui S im n do. E lon ge d’aqui a sua casa ?

Nao, senh or, éperto. J ai dérao sete h oras ? A inda nao . Vm cé

devia levan tar-se m ais cedo. N{to m e levan to tarde. G osto

m u ito d’esta fructa . Sou pouco dado a esta especie de diverti

m en tos. Estou ta lvez em m a iores apuros do que 0 Sr. Falle

184 LESSON L .

a lto I Fallem m ais ba iao .

’ Cam inh a m a is ligeiro I I sto é a ltam en te louvavel. Elle cahiufelizm en te em cim a d

’um m ontao de

palh a . Isto acon teceuprora oelm en te an tes do an no 1703 .

In dication s ofpla ce (wh ere ? w hen ce ? wh ith er oftim e

(when ? how long ofm ode (how and ofca use (why ? wh ere

fore ? to what en d ?) are expressed1) by m ere substa n tives : to live m a ny yea rs, river m uitos

an uos ;

2) by substa n tioes (or pron oun s) w ith a preposition : I did it

in goodfa ith,fi- lo de boa fé ; (th ese e xpression s are called ad

verbia lphrases)3 ) by th e so-called a dverbs.

The kn owledge and use ofth ese differen t expression s are a

m atter ofpractice and the diction ary ; the follow ing w ill sufii cefor ourpurpose .

PREPOS ITIONS .

a) simple prepositions : a,to

,at ; a n te, before ; apo

’

s,after ;

a te,till, un til, as far as ; com ,

w ith ; con tra , aga in st ; conform e,according to ; de, of, from ; desde, sin ce, from dura n te

,during ;

em,in

,in to, on ; en tre, between , am ong ; para , for, tow ards ;

por (per, obsolete), by, for ; pera n te, before ; segun do, accordin gto ; sem ,

w ithout ; sob, un der ; sobre, over, upon ; traz, behin dThese preposition s govern the a ecusa tire case, i . e . th ey are

simply joined to their substan tive, and require d isj un ctive person al pron oun (m im ,

ti,

f. i. a m eu pa i, a m im . Ofthe

contraction s and alteration s wh ich som e preposition s un dergo w ehave already Spoken ; th ey are m a in ly th e follow ing : a is written in on e word w ith th e m asculine ofthe defin ite article (a o,a os), and con tracted w ith th e fem in in e ofthe article an d w itha quelle (a a a

,a as as

,a aquelle aquelle, a aquella

aquella , comm igo, eom tigo, com sigo, com nosco,com rosco for

com m im ,com ti

,com si

,com n os

,com aos ; de is con tracted w ith

the defin ite article (do, dos, da , do s), and loses its e before a

vowel or It, especially before pron oun s (d’este

,d’aguelle, d

’elle,

186 L E SSON L .

nor can n ot take this term in ation , the adjective s erving in steadofth e adverb ; m a iorm en te or its contraction m orm en te m eans

chiefly, especia lly. When two or m ore adverbs are un ited by coordin ation , on ly the last on e takes m en te, as : discorrer sabia e

elegan tem en te,to d iscourse learn edly and elegan tly. The adverb

ofbom is bem,ofm eio (and ru im ) m a l.

2) Som e adjectives take n o term ination on becom ing adverbs,especially in certain phrases, as fa llar a lto, ba ix o, to speak loud,low ; ca m inhar ligeiro, direita, to walk fast, stra ight ; custar

,

pagar ca/ro, to cost, to pay dearly ; m ui to,pouco, sa lvo (safe, and

safely) ; the latter, as a lso its syn on ym sao,always rem ain s an

adjective, as : ella chegou sa lva, chegam os 8503 e sa lvos.

3) Substan tives w ithout preposition s used as adverbs are

um dia,on e day, or on ce ; um a vez

,on ce ; duas vezes

,tw ice ;

m uitas vezes, often (m a is vezes often er) ; a lgum as vezes,som e

tim es ; outra vez,aga in ; es ta vez

,th is tim e ; um pouco, a little ;

and others.

4) Origin a l adverbs : a) ofplace : aqui, ca,here

,a hi

,a li

lei,acold

,there

,yon der ; 0nde,w here a on de

,wh ith er (or where) ;

donde,wh en ce ; longe, far ; perto, n ear ; b) oftim e : qua ndo,

when ; agora , n ow ; jd , already, presen tly ; hoje, to-day ; hon tem ,

yesterday ; (am a n haa,to-m orrow n un ca

,n ever ; sempre, ever,

always ; depois, after ; a n tes, before ; 0) ofm ode : com o,h ow

,

as ; assim so ; tdo, so, as ; qua si, alm ost ; assaz, basta n te, en ough ;

ta n to,so m uch ; qua n ta, how m uch ; m u i

,m uito

,very

,m uch

,

etc. ; d) ofcause : porque, why.

5) Deriva tive adverbs : a dia n te,before

,in fron t ; aba ix o, em

ba iao, below ; acim a,em cim a , above, upon ; etc . etc .

6) Sen ten ces used adverbially : ha m uito (tempo), long ago, etc.

The use ofadverbs an d adverbial phrases is, in every language, rich in id iom s

,an d therefore offers to th e learn er great

difii culty ; the sam e preposition s are n ot alw ays used in Portu

guese and in English, an d a literal tran slation would often per

vert the m ean ing ofth e phrase . W e shall,for th is reason

,ex

ten d th e three follow ing Lesson s,which treat ofthe adverbs andadverbial phrases (an d, con sequen tly, ofthe preposition s) far beyon d th e length ofth e preceding L esson s, by which m ean s we

L E SSON L I . 187

likew ise give the studen t an opportun ity for recapitulating all

the rules we have given un til n ow .

A . L O C A L A D V E R B S .

L E S S ON L I .

0nde estao elles ? D’onde ven s ? A onde vai 0 Sn ? A on de

quer VmCéque eu bote isto ? Venh a ca? ! Sente-se (sit) aqui

Que estas fazen do la ? A qui nao h a ladraes . 0 Brazil é um

pa iz fertilissim o ; a li crescem a s plan tas da zon a torrida com e as

d as zon as temperadas. A hi vem o seu cachorrinho. Vm Ce n ao

VS a casa que esta a cola n o cum e d’agn elle outeiro ? Partim os

de Cadiz n o dia 2 de Jun ho . Da sua casa eu fui a o m ercado . A

A m erica é o continen te m ais comprido ; ex ten de-se do Norte ao

Sul,por quatro zon as e m a is de 120 degraos de latitude. A S

m in h as prim as estiverao dez m ezes em Pariz. O rio das A m a

zon as n asce no Peru,corre prim eiro do Sulpara 0 Norte, depois

d irige o seu curso pa ra o L este. Todo este terren o,desde o rio

a té aquella serra,perten ceu um d ia aos m eus an tepassados. Que

elle nao se d irij a a m im ! A compan harern os 0 Sr. a té a pon te de

B . N’aquella sem an a m orriz

‘

io do cholera de quarenta a cin coenta

pessoas cada dia . Muitos dos fugitivos acolhérao-se a Lisboa .

Se fosse com o 0 Sr. diz,a inda poder-sa h ia occorrer a o m al. A

som bra da proteccao real elles s’en tregavao a todos os ex cessos,

sem m edo de pun lcao . A estes successos seguirao-se outros

a inda m ais brilhan tes. Chegue-se m ais a m eza,para ver m elhor.

A ccresce a isto a credulidade do vulgach o . I sto seria adverse

a os m eus prin cipios . Os ven cedores furibun dos arran cavao os

filh inhos aos bracos das m ais, e lhes esm agavao os cran eos con tra

as paredes dos aposen tos. A m a vontade que a cla sse indigen tesempre tem (is classes opulentas, n zi o tardou a reben tar em tu

m ultos. A s lagrim as da pobre viuva n os m ovérao a compaix ao .

Este boato chegou aos ouvidos do proprio m on arca . F. se pez d

188 L ESSON L L

testa da empreza . Aparte d‘ isso n ao tenho m otivo de queix ar-m e

d’

elle. A casa d’elles esta a o pé da m inh a . Isto se cham a tra

duzir ao pé da letra litera lly) . Ella estava do lado direito,ao lado da imperatriz. Taes erao as circum stan cias que o impelli

rao a esta fatal resolucao . Eu obriguei-o a isto. Voltastes a os

vossos lares, cobertos de gloria . Os escriptos d’aquelles authores

tendem a perverter a opin iao publica . Nem (not) todos curvar

se-hao d von tade d’essa orgulh osa oligarch ia . Nao falle n a sua

carta em cousas que toquem as n ossas difi'

erencas. Vé -se fac ilm ente que a m aiorprudencia presidiu a essas investigacdes. A s

suas expressbes in duziraO-n os a crer que Vm

°é tinha m udado de

parecer. Recorrestes a’

adulacao e atea corrupcao d’a lgun s em

pregados publicos. Hei de subm etter esta m ateria a juizes com

petentes. Nao se queix e a m im ,porque n ao quero saber d’este

n egocio. Se elle hesitar, refira-se w m im . Deix e isto ficar a

m eu cargo.-Ten cion o sahir do n osso club . saia d’aqui ! be

of.) Esta fortun a m e cahiu das n uvens. Trago-lhe um recado

da parte do Sr. Dr. R. Um passeio d’aqui até a pon te n ao deix aria de fazer-lhe bem . A bstenham o-nos de reflee s sobre esses

acontecim en tos. Retirei-m e d’aqnelle n egocio, porque um dos

socios tornou-se m eu in im igo . A carteira desappareceu da gaveta, sem que eu possa explicar com o isto era possivel. De quem

é a bella casa que esta de fronte da igreja de S . Paulo ? Estes

cristaes vem dc Fran cs . NOS todos partic ipam os da vossa pro

teccao . Livre-m e d’este hom em ! O tyran no se desem baracou

dos seus in im igos pelo punhal do assassino . N50 m e despeco de

Vm ces,porque ainda hei de vé -lo s . Isto nao passaria would

be nothing m ore tha n ) d’um a baix eza . Este sen hor passa d

’um

partido ao outro com espantosa facilidade . Do sublim e ao ridiculo nao h a senso um passo. Precisa Olhar m uito de perto paraachar as distinccOes que 0 Sr. fez. .De lon ge aquelle rochedoparece-se com a cabeca e o busto d

’um h om em . Isto 1150 de

pende da m inha von tade. Fujz‘

io d’aqui ! De um a parte V . S .

tern razao . Tres cadetes fOraO expulsos da academ ia m ilitar.

Fui dem ittido do m en posto por n ao querer an nuir aos roubos e

prevaricacbes do ch efe da reparticao . Elle safou-se (tirou-se)d’aquelle d ilemm a com m uita h onra . Quem tirou O m eu livro

190 L E SSON L I .

um bello relogio fran cez. Um dos trabalh adores cah iu em cim a

d’um a pedra . A in da em cim a de tudo isso perdi a m inh a fortun an’um so dia . Pendure este retrato a cim a do da n ossa m ai. A

con ducta de F . n’este n egocio esta a cim a de toda a repreh en sao.

A corrupcao n’um estado sempre vern d

’em cim a . vspa ra cim a

upsta irs.) A e'

strada real vae d’aqui O rio a cim a (arrriba,up the river) . Indo O rio aba iao (down the river), en tram os

n’um valle estreito, m as riquissim o em bellas vistas. Trace duas

lin has de cim a para ba ix o . S ob O reinado de Carlos Magn o O

christian ism o com econ a esten der-se n a A lem anha . Sob estas

con dicOes de certo (certa in ly) nao h ei de con tin uar a servir aosSrs. A quella in stituicao recuperou, sob a sabia adm in istracao dopresidente actual

,a sua antiga importan cia e reputacao . E lla

com m un icou -m e isto sob O sigillo do segredo. POde-se con siderar isto sob dous aspectos. S ob este n om e apparecem estes dias

um pamph leto que con tém um a critica acerrim a da adm in istrac’

ao

do Sr. con de de L . Deba ia o do quadro lia-se a in scripcao se

guinte . Elle cah iu a escada aba iro. Chegue i em ba icco (below)sem m e pisar. Um a gran de cobra estava escon dida deba iao doarbusto . Venha para ba iao (com e down .) A b

'

aix o de m im es

tavao sen tados algun s m ocos m eus conhecidos . Quem vae la

em baix o ? Estes s’

ao os altos e ba ix os (ups a n d downs) da vida.

A ba ira de Deos é a Vm céque devo a m in ha salvacao. Isto esta

deba ix o do m en caracter. Elle escreveu isto deba irro da influencia da sua pa i x ao . A quelle prin cipe tinha , segun do O testem unho

dos escriptores contemporan eos, um a in telligen cia a ha iwa da

m ediocridade . Deba ix'o do m anto do en th usiasm o religioso elles

comm ettérfio toda a casta de ex cessos e atrocidades.—A lém de

estar cego, elle tin ha um braco de m en os bu t on e arm ) .

A lém d’isso Vm cé nao tem d ireito a esta propriedade senao de

pois do fallecim en to do Sr. seu tio . E stas fazen das n os vem

d’a lém -m ar (from over the sea) . Isto é a m esm a cousa aguém e

a lém do ocean o . Moram osfo’

ra da cidade . Elle estavafo’

ra de

si (beside himself) de ra iva . Fo’

ra d’isto nao sei n ada . Fora

com elles ! Tom ei um passaporte para fOra do imperio . Venhode f6ra (from outside

,from the street,from the coun try,from

abroad) . Afora a sua in capacidade havia outro Obstaculo a sua

L E SSON L I . 191

n om eacao, que era, a in im izade do Sr. m arquez de V . Metterao-n o a porta fOra .

— Sempre tenho a n te OS olhos aquella scen a

horrivel. O tin teiro esta d ia n te do Sr. Cam inhe para d ia n teA d ia n te I (forwa rds ! ) O m en ino s

’escondeu a traz de m im . O

preso tinha as in aos atadas a traz. Vou traz elle (or atraz d’elle).

Ha um a grande difi'

eren ca en tre os dous irm ‘

aos . A distan c iaen tre A . e B . e de sessen ta leguas m ais ou m en os. E n tre Vin 06

e eu (n ot m im ) ha um a difi'

erenca de ao m en os doze sun os.

En tre ovelh as é fraqueza ser leao .

”

(Cam Oes.) Ha um tra idoren tre nos l— O seu ch apeo de sol (um brella ) deve estar den tro

d’aquelle guardaroupa . Os prision eiros podiao passeiar den troda cidade. A n ossa casa estava den tro das fortificacOes . Elle

esta den tro. vs para dentro I—Dirigim o-n ospara L. Vou para

casa (hom e) . Olhe para m im ! Para quem é este em brulho ?

Isto nao é para todos. A sua conducta pa ra com OS seus paren tes

é irrepreh en sivel . Vm cé sempre tem sido m uito bom para com

m igo.—Havem os de passar por Setubal. Isto m e passou pela

cabeca Iforgot this) . Passe por debaix o da m eza ! Elle

passeia pelas ruas com o se n ada tivesse acon tecido . A cabam os

de passarpor um a quadra terrivel. Ella passou a m ei opela tests .

A bal a m e passou por cim a (a bove) da cabeca . Nao podem os ir

per term . 0 cabo reben tou pelo m eio . A brim os um cam inhosanguinolen to a travez OS in im igos que n os rodeavaO.

—F. foi n o

m eado m in istro plen ipoten ciario j un ta (i cOrte de S . Petersburgo.

M oravam os perto de Pariz . A 0 pé da casa estava um an tiquis

sim o carvalho . Fique ao pé de m im ! Tal idea esta longe de

m im . Um d’en tre elles 0 h a de ser. Cam inhei m eia hora asapalpadellas (groping) a o longo do m uro . A pedra lhe passou

ren te ti cara . A hypocrisia é O reptil que se arrasta por en tre

as fiores e m orde a victim a descuidada .

” O n osso ex ercitom archou con tra O tyran n o . O ferido en costou-se con tra a parede.

B .

S abre, on , upon , over, is n ot often used w ith a con crete sub

stantive ; in its stead em cim a de is employed, also em (on the

table,n a m eza or em cim a da m eza ) . S ob

,under

,is n ever used,

at least in con versation al language, w ith a con crete substan tive,

192 L ESSON L I .

its place being taken by em ba ia'o de or deba icco de (thus sob estaseondigbes, but deba ix o da m eza) . A ba icro

,a cim a m ean prin cipally

lower down,higher up; dc cim a or d

’em cim a from above

,

d’em ba izco from below (but deba ix o under,ben eath ; em

ba iao un dern eath ) .

A n te,before

,is on ly used in certain ph rases, as a n te os olhos,

a n te a men te. Pera n te in presen ce of(Latin coram ), as before

a judge, tribun al, G od, etc . In the comm on local sen se before isexpressed by d ia n te de.

— E n tre,betw een , am ong, requires, in

the first sen se,two Objects ; the second ofthese being a person al

pron oun , it does n ot take the form ofth e a ccusa tive case,but

that ofthe nom in a tive, as : en tre elle e eu , n ot m im .

Pa ra,towards, for, is in the form er sen se often syn onym ous

w ith a,by which it is som etim es substituted —Par m ean s

through or by, a s passar por um a rua,an d passar por um a casa

oupessoa —Em is frequently used in the sense ofon , upon .

L et us go to m ass . Where shall I find rest ? Here lies theconqueror ofm any kingdom s. W ho goes there ? Nobody knowswh en ce the w in d com es n or wh ither it goes . He cam e to th iscity w ithout [the] perm ission or kn owledge Ofhis parents. W hy

do you n ot show it to M r. N. ? I return ed to the h ouse ofhis

brother-ih -law . To wh om am I to deliver it ? You w ill do w ell

to (em ) devote yourselfex clusively to the study ofthe n atural

sciences. The n ew m in istry w ithdrew from (a ) the Jews all thecon cession s which they h ad obtain ed un der the preced ing ad

m in istration . The city coun cil (cam a ra m un icipa l) bought from(a ) M r. A . all h is lots (terren o) situated along th e can al. Willn ot this exposition m ove them to pity ? They w ill n ot dare totouch on (a ) those an cien t privileges ofth e town . My house isat your d isposal. W e stopped at the door ofan old convent.

A t every stepon e could see th e effects ofa vigorous spirit Ofeuterprise an d persevering industry.

— W here do you com e from ?Sh e left (sa hir de) the room bathed in (de) tears . The d ifficultieswhich arose from th e n ew state ofthings overwhelm ed h im

completely. The tyrant fell from the height ofpower in to the

194 L E SSON L I I .

these in struction s h e gave m e letters ofintroduction (recomm endagao) to som e ofthe m ost prom in en t citizen s ofB. From out'

side n oth ing was to be seen . Do n ot ven ture outside ofthe

town. I flung th e heavy inkstan d at (em ) h is head . Six com

pan ics ofrifiem en were sent again st th e In dian s.

B . T E M P O R A L A D V E R B S .

L E S S ON L I I .

Hon tem e hoj e tem feito m a is frio do que todo este in verno.

Talvez que chova a/m a n haa . A n t’hon tem eu fui a cidade, e voltei

n o m esm o dia . A lgum d ia Vm cfi vera que eu tive razao em

d izer isto . Eu estava um dia passéiando n a beira do rio, quando

vi um hom em atirar-se n a agna . E spere um m em en to ! Isto

durou pouco tempo. Ha um an no que n ao vej o 0 Sr. Volte

logo Vzi ja .f (go n ow, go qu ick.) J d voltou ? have you a l

ready com e ba ck A inda n ao se sabe O que foi feito d’elles.

Venh a logo m a is (a little la ter, a little hence) . Eu voltarei d’aguium m ez. A cad a insta n te ella vira a cabeca . O que poderiam os

fazer a estas hora s ? Fiquei com elles a té 0 dia 27 de M arco. 0

Sr. ain da vem a tempo . Jantarem os h oje (is 4 h oras. Fom os

para casa d m eia n oite. A os (a) 22 de Dezem bro 0 Sr. viscondede P. foi n om eado vice-alm iran te . A fina l (fin alm ente) elle

compreh endeu a n ecessidade de proceder com en ergia contra

aquelles m alvados . A fin al de contas (in the end ) n inguem ganhoucom isso . A 0 romper do dia ouviu-se O estron do da artilh aria,que saudava a aurora da n ossa liberdade . A o par do sol tudo

estava acabado . A o am a n hecer levan tam o-n os todos. A estas

pa lavras ella estrem eceu . A n tes da inven cao da impren sa a instruccao lim itava-se a um n um ero bem pequen o de pessoas . Nao

h ei de sahir a n tes de m eio dia . Vm Ce nao podia vir um pouco

a n tes ? D’a n tes (before this) elle dizia o con trario . Apés a fom e

veio a pestilen cia . Depois de ter acceitado a proposta do seu

L E SSON L I I . 195

socio, 0 Sr. 0. n egou o d ireito d’aquelle de retirar-se da firm a

quando quizesse. Depois d’isto n ao tenho m ais n ada a d izer.

Venha depois ! Depois da m orte de Julio Cesar o imperio mo

m an o torn ou-se outra vez o theatro das m ais sanguinolen tasguerras civis. Elle pode chegar d ’

um dia para outro . Desde

agn elle tempo eu perdi toda a confian ca n’elle. Desde logo

im m edia tely) com ecar'

ao as perseguicbes por crim es politicos.Este m oinho m e perten cera desde 0 dia de Outubro . A té

hoje a inda nao tenho pod ido escrever. Qua n ta tempo pen sa

Vm Céque isto vae durar ? A té am anhaa ! A té logo ! till by

a n d by .) Isto deve ter acon tec ido n os fins de Julho ou n os pri

m eiros dias de A gosto. Emm eiados (abou t the m iddle) de Fevereiro con cluiu-se fin alm en te aquelle n egocio . No cabo n o

fim ) de tres d ias elle ja m orreu . A cabarei este trabalho em

m en os de dous m ezes. Pelofim (towards the en d) d’esta sem an a .

pretendem os ir a P. Isto fica para o an n o prox im o futuro (or o

an n o que vem ,n ex t year) . 0 ultim o dia do m ez passado foi

para nos um dia de lucto . Duran te todo este tempo fom os per

seguidos com um a perseveranca realm ente diabolica . Vm cé vem

m uito cedo h oje . 0 Sr. queria que eu viesse m ais tarde ? A o

tua lm en te n ao vej o possibilidade de arranj ar-se isto . Por ora

(just n ow,as yet) n ao . sabem os que curso havem os de tom ar.

Por m uito tempo estive sujeito a esta m olestia . Qua n do fara 0

Sr. O que m e prom etteu ? A gora n ao posso. Elle esteve com

m igo a inda agora (just n ow) . Que triste m udan ca n’um caracter

ou tr’ora ti o n obre ! Para ofu turo serei m ais acautelada . D

’agui

para dia n te n ao m e fiarei m ais em n inguem . E lle foi in con ti

n en te queix ar-se ao chefe da casa . Tom e um ban ho de pés an tes

de se deitar. Nunca m e hei cle esquecer do que vos tendes feitopara m im . E lla sempre foi assim . L ogo depois nos n os despe

d im os . Vae imm edia tam en te levar isto d’onde O tiraste ! saia

n o instan te ! (on the spot.) J dma is se viu sem elhan te hom em ?

Se eu jam ais te visse em compa nh ia com aquelle sujeito, deix ariade ser teu am igo . A sua reputacfio esta perdida para sempre.

Quan ta s vezes tenho de dizer isto ? Pouca s vezes estive la. Ra ra s

vezes saio . E lle foi-se em bora n’este in sta n te. A n tigam en te isto

n ao era tido por crim e. De prim eiro gostei m uito d’elle, agora

196 L E SSON L I I .

n ao posso vé-lo . De qua n do em qua ndo (from tim e to tim e,

every n ow a nd then ) ouvia-se um tiro de peca . Tem os licOes um

d ia sim,outro nao (every other day) . Eu tin ha en tdo apenas 17

sun os . NOS n os en con tram os de vez em qua n do (from tim e to

tim e) n a praca do com m ercio (ex cha n ge) . E a m esm a cousa ca da

dia . Elles casar'

ao ha um m ez ou seis sem an as . Por duas horas

estivem os expostos a um fogo destructor. F . accum ulou a sua

fortun a colossal em m en os de oito a nuos. Pa ra qua n do quer

Vm céque eu lh e aprompte isto ? Para sabbado

,se for possivel.

The preposition s used w ith expressions oftim e are partly thesam e as those in d icating place (a , a té, de, desde, em , para ,por) ;besides these we have apos, after

,a n tes de

, before, depois de,after

,dura n te, durin g. The English preposition on

,w ith an ex

pression oftim e is gen erally ren dered by em ; w ith a da te also

by a (w ith or w ithout th e article) . A n tes an d depois are adverbs .

C .

When was that ? A t two o’clock in (de) th e m orn ing th e fire

h ad already con sum ed the greatest part ofthe build ing. By (a)th is tim e th ey m ust h ave reached 0. The people ofthe coun try(campa n ha ) gen erally d in e at n oon . A t sun rise n othing could

be seen ofth e vessels . I shall com e in (a ) th e aftern oon . On

the 11th ofJanuary th ere w as a battle betw een th e rebels and

the governm en t troops. W hat are you doing in the street at

th is h our (plur.) ofth e n igh t ? Did I com e in tim e ? Several

m inutes before the begin n ing ofth e play a n um ber ofsuspiciousindividuals entered in to the pit. What tim e (hora s) is it ? It is

just h alf-past four ; it w an ts (plur.) 10m in utes to (para , or de)six . Towards even ing she grew worse peiorar) . Towards

the close (fins) ofth e eighteen th cen tury all Europe wen t (passa r) through a great political an d soc ial crisis . S in ce the earliest(prim eiro) days ofh is ch ildhood h e was accustom ed to privation s ofevery kind . S ince your departure I have n ot h ad an

hour ofrest. S in ce when are you in th is coun try ? It is now

n early (quasi,perto de) 15 years ago sin ce I arrived at Bahia (a

198 L ESSON L 111 .

Isto n ao podia succeder outram en te. Fuifa lsam en te accusado deter sido suborn ado . E lle vingou-se a trozm en te das injurias rece

bida s. Taes discussoes m e sao sum m am en te desagradaveis . A

vossa con ducta é a ltam en te repreh en sivel . Felizm en te n inguem

foi ferido . E ste boato é prouavelm en te um a in ven cao d’algun s

especuladores . Os empregados d’aquelle estabelecim en to sao

libera lm en te pagos. E ssas Ofi'

ertas n a tu ra lm en te fOraO logo

acceitas . Um m en sageiro recem —chega do for recen tem en te che

gado) n os troux e a infausta n oticia do fallecim en to da n ossa ado

rada ra inh a . E n con trou-se n a esqu in a d’

esta rua e da praca da

A cclam aczi o um a crian ca rocem -n a sc ida . Os refugiados rocem

c in das forfio logo in tern ados . O plan o fe ito por aquelle enge

nh eiro é dem a siaclam en te dispen dioso. E ste docum en to contra

diz clara epositivam en te as preten saes dos Srs. O orador esbocou

rapida e elega n tem en te a n ossa situacao . I sto m e parece ba sta n te

claro . A scen a era a ssa z com ica . S i c duas cousas in teiram en te

(totalm en te) difi‘

erentes. Quero som en te d izer que n ao tenhoprovas d

’isto . Nem seguer n os Ofi'

ereceu um a cadeira . E lle n os

deuprovas n a da equivocas da sua falmdade. N50 lhe posso di zer,

gua n to lh e sou agradec ido . Vedes agora guao pouca confianca

aquelles h om en s m erecem ? E d ifii cil d izer, qual d’elles vale

m en os. Creio que elle é m a is tolo queperverso. Tao grandepre

sumpcao m ereceu um castigo . Que bem feito esta este bordado !

E bem verdade O que d izes ? Isto vae m a l. Passei m uito m a l

esta n oite. Quem forfio OS m alfeitores —Elle sempre m archavad irei ta ao seu alvo . Nao leia tao ligeiro ! Direi m ui a lto que

sois um tra idor. E lla fallou tao ba iwo que n ao entend i O queella d isse . Pague i earo aquella in discriciio .

Fago isto de bom grado, porque Vm Cé é um h om em que m e

rece toda a confia nca e estim a . E lle de oerto (certam ente, por

certo) nao con sen tira de boa con taae a este casam ento. Elles m e

tractfio de resto (with the u tm ost in d ifferen ce) . A quelle m atto

perten ce do direita ao m un ic ipio de X . A n de depressa Escreva

m a is devagar Fiz isto de proposi to, para lhes m ostrar que n ao

sou de brin ca deiras (tha t I w ill n ot be triflecl with) . Todos se

puzérao de j oelhos d ian te do altar-m or. De uéras .’ (in deed ?

true Elle vae de m a] a peior (worse a nd worse) . Com o pede

L E SSON L I II . 199

Vm cé estar de braeos cruzados (to be idle, to look on), quando O

seu irm ao esta sofi'

rendo estas ind ign idades ? Elles andao de

m ei os dada s (ha n d in ha n d) . Tudo esta de pern as para 0 ar

(topsy- turey) . Con sin to a isto de todo o corapao. De repen te

desapparecérao todos, sem minguem saber com o . De subito tudo

m udou . D’esta m a neira é superfluo que eu va 1a. Um hom em

d’estes (oftha t kin d) é capaz de tudo . Hei de alcan car 0 m en

fim d’um a ou d

’outra m an eira . D

’esta sorte Vm cé nao péde

deix ar de perder O processo . Ellas estao do lucto, por causa do.

m orte da sua avo. Hoje estou de guarda . O m eu pai esta de

cam a (bed-ridden , sick) . Elle nao é de cerem on ia s. Todas estas

m ed idas forao de todo in utilisadas pela in subord in ac‘

ao d’algun s

subaltern os . Dou-lhe isto de graca (gra tis) . O casam en to foi

ann ullado de com m um a ccordo. F. explicou 0 n egocio do m odo

seguin te. M eu padrinho m e deu isto de presen te. Elle cah iu de

costas (on his back) . De um a parte n ao posso n egar que ella tem

razao . Este docum en to m e parece ser do punho do Sr. Joao .

FOi um a lucta de m orte. Na m inh a S ituacao de (as) tutor d’estesm en in os n ao posso perm itti—lo . Durante essa epoch a eu estava

de oiagem . E lles fizer‘

aO-n o de boa fé. Os espias serao pun idosde m orte. Nao tom e isto de leve (lightly) .Vm Cé agora esta bastan te rico para viver a sua con tade. Os

hom en s alli trajao afra n cesa (i . e. a m oda fran ceza),porém as

m ulheres con servao O traje n acion al. Vm ‘3e n ao tom ara a ma t

(to take i ll) a m inh a franqueza ? E lle defendeu-se a un has e

den tes. Estou as suas orden s. A populaca O proseguiu aspedra

das . A respeito do n osso am igo n ao sei O que devo fazer. Toda

a guarn icao do forte foi passada d espada (or ao fiO da espada,

pu t to the sword) . Eu fi-lo sah ir a form . O que tendes rece

bido a trace dos vossos sacrificios ? A o dizer d’elle 1150h a hom em

m ais inn ocen te do que elle. Isto ia 658 m i l m araailhas (wonder

fu lly,fam ously) . Nos todos som os a favor d’elle. A S vossas

orden s tern sido ex ecutado s d risca (strictly) . Elles pudérfio

faze-lo m uito a sea sa lvo (very safely) , porque perten ci ao ao par

tido dom in ante. A pretex to da guerra que pend ia , m uitos n egocian tes se declararao in solven tes. Elle sahin a occultas. F.

conhecia a fundo todos OS m an ejos d’

aquelle emprego . Elle

200 L E SSON L I II .

fallou a torto e a d ireito (confusedly). A porta da estribariaestava fechada a chave ; m as abrirao-n a aforga de bravos (forcedi t open). Elles sempre estao a bracos (quarreli

'

ng) um com 0 outro.

Esteja a gosto (do not disturb yourself) . Isto parece ser feito a

pressa . Esta m en in a cresce a vista d’olhos. N50 quero saber de

contas ; eu pago tudo d inhei ro a’

vista . Cre ia-m e que elle nao 6ti o pobre com o se faz ; elle tem d inh eiro a prem io (in terest).

S abe pintar a oleo ? Nao sou capaz de traduzir isto oprimeiravista . Correm os a rédea solta (fu ll speed, headlong). Os Srs.

vrerao a ca va llo on em carruagem ? Nem um a nem outra cousa,

viem os a pé. N’esta estaczi o se pede passar O rio a veto. A quello

m iseravel nao teve a coragem de accusar-m eface aface. Foi um

com bate de corpo a corpo ha n d- ta ~ka nd fight). Cam inhemdous a dous ! Tivem os de con tinuar O cam inho és apa lpadellas.

A m inha casa é a prim eira a’

. d ireita para quem vem da praca.

Elle se comporta m uito m al, w pon to de (so as to) arriscar a suareputacao . A prin cipio elle era a ben evolencia person ificada.

Isto nao é assim ; a o con trario, F. sempre foi tido por um hom em

de bem . A vista (ac cording to, con sidering) dos preparativos

gigan tescos que sefaziao,podia-se esperar um successo brilhante.

Esta passagem pinta ao vivo 3. situacao desgracada em que o paizen tao se achava . Vm cé tom a tudo a

’

s avessa s. Os soldados m et

terao a cidade a sague. Um a escun a foi a pique n’esta n oite.

Os in im igos estao devastando o n osso pa iz a ferro efogo. Pro

cure obter isto a todo o cus to (a t a ny cost or price) . Vendem os

esta fazen da a 2$OOO rs. O covado ; é O preco m ais chegado(lowest) . 0prin cipe fin alm ente cedeu

, a despeito da sua propriacon sciencia . Rim o-n os ds garga lhada s (we shouted with laughter).Estava chovendo a can taros. A forea de perseverance. m eucunhado obteve fin alm en te a licenca—Vim com algun s amigos

dar os parabens ao Sr. pela sua bem m erecida n om eacfio. Ella

foi comm igo. Quem fere com a espada , perecera pela espada.

Estejam os contentes com o pouco que tem os . Estou com fom e.

Com m edo de perder um pouco de dinhe iro, elle perdeu tudoquan to possuia . Eu te prom etto isto, com a condicz

‘

io de ter

direito ao teu aux ilio, quando d’elle precisar. Com tudo 1150 m e

quero queix ar da m inha sorte. 00m brandura Se alcanca as vezes

202 L E SSON L 111 .

F. recebeu a cruz da legiao d‘

h onra,porprem io da sua coragem .

0 Sr. é por dcm a is (too) gen eroso . Por ven tura (perhaps) eu

n ao sei que elle é m eu in im igo ? O in spector deu a Obra por

a ca ba da (declared the work fin ished) . Por a ca so entrarn os n o

m esm o m om ento . Levei por enga n o O seu chapeo de chuva

(um brella ) . A inda por cim a d’isto (besides th is) elle quer que eu

pague O cavallo. Por m a is (wha tever) que eu faca, elle nun ca

esta conten te. A quella gran de expedicao tinha por a lso a des

truicao dos n ossos arsen aes. Comprei hoje um bom p.an o por

rs . Tom e isto por n orm a ! Nao tré co a m inh a casa

por n enhum a d’esta cidade . Elle n ao é tolo ; pelo con trario,

creio que é m ais fin O (shrewd) do que 0 seu an tagon ista . Por

um a parte (on on e side) as van tagens da proposta sao palpaveis,mas por outra nao a considero compativeL com a sua posrcao.

Durante esse tempo Dom Pedro de M. estava por em ba ix ador acOrte de B. Todos elles sao,por via de regra , altivos, crueis e

falsos. Eu acceito isto pelo que vale . E spere (wa it) por elle !

Por m ais d’um a vez tu estiveste a beira do precipicio . Rem et

ta-m e um a copiapor in tegra (fu ll). 0 juiz Se deu (declared)por

suspeito . Um por um elles sah irao . Deix araO-n o por m orto.

Pecapor m im ! Ninguem pergun tou (en qu ire) por m im ? Pas

sei-lhe aquelle docum en to por simples form alidade . Houvegrandes festejospor occa sido do casam en to do prin cipe Dom Luiz.

—Pa ra ir laVm cé n ao precisara da carruagem . Elle seria um

m em bro n ao som en te in util, m as até (even ) prejudic ial a n ossa

associ acao . N50 0 acharao hab ilitadopara aquelle posto . Apel

larei para Sua M agestade . Vm cé nao estava authorisado pa ra

tan to . Chegou um enviado ex traordin ario com poderes para

con cluir um tractado de com m ercio en tre as duas n acoes.

O n osso gabin ete pediu explicacOes sobre OS acon tecim en tosdo dis 9 de Marco . O secretario m

’in struiu sobre O m odo m aisefiicaz para alcancar OS n ossos fin s . Porque n ao m e con sultou

sobre este n egocio ? Vm CG é sobrem a n eira (fa r too) indulgen tepara com os seus filhos. Isto é Obra de sobre-m ao (superficia l) .

Elle m e com m un icou isto deba icco de segredo . Vm Cé vé isto sobum ponto de vista parcial.Os teus pobres passarinhos estao m orren do defom e. Esta

L E SSON L 111. 203

n oticia OS fara dancar de a legria . A m eza estava coberta de

flares. Milhares de pessoas m orrerao do cholera . Os m ortos de

pes te foraO queim ados fOra da c idade . 0 gen eral estava reves

tido da m a is ampla authoridade. A vida d’aquelle principe foim an ch ada de toda a casta de crim es . 0 seu filho havia fallecidode m orte repen tin a , nao sem suspeita de en venen am ento . Elles

erao h om en s possuidos do verdadeiro espirito evangelico . Estas

cousas sao conhecidas de todos. A pen as chegado, adoeci da febream arella . A pobre crian ca estava trem endo de frio . Trespas

sado da m ais profun da m agoa , participo a V. S . 0 fallecim ento

do m eu m elhor am igo . Ella viveu por algun s anuos sé da pensao m i seravel que lhe dérao depois da m orte do seu m arido .

Quem esta en carregado d’isto ? Afll ijO-m e de vér tanta desgraca .

Elle s’envergonhou de confessar a sua fraqueza . A gora elle

s’arrepende de ter d ito isto . E stou can sado de dar con selhos

inuteis . F . se lisongeia de ter ganhado as afi‘

eicOes de D. A n n a .

B. en fureceu-se de vir a pobre victim a escapar-lhe. Elle se per

suade de terfeito O possivel . Cham avaO-n os de m iseraveis, de

ladroes, em fim,de quan tos n om es injuriosos h a .

—V . S . esta

preso par ordem do Sr. gen eral com m an dan te em chefe. Par

m im (or por m inha causa) nao h aja impedim ento . Vm cé esta

m uito doen te ; por consegu in te nao pOde tractar dos seus n ego

c ios. Par certo elle n egara isto ; m as par isso n ao deix arei defazer O que tenho prom ettido . Este desenho foi feitopar m inhafilh a . Vm cé sera pun ido par sua in subordin acao . Elle jafOra

processado par estellion ato . Nao succedém os,por falta de pro

teccao . Par Si SOS elles n ao serao capazes de fazé-lo . A indan

'

aio lhe agradecipar seu au x ilio gen eroso n os m eus recen tes em

baracos . CulparaO-m e par nao ter vindo n’aquelle dia . E lles

peccavao, n ao par m alicia , m as par ign oran cia . Favorecia-seeste curso

,par ser 0 m a is breve . Par quem estais suspirando ?OS seus ben s forao confiscados, conform e a lei de Se

gundo O m eu parecer Vm cé procedeu bem . Eis OS decretos

acerca dos quaes h ouve tantas discussOes an im adas. Os Chaldéos

in terrogavao os astros dcerca dos successos (even ts) futuros . Isto

deper si (in or by itself) era 0 aban don o da can sa .

Diga d’um a vez se m e quer pagar, sim ou na o. Quero, sim ,

204 L ESSON L II I .

m as n doposso. Nao ha n inguem que n ao queira ser feliz. Nin

guem quer saber d’elle (will have to do with him ) . Nao tenho

m a is n ada a dizer n ada m a is ten ho a dizer. Nun ca fallei em

publico . J am a is m’esquecerei da bondade que V . S . se dignou

de m ostrar-m e. Isto n ad a tem de singular. N50 tenho m edo l

Medo nao tenho,m as n do vejo n ecessidade de expOr-m e ao perigosem proveito adequado . Nem todos pOdem sacrificar o seu com

m odo para salvar um am igo . Se Vm cé n ao quer ir, eu n ao vou

tampouco (n ei ther) . E lle nao sabe O que diz, n em 0 Sr. tampouco.

N ada de historias ! (n o n ons ense ! ) Estive n ao pouco assustado.

Nao estou n ada'

bom (n ot a t a ll well) . Isto nao é sendo um a

farca .

G OstO m u ito de uvas. Vm cégosta dancar ? A lgum a cousa

so,so) ; gOstOpouco ; n ad a (n ot a t a ll) . Nao vos entregueis

em dem asia (too m uch) aos d ivertim en tos . Custou-m e m uito caro

O ter desprezado os vossos con selhos . Isto é m ui facil a com

preh en der. Creio que sou td o bom sapateiro com a qualquer

outro . A n ossa alegria. foi a lgum ta n to dim inuida por aquelle

in c iden te. Qua n ta sou desgracada ! Que bon ita é ! Que bellan o ite de luar ! A sua Opin iao acerca do m en m odo de pen sar m e

O in teiram en te indifi’

eren te . A agna esta basta n te quente (ho t

enough , a n d,ra ther hot) . Tenho estado basta n te infeliz (n u

lucky). A s ex équias da n ossa n un ca assa z chorada rainha teraolugar n o dia 20 d

’este m ez. A cabo de receber n oticias assa z

desagradaveis. Estes sapatos sao m ui (very, too) apertados. 0

Sr. é bom dem a is (too kind) . A quelle edificio é dem asia dam en te

ex ten so para esse fim . Esta casa seria gra nde too la rge) paran os .

A careful ex am in ation Ofthe ex amples in A . w ill do m ore to

Sh ow th e m ean ing and use ofthe m odal and causal adverbs and

adverbial phrases (and the correspond ing preposition s), than any

plan ation s we could give here, as these latter would, Ofn ecessity, be too ex ten sive for our purpose, and yet n ot ex haust thesubject. But the preposition par deserves particular attention .

Besides its local and temporal sign ification s, it m ain ly in dicatesa cause or m ea ns

, and its equivalen ts in English are by, through,

206 L E SSON L I II .

w illingly len d m y aid to SO hum an e a work . W ho is on duty(de guarda , de dia ) tod ay ? She h as been bed-ridden these 18m on th s. For wh om are you in m ourn ing ? On a sudden all the

doors flew Open (abrir-se) . You belon g to the h ouse Vm ce é do

casa ) . I kn ow h im by (de) n am e . Th is is too m uch ! (dem a is )Th is young m an has too m uch m on ey (din heiro dem a is) and toolittle brain s (j uizo de m en os) . She sa id it on purpose . My fatherw as ofOpin ion th at we all should go . I an swerfor (de) h is goodcon duct. You n eglected th is. W e Obtain ed (impetrar) th isfromh im w ith difficulty. Here you are safe (seguro) from all perse

cution s . I w as on th e poin t Ofdeparting estar de partida) .—Despite al l h er efforts She could Obtain n oth ing from her

paren ts. They sa id n oth ing to [th e] purpose. DO you thinkthat M r. R. kn ows th is business thoroughly ? He Obta in ed h isposition in ex ch angefor h is hon esty. Th e first part Ofthe journ ey w e m ade on h orseback, the rem a in der we h ad to m ake on

foot. You m ay buy it on term s (a pra zo) . I w as SO sleepy, thatI put on (vestir) m y coat on the wrong S ide (as avessas) . Th is

article is sold by (a ) th e pound . My house is at your orders .

By d in t (a forca ) ofcoax ing he at la st persuaded h is m other to(a ) give h im th e m on ey. Un der cover (a favor) Ofth e fog thesoldiers reach ed the foot Ofthe ramparts. Con sidering at the

sight of) the great dangers th at th reaten us on (de) all sides, itbecom es (cumprir) us to implore th e assistan ce Ofth e Most High .

A t this sign al al l rose .— I w ish to speak to you in particular

about that afi‘

air. Sh e is your equal ( 2 equal to you) in beauty,but your in ferior in accomplishm ents. I d id n ot even nem )dream of(em ) this . Th ey dealt (m ercad ej a r) in linen and silk .

I en deavored to (em ) convin ce them Ofth e danger to wh ich theyw ould expose them selves . He h asten ed to (em ) con tradict thesestatem ents —For whom is th is letter ? For m e . W e h ave no

room (luga r) for them . It h as been a dreadful tim e for us. I

h ave n o m on ey for such n on sen se (a sn eiras) .— For various rea

son s I can n ot accept your Offer. He w as surely elected by m istake. He sw ore by all the sain ts in heaven th at he was inn ocen t.Send m e the m on ey by th e bearer Ofthis (esta , i . e . carta) . I

ex changed m y form erpeaceable profession for th at Ofa sold ier.

L E SSON L 111. 207

I should n ot do thatfor all the m oney in (de) the w orld . For

G od’s sake (par am or de Deos) , save us ! They took m efor their

brother. He did n ot even thank m e for this favor. A t last

(porfim ) he declared him self(da r-separ) convin ced . The Jewschose for their king S aul, son OfKis. F. was always thought tobe (tido par) an hon est m an . W e bought this little house for2000 dollars. How m uch did you pay for th is garden ? Whatreward did you receive for your devotion ? For your sake I

abandon ed m y friends, m y country, everyth ing. My son was

d ispen sed for being n ear-sigh ted . I know it for certain—W e

reached the topOfthe hill with little difiiculty. With whom did

you d in e to-day ? The child is sleepy. He is in (com ) fever.

Sh e urged us to leave that we should leave) the city imm ediately. My cousin m arried (casar com ) a rich heiress. I was

vex ed (za ngar-se) w ith him . There was n o rem edy but (senao)to comply (condescen der) w ith th e repeated in stan ces Of0.

What could they do, w ithout friends or resources ? NO (sem )doubt h e is gon e after (a traz de) h is thief of[a] partn er. No

(sem , n ada de) cerem on ies, if you please (fagafavor) . This bookcontain s coun tless (um sem n um ero de) errors—I do n ot fearthem . A re you busy ? NO, m adam . This is ofno con sequen ce.

He has n either m on ey n or cred it. A n apparen tly un importan tcircum stan ce was th e cause ofall this. Th is is n ot fair (justo).Did you ever try it ? I never thought Ofth is . You h ave n ever

been in the n ecessity ofhaving recourse to those people, therefore you do n ot know th em . They hate n obody m ore th an thoseth at have obliged th em to whom they are obliged) . I haven othing aga in st h im , ex cept th at h e is an idle fellow . Noth in gis m ore con temptible than a lazy m an . A re you going do

you go) to the con cert ? No, Sir. Well (pois bem), sir ; in thatcase we shall go n either. In a certain village the people com

plained that th e butchers killed only one ox every m arket-day,and that this was too little ; but to kill two ox en would be too

m uch ; so the judge (a lca ide) ordered the butchers to k ill an ox

and a half on every m arket-day. This coat is too good in sucha weather. Such things are too in sign ificant for his h igh wisdom . This side ofthe hill is too steep, you can not get up(subir)

here.

208 L E SSON L rv

How lucky you are ! How far is it (qua n ta é) from here to0 ? Three leagues m ore or less . She does n ot kn ow how poor

sh e is. I w ill n ever see h im aga in . Is it n ot your own fault ?He can n ot do it. n or you either. The child is n owhere to befound. Nobody can say th at. There is n obody in th is townwhom he does n ot kn ow .

My father d ied Ofapoplex y. I am tired Ofadm on ish ing him .

M r. L . was respected and beloved by all who kn ew him . W e

are threaten ed w ith (de) ruin . She scream ed w ith pain . W e

w ere alm ost dying w ith th irst. I w as sick w ith rh eum atism .

His life is stain ed w ith m an y a crim e . A re you provided w iththe n ecessary m ean s ? Their schem e w ill fa il through the wan tOfa competen t leader. He w as offen ded (refl.) at (de) m y indif

feren ce. The poor child sh ivered w ith cold . Lisbon was alm osten tirely destroyed by the earthquake Of1755 . I kn ew h im by

his walk. You w ill suffer for th is. DO n ot wait for m e !

COORDINA TE SENTENCE S .

— PA RA TA CT~ICA L CONJ UNCTIONS .

L E S S ON L I V .

O hom em corajoso sofl'

re com pacien cia, e O covarde busca a

m orte . Cumpre rigorosam en te com OS teus deveres,e n ao te

faltarao am igos . Va depressa , e volte logo. Vm °° n ao quizseguir os m eus conselh os

,sod

'

ra agora as con sequen cias da sua

va idade e obstin acao . Precisa ser reconhecido ; tam bem O sou .

Elle n d o sbm en te m e deu a licen ca que eu ped ira ,m a s lam bem m e

fez presen te d’um bello cavallo para 0 passeio (tr ip) . Ndo sb

n ao quereis cumprir O vosso dever para com a patria, m as a in da

vos torn ais traidores. Nao sé tenho feito para elle quan to podia,m as a té tenho sacrificado OS m eus prospectos.para salva-lo . Ndo

so’ isto é um a m entira

,senao tudo quan to elle tem dito de m im .

Nda 86 O levia no, m as perverso . Ora quer um a cousa,ara quer

outra . O ex ercito era composto de hom ens, a saber

210 L ESSON mv.

afio . Isto ou é um a invencao m alevola, ca 510 m en os um a in

qualificavel ex aggeracao . Ou obedeca, ou sa ia da casa . Ou tudo,

ou n ada ! F. ou foi feito prision eiro ou m orreu . Quer seja ver

dade O que 0 Sr. diz, quer n ao,eu desconfio d

’elle.

A gloria e O com m odo raras vezes sd o cam aradas. A verdade

e a hon radez naoprecisd o de altas protestacOes. Nem ouro n em

grandeza n osfazem felizes. Nem O desprezo n em O escarn eo

tém efi‘

eito sobre O avaren to . O teu un ico dever é obedecer e

c alar-te. O retiro é um a prisao para 0 tolo, e um paraiso para

0 sabiO. Elleprin cipiou pelO jogo, e acabou pelO roubo . A quelle

actO n ao foi n em justo n em pruden te.

0 Sr. B . falla ta n to O inglez com a O fran cez com a m a iorperfeicao . E lle en sin ava as linguas portugueza e italian a . Quan tas

crueldades se tem perpetrado em n om e da n obreza e dign idadehum an as l

Nada d’isso ! (n othing ofthe kind ! ) FOra os barulh en tos l

A forca com os espias ! Qual pae qual (or tal) filhO. Quando

m uito elle pOde ter 50 sun os. Seria fraqueza da parte d’elle ?

creio que S im . Estou certo que n ao .

Para ta ctica l conjun ction s are such as can on ly un ite sen

ten ces (or w ords) Ofthe sam e class ; th ese conjun ction s coordin a te. They are : e, an d ; ou , either, or ; n em ,

n eith er,n or ; m as

,

but ; porém ,com tudo

,toda/via

,h owever

,but ;pois (porque),for ;

porta n to,therefore ; tam bem ,also ; tampouco,n eith er ; quer—quer,

sej a—sej a (fosse —fosse), ou— ou (quer— cu,sej a—cu), wheth er

Or. The n ature Ofthese conjun ction s is readily un derstood,as

w ell as the con struction ofthe sen ten ces which they accompan y.

The subjun ctive m ood Ofverbs after ou, quer, sq

’

a is caused by

the conjun ction que, expressed or un derstood ; thus queira ou

n do queira (wh eth er he w ill or n ot) que elle queira , etc.

Th at in prin cipal sen ten ces th is is n ot the case,needs hardly to

be m en tion ed .

The rules con cern ing th e agreem ent ofthepredica te (whethera verb or an attribute w ith the copula), such as : on e subject and

L E SSON L IV. 211

two predicates, two subjects and one predicate, etc., are the

sam e as in English .

The last section ofA . contain s som e ellipses ; their explan ation is easy ; their use can on ly be learn ed and acquired bypractice.

E nvy and calum ny always go h and in ha nd (de m ei os dada s).Seek

, and thou w ilt find . A bandon this career, or you will go

to ruin . E ither th is is a false rum or, or m y friends have forsaken m e in a m ost shameful m anner. E ither Obey

, or expectto be pun ished . W hether (que) yourproposal be advantageousor n ot

,I do n ot care (nao m

’importa ) ; what I want to know ,

is,

whether (se) it is h onorable or n ot. A n hon est m an deserves

esteem , whether (quer) he be rich orpoor. W e neither lost n orgai n ed by this tran saction ; our in tention w as to ex tricate you.

Neither have I sa id this, nor could I have sa id it, as (porque) itw ould have been to m y own d isadvantage . Weak m en are

n either dangerous enem ies n or serviceable frien ds—She is poor,but hon est. He is a clever m an , but his m orals are m ore th an

doubtful. W e readily see pride in others,but we can rarely see

it in ourselves. What you say is true ; however, I have m y

doubts as to (a respeito dc) their real intention s. I will do it foryour sake ; but I am sure that it w ill be oflittle use. A ll th isis probable, yet it is hard custar) to believe. I have to con

ten d w ith powerful adversaries ; yet I do n ot despair. It seem s

d ifficult ; still there is n o harm (naofaz m a l) in trying. You

h ave shown the sin cerity ofyour repentance, therefore you are

forgiven . He is a fool,therefore you ought to keepout ofh is

w ay evi tar a lguem ,dar-lhe passagem la rga ) . Lukewarm

frien ds are as bad as enem ies, ifnotworse. Beware ofthat m an,

or else sen ao) you will have cause to repen t ofyour too greattru st. L et the dog alon e, or (senao) he w ill b ite you. You m ust

be cautious, or y ou will frighten h er. I am n o friend ofh is,for

I know that he has been false to (par a com ) m e. Keepaw ay(fugir) from political or religious disputes ; for I never saw

other results from them but (sen do) an im osity and even enm ity.

Sh e ought to reflect a little before taking such a step; for she

212 L E SSON Lv .

m ust kn ow th at her reputation is at stake (em perigo). Both(ta n to) h e and (com o) I set (da r) the highest value on (a) youropin ion . His father an d I were brothers-in -law.

-o -o+

I I .

S U B ORD I N A T E S E N T E N C E S .

A . A TTRIBUT IVE (RELA TIVE) SENTENCE .

L E S S ON L V .

A religiao que orden a o ex term in io d’aquelles que n ao a que

rem adoptar, nao pode ter origem d ivin a . Todos os gue h av1ao

tom ado parte n’aquella revolucao, ou forao sen ten ciados a m orte,

on tiverao de fugir. A peca que se represen tou hon tem é tra

duzida do francez. A gloria é um a arvore que florece m as n ao

dafructa . Desgracada (woe to) da cidade que oppuzesse resis

ten cia aos barbaro s con quistadores ! Todos os que o conhecem ,

o estim ao . Nao fal lo d’este livro ; fallo do que se publicou n o

an n o passado sobre esta m ateria, da pen n a do distin cto escriptor

H . A m ulh er que se en trega ao lux o em detrim en to da econo

m ia dom estic-a,se torn a altam en te culpavel ; porém a que se eu

trega aos prazeres em detrim en to da educacao dos seus filhos, écrim in osa .

— Chegou h oje, pelo vapor Imperatriz, um preso de

importan cia, o qua l sera processado aqui. Recebi h a tres diasum a carta do Sr.

,a qua l m e foi en tregue pelo Sr. seu cunh ado.

Os pais do m en n ovo am igo , as qua es eu en con trara 3a an tes em

P., acabavao de chegar. Um a patrulha prendeu algun s indivi

duos que estavao escondidos n ’um a ch acara deserta

,03 qua es pa

recl ao ser desertores. E lle foi em procura d’algum as plan tas, as

214 L E SSON L V

V. S . se sirva dos on e (ofsuch a s) lhe parecerem idon eos. Oque

agradou hon tem , pode desagradar h oje. Julgo do que (fromwha t) vi.

A n a ttribu te m ay be expressed by a sen ten ce as w ell as by a

word ; such sen ten ces are, therefore, justly called a ttribu tire

sen ten ces or clauses. They are, h owever, m ore gen erally calledrela tive clauses

,because a relative pron oun (or adverb, as 0nd e

em que lugar, etc .) con n ects them w ith the n oun or pronoun

which they defin e, or ofwh ich th ey express an attribute. Thereare two classes ofattributive sen ten ces

,1) th ose which con ta in

an essen tia l attribute,wh ich defin e or in dividua lize, 2) those

wh ich con ta in an in ciden ta l attribute,and which

,therefore,

could be om itted w ithout ren derin g the m ean ing Ofth e periodObscure ; the form er are n ecessa ry in order to defin e a n un kn own

person or Object, the latter relate to a person or object wh ichw ould also be kn own w ith out th em . In attributive sen ten ces of

th e first class (essen tia l attribute) the pron oun relative,w hen in

the a ccusa tive case (e ither as object Ofth e verb,or when gov

ern ed by a preposition ) m ay be om i tted in English (also, som etim es, when subj ect) , but in Portuguese n ever ; an d when the

pron oun relative follow s im m ediately after th e n oun or pron oun

to which it relates, it is n ot separated from the latter by a comm a .

In senten ces ofth e secon d class (in cid en ta l attribute) th e pron oun relative (Or the w ord on which it depends) is alw ays preceded by a comm a . For in stan ce : 1) the person (w h om ) youspeak ofis m y brother, a pessoa de guem Vm Cé fa lla é m eu ifr

m ao ; 2) m y father, whom I had n ever seen angry, w as in a per

feet rage, m eu pa i, a guem en n un ca tin ha oisto za nga do, estava

furioso.

Th e relative pron oun s in Portuguese are : que, wh o, wh ich ,that ; guem ,

wh o ; 0 qua l (a qua l, os qua es, as qua es) , who,wh ich ; an d the possessive cuj o, -a —os

,-as) , wh ose . Ofthese

,

on ly 0 qua l and ouj o are variable ; the form er agrees in num ber

and gen der w ith th e n oun to wh ich it relates , th e latter w ith th en oun to which it belongs as an adjective (the person or object

possessed) . Observe the fo llow ing :

L ESSON L v . 215

1) Que refers to person s or objects ; it can be govern ed by

preposition s, but on ly when relating to obj ects.

2) Quem is who,relating on ly to person s ; it is on ly used

w ith a preposition ; therefore, w hen it is the Object ofthe verb,

it m ust always be accompan ied by the preposition a (see L esson

XXXVI) . A s a d irect Object ofth e verb,it is ch iefly used in

in c iden ta l attributive sen ten ces.

3) 0qua l (always w ith the defin ite article), who, wh ich , that,is used either in in ciden ta l attributive sen ten ces relating to an

obj ect (as quem relating to a person ), or in order to avoid am bi

guity, when n ot following im m ediately after its correlative (aso dono d

’esta ca sa

,o qua l, as que w ould refer to ca sa), or in stead

ofquem when relatin g to a plural (f. i . aquelles hom ens, a os qua es,etc . for a quem ) . It m ust be used

,when th e pronoun relative is

preceded by a n um era l,as : esses in dividuos

,a lgun s (dous, m u itas)

dos qua es, etc .

4) Cujo,w hose, is used forperson s or Objects ; being a deter

m in ative (possessive) adjective, it n aturally ex cludes the article,a n d agrees w ith the following substan tive (o sen hor cuja ca sa

,

cuj a agreeing w ith casa) .

W h en th e relative pron oun relates to a person a l pron oun , the

verb in th e relative sen ten ce m ust agree w ith the la tter in person an d n um ber ; as : uo

’

s, que sois o n osso amparo, etc .

A m an who kn ow s n o in terest but (sen da) h is ow n , is littlebetter th an an an im al . W h at (qua l) is th e reward ofthe sold ierth at w ill be first in th e breach ? Som e ofthose that h ad been the

m ost obstin ate in their resistan ce to the in troduction ofthe n ew

system , are n ow its staun chest supporters . Here I bring youthe m an th at h as w itn essed th e w hole scen e. The beautifulvilla wh ich stood on yonder bill w as destroyed by the late earthquake .

“ The virtue wh ich m ust be guarded is n ot worth thesen tinel. A ll the streets th at lead (sd o d ar) to the arsen al

were guarded by strong pickets Ofinfantry. The garden s wh ichsurrounded our house w ere m uch n eglected . I forgot the n am e

ofthe gentlem an whom you introduced (apresen tar) to m e last

216 L E SSON L v .

n ight. Som e ofth e lad ies whom I m et at M r. D.

’s were from

A . Those are the m en whom the public voice accuses ofthe

m urder ofpoor M r. B . She is a lady whom everybody respects,and wh om I ven erate like m y own m other. These are factswh ich you can n ot deny. Here is th e key I found on the floor.

The acciden t you m ention occurred in th e begin n ing (prin cipios)of1850. How Old is th e boy you h ired the other day ? The

m en w e engaged for th is job are n ot w orth the salt they eat.

The m an w ith whom I shared everything I h ad , h as deceivedm e. Yesterday w e buried the m an to Whom our city owes itsprosperity. The lawyers whom you con sulted are the best in

th e city. Som e ofth e person s to whom th is affa ir h ad been en

trusted expressed en tire confiden ce ofsuccess . The individualyou allude to is n o longer here . The lady you are speaking of

is m y cousin . Th e zea l an d perseveran ce w ith wh ich he con

ducted th is en terprise were w ell rewarded . You w ill lose thein depen den ce you enjoyed un til n ow

,an d wh ich cost you so

m uch to obtain , w ith out any compen sation adequate to th e sac

rifice . Please tell m e th e signs by wh ich I m ay kn ow th em .

Two ofth e defen dan ts,who could prove a n alibi

,w ere forth

w ith released . W e sen t word (recado) to M r. L .

,wh o started

imm ed iately for X . A frien d ofm y father’s, whom th e latter

h ad n ot seen for m an y years,sen t w ord (m a ndar d izer) the day

before yesterday th at h e would be here on Mon day. The por

tra it ofM rs . N.,wh ich ex cited so m uch adm iration

,was m ade

by a lady ofour acquain tan ce. On e ofthe son s ofour n eighbor,who h ad m arried the daughter ofm y cousin

, join ed (un ir-se a )us . The father ofthe Officer w ho distinguished him self at thetaking ofS .

,h ad been a poor schoolm aster.

Those whose fate you deplore are happier th an w e . I havebeen told that the n oble lad to wh ose courage w e owe our livesis the on ly son Ofa destitute w idow . M r. H .

,for whose estab

lishm en t the city coun cil ceded a con siderable lot in street,

has a lready com m en ced th e m ain build ing, which ,he says

says h e), w ill be fin ish ed in about n in e m on ths . Those houses,the own ers ofwhich have d ied m an y years ago, are going to berepaired — The streets through which (por 0nde) th e procession

218 L ESSON L VI .

Isto é o m enos que Vin ce lhe possa dar.— E lle é o m aior velhaco

que ha (or haja) n o m undo . F. é O un ico en tre elles que seja

d ign o d’esta hon ra ; ao m en os elle é o un ico que tem estudado.

O cavallo baio corn que ganhei a carreira é o m elhor que ten ho

tido (but 0 m elh or que j am a is tenha visto) . E a prim eira vez

que isto ten ha acontecido entre n os .

The subj unctive m ood is used in attributive sen tences, 1)when the attribute is dem a n ded, as : m ostra i-m e urn hom em que

esteja sempre con ten te ; 2) when a n ega tiveprecedes, in sen ten ces

ofa gen era l m ean ing, as : [ 150 ha hom em que n do se julgue dign a

de m elhor sorte ; 3) when the pron oun relative relates to a n oun

accompan ied by a superla tive (or prim eiro,u ltim o

,u n ico), but

also only in sen ten ces ofgen era l m ean ing ; as : esta é a m a is bella

peca que eu tenh a visto represen ta r ; but eis o un ico livro que

tenho . In sen ten ces ofthe third class,h owever, th e in dicative

m ood is very frequen tly used in stead ofth e subjun ctive—W ithregard to the correctfollowing often ses [consecu tio temporum ] wew ill h ere on ly say th at after th e impera tive and th efuture, thesubjun ctive ofth epresen t or th efuture m ayfollow, accord ing toth e sen se ofth e phrase ; thus m a n de—m e (m a nda rei—lhe) o m elhor

que houver let, i . e. ofa certa in n um ber OfObjects, but que haj a

that ex ists, i. e. ofa ll Objects ofth at kin d .

They appoin ted a com m ittee who should w atch over the fa ithful ex ecution ofthe m easures adopted by th e gen eral assem bly.

L et us send th em a m essen ger tha t sha ll (pres. subj .) comm un icate to them our good fortun e . Procure m e an individual thathas som e knowledge ofPortuguese. You w an t a n urse that ism ore careful and less talkative th an that wom an . He w ill cer

tain ly n ot accept a place that will n ot satisfy h is am bition . I do

n ot kn ow any person to whom you could apply in yourpresentd ifficulty . Is there anything I ca n do for you ? A n ything (qua lque cousa ) you m a y w an t w ill be ready in due tim e . Whateveryou m ay do for them ,

they w ill regard as a duty accomplished

L E SSON LVI I . 219

by you, and n ot as a favor. DO n ot lose a word ofthe in structions which he m ay give you . There is n ot on e am ongst us who

would n ot serve you in every way (de qua lquer m ode) . There ishardly a n ewspaper th roughout (par toda) the kingdom , that

does n ot complain ofyour adm in istration . Few m en w ill befoun d that approve [Of] h is conduct. I have n ot an hour to m yd isposition which I can devote to m y fam ily. In the wholehouse there was n ot a door that was n ot offthe hinges (a rra ncad o das dobra digas), n ot a w in dow th at closed tight. Shouldthere be n o person in your place that serves yourpurpose, I shallsend you one whom I th ink fit in every respect. There are fewauthors that can be compared w ith C . for elegance ofd iction .

This is the m ost importan t inven tion that has been m ade in thiscen tury. Yours is th e best treatise th at h as been written on thissubject. It is the m ostperfect liken ess I ever saw have seen ) .The in stitute called the Inquisition is th e greatest infam y thathas yet disgraced the h istory ofm ankind . You are n ot the on lym an that has to suffer from his arrogan ce. Our lieuten antcolon el was the on ly Ofii cer th at survived . You are perhaps thefirst who says that. He w ould be th e last person to whom I

should confide a secret ofimportan ce . The on ly road that couldlead us there, w ill be m ade impassable by the last rains.

B. SUBSTA NTIVE SENTENCE .

L E S S ON LV I I .

Quem par/ i n , ven ce. Quem se ca la, con sen te. Quem m e

reprehende, é m eu am igo. Quem n ao arrisca,n ao ganha . A

m ax im a d’aquella gen te é : quem rouba a n acao n ao é ladrao.

Quem tem d inh eiro, tem am igos , tem sabedoria, tem belleza,tem

tudo quan to é bom . Quem m o ra em casa de vidro nao atirepedras. Quem diz O que quer, ouvira o que nao quer. Bem

m anda quem bem soube obedecer. Quem vem prim eiro, é ser

220 L E SSON L VI I .

vido prim eiro. Quem pen sa, n ao casa . Quem subjuga as

suas paie s,ven ce os seus m a iores in im igos. Quem quer que o

ten ha di to d isse um a m en tira . Quem guer que o fizer,ha de ser

rigorosam en te pun ido—A gn elles que (os que, quem ,w ith the

singula r) querem trabalh ar,sempre acharao com que ganhar o

seu pao . Os que rolao n o ouro,n aturalm ente nao sabem quan to

sofi'

rem es que n ada tem . Os que m e conhecem h’

ao de acreditaro que vou dizer.

— 0 que é bom para un s, pode ser ruim para

outros . Oque acaba de se passar em G . e quasi in crivel. O que

m ais m ’in com m odou, foi O descaram en to d’elle, de a inda apre

sen tar-se em m inh a casa . O que foi util hon tem , pOde fazer m al

hoje. Eu sei o que devo a m inha posiefio . Ninguem acred itarao que d izes . Isto era o que faltava ! E ste pam ph leto con tém o

que h a de m ais absurdo e falso con tra O fallecido rei.

N50 prezo a guem 1150 m e preza . Escolh ere i o que bem m e

parecer. A m ai aos que vos perseguem . Todos OS m om en tos sao

preciosos para guem conh ece o va lor do tempo . Isto n ao é um

en igm apara es que conhecem O caracter d’aquelle hom em . Para

quem sabe as difii culdades que tivem os de ven eer,é facil julgar

qual deve ter sido a n ossa an ciedade . Prom etteu—se m uitod inheiro a quem d escubrisse 0 author d’aquelle pasquim . Nao

tenho boa Opin iao de guem m e lisongeia . Hei de castigar severam ente a quem quer gue en tra r n o jard im sem licenca . Eu n ao o

faria para quem guer guefosse. Di-lo -h ei a guem quer gue estej a

presen te . E lla 0 disse a qua n tos 0 quizessem ouvir. Nao conhec in inguem de qua n tos 1a estavao . F. ajun tou gua n to dinheiropode, e desappareceu . S e eu lh e desse tudo qua n ta tenho

,elle

ainda nao estaria con ten te . E lle se a ssociava com qua n tos m a

landros h avia n a cidade . Nao tom e tudo serio o que elle diz ;elle é um tan to (a little, ra ther) dado a ex aggeracOes.

The relative pron oun quem , in the ex amples above, is a complex Ofa quelle que (or um hom em que) ; it can

,therefore

,only

be used for perso n s. The senten ces wh ich con tain this pron oun ,m ay be con sidered as having the value ofsubstantive n oun s (assubstan tive sen ten ces) ; f. i . in : guem se ca la

,consen te th e gram

222 L ESSON L VI II .

L E S S ON LV I I I .

Parece gue va e chever. Parece que assim é . Parece-m e que

os Srs. forao illudidos. Parece-m e gue tem os sido precipitadosn’este n egocio . E verdade que Vm

cé é n om eado vice -con sul do

Brazil em M arselhas ? Quasi sempre acon tece que 0 sangue-frio

n os abandon a n as occasiOes em que m ais precisam os d’elle. E

certo que um a longa experien cia n ao n os isen ta de comm etter

graves erros. E sabido que 0 preso evad iu-se com con n iven ciade certa auth oridade. D’

ahi se segue que esta ou foi suborn ada,

ou engodada porprom essas,ou intim idada por am eacas . Da ex

posrcao que V . S . fez,resulta

, gue toda a culpa d’essas desaven cas

recahe sobre 0 Sr. seu i rm ao. E claro que um a orianes de tresann os nao pode ter feito isso .

—Eu sabia que aqui llo era impassi

vel. Vm Cé bem sabe que a culpa n ao era m inh a . Creio guea inda é cedo . A credite-m e que ten ho feito O que era hum an a

m en te possivel . Dizem gue F. m orreu d’um ataque de apoplex ia

fulm in ante. Diz-se pela c idade que 0 n osso vizinho,O ferragista,

vae quebrar. Creio que 0 Sr. tem razao . Ign oravam os gue V.

S . estava doen te. N50 lh e d iga a inda que eu ja cheguei .POde ser que ven ham os m ais cedo . Nao creio que elle ten ha

a coragem de m ostrar-se n’aquella cidade . Nao achO quefapa

tan to frio que ja se precise d’um fogzi o . Nao pensei que Vm cé

fosse tao ex cellen te artista . Ninguem h a de crér que elle sej a

capaz d’isso . N{to digo que ella sej a ind ign a de m elhor sorte.

Elles n egao que Vmcé lh es ten ha participado a ch egada do Sr.

seu padrinho . Supponh am os que assim sej a : O que cumpriafazer ? E impossivel que elles ja tan bao voltado . E ex cusado

(n o use,superfluous) gue Vm cé m e diga isso . E raro que n ao

acon teca algum a desgraca n’aquelles d ias. Precisa que 0 Sr. seu

pai O sa iba . Precisaria que eu m esm ofosse ter com elle . E sin

gular gue n inguem sa iba O que foi feito (becam e) d‘

aquelle m oco .

A dm ira (it is stra nge, surprising) gue nao s’en con tre urn vestigio

d’elle em qualquer

"

parte que se tenha procurado. Sera m elhor

L E SSON L ym . 223

que tu vds Sozinho . Nao é possivel que elle queira isso . Duvidogue elles ten hao d ireito aos j uros d

’aquelles cabedaes . Seria con

ven ien te gue Vm cé participasse a sua in ten ee‘

io ao seu ch efe. N{tom e con vem que os criados sdido e en trem quando lhes parece.

Importa gue elle m esm o O declare peran te o juiz do com m ercio .

Para que n do haja m a is guerras, é ind ispen savel gue todos os

povos es tejd o n o m a is alto degraio da civilisacii o . E de supper

gue n’aquelles tempos OS hom en sfossem m a is ferozes do que sao

hoje . E m ister que elle sej a m uito astuto para illudir a um

h om em taO fin O com o 0 Sr. F. E tempo que eu va-m e em bora .

Seria (era) tempo que tufosses.—Nzi o quero que Vm

ce toque n os

m eus livros e papeis . Eu quero que os m eus filh os aprendao tudoO que fer n ecessario para assegurar

-lhes um a carreira h on rosa ein dependen te . E lle queria que en lhe escrevesse todas as sem anas

(bu t I did n ot) . Elle quiz que eu lhe escrevesse sobre aquillo

tudo quanto eu soubesse (I did i t) . Ella h a de querer gue Vm cé

a acompanh e . Quizéra que tufosses m ais cuidadoso. 0 Sr. 1150

pode ex igir que a sua gen te tra ba lhe tum bem n os dom ingos. O

n osso general ex igiu que a guarn icfio s’en tregasse a discricao . 0

evangelho n os prescreve que pra tiquem os a caridade. Desejo

que a Sra . sej a feliz. Desejzi ra que os m eus filhos se dedicassem

com todo o zelo ao estudo das linguas antigas. Tom arei gue elleven ha (I sha ll be glad ifhe com es) . Tom arei gue Vm cé m elhore.

Tom ara gue elles viessem (I wish they wou ld com e) . N50 approvo

que ella va 1a sé zinha . Perm itta-m e que en 0 sirva . O seu chefen ao lhe perm ittiu que vis itasse a sua fam ilia n os dom ingos e diassa n ctos ? Nfio sofiram os que a n ossa liberdade sej a ca lcada aos

pés por um a oligarchia arroga nte ! Saberei ach ar os m eios deimped ir que elles partdo an tes do tempo m arcado . Todos dese

javao arden tem en te que Vmcé a cei ta sse O posto Ofi

'

erecido. O

comm an dan te em chefe ordenou que qualquer soldado que rou

basse a m en or cousa,fossefusilado . Vm cé m e disse gue viesse (orde vir) as cin co e um quarto . Diga -lhe gue venha quan to antes.

O islam ism o m an da que os fieis s’a bstenhao das bebidas alcoolicas.

Eu lhe m andei dizer gue viesse a m eio dia em pon to (precisely).A von tade do Sr. seu pai é que 0 Sr.figue 0nde esta. A intencao

da m inh a m ulh er era que n os m udassem os (rem ove) para a casa

224 L ESSON Lvm .

n ° 69. O estado da m inh a saude n ao perm itte que eu sdia a

n oite . N50 gosto que tu vas la. com tanta frequen cia . Meuspa is nao desgostfio que en estude a m edicin a ; m as elles preferirao

que eu estudasse para padre. Receiam os gue elle estej a m aisdoen te do que quer m ostrar. Eu vos imploro gueperdoeis a m eu

filho a falta que e lle com m etteu in con sideradam en te . Ella pediuque nos a acompa n hassem os. Peca a Deos gue lhe perdée o que

Vm cé m e tem fe ito . Que elle venh a ! (let him com e.) Que n in

gnom se a treva a deter-m e ! Praza a Deos (or Deos queira) que ascousas m udem para o m elhor ! Ox ahi que assim sej a ! (please

G od i t m ay be so ! ) Ox alzi que assim fosse ! (would to G od it

were so I) Seja com o 0 Sr. quer.-Estim o m uito (I rej oice, am

glad) gue V . S . estej a com boa saude. S in to (I am sorry) que

elles n ao ten hao succedido em tao n obre empreza . A dm ira-m e

gue elle nao lhe ten ha d ito n ada acerca do que com bin aim os. F.

propOz que todosfossem os agradecer ao Sr. 0. pela hospitalidadecom que n os hon rara . Tom a cuidado gue n inguem te vej a . Nao

duvido gue sej a com o 0 Sr. acaba de dizer.

Elle in sistiu em gue todos estivessem os presen tes . Muitos sequeix ao de que o n ovo th esoureiro n ao cumpre com as suas obrigacOes com tan to zelo e pon tualidade com o O fallecido Sr. N.

N50 tenho m edo de que tal circum stan cia venha em baracar-m e.

Tem os toda a certeza de que os n ossos adversarios recorrerao ao

m in istro da justica . Esta con sideracao Obstou a que elle ten tasse

de vingar-se . Fin a lm en te m eu pai con sentiu em que eu empreh endesse aquella viagem . Todos convie

'

rfio em gue F . nao haviafeito senao O seu dever. Hei de oppOr-m e com todas as forcas a

que esta gen te tom e a si um d ireito que nfio lhes perten ce . V in cé

s’esquece de que deve tudo a seu sogro . Hei de lem brar-m e de

que tu foste a causa da m inh a desgraca . Tenho gran de satisfacdoem que 0 Sr. ten ha succedido . El-rei e O principe Dom L

. estao

interessados em que 0 n osso plano se ex ecute . Tan tO elle com o

nos estam os empenhados em que Vmcé Obtenha aquelle lugar.

Quem pOde dizer que esta certo de que elle vivera até 0 dia se

guinte0 Sr. M . n os recom m endou (gue) tractassem os O seu filho

com o se fosse n osso. 0 general lhe orden ou (que) se abstivesse

226 L ES SON L VII I .

00

It seem s that w e shall have to con tend w ith m ore d isaffectionthan we had expected . It appears that the Pelasgian s (Pelasgos)were on e great n ation , d ivided and subd ivided in to n um erous

tribes,and that they h ad attain ed a h igh degree ofc ivilization

long before history comm en ces. It appears, by wh at we read in

history,that great events are Often brought about (efectuar) by

comparatively insign ifican t c ircum stan ces ; but it would be ah

surd to in fer from this,that those great even ts are th e results

ofthese little causes . Ifwe ex am in e the eviden ce (depoim en to)ofthe second w itness

,it w ill be clear th at the defen dan t could

h ave n o kn owledge ofwhat was go ing on (pa ssar-se) aroun d

h im . It is certain th at n o religion ofhum an origin could have

don e for true civilization wh at Christian ity h as done . It is

known th at you have been in B. during th at tim e. It is

ackn owledged by a ll the m ost prom inen t geologers that our

globe is m uch older than was form erly believed —Does he al

ready kn ow that h e h as ga in ed h is law -suit ? I th ink tha t youare the on ly on e ofm y relation s that kn ows m e . I see th at you

are a better m an than you seem ed [to be] . They saw that I waspoor, and therefore th ey despised m e . I Observed (n otar) th at

h e turn ed his h ead as Often as (cada vez que) som ebody m ention edthe n am e ofMiss A n n a . Believe m e that

,ifever such a thing

should happen , I should leave the coun try. He n ow compre

hends that he h as comm itted him self (comprom etter-se) . Tell

h im that I shall com e at seven o’clock precisely (on the stroke

ofseven ,(is sete em pon to) .

Maybe (pede ser,ta lvez gue) you w ill find th e book in the

drawer Ofyonder table . DO n ot th ink that I am capable ofbe

trayin g your secret. It is h ard ly possible th at h e can havearrived yet. It is just th at they should receive (pres) an ade

quate compen sation for th e sacrifices th ey have m ade in our

cause . It would be n ecessary that you should com e early. It

is n ecessary that you speak to h im about your son . I want everyth ing to be I will that, etc .) in orderwhen I com e back. He

wan ted m e would that I) to go w ith him to M r. O.

’s . W e

all w ish that you [m ay] prosper. I shall pray G od that he [m ay]

L ESSON Lvm . 227

give you a better sen se ofyour duty . She told us n ot to accept

the m on ey . Tell h im to com e later. My un cle wrote m e to

w a it for h im at A . My father sends you w ord that you pleasedeliver to m e the horse h e len t you . He en treated h is brother

in -law to in tercede for h im . The governor issued an order that

every person between 18 and 45 years, capable ofbearing arm s

(pega r em arm a s), should report (apresen tar—se) h im self at headquarters . I w ish he was here. I shall n ot suffer th at such a

m iserable fellow be found in compa ny w ith m y son s . You can

n ot w ish that your on ly son [should] live in poverty. It w as n ot

at all required that you should tell her everyth ing that has beenspoken here. I am very glad that h e h as escaped from (a ) thehands ofh is inex orable persecutor. I am very sorry that youcan n ot succeed in your endeavors to (para) obtain employm ent.

It is a pity (épen a ) th at you are n ot rich ; you could then carryout th e charitable schem es you speak of.

I in sisted on h is m aking that h e Should m ake) ex cuses to

m y fath er. The British con sul advised our m in ister ofhis having detain ed th e captain and crew Ofthe Neptun e. Everybodyis satisfied that justice h as been don e to these m en . They complain ed that others had been preferred to them . He was vex ed

at (de) m y getting the advan tage of(tom ar va n tagam sabre) him .

Th is alon e wa s sufficien t to preven t m y accepting their services .

Sh e persuaded herselfth at n obody kn ew her to be the sister ofC . They ought to be conten ted w ith our having rescued th em

from bankruptcy . It was arranged (assen ta r-se em ) that w e

should m eet at B.

’s . In the order ofthe 22d it was provided

(provia -se a ) that nobody should stay there over n ight per

n oi ta r) w ithout previously giving n otice to the alcaide. I h ave

n o apprehen sion that he w ill act otherw ise th an he h as been or

dered . Be certain th at all this blusterin g sign ified on ly theirfear. He is very m uch afraid th at I should tell all. Everybodywas surprised that your brother Should have don e this.

228 L E SSON L IX.

L E S S ON L IX.

Nao se sabe a inda quemfoi o mysterioso estra ngeiro. Sabe 0

Sr. quem é aquella m ascara ? Nao sc i quem sdo. Dize-m e com

quem lidas, e d ir-te-h ei quem es . Faca favor de m e d izer a quemdevo en tregar esta caix inh a . Ella n ao n os quiz d izer de quemrecebera O an n el. Vm Cé n ao sabe dizer-m e quem e O dono d’esta

casa ? Nao sei o que elles querem . A gora 0 Sr. sabera o que h a

de fazer. E difficil dizer qua l d’elles é o m aior velh aco . Sei

perfeitam en te bem qua l dos dous é O verdadeiro culpado. M an

de-m e d izer qu a l dos m eus cavallos quer. Deix e estar, que (for)elle h a de saber que cam inho elle deve seguir. Digao -m e so que

van tagem eu poderei tirar de sem elhan te arranjo. Vm ce nao

sabe que hom em traicoeiro elle é Sabeis vos qua l sent 0 castigoque recebereis por tam m anh a levian dade

’

l Isto bastara param ostrar-lhe qua l e O caracter do hom em a quem V . S . confiou a

sua fortun a . E stou de tal m an eira em baracado que n ao sei de

que lado virar-m e. Nao comprehendo com que m eios 0 Sr. quer

alcancar o seu Objecto.

Vm ce n ao sabe dizer-m e 0n de esta o seu irm ao ? Ninguem

sabe d’onde elle veiu, n em para 0nde elle foi. Nao sei d izerqua n do o m eu am o h a de chegar. Nao sabem os a que horas ellesah in . E impossivel dizer com a e qua ndo isto h a de term in ar.

Vou d izer-lh e com a foi. V ivem os, sim ; m as Deos sabe com a .

0 Sr. pode im agin ar-se qua n ta eu tenho sofiE'

rido duran te aquelle

tempo de suspen sao e receios. Desejo saber quan ta ain da lh edevo . Elles n ao pergun tao quem es

,m as qua n ta ten s. S . M . a

imperatriz pergun tou a pobre m ulher, qua n tos fiFhOS ella tinha .

O m en ino n ao quiz dizer porque chorava . Que sei en porque

elles o querem assim ! Diga-m e sopara que Vm céquer tanto

d inh eiro ‘

l— Tenh o quefa zer. Tenho quem m e ha de amparar, se

eu for infeliz. E verdade que elle gasta m uito ; porém elle tem

com que.

Faca favor de vér se isto esta direito. Pergun te ao Sr. N. as

230 L E SSON e .

quem ,who

,a que (or que alon e, but m uch less frequently), what,

qua l (w ith out the article) ,which (ofa certain n um ber ofObjects),what wh at kin d of), an d que, what, what a (pron oun adjec

tive) . The verb ser in these sen ten ces, gen erally precedes itssubject (sabeis o que e um reptil

Can anybody tell m e wh o is that M r. R. ? Nobody kn ow swho he is . Ifh e knew who h as played h im this trick, he wouldm ake h im pay for it. Do you know w ith whom you have d in edat th e h otel in P. ? I can not tell who it w as. I did n ot kn ow

whom they called by that n ickn am e. You ask m e w ith whomyou are to assoc iate ? On ly few kn ow to whom the author re

fers in this passage . Can you tell m e whose house th is is ? He

asked m e whose son I was. Probably you do n ot kn ow whom

you h ave offended . Be so kin d as to tell m e whose childrenth ey are. G uess w hom we have invited for din n er ! I could

not discover to wh om She alluded . Do you kn ow what this is ?I do n ot kn ow wh at you m ean . W hy did you n ot ask him whathe w an ted ? I kn ow what this sign ifies, as well as you do . Praytell m e what tim e (horas) it is . W e w an t to kn ow what youhave don e w ith the w ill ofour aun t. Tell m e first what you are

speaking of. They could n ot m ake out (descubrir) what it w as.

Nobody could tell us which ofthe two broth ers w as killed . It

is n ot easy to tell which ofthe two singers is th e better one. If

it were kn own by what m ean s they have got their m on ey,they

w ould n ot be so m uch sought after (procurad os) . W e n ow kn ow

what k ind Ofm an you are. Please tell m e in what street is theoffice (escriptorio) ofM r. J. I asked him what h is trade (ofi cio)was . W ho kn ows h ow m uch th e poor lad m ay have (fut. ind .)suffered un der such a m aster. Can you rem em ber how m uch

you have paid for this book ? You h ave n o idea ofhow m uch he

is altered . I kn ow where he is. Th e m ob shouted th at theywanted to kn ow where L . was. Did you n ot ask her when She

in tended to com e back ? A sk your father when h e w ill favor usw ith h is visit. Do you kn ow how this is m ade ? A t last n o

body knew how the quarrel had begun . Can any ofyou tell m e

L ESSON e . 23 1

how this flower is called ? They could n ot even say why th eyh ad don e it. He w ill probably ask you why you did n ot com e.

I did n ot kn ow what h e w an ted m e for.

W e do n ot kn ow whether he has com e or n ot. Sh e asked

the boy ifhe belon ged to M r. D. On e does n ot kn ow whether

h e tells th e truth or n ot. Please let m e kn ow (let kn ow pa/r

ticipa r) ifyou can com e,and when . Do you kn ow whether the

m a il-steam er has arrived ? You should have asked h im ifhe was

w illing to accept m y ofi'

er.—Owsar sa id that he would rather be

the first in th e sm allest village th an the secon d in Rom e . Did

your father say you m ight go ? Did I n ot tell that th is would bethe result ofyourfoolish obstin acy ? I told you beforehand th ath e w ould treat you w ith con tempt. He said it was ‘

absolutelyimpossible . Tiberius used to say that h e w anted h is sheepto befleeced

,but n ot flayed . They say th at our sovereign is going to

abdicate in favor ofh is son . How often do we say th at we can

n ot,in stead ofsaying th at we w ill n ot ! I w rote on a slipOf

paper tha t I had com e at the tim e appo inted, and that I shouldreturn w ith in an h our. The Egyptian s asserted th at they w ere

th e oldest people, an d th at it w as from them th at all other n a

tion s, especially the G reeks an d Rom an s, h ad their kn ow ledgean d civilization . Th ere are h istorian s th at say, and preten d to

prove, th at Rom ulus has n ever ex isted . I a ssure you that I h adn ot the rem otest idea ofyour w ish es, or else I should have as

sisted you in every w ay. A n ybody could h ave told you beforehand th at you w ould n ot succeed . It h as been prophesied th atth e world w ould n ot ex ist tw o thousan d years after Christ. The

King ofN. h ad declared th at h e would rather die th an surren

der ; but he did n ot die, preferring an ignom in ious ex ile to a

glorious death . He swore th at h e w ould m ain ta in the con stitu

tion and laws ofth e coun try, even wh ile h e w as m editating on

(em ) th e m ean s oftread ing both under his feet. I th ought you

had fin ish ed your work long ago .

232 L E SSON L x .

c . ADVERBIA L SENTENCE —1) LOCA L AND TEM PORAL .

L E S S ON L X .

A .

Em qua lquer parte que estejas, respeita sempre as opin iOeS

dos outros. Em qua lquer pa/rte que eu fosse, elle in sistiu em

acompanhar-m e. Hei de en contra-lo, a on de quer que elle es tiver.

Precisam os de d inh eiro, venha d’onde vier. 0nde quer que esteja ,elle nao podera escapar a justica . A qualquer cidade que fOrm os

,sempre precisarem os do Sr. E lle nao aceitou cartas,

viessem d’onde viessem (or de qualquer parte que viessem ) . Por

0nde quer quepassassem os,n ao Vlm OS sen ao sem blan tes tristes, e

todos os sign aes d’um a m iseria profun da e prolongada . Em qual

quer parte do m un do que eu estivesse, sempre achei as m esm asfraquezas, as m esm as virtudes, os m esm os vic ios, apen as com

um a difl‘

erenca dos degraos.

Qua ndo os vicios n os abandon -710 a nos,a nossa vaidade diz

que 1108 abandon am os OS vicios. Quan do a pobreza en tra pela

porta, o am or sahe pela jan ella . Quan do vejo este retrato, n aoposso deix ar de m e rir. Cada vez que o vejo, fallo-lhe n

’isso.

Quando a fructa esta m adura,ella cahe n o chao. q uan to

tenho dinheiro, tenho am igos . Prec isa h ater o ferro emquan to

esta quen te. q uan to fizer tan to frio, nao podem os pen sar emviagen s. Nao posso sah ir em qua n ta m inha m ai estiver em perigo . Como eu io passando pela praca do m ercado

,n otei um

m ovim en to singular e in explicavel n as n uven s. Qua ndo tiver50 anuos, retirar-m e-hei do n egocio . Qua ndo Vm 06 a inda eracrianca de peito (baby), en ja era h om em . Nao hei de socegar

emqua n to nao achar um a occupagao para 0 Sr. Quando a occasiao s

’ofl

‘

ereceu, to 1150 quizeste fallar ; agora ja é tarde. Em

quan to eu tinha, eu dava . q ua n to eu cam inhava, n ao sentiatanto o cansaco. Corrige-te em quan to for tempo . A ssim que

elle vier, tenha a bondade de m e avisar. A ssim que chegou o

vapor de C., en 0 fretei para M. A ssim que um en tra, outro

234 L E SSON LX.

implies a m ore imm ed iate succession (alm ost equal to n o m o

m en ta que) . Desde que and depois que, sin ce, after, d iffer in asm uch as th e form er denotes the begin n ing, the latter the en d of

a period . Dura n te que an d emqua n to, wh ile, d iffer in th is, thatthe form er m ean s the whole tim e th at a n action or cond itionlasted

,th e latter indicates con tempora n eousn ess w ithout regard

to the ex act duration ; f. i . elle se ria,em qua n to eu chorava

,n ot

all the tim e, or perh aps a ll th e tim e,or-longer ; dura n te que eu

escrevia,o m en in o n do se m ovia

,i . e. the whole tim e .

Wherever you m ay go, you w ill always find that riches a lonedo n ot m ake a m an happy. I shallfollow h im wh erever he m ay

go . I have traveled th ousands ofm iles, over lan d an d sea , but

the rem em brance ofth at face haun ted m e wherever I w en t.

Wherever he sta id, he w as sure to ga in the esteem and affectionofalm ost everybody. On the whole route the victorious troopswere received w ith unbounded en thusiasm

,an d wherever they

halted, the population Offered th em th e best they had . Our but

was so ruin ous that,wh en it rain ed, there w as n ot a dry place

where we could m ake our beds ofstraw . W hen the Khan of

Tartary h as d ined, a herald cries out to al l the oth erprin ces of

the earth, that they m ay d in e ifth ey choose (se lhes parecer).When I w as a boy, I had a very clever little dog ; when ever(cada vez que) he h ad don e anyth ing for which h e kn ew that hewould be pun ished , h e absen ted h im self from hom e for several

days. W hen the boys saw their m aster,they escaped over (par

cima de) the w all. My un cle h ad som e queer habits ; w hen itw as cold, he w ould drink w ater in cessan tly, saying th at it m ade

the blood circulate m ore vigorously ; an d in sum m er,wh en the

therm om eter stood at 90degrees in th e shade,he put on thick

woolen clothes,saying th at, what was good again st the cold

,

was equal ly good again st the heat. W e shall go to th e circuswhen there w ill be less people th an to day. W hen we go, weshall take (levar) you w ith us. Do n ot in terrupt m e when I amspeaking w ith som ebody. When you are (fut ) tired, you m ay

go to bed . Dissen sion s w ill cease,when there w ill be on ly one

LESSON L x . 235

m an in the world . W hile all others w ere engaged in savingwh atever they could, th e own er ofthe factory wa s seen sitting(sen tado) , w ith h is arm s crossed , an d looking on w ith the utm ost

in differen ce . Th e house could n ot be wh itewashed wh ile I wasill. Stay h ere , wh ile we go up (subir) the h ill. Her deathoccurred wh ile she w as staying w ith M r. P. W e can n ot th inkofleaving th is place, wh ile th is state ofth ings lasts. A s long as

he w as poor, h e was a hard-w orking m an ; n ow that h e has inh erited som e m on ey of(a ) h is un cle

,he is lazy an d indolen t.

You m ay read wh ile I write . I sha ll rem em ber this as long as

I live . W e can n ot expect any rain, as long as th is w ind blow s.

A s th e troops were crossing th e river, the scouts reported th at

a large body ofcavalry w as com in g down (descer) the road . A s

I was going out I received your n ote. He cam e just as (assim

que) w e w ere going to d in n er. The m om en t they stepped on

shore (porpé em term ) they were arrested . A s soon as a sol

d ier w as seen in an em brasure,h e w as shot down (derrubado

pelas ba las de) by our sharp-shooters. I shall visit h im as soon

as I sha ll be able to go out. Please send m e the boots as soon

as they are ready. S in ce you left us, our h ouse seem s deserted.

She is m ore quiet, sin ce she knows where her ch ild is. Ever

sin ce I can rem em ber h im ,h e treated m e w ith the greatest kin d

n ess . Ever sin ce she h ad that attack , her h ealth h as been declin ing. He recovered after we h ad gon e to B . After several

m em bers h ad spoken , M r. V. rose. Th is m ust h ave occurred

before w e w en t into (pa ra) th e coun try . G o before it begin s tora in . He w as an old m an before you w ere born . W a it hereun til I com e. You shall not go out w ith m e un til you behavebetter. They shouted good-bye un til we could n o longer hearthem .

236 LESSON LXI .

2) M ODAL .

L E S S ON L XI .

Nao darei um passo n’este n egocio, sem que Vm

cé m e dé in

struccoes por escripto . En tram os sem que minguem n os perce

besse . 0 Sr. n ao succedera sem que seu pae lhe ajude. N50

poderemos fazer n ada sem que elle esteja aqui . A m ultidao se

d ispersou sem que h ouvesse o m en or d isturbio . Um ann o in teiropassou sem que tivessem os n oticias d’elles. Vm cé m e repreh ende

sem que eu saiba porque .—Comporta i-vos de m a n eira que n in

guem vos passa tax ar (tachar) de rudeza . E screva ao m enos de

sorte que en 0 possa ler sem m icroscopio . Procedei de m oda que

minguem tenh a m otivo de queix ar-se de injustica da vossa parte.

Farei com que (or de m odo que) todos esteJ ao con ten tes de m im .

Facao com que estejao promptos para as quatro horas da tarde.

Precisa d istribuir a somm a de sorte que ch egue para todos. Elle

se comporta de m a n eira que ninguem gosta d’elle. A rrangei tudo

de m a n eira que a cada um tocou o que lhe era preciso. Vm cé

escreve (de m an eira) que n inguem o pede lien— Com o as folhasseccas voao dia nte da torm en ta

,assim fugirao os in im igos diante

d’

este heroe . Isto sera com o Deos quizer. S eja com e 0 Sr. quer.

Seja eom o for (however tha t m ay be) , estou certo de que n ao m e

faltarao recursos quando as cousas chegarem a este ponto . Fosseeom o fosse (however tha t m ay ha ve been ), a culpa sempre ficava

do lado dos n ossos adversarios . Com o d’um grao dim inuto n as ce

um a arvore gigan tesca, assim o christian ism o n asceu de origemhum illim a . e veiu a estender-se sobre todo o m un do civilisado .

—Os m a i s dos hom en s vivem eom o se n ao devessem m orrer.

A quella gen te se con duz com o se nao houvesse n em leis n em justica n o pa iz. Elle m e tracta oom o se eu fosse o seu escravo . A

bala atravessou a parede eom o se esta fosse de vidro .

Descubriu-se n a vizinh anca de B . um m an an cial de aguas

m in eraes tao quen tes,que um ovo ficou cozido em m enos de cin co

238 L E SSON LXI .

The adverbial sen ten ces in A . are m oda l. The conjun ction ssem que, com que, and com a se a lways require the subj unctive

m ood ; also de m a n eira (sorte, m oda ) que, ta l (td a, tan to, etc.)

que, w hen a wish,an order, a n ecessity is expressed ; f. i . precisa

distri bu ir a d in heiro de sorte que chegue pa ra todos (that it m aysuffice), but elle d istribuiu o d in heiro de sorte que chegou, etc . (it

did suffice) ; escreva (de sorte) que ea 0 possa lé'r,but Vm cé es

creve (de sorte) que n inguem o pode lér.

C .

I sh all n ot give you the m on ey, un less I kn ow in what youw ill spen d it. You w ill obtain n othing from h im un less you im

portun e h im every day. Our em barrassm en ts w ill n ot cease

un less w e in troduce a system ofreason able econ om y. He offered

m e the n ecessary sum w ithout (sem que) m y asking it. In thism an n er h e w as en abled to m ake the m ost scandalous ex tortion s,w ithout an ybody h aving th e righ t to in terfere . John n y clim bedon th e chair w ithout anybody assisting h im . I will n ot h ave yougo out w ith out m y kn owing wh ere you go . W hy do you not

arrange your papers so that at any m om ent you are ready togive accoun t ? When you give alm s

, give th em so th at your lefthand kn ow n ot wh at the right h an d gives. Hang upth is picture so as to be seen through the door ofth e n ex t room . There

are authors w ho seem to h ave written on purpose so that n o

body sh ould understan d t hem . The w indow s ofth ose horribledungeon s were ex ceedingly sm all, about 18 in ch es by 8 (dez-oitopollega das cle eomprido a oi to de la rgo) , and so arranged that the

prisoners ‘

should see n eith er earth n or sky . He told the storyso that everybody believed (j ulgar) him to be in nocen t. You

speak so qu ick th at n obody can understand you. Our fat neighbor snores so loud that on e can hear h im in the n ex t street. A ll

these circum stan ces m ade tha t (fazer cam que) we could hardlykeep(fica r com ) what we h ad . The poor [m an ] lives as he can

,

the rich [m an ] as h e m ay . He w ill die a s he h as lived . A s the

sun disperses th e clouds,so truth destroys falsehood . A s the

warm th ofth e sun calls forth (fa z desa brocha fr) in num erable

L E SSON LXI . 239

fiow ers,so joy and happiness aw ake kindness an d ben evolen ce.

—You Speak ofyour j ourn ey to N. as ifit w ere a tripoftenm iles . I rem em ber h im as ifI saw him standing before m e. I

felt as ifI w ere going to die. He w en t hom e as happy as if heh ad gain ed a fortun e . This is just the sam e as if you sa id thathe wh o fired (da r) the shot h as n oth ing [to do] w ith the personwhom the ball h it. A S ifenvy were not the source ofall thistalk i— She had grown so th in that she was as light as a baby.

Th e n ight was so dark that you could h ardly see three steps

ahead . I w as so surprised th at I could n ot utter a. single word .

I h ave so m uch to do that I do n ot kn ow where to begin . Your

rem ark vex ed him so m uch th at h e said to m e tha t he w ould

n ever com e to your house again . They m ade so m an y condition s

,that it was clear they had n o w ish to helpus. He h as

a lways so m an y things in h is h ead that h e forgets them all. The

ra in poured down in such force th at m any bran ches ofthe treeswere broken off. The en em y atta cked us in such n um bers, that

we were obliged to retreat w ith in the en tren chm ents. The gale

becam e so violen t as to m ake even our h arbor un safe. N. tells

his stories so w ell th at on e is actual ly in clin ed to believe them .

The looking-

glass w as so d irty th at I could n ot distinguish th ecolor ofm y sh irt. Make the fen ce so th at th e ch icken can n ot

get passa r) through it. -She is as w ell as can be expected under

the presen t c ircum stan ces . W e h ave n ever been so poor as we

are n o W . You have as m any protectors as h e h as enem ies. A n

h on est m an h as as m an y enem ies as there are rogues about h im .

I h ave a s m uch in terest in your success as I h ave in m y own

welfare . I have as littlefa ith in h is con stan cy as in th at ofAprilw eath er. Take as m any books as you wan t. No m on ey is sowelcom e as the first earn ed by ourselves—W hy he h as takensuch a stepis m ore th an I can tell. Th is problem is m ore difii

oult than it seem s at first sight. Lion s are less frequen t n ow inthe n orth ofA frica th an they were at the tim e ofthe Rom an s.

W e h ad m ore in com e th an we could spend in our little town .

Those village girls dress w ith m ore taste th an is seen in m any

city ladies . W e see th e past better than it has been ; we find

the presen t worse than it is ; and we hope the future to be hap

240 L E SSON L XI I .

pier than it will be .

”The longer w e live, the shorter life ap

pears to us. The longer we wait, the greater w ill be our danger.

My d isappoin tm en t w as the greater, the m ore I advan ced in

years. The m ore he swears,th e less I believe him . The higher

8. m an stands, the m ore he is exposed to en vy and cen sure. The

less you wan t, the happier you w ill be.—A s (d medida que) we

advan ce in years,our confidence in m en d ecreases. The scenery

changed as we cam e nearer (to com e n ear aprox im are e) .

3) CA USA L .

L E S S ON L X I I .

Quan tos hom en s sao mfelizes,porque n a sua m ocidade per

dereo o tempo em prazeres'

futeis ! Desistirei do m en intento,porque vejo que as van tagen s n ao valer

‘

ao o trabalho. Nao pu

dem os atravessar o rio,porque a correnteza tinha arrebatado a

canoa. Tom ei este criado,porque veiu recom m en dado pelo Sr.

D. N50 gosto d’elle para caix eiro ; nao que o julgue pouco fiel ;

m as elle m e parece um tan to dado a vadiac§O.—Se é verdade o

que dizes, eu procurarei um a pessoa que m e m erece. m a is con

fianca . Se Vm cé esteve em Londres,deve ter visto a celebre

cathedral de 8 . Paulo. Se elle quer vir, que venha ja. Se queres

succeder n o m undo,escuta m uito, vé m uito, d ize pouco. Se

fosse verdade o que ella diz, creio que ella nao estaria ti o soce

gada . E lle o teria feito, sefosse possivel. Vin ce poderia gozarde m uito m ais tran quillidade, se busoaase a sua felicidade n o seioda sua fam ilia, em lugar de busca-la fOra . Se Vm cé tivesse tidoum pouco m a is pacien cia, nao teria agora de sofi

‘

rer estas perdas.

Se am anh‘

aa j izer tan to frio com o hoje, terem os de comprar um acarreta de lenha . Se tiverm os tempo, darem os um a chegada(ca ll) em casa da n ossa tia. S e acreditarm os a Xen ophonte,Cyro, o fundador do gran de rein o dos Persas

,foi O m odelo dos

principes.—Va comprar um a libra de cha verde n o arm azem do

242 LE SSON Lx I i .

n osso terreno sem a n ossa licen ca . Quem quer que venha m e

procurar (ca llfor m e), d iga que m e é impossivel ver pessoa alga

m a . O que quer que sej a seja o que fer), receio algum a traicaoda parte d

’elles . Fosse O que fosse O que quer que fosse),

n inguem m e con ven cera de que n ao tenh a havido jogo falsoem tudo isso.

—Par m a is que (however, howsoever) aquelle h om em

s’esfarce a ganhar e a econ om isar, com um a fam ilia com o a d’

elle

1150 h a possibilidade de en riquecer. Par m a is que en 0 tenh a

estim ado,nao lhe posso perdoar o ter-m e calum n iado aos m eus

proprios pa is . Par m a is inn ocen te que seja um a palavra, a m a

von tade sempre é capaz de fazer d’ella um crim e. Elle esta

tao en fraquecido, que nao pode levan tar um peso,par m a is leve

que seja . Par m a is agradavel que fosse a soc iedade d’aquellagen te, eu sempre sen tia um n ao sei que de Oppressivo, qua ndoestava com elles. Pa rm a is que elle fallasse a favor do seu plan o,elle nao pode conven cer a ninguem da ex equibilidade do m esm o .

Par m a iores que seJ ao as hon ras adquiridas n a guerra, ellas n ao

pOdem compen sar a perda da felicidade dom estica .

Pois que todos os Srs. querem retirar-se, eu tam bem vou—m e

em bora . Seja,pois que VIn cé absolutam en te o quer assim . J et

queVmcé m e obriga,vou-lhe dizer tudo . Eu m esm o desejara que

tivessem os outra m orada ; m as, jd que nao acham os outra, pre

c isara con ten tar-n os com a que tem os . Os in im igos do Sr. pre

siden te pretendem terprovas da sua desh onradez ; porém ,com a

n ao as produzem ,n inguem lh es dei credito . Com o nao havia

occaSIaopara dar-lhe esta n oticia pessoalm en te, eu lh’a participopor esta (i . e. carta) . Se 0 don o da casa estivesse aqui, Vm ces

seriao bem acolhidos ; m as com a n ao esta, os Srs. devem descul

par-n os . Com o nao sabem os onde ella esta,precisa esperar até

que venh a .—Vm cé8 podem ir deitar-se, vista que as m alas ja estao

feitas e tudo esta prompto. E ssa n om eacao seria illegal , vistaque, segundo as n ossas leis

,um m agistrado deve ter passado a

idade de 25 an uos . Isto ja n ao é practicavel, vista que o prazom arcado pela lei ja expirou.

E xpO-lo-hei ao patibulo da in fam ia, afim que todo o m un do o

conhece e despreze. O astuto ladrao fingiu-se doen te

,afim que

os seus complices ganh assem tempo para escapar. Porque n ao

L E SSON L XII . 243

lhe escreve 0 Sr.

,para que elle sa iba a quem se deve dirigir? F.

fez esforcos in criveis para que seu filho fosse n om eado chefe

d’aquella reparticao . Para que 0 Sr. veja que n ao fallo sem fun

dam en to, vou-lh e m ostrar um papel assign ado por aquelle sujeito

m esm o . Foi prec iso sacrificar um a parte da carga, pa ra queo n avio pudesse safar-se do ban co em que tinha en calhad o. A r

range tudo d’antem ao

,para que n ao haja dem ora quando quizer

m os partir.

The adverbial sen ten ces in A . indicate causa lity (cause, condition , con cession , m otive, The conjun ction s (conjun ction al phrases) n ao que, casa que, a note ser que (un less), sej a que

(quer, ou), cam tan to que (provided), quando, em bora , a inda (posto,bem

, apezar) que, quem quer and qua lquer que,par m a is-que,afim que and para que require th e subjunctive m ood ; se, if, requires the subjun ctive m ood when the condition m ention ed issupposed n ot to ex ist

,or to be doubtful (se isto fosse verdade, if

th is were true ; se elle vier, if h e should com e) ; this conjun ctioncan n ot be om itted, as in English .

C .

I would n ot tak e the book, because som e leaves were w an t

ing. Because you hate him , you wan t us to do h im injustice.

Th ey were dism issed because they were foun d unfit for service.

He gained the law -suit, because the opposite party could bring

n o decis ive proofs ofh is having (de elle ter) prom ised to pay thewh ole sum on the first ofMarch — Ifsh e is ill

,h ow can she have

gone out ? Ifyou are all ofthe sam e opin ion , I shall say n o

m ore about this . Ifyou w ill n ot tell it h im ,I sh all. Ifth ere is

a m an that kn ow s it, it is Mr. N. How can I assist you, ifI amm yself em barrassed on all sides ? Ifyou kn ew all the harm th eyh ave done us

, you would certa in ly not take their part again stus . He would have m uch to do, if h e wan ted to settle h is affairs in so short a tim e. Man y a young m an would deem h im

selfhappy, ifhe h ad had the opportun ity wh ich you have lost.Ifthere be an ything w ithin m y reach w ith which I can serve

244 L E SSON L XI I .

you, pray let m e know it. Should they have gon e already,com e back as fast as possible . Ifshe were to die w ithout m ak

ing a w ill,all her property would revert to her sister. Should

you w ish to see th e botan ic garden , I sha ll be very h appy (tereim ui to prazer em ) to accompa ny you. Ifwe con sider the greatage ofthose gigantic m on um en ts

,w e can n ot but think that

there w as a period ofh igh c ivilization in th ose tim es in whichwe are accustom ed to see n oth ing but barbarism and darkn ess.

In case th at m ypresen ce [should] be required,please sen d for m e.

In case th ey should refuse to com e, you w ill Show them this

letter. W e sh all start th is aftern oon , un less (a 1760 ser que) you

w ish to go w ith us. Th e m on ey m ust be in the drawer,un less

som e ofyou h as taken it out (tiraxr).— W hether h e w as ill, orfeign ed to be so

,he refused to obey. Wh eth er you den y the

ch arge or n ot,I hold you to be por) th e author ofth ese d is

turban ces . You m ay leave th e house whenever you like, pro

vided you pay th e ren t first. I sh all deliver the papers to you,provided th at you m ake yourself respon sible for th eirpreservation . Though you were richer than Croesus (Creso), you could

n ot buy this m an for your purposes . Though I could pay you

n ow,ifit were absolutely n ecessary

,it would in con ven ien ce m e

greatly. A lthough th e river w as m uch swollen by th e recen t

rain s,w e attempted to ford it. A lthough it were as you say.

wh at in feren ce can you draw th erefrom They wouldhave silk dresses

,th ough their little brothers an d sisters wen t

(a n dar) barefoot. You w ill n ot follow the advice ofperson s

th at are m ore experien ced than you are,though you h ave seen

the evil con sequen ces ofyour obstin acy m ore than on ce. I dis

like h er,let h er be (em bora sej a) m ore beautiful than Ven us . It

w as a m ean trick,whoever h as don e it. Whoever m ay believe

this,I shall n ot believe it. In wh atever situation you m ay find

yourself, rem ain th e hon est m an you have been hitherto . Whatever h e m ay have been in his youth

,h e is n ow a respectable

m an,and beloved by everybody. Rem ain faithful to your

prin ciples,wh atever m ay be the con sequen ces . You are in sucha cond ition (situacao), th at you are forced to accept their term s

(condicaes), whatever they m ay be . However this m ay be,m an y

246 L ESSON L XI I I .

guiu O in im igo que se retirava (retrea ting), até a pon te de B.

Vm cé achou O livro quefa ltava (m issin g) t—Um n egocian te racemchegada de L. n os deu a n oticia de que se receiava um a grande

crise m ercan til. Algum as pessoas vin das d’aquelles lugares n os

contao que ali houve um a terrivel in undacao que devastou m ui

tos campos e arrazoa algum as aldeas . Tiram os isto d’um a carta

recebida pelo Sr. N. Publicou-se hoje um a peticao dirigida a

S . M. a imperatriz, a favor do n ovo a sylo das orphaas desvalidas. Fizer

'

ao-m e hoje presen te d’um a carteira riquissim a de m ar

roquim ,borda da pela Sra . D. Maria X.

A suspeita de eu scr 0 author d’aquelle artigo, é por dem aisestupida . Basta ser-es (tu) am igo m eu para que elles te odeiem .

A n oticia de elle ter sido ferido n os vein porpessoa de confianca .

Basta ser-m as (n é s) pobres,para que elles n os desprezem . A glo

ria de ser-des (VOS) O salvador da patria vos sirva de escudo con traa s m align as aspersOes dos vossos in im igos. A sua esperan ca de

ser-em (elles) m ais felizes n’esta especulacao fun dava-se prin ci

palm en te n as prom essas do seu am igo, 0 Sr. barao de L. A

probabilidade de ga nharm os o processo ia d im in uin do cada dia .

Estais tao seguros de en con tra rdes apoio n a n acaO ? Por m edo

de perderem a m etade elles perderao tudo. O un ico m otivo determ os regeitado esta con dicao foi O 1150 quererm os pedir um

favor aquelle hom em arrogante. E preciso tom arm os m ed idasm ais en ergicas. E tempo de te corrigires. O un ico m odo de

arra nj a rm os isto satisfactoriam en te é o de a bsterm o-n os (or de

n os abster) de toda e qualquer ingeren cia n a adm in istracao do

instituto,até a con vocacao d

’um a a ssem blea geral dos accion istas .

Todas essas accusacOes fundavao-se un icam en te n o facto de

terem -se achado,n o escriptorio do Sr. A .

, cartas d irigidas a elle

por um an onym o,as quaes,porém ,pouco ou n ada con tinhao que

podesse aggrava-lo . A prin cipal ofi

’

en sa que Vmcé deu foi O ter

lhes lan cado n o resto a sua baix a origem . NO caso de serem

verdadeiras as accusacOeS levan tadas con tra elles,cumpre pun i

los com todo O rigor. A can sa de todos os em baracos é terem -se

dem orado tan to os apon tam en tos que V. S . prom ettera . Seriaisto um meio de ellesfazerem com que nos sejam os ex cluidos dasprox im as eleiQOes ? Na hypothese de nao quererem elles aceitar

L E SSON L XII I . 247

estas propostas, VIn 06 pode prom etter-lhes um a indem m sacao

equivalen te ao prego dos pred ios em questao. Longe de se

obriga rem a isto, aquelles sen hores até recuSarao pagar a importan cia da obra que fora feita por sua ordem . N50precisa serm osricos para viver-m os con ten tes . A fim de con hecerdes 0 m al que

fizestes,m ostrar-vos-hei OS efi‘

eitos fataes da vossa loucura . M ui

tos m oradores d’esta

,rua forao m ulctados h oje por terem lanca

do 0 cisco n o m eio da rua . Isto seria pun ir-n os por term os

ganh ado um a batalha ! A lém de terdes ofi'

en dido ao vosso bem

feitor, tendes emperigado a vossa reputacao de hom ens de bem .

Elle diz ser pobre m as eu n ao o acredito . Muitos afiirm ao

ter vista um com eta do lado do sueste. Creio terfeito O que

devia . F. pretende ser descenden te dos con des de 0. Elle n ega

ser ca sado . As testem unh as declararao so ter ouvido dizer queos assassin os de M . h aviao sido pagos por algun s in im igosd’este.

—Para a lca nca/rm os O n osso Objecto,precisarem os d’um cabedal

de ao m en os cem con tos de ré is. SO 0 faco para n ao fa ltar a

m inha prom essa . D’este m odo n ao ficara tempo para 0 Sr.

a caba r a traduccao que com ecou. Eis a tua pun icao por teres

violado a s leis da hum an idade. A vossa m aior recompen sa por

terdes salvado a vida a tantos in felizes sera a lem bran ca de tao

bella accao . Nao se podera proceder sem serem ouvidos os

pareceres d’estes dous senh ores. A n tes de procederm os s leitura

d’este docum en to

,seja-n os perm ittido de fazer algum as Observa

cOes acerca da sua origem e h istoria . A n tes de ser ca ix eiro n a

casa do Sr.,eu era empregado n o correio . Depo is de ter sub

jugado as G allias, Cesar con duziu o seu ex ercito fiel e aguerrido con tra Pompeo . Javejo que elles hao de tardar até nao ha/ver

m ais tempo para darm os o n osso passeio . Sempre ha gente

horas. Sem sermos ricos, gozavam os d’um a fortun a m ais que

sufficien te para darm os aos n ossos filhos um a educacao couve

n iente a sua presumptiva posicao social .

Subordin ate senten ces often appear in an abridged form ,

248 L E SSON L XI I I .

either as a participle, or as a gerund, or as an infin itive ; rela

tive (attributive) senten ces are represented byparticiples, whichthen take the n ature ofan adjective ; substa n tive sentences are

represented by an infin itive, adverbia l senten ces either by an

infin itive or a gerund -a nd o ,-endo

,-indo) .

1) Rela tive senten ces ; they are, accord ing to their n ature,represented either by a participlepresen t orpa st. The original form softhe present participle -a n te

,-en te

,-in te) having n early died

out (see Lesson XVII), this form ofabbreviation , in Portuguese,can not be employed, ex cept in very few cases where the old formofthe presentparticiple h as survived (f. i . um homem tem ente a

Deos,

um hom em que tem e a Deos) therefore, the English present participle (not the gerun d) is alm ost a lways

,in Portuguese,

rendered by (or rather d issolved in to) a relative sen ten ce ; thus : Isaw a m an carrying, etc .

,vi um hom em que carregava, etc. The

past participle (wh ich represen ts the passive voice) ex ists in itsfull ex tent in Portuguese, and is, in that language, rather m oreused for the abbreviation ofrelative sen ten ces than in English .

The rules ofthis con struction are so Obvious that they need n ofurther exposition . W e shall see, in the n ex t Lesson

,that the

pastparticiple also som etim es represents an adverbial senten ce.

2) S ubstan tive sen ten ces are represen ted by the infin itive

m ood,as : elle d iz serpobre, que é pobre in m ost cases, the

English language employs the gerund (pres. When thesubstantive senten ce, in this abbreviated form ,

is the subject ofaverb, the infin itive is gen erally accompan ied by the defin ite article,f. i. o substituir a um a n ciao respei ta vel um m a nccbo a inda na

idade das pa iazaes violen tasfora um erro m u i grave. In English,th e subject ofthe verb (in the gerund) is con verted into apossessivepron oun , or, being a n oun

,put in the possessive case,whereas, in Portuguese, it rem ain s in th e n om in a tive case ; f. i. thestatem ent ofhis having been m et, etc . , a n oticia dc elle ter sido

encon trado. The subject ofthe infin itive precedes it, when thereis n o aux iliary verb ; and it m ay be placed after the aux iliaryverb in compound ten ses.

3) A dverbia l sen ten ces,wh en expressed by the infin itive

m ood, always require a preposition to accompany and govern

250 L E SSON L x m .

boy ( a boy that prom ised m uch) . Betw een the two doors

hung a large picture representing the coron ation ofQueen Vic

teria .

Traveling in those parts (luga res) is atten ded by great ex

pen se, h ardships, an d even danger. His hope ofbeing appointed

ta x -

gatherer w as foun ded on M r. S . having expressed a good

opin ion ofhis abil ities . Our apprehen sion s ofbeing surrounded

the apprehen sion s ofour being surroun ded) proved ground

less. The idea ofh is being m ade a gen eral is ridiculous. The

certainty ofbeing beaten in th e n ex t election s m ust n ot deter us

from ex erting ourselves in behalf ofourparty. On e ofthe con

sequen ces ofyour refusal w ill be the loss of your losing) thepatron age ofHis E x cellen cy . Sh e talks ofgo ing to L . Thiswould be equal equiva ler) to obliging us to leave the city.

Being obliged topass through C .,w e could n ot h elpcall ing on M r.

V . It is n ecessary that we be (infin .) m ore cautious . W e have n oproofs ofh is hav ing been an officer in the n avy. Far from com

plain ing, they even declared to be satisfied w ith their lot. A ll

our efforts for obtain ing h is pardon were in va in . They w ill n otdo it w ith out being forced to it. M r. R. is such a skilful and

am iable talker, that you can n ot leave h is shopw ithout buyingsom ething from (a ) h im . Sh e offered it to us w ith out our ask

ing for it. After havin g given h is w ord n ot to gam ble an y m ore,

he n ever set h is foot aga in into that h ouse. Im m ed iately afterhaving sign ed the con tract they began their operation s . W e

w ill n ot judge ofthis opera before having heard it again . Be

fore em barking on board ofth e steam er our passports were de

m anded th ey dem an ded,

W e received orders to (para )be ready on the 2l st ofApril. Man y em igrated to (pa ra ) A m er

ica, in order to enjoy political and religious liberty . He fled,in

order to avoid th e fate ofh is predecessor, w h o h ad been put

(m etter) to death by the infuriated m ob . In order to compre

hend better the effects ofthis m easure, let us con sider the cir

cum stan ces under which it w as taken . I do n ot blam e you for

en tertain in g such an opin ion ofm e,but for den ying m e an oppor

tun ity of(par a ) defend in g m yself. He w as vex ed at (par) m ysayin g this. Their spite aga in st us for n ot assisting them in

LESSON L XIV. 251

their w icked speculation s in creased every day, as they saw h owfortun ate those were who h ad supplanted them . Th is act

,be

sides being w icked, was very stupid . W ith out being pa in ters,w e m ay judge ofthe m erits ofa picture, and w ithout being poetswe m ay be able to criticize a poem .

L E S S ON L X IV

Vim os m uitas pessoas corren do em varias direccoes, sem

poderm os explicar o que sign ificava este tum ulto . O m en in ovoltou para casa chora n do. Deix am o—los j oga n do. Elle sahinj a ra ndo que h avia de vingar-se . O que fazes aqui, olham lo paraas m oscas ? looking a t n othin g, idle) . A ssim viviam os

, con

ten tes com a n ossa sorte,e divertin do- n os do m elhor m odo que

podiam os . C . m orreu lam en ta ndo a ruin a da sua patria , e invoca n do a vingan ca d ivin a sobre os tyran n os que a opprlm iao .

E n con trei-a n a sala, escrevendo a sua m ai . Fin alm ente elles par

tirao,despedindo-se com visivel reluctan cia .

Ten do vivido por m uitos an n oe n’aquelle paiz, creio ter um

d ireito de exprim ir a m inha opin iao acerca d’elle. Esta poswao,

ofierecen do- lhe m a iores van tagen s do que a outra,con dizia tam

bem com o seu gen io um pouco pach orren to . Sendo-m e impossi

vel chegar em tempo, peco a V . S . queira tom ar o m eu lugar,

para o que m ando -lh e com esta (i . e. carta) um a procuracao

ba stan te. Nao tendo outra occupacao, elle se d ivertiu a ern endar

todos os erros typograph icos (as erratas) de quan tos livros h avian a sua bibliotheca . Sa ben do que era possivel, nao hesitei emen ceta-lo . F. fallecen hon tem

,fa lta n do dous dias para comple

tar n oven ta ann os . Tende torn ado o rem ed io,o pacien te passou

a n oite m ais tranquillo . Nao haven do outra en trada,tivem os de

passar a rasto pela estreita abertura n a m uralha .

E n sin a n clo appren dem os . José esperava m elhorar a sua sorte,ca sa n do com um a rica herdeira . Muitos ga nbao a sua vida vendendo objectos de curiosidade que s

’en con trao ali com grande

252 L ESSON L XIV.

abundan cia . E lla defendeu-se a llegand o que fora forcada a este

casam en to por seu padrasto . Fa lla ndo d’este m odo Vm cé so

poderaoffender a seus m elh ores am igos . A lgun s dos prision eirosquizerao salvar-se, assevera n do que h aviao sido forcados a eu

trarem n o ex ercito dos rebeldes . O n avio foi a pique, sa lva n dose a custo a tripolacao e 05 passageiros . En cetam os esta em

preza , con tando com a vossa protecciio . 0 Sr. comm etteu um a

perigosa indiscricao , comm un ica n do o seu segredo a um paren tedo seu adversario . SOvenda-o com o s m eus olhos h ei de acredi

ta-lo . Talvez que,fazen da-lhes algum a s con cessoes pouco im

portantes, Vm cé succeda em persuad i-los a un irem -se com 0 Sr.

Viaj a ndo dia e n oite, poderem os chegar a li n o d ia 24. 0 m o

m en to era desfavoravel, sen do-m e impossivel arra njar o n ecessariocabedal. O n osso m ajor cah iu m ortalm en te ferido, um a bala

tendo- llze a travessado o peito de lado a lado . A casa que alugueim e causara m uitas despezas, sendo n ecessario derrubar um a dasparedes in teriores. Havcndo eu pro h ibido que se fechasse estaporta an tes da n oite, com o é que Vm cé se lem bra de fecha-la

agora ? Tendo-se in troduzido este abuso duran te a m inhaausen cia , a respon sabilidade recah e sobre 0 Sr. Verifica n do-seo que Vin

cé a llega , tom arem os m edidas efficazes para que o cul

pado seja descuberto e severam en te castigado . Sendo elle o que

Vm cé diz,n ao m e adm ira que Vm cé o deteste . Nao tendo os

m eios para con tin uarem a viagem ,m u itos ficarao em M. A lgun s

dos n ossos companh eiros tendo cahido doen tes,v im o -n os obriga

dos a parar em R. por algun s d ias . Um dos n ossos criados foim an dado levar a carta, recomm enda ndo

-se-lhe que a m ostras se a

n inguem senao apessoa a quem ella era d irigida .

A ca bado scndo acabado) este trabalho, eu farei um a via

gem a Lisboa, para ver se esta farzi algum bem a m inha saude.

Confirm ada a sen ten ca, os crim inosos forao ex ecutados n o dia

seguin te . Chegada s as cousas a este pon to, nao era m a is possivel retirar—m e . Da do o prim e iro passo n o cam inh o declive dovicio, o h om em avan ca com rapidez progressiva , até ser-lh e im »

possivel parar. Pa ssa dos dez a doze d ias,n en hum de nos estara

m a is aqui. Dado o ex em plo n a capital, facil é prever que as

provin cias hao de im ita-lo den tro em pouco tempo . J a lgados

254 LESSON L XIV .

after depois dc, an tes de, a'

lém de,apesar de, as depois de m ortos

depois cle ser m ortos depois de ter m orrido a n tes de con

dem n ados,etc . The elliptical con struction w ith posto que (or its

syn onym s bem que, a in da que), though , although, is also used in

English.

Descending from that hill, you w ill see a rivulet w indingwhich Winds) roun d its foot. Sleeping an d waking I th ink of

you . Seeing th at k in dn ess h ad no effect on th em,I threaten ed

to bring them before th e tribun al . A t last,fin d ing that th ere

w as n o possibility ofescaping, they surren dered . Where isyour sister ? She is in the parlor, em broidering a pa ir ofslippers forpapa . Sm iling at h er ingen uity, h e an sw ered n egatively. Thinking that it w as too late to call on you, I wen t to th e

hotel. She rem ain ed longtim e in the room,weeping over th e

corpse ofh er husban d . The picture represented Hercules spinn ing am ongst th e w om en

, and Iole wearing th e skin ofthe lion

an d the terrible m ace. The spy was seen creeping down the

h ill. Thus w e spen t a delightful day, singing,playing, dan cin g,an d doing all kin ds (toda a casta ) offun n y th ings .

By askin g his pardon you have ofcourse ackn owledged yourguilt. I obtain ed wh at I desired by threaten in g th at I would

write to our m in ister at Berlin . On sh ow ing m y certificates Iw as at on ce appoin ted as civil engineer. By adopting this coursewe are sure to gain th e affection s ofthose who are n ow opposed

to us. On hearing this h e becam e frighten ed . A ugustus,

[when ] dying, ex h orted h is step-son Tiberius n ot to ex tend th e

Rom an empire,foreseeing that its very (propria) greatness would

be the chief cause ofits ruin . Being a n ear relative to (de) M r.

L .,I beg to be ex cused (pego queirao ex cusar—m e) from giving an

Opin ion in th is m atter. Havin g served underh im form ore thantwenty years, you m ust kn ow him better th an I do . Receivingn o an swer to m y letter ofth e first ofM ay, I con clude that youhave left Paris . Som e ofthe regim en ts having suffered severelyfrom the fire ofthe fort

,the gen eral ordered them to fall back,

in order to bring upth e reserves . Everything being ready,the

grand cerem ony began . Th e bridge bein g destroyed by the in

L E SSON M N . 255

nndation,we had to cross th e .river in a sm all boat. The house

being too sm all for us,we h ired an adjo in ing building. The

church being full,m anyperson s were obliged to rem ain outs ide ;and m an y ofthese, n ot being able to stand (ficar em pé) so long,sat down on the grass. By adopting this system you are sure

to fa il, as I am going to prove. This was impossible, m y father

having declared that he would rath er d ie than subm it to thesedegrading condition s. A s h e did n ot know he n ot know ing)who you were, you must ex cuse h im . A s I had nobody to con

verse w ith (com guem conversar), I took up(pegar em ) a n ew s

paper and began to read . Th is being indispen sable for obtaining correct in form ation , we furn ished h im the m eans for thisj ourn ey.

The serm on [being] fin ished, the coffin was deposited in th efam ily vault. This letter [being] fin ished, I shall write no m ore.

Hope [being] lost, life becom es a burden . This fact [being] ackn owledged,we want no further (m a is) argum ent. The passage

being paid, we em barked on board ofthe Margaret. That greatm an being dead, the hostile n eighbors recomm en ced theirpredatory in cursion s. W arbeing declared,the arm ypassed the frontierin -three columns.

V O C A B U L A RY .

A BREVIATIONS .

sign ifies adjective.

adverb.

article.

conjunction .

fem in ine .

in terjection.

m asculine.

past participle .

present participle.

No'rE . A ccen ts are laced on ly wh ere th e m ajority ofgood writers usu

ally employ th em . Syl ables or letters between brackets , after a Portugueseword , in dicatepron u n ciation . The ton ic a ccen t ofa word

,when diflerin

gfrom the rules given in the introduction,or when doubtful, is in d icate

thus : (1) m ean s that the accen t is on the last syllable (2) shows the accen tto be on the pen ult or secon d syllable from th e end (3 ) on the an tepen ultor third from the end ; f. i. barbaro (3) bé rbaro colon o (2 colén o

fatia (2) fatia .

In the Portuguese part, m a ny words are om itted , their m ean in g beineasily kn own by their s im ilarity w ith their equiva lents in English ; sucas noun s substan tive in 960, men to, dade, adj . in 030

, a l, etc.

PORTUG UESE—ENG L ISH .

A abrapar, v. ir. ,to em brace ; 8 .

a , f. ofthe def. art. , the. abrigo s . m ., shelter, protection .

(1 , accus . s ing. ofthe pers . pron . ella , abrir,v . tr. , to Open .

her. absoluto adj . , absolute ; -tism a ,

a ,dem . pron .

,th at. s . m .,

-ti sta , s . m .,absolutist.

u, prep.,at

,to

,on . absolver

, v. tr. , to absolve .

conima,adv. , below,

down . abster-se, v. red . , to abstain .

aban don o s . m ., abandonm en t,

abuso, s . m . ,

abuse ;-ar, v . in tr. , to

n eglect ;-ar, v . tr.

,to abandon

,abuse, m isuse.

forsake. a cabar, v . tr. and in tr. , to en d , fin ish ;

aberta, p. p. ofabrir, open ; -tura , f. , -com , to have don e with ; -de dizer,aperture, open ing . to have just sa id .

abom inavel, adj .

, abom in able. academ ia s . f.,academy.

sign ifies plural.

preposition.

pronoun .

substa n tive.

verb.

in transitive verb.

tran sitive verb.

reflex ive verb.

258 A GR A M O

agradar, v . in tr., to please ; -avel, Ialla dir, v. intr. ,to allude.

adj ., agreeable, pleasant.agradecer, v. intr., to thank ; -ido,

adj., thankful, grateful ; c im en to,

s . m ., thanks, thankfulness .

agri culaura s. f., agriculture ;-tor, s . m ., husban dm an , farm er ;

adj . agricultural.agua, s. f., water.

aguerm'

do, adj ., accustom ed to war,

d isciplined.

ogmfia s . f. , eagle.

agulha . s . f., needle.

ahi, adv., there.

a inda , adv. yet, still ;—gue, though,although .

aj udar, v. in tr., to aid, help, assist.

a la , s . f, wing (ofan army).a la cridade, s. f., alacrity.

a lardo, s. m . muster, show.

a lca ide, s. m ., a m agistrate, bailiff.

a lcancar, v. tr., to reach , obtain

overtake ; -cc, s . m .,reach

,power.

a ldéa , s. f., village.

a legre, adj ., m erry, joyful, gay ; «12agaiety, joy ; -ar-se, v. refl.,

to

rejoice.

além , adv. , beyond ; -de, prep. , be

yond, besides.

a lemdo , adj ., G erm an ; A lleman lza ,

G erm any.filerta adv., estaralerta , to be on

the alert, wide awake..

alfaiate, s . m .,tailor.

a lfan dega s . f., custom -house.

a lguem ,pron ., som ebody.

a lgum ,adj., som e, any.

a lketo, adj ., alien , belonging to eu

otherperson .

a li , adv., there.

a llegar, v. tr., to allege.

allimlo s . m .,alleviation , com

fort.

alm a ,s . f. , soul.

a lm irante, s . m . , adm iral.

a lm og'o, s . m . ,

breakfast ; -ar, v. intr.,

to breakfast.

a ltar, s . m . ,altar ;—mor, ch iefaltar.

a lterar, v. tr., to alter, change.

a ltern ar, v. in tr., to altern ate, take

turn s ;-adam en te, adv. , altern ate

ly ; J ava . 3 . f., alternative.

a ltiva adj .,proud, haughty ; m ez,s . f., h aughtiness .

a lto, adj .

, h igh, tall, loud ; s . m .,

top; fazer to halt, stop; a ltohalt ! -ura , s. f. , height; -eza , s. f.,h ighn ess (a title).

a lugar, v. tr.,to rent, hire let

-

guel, s. m ., rent, hire.

a lum na , s . m . ,pupil.a lm

'

ca'ras s .f. pl., a reward given

for good n ews .

a ls o, 3 . m ., aim , goal, m ark.

am an lzda , adv., to-m orrow.

am ar, v. tr. , to love -aoel, adj .,am iable ; -an te, s . m ., lover ;

-ador,

s . m ., lover, am ateur ; am or, s. m .,

love.

am arello,adj ., yellow.

am argo, adj., bitter -gura , a. f. ,

bittern ess.

amafl ar, v. tr to tie,fasten , bin d .

A m azon as, oria dac (or0 the

river A m azon (M arankdo).ambifdo, s . f., ambition , greediness ;

-ctoso, adj ., am bitious, avaricious .

am bos, adj . , both .

am eaca , s . f. , threat,m en ace ; -ar,v. tr. , to threaten ; -dor, adj .,threaten ing.

am igo, s . m ., friend -zade, s . f.,friendsh ip.

am o, s . m ., m aster, landlord,prin ci

pal, employer.

AM P

amparar, v. tr. , to protect, aid ; -0,

s . m ., protection , prop, a id .

amp/tibia s . m .,amph ibious a n i

m al.

ampla , adj . , ample, va st.an a logo adj ., analogous .

auchora (3 ,pronoun ce an cora ), s . f. ,a nchor ;

-ar, v . tr. and intr., to

anchor,to m oor.

an cc'

do (pl. s . m .,a (ven erable)

old m an .

a n cioso, adj ., an x ious ; a n ciedade, s .

f., an x iety.

an dar, v. in tr. ,to walk, go ; s . m .,

walk, gait, floor, story.

.

a n ecdota s . f., an ecdote.

a n helar (pr. d a -elar), v . tr. ,to desire

a n x iously, to strive eagerly after

som ething.

a n im a l, 8 . m .

,an im al .

an im ar,v. tr.,

to an im ate,en cour

age ;-0, s . m . , courage , spirit.

anj o, s . m . , angel.

a n n aes , s . m . pl. , an n als .

a n n el, s . m .,ring.

an n o,s . m . ,

year ; —bom ,n ew-year ;

dc'

a dc an n os,birthday ; hoj efag’o

a n nos, tod ay is my birthday.

a n n uir, v . in tr.,to assen t, consent.

a n n un ciar, v . tr.,a n n oun ce

,adver

tise ; an n un cz'

o s . m .

,adver

tisem ent.

a nn u llar, v . tr.,to an n ul

,declare

void .

a n onym o adj ., an onym ous.

an tagon/lsta s . m .,an tagon ist.

a n te, prep., before.

a n tem do, adv. ,d’

beforeh an d .

an tepassados, s . m . pl., ancestors .

a n tes , adv., before —de, pl ep.

—que, conj .

an t’kon tem , adv.

,the day before yes

terday.

A PP 259

—ar, v. tr.

an tiga, adj . , an cien t, old , form er ;

-

quidade, s . f. , antiquity.

an zol, s . m . , fishing-hook .

aon de, adv. ,whither

,where.

apagar, v. in tr. , to ex tinguish , put

out, blot out, erase, to quen ch .

apoljvar, v. tr.,to feel

,touch

,soun d,

try ; as apa lpadellas, groping.

apan har, v. tr. , to catch , seize, over

take .

apartar, v. tr. , to separate.

aparte, adv. ,apart, a side.

apégo, s . m ., attachm en t,affection .

apellar (or app), v . in tr. ,to appeal.

apen as, adv. , scarcely, h ardly.

apertar, v . tr. , to cla sp, tigh ten , hold

fast,squeeze ;

-a m do, to shake

h an ds ;-ado, p. p.,

tight, close.

apesar (or apezar, or a adv.—de

,

despite, in spite of —gue, conj .,

though .

apoderar—se, v. refl.,to seize

,take

hold of.

apoio, s . m ., support, prop, protec

tion ;-ar

,v. tr. ,

to support ; -se, v .

refl. ,to lean upon ,

to rest.

apon tar, v. tr. , to poin t at, to n ote ;-am en tos, s . m . pl. , n otes , in struc

tion s .

apoplezmla s . f. , apoplex y.

aposen to, s . m .,in n er room , bed

room .

apos, prep. , after.

apossar-se, v. refl. ,to seize, take pos

sess ion .

aposta , s . f. , bet, w ager;an d in tr.,

to bet.

apparecer, v . in tr. ,to appear.

appettto s . m . ,appetite.

applaudir, v . tr. and in tr. , to applaud .

applicar, v. tr., to apply ; -ado,p. p.,

d iligent, stud ious ; 4 60, s . f., ap

plication .

260 A PP

apprehensdo, s . f.,apprehen sion .

approc ar, v . tr.,to approve.

aprazer, v. in tr. , to please.

aprender, v . tr.,to learn .

apresen tar, v. tr., to presen t, in troduce .

apromptar, v. tr.,to prepare, m ake

ready.

aprovei tar,v . tr. , an d -.9e (al e), v. refl.

,

to profit(by som ething).

aproan'

m ar, v . in tr. (a n d to ap

proach , n ear.

apuro, s . m em barrassm en t,scrape.

aquatico adj . , aquatic .

aquelle,pron . dem . , th at.

aquém ,adv., on this side.

aqui , adv.,here.

or,s . m ., a ir.

a rbusto, s. m . , bush , shrub .

a i-ckitecto, s . m .,

architect ;—ura , s .

f.,arch itecture.

arder, v. in tr. , to burn ; -en te,adj .

,

arden t.

a rea (or s . f. , sand .

area l (or area ), s . f., surface, ex ~

ten t.

a rgen teo adj . (poet ), ofs ilvera rma , s . f. , weapon ; pl., arm s ;

v. tr., to arm .

a rmazem s . m . , m agazine, store.

a rraba lde,s . m . , suburb .

arra n car, v. tr. ,to tear off

,root up,

sn atch away.

arra nj a r, v . tr. ,to arrange ; j o, s .

m . ,a rrangem en t.

arrastar,v. tr. , to drag.

arratel s . m ., poun d .

arrazar, v. tr.,to raze, level.

arrazoado, p. p.,reason ed

,reason

able .

arreba tar,v. ir. , to sn atch .

arredar, v . tr. , to rem ove, put back .

arrema tar, v. tr. , to buy at auction .

A SS

arrem essar, v. tr.,to th row , fling,

hurl.

arren dar, v . tr. , to ren t,lease .

arrepen der-se, v . refl. ,to repent ; -de

'

m en to, s . m .,repen ta n ce.

arm'

piar, v. in tr: (os cabellos), (the

h a ir) to stan d on en d .

arriba adv. , above, upward , up.

arriscar, v . tr.,to risk , en danger.

arroba (2, o), s . f. , a weight of32

lbs .

arroga n te, adj ., arrogant ;-c'la

s . f. , a rrogan ce.

arrom bar,v . tr.,to break open ,force.

arroz, s . m .

,rice.

arruin ar, v. tr., to ruin .

arsena l, s . m .,arsen al.

arte,s . f., art ; -z

'

sta , s . m .,artist.

artigo s . m .,article.

arti lharia s . f.,a rtillery.

arvore s . f., tree .

asn ea'

ra,s . f. , n on sen se .

aspecto s . m . , a spect.

aspero adj . , rough , h arsh .

aspen-sdo, s . f. , aspersion , slan der.

assa ltar, v. tr.,to assault ;

-0, s . m .

assassino s . m .,m urderer;

-ar,

v . tr. , to as sassin ate,m urder ; ems . m .,

m urder, assassin ation .

assaz (or assas), adv. ,enough , rather.

assegurar, v . tr. , to as sure .

assem bléa , s . f.,a ssem bly

, m eeting.

assen to,s . m .

, seat ;-ar

,v . tr. a nd

in tr. , to seat -em ) to resolve,

agree ;-se

,v. refl. , to sit down ,

take

a seat.

assergdo , s . f. , a ssertion .

asseren ar, v. in tr.,to clear up.

a sseverar,v . tr.

,to aver

,assure.

assign or, v. tr., to assign ,

sign ;-tura ,

s . f. , sign ature.

assim , adv.,thus, so ;

—gue, conj . , as

soon as .

262 BA L

ba lda r, v . tr. ,to frustrate.

ban carz'

o adj . , banking.

ban co, s . m ., bank, ben ch .

ban da , s . f., side.

bon aci/m , s . f.,bann er, en sign , flag.

bando, s . m ., gang.

ban ko, s . m ., bath ;-ar, v. tr.

,to

bathe.

barao , s . m .,baron ; f. baron eza .

barata , adj . , ch eap.

barba , s . f. , beard .

barbaro s . m . and adj ., barbarian ,

ba rbarous ; -7!dade, s . f., barbarity,cruelty.

barri l, s . m .,barrel, ca sk .

baru lho,s . m .,n oise ;

—en to, adj . , n oisy.

bastar, v. intr., to suffice, be enough-a n le, adj . a n d adv., enough ;

a lto, pretty high .

bata lha , s . f. , battle ; -do, 5 . m .

, bat

talion .

bater, v . tr. an d in tr.,to beat

, strike,

kn ock.

beber, v. tr.,to drin k -lda , s . f. ,

drink, beverage .

beira , s . f. , brink, m argin , ba nk .

belladon a ,s . f., belladon n a , deadly

n ight-shade.

bella , a dj . , beautiful, fair, han dsom e ;

-as letra s, belles -lettres

,fin e arts ;

arts ;-eza ,

s . f. , beauty.

bem , adv., well ; s . m ., good ;

bens, pl. m ., estate,property —de

ra iz,real estate, la n ded property) ;

q ue, conj . , although —e8 lar, s . m . ,

welfare .

bemfeito, s . m . , benefit ; -ar, s. m .

,

ben efactor.

bem guislo, p. p., beloved .

beng/icz’

o s . m . , ben efit, ben efice .

ben evolo adj . , ben evolen t ; -lea c2’

a

s . f.

bengala s . f., cane,walking-stick.

BRI

blblia s . f., the Bible.

bibliotheca s . f.,library.

bico, s . m . , beak, bill.

bi lhete s . m .,billet, note, ticket.

blograpkia s . f.,biography.

bispo, s . m . , bishop.

bisseaa‘

o,adj . , bissex tile an no

leap-year.

boato s . m . , rum or.

bobo, s . m . , booby.

boca , s . f.,m outh ; -do

,5 . m .

,m outh

ful, a little, 3. bit.

boi, s . m . , ox .

balsa , s . f. , purse, pocket.

bom,adj . (fern . boa ), good ; bondade,f., goodness , kin dn ess ; bon doso,

adj . , kin d .

bon acho, s . m .,a good

-n atured m an,

simpleton .

bon é , s . f.,cap.

bon eco s . m .,doll.

bon ito adj . , pretty, h a ndsom e.

bordar, v. tr. , to em broider ;-ado

, s .

m . , em broidery.

bordo, s . m ., a on board .

borracka s . f., In dian rubber.

borrar, v . tr.,to blot.

bola , s . f. , boot.

bolar, v . tr. , to put, place, set.

bote, s . m . , boat.

brag'o, s . m . ,

arm .

bra n co, adj . , wh ite .

bra n do, adj . , soft, gentle ; -ura , s . f. ,

gentlen ess .

bra vo, adj . , brave, fierce, irascible,wild .

breve, adj ., brief, sh ort ; adv. , or

em shortly,soon ; ddade, s . f.,

brevity, shortn ess .

briga , s . f.,fight, quarrel ;

-ar, v.

in tr. , to fight, quarrel.

brill w, s . m . , brillian cy, lustre ; ~ar,

v. in tr., to sh in e .

BRI can 263

brin co, s . m . , earo ring, playth ing ; l ca lcar, v. tr to tread upon .

-ar, v. in tr. , to play, jest, trifle ;-deira , s .f. ,play,jest, trifle ; -quedo,s . m .

,plaything, toy.

bulir, v. tr. and in tr., to m ove, stir.

buraco s . m . , hole.

burla , s . f. , jest, joke ; -esco, adj bur

lesque .

buscar,v . tr. , to seek,fetch.

basta, s . m ., bust.

0

ca, adv.,here, h ither.

caba n a s . f. , hut, cottage.

cabepa s. f., head .

cabeda l, s . m ., capital, principal,stock.

cabello, s . m ., hair.

caber, v . in tr. , to be con ta ined .

cabo, s . m ., end, ex trem ity, han dle .

cara , s . f. , ch ase, gam e ;-ar, v . tr.

a nd in tr. , to chase, hunt ; -dor, s .

m . , hun ter, riflem an .

cacele, s . m ., club, cudgel ;-ada , s . f.,

blow with a stick.

cachorro, s . m ., dog.

cada , adj ., every, each .

cadeira , s. f. ch air.

cadéla (or -ella), s . f., fem ale dog,

bitch .

oadern o (or quad ), s. m .,quire, copybook.

cadete, s . m cadet.

cafe’

,s . m ., coffee .

cé gado, s. m . , tortoise, turtle.

cahir, v. intr., to fall.

ca iruc , s . f., box ; s . m . , cashier ;-ao, la rge box , chest ;

-e1!ro, s . m . ,

clerk.

ca l, s . f. , lim e.

ca lam idadc, a . f., calam ity, m isfortun e.

color-se, v. refl., to be silent.

ca lms, s . f. pl.,pan taloon s .

ca lcu lo s . m ., accoun t,ca lculation .

ca ldo, s . m ., broth .

ca lla, s . m ., corn (on the feet).

ca lm o, adj ., calm ; a nte, s. m ., soomh

ing m edicin e.

ca lor, s . m ., heat, warm th .

ca lum n ia s . f., calum ny, slander ;-ar

,v. tr.,

to slander.

com a , s . f., bed .

cam ara s. f. , chamber, coun cil.

cama relro-mo’

r, s. m .,great cham ber

la in .

cam/in ho, s. m ., road, way ;-ar, v.

in tr. , to walk.

cam isa s . f., shirt.

campain ha , s . f., (little) bell.cam an ka , s . f., coun try, campaign .

cam o, s. m ., field, camp.

can a l, s . m ., can al, channel.

canario s . m ., can ary-bird.

can icele, s . m .,pen -kn ife .

ca non , s . f., canoe, boat.

ca nsar, v. tr. , to tire ; a .

fatigue.

cantor, v. tr. and in tr., to sing, to

crow ;-or, s . m ., singer ;

-o, s . m .,

song, chan t.

ca nta ro s. m ., large w ater-pot ;

clover a -08, to rain in torrents.

cao, s . m ., dog.

capaz, adj ., capable ; c idade, a .

capacity, capability.

capella , s . f., chapel.

capitao (pl. fi es ), s . m ., capta in .

capitulo s . m ., chapter.

cara , s . f. , face.

cara cter s . m .,character.

carcereiro, s . m ., jailor.carecer, v. intr., to want, lack .

carestia s. f. , dearth, scarcity.

careta s.f.,face, grim ace.

m 0,

264 CA R

ca rga , s . f., ch arge, load .

cargo, s . m .,ch arge, offi ce.

Carlos, prop. u . , Charles.

cam e,3 . f. , flesh , m eat.

ca rn eiro, s . m . , sheep(m ale).

cara , adj ., dear ; caridade, s . f., chari

ty ; d ata/va, adj ., charitable.

carpin teiro, s . m . , carpen ter.

carregar, v. tr., to bear, carry, toload .

carreira , s . f. , career, race.

carrela s . f., cart.

carroga s . f., wagon .

carruagem s . f., carriage, coach .

carta , s . f. , letter ; -teira , s . f. , pocket

book, portfolio, writing-desk.

carva lho, s . m ., oak-tree.

casa , s . f. , house.

casaca, s . f., dress-coat.

casar, v. tr. (or -se, to m arry ;-m ento, s . m .

,m arriage.

ca sim ira s . f.,cassim ire.

eaeo, s . m .,ca se ;

—gue, conj ., in case

th at.

casta , s . f., caste, race, species , kind .

castlca l, s . m .,candlestick.

castigar, v. tr.,to chastise, pun ish ;

s . m . ,pun ishm ent.

categoria s . f., category ; -orico

adj . , categorical.

cathedra l s . f. , cathedral.

caude'

lko, s . m .,chieftain ,

ringleader.

ca n sa , s.f., c ause ; -ar, v. tr.,to cause.

ca va lheiro, s . m . ,cavalier,gen tlem a n .

cava llo, s . m . , horse ; -eiro, s . m . ,

horsem an,rider, kn igh t.

en e ma , s . f. , cave.

céa (or cela ), s . f. , supper.

ceder, v. tr. an d in tr., to cede, yield,give up.

cedo, adv., early, soon .

cégo, adj . , blin d .

cegon ha, s. f., stork.

CE O

celebre adj . , fam ous , celebrated.

cem eterio s . m .,cem etery, church

yard .

cem , adj . n um . , one hundred .

cen to, s . m .,a hun dred ;

-ten ar, s . m . ,

hundred .

céo, s . m .,

heaven , sky.

cerca , s . m . , siege ;-ar, v. tr.,

to be

siege, to surroun d , in close .

cerej a (2, s . f., cherry.

cerem on ia s . f. , cerem ony.

certo, adj . , certa in , sure ; par cer

tain ly, to be sure ;-eza , s . f., cei

tain ty.

cervej a , s . f. , beer, ale .

cessar,v. intr. , to cease.

aka, 5 . m .,tea .

cka cara s . f., a farm , countryseat.

cka le, s . m shawl.

cham ar, v . tr.,to call.

clzdo s . m ., ground, soil, floor.

ckapeo, s . m . ,hat, bon net.

charlatdo (pl. fi es ), s . m .,charlatan ,

impostor, quack.

ckave, a . f., key.

eke/ e, s . m . , chief, principal.

chegar, v. tr. an d in tr. , to arrive, ap

proach , to suffice (isto chega ,

th is w ill do) ; -se, v. refi. ,to ap

proach , draw n ear ;-acla , s . f. , ar

rival.

ckelo, adj . , full.cheiro, s . m .

, sm ell, scent, arom a ;-ar,v. tr. an d intr. , to sm ell

,scen t.

ckicote. s . m ., whip.

chim era (2, pr. s . f. chim era,

idle fancy.

Chi na , s . f. , Chin a ; m ez,or Chim ,

s . m . , Chin ese.

cholera s. m .-m orbu8 ), cholera .

chorar, v. tr. and intr., to weep, cry,m ourn .

266 COM COR

comprehender, v. tr., to comprehen d, I cam ellia s . m ., advice ; -eiro, s.

un derstand.

cam/prid o, adj ., long ; m en to, s . m .,

length.

comprim ir, v. tr.,to compress .

campram etter, v. tr., an d -se,refl., to

comprom ise , comm it m issa, s.

m ., compromise.

con ceder, v. tr., to concede, gra n t,

allow.

ca ncertar,v. tr., to con cert, to repa ir,

m end ; -ta, 8 . m . ,repair, con cert.

concluir, v. tr. , to con clude ; con clu

860, s . f., conclusion .

conde, s. m . (fem . c w ), count.

condem n or, v. tr., to con dem n .

condigdo, s . f. , condition .

condizer, v. intr., to agree.

cond/ucta s .f., conduct, behavior ;con duci/r-ée, v. refi.,

to con duct

one’s self, to behave .

confessar, v. tr., to confess, avow .

canfiar, v. tr. and in tr., to confide,

trust, entrust ;-an §a , s . f., confi

dence, trust.

conforme, adj .,conform able ; prep.

and conj ., according to, a s .

conforto, s . m . , comfort.

confundir, v. tr., to confoun d .

confuso adj ., confused ; -sao, s f.

conhecer, v. tr., to kn ow , to be ao

quainted with ;«ido, s . m ., an ao

quaintance-cim en to, s . m .,

know l

edge, acqua intance ; —dor, s . m .,

connoisseur.

con n iven cia s . f. , conn iva n ce .

conquista , s .f., conquest ; -ta r, v . tr. ,

to conquer ;-dar, s. m ., con queror.

conscien cia s . f. con scien ce.

conseguir, v. tr., to obta in ;—i nte

,

adj ., con sequent (par con se

quen tly) ; -

guencia s . f., couse

quence.

m . , coun sellor.

consen tir,v. intr., to consent ;-m ento,

s . m . , consen t.

consola r, v. tr., to con sole, comfort ;-se, it . refl., to be comforted.

ca nstm ir, v. tr., to con struct, con

strue.

consul s . m ., con sul.

con ta , s . f., account, bill ; -a r, v. tr.,

to reckon , coun t —com ,—upon ),

to relate, tell (from canto).conta nporanea s. m . and adj .,con temporary.

con ten te,adj conten t, satisfied,glad ;

-tar—se, v. refl., to be conten ted ;-m en to

,s . m .

, contentm en t.

can ter,v. tr. , to conta in , hold.

con teudo (a), s . m ., con tents.

con tigua adj contiguous, ad

join ing.

con tinua adj ., continual.can to, s . m .

, tale ;—de réis, one m illion ofrees

con tra , prep., aga inst.

con tracto, s . m . , con tract.

contrad izer,v. tr., to contradict ;

d iagdo, s . f. , con tradiction .

contrario adj . , contrary ;pela orao on the contrary.

contribuir, v. tr. and in tr. , to con

tribute ; -buicdo, s .f., con tribution .

conven cer, v. ir. , to convince.

con ven ien te, adj . , conven ien t.

con cen to, s . m .

, convent.

con vidar,v. tr., to invite ; -ado, s.

m .

, guest ; m ite, s . m . , invitation .

con cir,v. in tr. , to becom e, be fit or

conven ien t.

copia s . f. , copy ; -ar, v. tr.

capo, s . m ., glas s, tumbler.

car, 5 . f., color ; -ar, v. tr. and intr.,

to color,blush .

COR CUR 267

for, s . m ., m em ory de by heart, l crér,v . tr. and in tr. , to believe, th ink,by rote.

coracao, s . m . , heart.

coragem s . f. , courage j oso , adj .,

courageous .

coral,s . m . , coral.

corda , s . f., cord, rope, string ; dar

ao relogio, to wind upthe watch

or clock.

coron el, s . m . , colonel.

corpo, s . m . , body ; a coma , m an

to m an,ha n d to hand .

car-recto, adj . , correct.correio, s . m . , courier, post-ofiice.

correr, v . in tr. , to run ;-dor, s . m .

,

run n er,race-horse, corridor, pa s~

sage ;-en te, adj . , run n ing, curren t ;

s . f. , curren t, chain ; -eza , s . f. ,curren t, stream .

corrigir, v. tr.,to correct, pun ish ;

-se,v . refi., to m en d, reform .

corrompe'r, v. tr. , to corrupt, spoil ;-rupto, adj . , s . m .

cortar, v. tr. ,to cut.

carte, s . f. , court ; -cc, adj . , courteous,

polite ; -zia s . f. , courtesy ;-sdo, s . m . , courtier.

cortica s . f. , rin d, bark, cork.

coser,v . tr. , to sew .

costa , s . f., coast, shore ; a s,pl. , ba ck.

costum e, s . m ., custom ,

habit ; -ar,

v . in tr. , to use, be in the habit, etc .

costura , s . f. , seam , sewing ;-7

'

eira ,

s . f. , seam stress .

cousa,s . f. , thing.

cocado, s . m ., ell.

cooarde (or s . m ., coward .

cozer, v . tr. , to cook, boil ; -in lw , s .

f. , kitchen ; -eiro, s . m . , cook .

cran eo (or -ia ), s . m . , skull.

crear, v. tr. ,to create ;

-dor, s . m .,

creator ;-tura , s . f. , 1 60, s. f.

credita s . m .,credit, reputation .

-dor, s . m . , creditor ; crenga , s . f. ,belief, creed credulo adj . ,credulous .

crescer, v . in tr.,to grow, rise

,in

crease.

cria do, s . m ., m an -servan t.

criar, v. tr.,to create,produce, breed,

ra ise ;-an ca , s . f., ch ild , baby.

crim e, s . m .,crim e ;

-m/in osa , adj . ,crim in al.

crise, s . f., crisis .

crista l, s . m . , crystal.cr il ica s . f. , criticism ;

-ao, adj .,critical ; s . m . , critic ;

-car, v.

tr. ,to criticise .

crocodi lo crocodile.

crul, adj . , raw .

cru el adj . , cruel d ade, s .

cruelty.

cruz, s . f., cross -ar, v. tr.,to cross ;

-ada , s . m . , a coin worth 400rees.

cubica or cob. , s . f., cupidity.

cubico adj . , cubic .

cubrir (or v. tr.,to cover.

cuidar, v . in tr. , to think, to take

care ;-ado, s . m .

,care, carefuln ess,

sorrow ;-dosa , adj . , careful.

culpa , s. f. , fault, sin , gu ilt ; -ar, v.

tr.,to accuse ;

-ado, s . m . and adj .,

guilty.

cu ltura , s . f. , culture, civilisation .

ca m e, 8 . m . , t0p.

cumprir, v. tr.,a ccomplish , fulfil

cumpre, it is fit,proper.

cum u lo s . m ., height, top,pitch .

cun had o, s . m . , broth er-in -law ; -a ,

s . f. , sister—in -law .

curar, v. tr., to cure.

curi oso, adj . , curious, n ice, sin gular

curso, .s . m .,course.

curto, adj. , short.

curcar, v. ir., to bow, bend.

268 on e

ouatar,v. in tr.,

to cost -a , s . f. , cost,expen se, charge ; —0, s . m . , cost

,

dimculty ; a custa,with diffi culty

dam a , s . f. , lady ; -as ,pl. , draugh ts ;d'

ko n or, lady ofhon or.

dam n o (don o), s . m .,dam age.

da nfa , s . f. , dan ce ; -ar,v

,in tr.

,to

dan ce .

(lar, v . tr.,to give, strike ; dado, p.

p.

, given.

de, prep. ,

of,from .

deba isca , a dv.,— de

, prep.,un der

, un

dern eath .

debate s . m .,debate.

deci dir, v. tr.,to d ecide ; «sdo, s . f. ,

d ecis ion .

declive adj . , sloping, downward .

decreto s . m . , decree, order ; -ta1

v. tr.

,to pass an order, a decree .

dedicar,v. tr. ,

to ded ica te, devote .

dedo, s . m . ,finger.

defender, v. tr. , to d efen d ; -sor, s .

m . , defen der ; defeza , s . f.,defen ce.

deferir, v. tr., to gran t, to defer, put

up.

degrdo, s . m .

,degree, step.

deitar. v . tr. , to lay,put ; -se, v. refl.,

to lie down , to go to bed.

deix ar, v . tr. ,to leave , let, let alon e.

dem ais , adv.,m oreover, bes ides , too,

too m uch .

dem asia s . f.,superfiuity ; em.

ex cessively, too ; -ado, adj . , ex ecs

sive ; -adam an te, adv. ,too .

dem ittir, v. tr. ,to dism iss dean/£8 3620,

s. f. , dism issal.

dem ora s . f.

, delay ; -ar,v. tr. ,

-se, v. refi.,to delay, tarry.

den te,s . m .,

tooth ; dor de den tes,

toothache.

dentro, adv.,with in .

DE S

tr. , to

I Deos (or Dena), s. m ., G od ;-cc , s. f.,

goddess .

departam en to , s . m . , d epartm en t.

depender, v. in tr., to depend (deupon )

depoim en to, s . m ., eviden ce.

depois, adv.,after

,afterwards .

depressa , adv. , quickly, quick .

deputad o, s . m ., deputy, represen tative .

deri var, v. tr.,to d erive.

derrubar (or derribar),throw down , overthrow .

decafia s . m ., cha llenge, defian ce ;

-ar, v . tr.,to challen ge, defy .

desagradar, v . in tr., to displease

-a vel, adj . , unpleasan t, disagreeable.

desamparar, v. tr.,to forsake.

deeapparecer, v . in tr. , to disappear.

desarmar, v . tr.,to disarm ;

—ada ,p.

p.,un arm ed .

desarr anj ar, v. tr to derange ;-j o,

s . m .,dera ngem en t, trouble .

desastre, s . m . , disa ster ;-oso, adj .

desacen g'a,s . f.

,discord

,d issension .

desca ns ar, v . intr.,to rest ;

-30, s. m .

,

rest, repose .

descarado, adj . , barefaced , impudent.descer, v. tr. a n d in tr., to com e down ,

descend ; to lower.

desconfiar, v. in tr., to m istrust

,sus

pect ; -an §a , s . f., dimden ce, sus

pic ion .

descon hecido, adj . , unknown .

descubrir, v. tr. , to discover, detect ;-cuberta (or s . f.

,discovery ;

-brim en to,s . m . ,

detection .

descuido s . m ., n egligen ce, care

lessn ess ;-ado, adj ., careless .

descukoa , s. f. , ex cuse .

desde,prep., sin ce,from ;—gue, conj .,

s in ce.

270 DIR

dirigir, v. tr

-rectoa', s . m . ,director, fem .

-tora

or -triz direccao, s . f., direction .

discordia s . f. , discord, strife .

discreto adj ., d iscreet ; -oricao, s.

f.,discretion .

discurso, s . m ., d iscourse, speech

dispen dio iS), s . m .,expense ;

adj . , expen sive.

d iapensa , s . f. , dispen se, leave, ex

cuse ;-ar, v . tr.

,to d ispen se, ex

cuse.

dispersar, v. tr.,to disperse, scatter.

dispor, v. tr. an d in tr. ,to dispose.

d/ispam s . f. , d ispute, quarrel.

diasatiefeito, p. p.,dissatisfied .

distar, v. intr. ,to be distan t ; dis

tante, adj ., distant, far ; -an cia

disti ngui r,v. tr.,to distinguish ;

-cto,

adj . , distinct, distinguished .

diatricto s . m . ,district.

disturbio s . m .,disturban ce.

diver-ao, adj ., divers, d ifi‘

eren t,vari

ous ;-08,pi. , several.

d icertir-se,v . refi.

,to am use on e

’s

self; m e n to, s . m . , am usem en t.

divida s . f., debt.

dividir,v. tr., to divide,part, share ;

-sdo, s . f. , divis ion .

divin a adj . , divin e ; divin dade,s . f. , divin ity, deity.

divu lgar, v . tr. , to divulge, spread .

dbbro, s . m .,or dobrado, s . a nd adj .

,

double.

doce, adj .,sweet, soft -es , s . pl . ,

sweetm eats,confectionery ; para ,

8 . f. , sweetn ess .

doci l adj . , docile .

doer, v. intr.,to a che, pain , hurt ;

-en te,adj . , ill, sick ; -en g:a , s . f. ,

illn ess, sickn ess, disea se.

dam , s . f., gift, talen t.

EL E

to direct, address ; ldom ,s. m . ,

don (a title ofhon or,sir, lord ).

dom estico adj . , dom estic, tam e.

domi n an te, adj ., dom in an t, ruling.

dom i ngo, s . m .,S un day.

don de (or d’on de), adv.

, when ce.

dono , s . m .,owner, m aster ;

-a, s . f. ,

m istress (orm iss, before n am es of

ladies).

dcr, s. f. , pain , grief.

dorm ir, v . intr.,to sleep.

datar, v. ir. , to endow ;-ado

, p. p.,

gifted .

dan do (or doido), adj . , m ad,in san e;

-ice, s. f., m adn ess .

dous (dais), adj . n um .,two.

doutor, s . m . , doctor,physician .

dram a,5 . m .,

dram a ,play ; -atlco

adj ., dram atic .

duque, s . m . ,duke ; -eza .f., duchess .

durar, v. in tr.,to last ; -n te, prep.

,

during ; que, conj. , while.

duro, adj . , h ard ; —eza , s . f., hardness.

duvida s . f., doubt ; sem n o

doubt ;-ar, v . tr. , to doubt ; -oso,

adj. , doubtful.d uzia s . f. , dozen .

dyna stia s . f. , dyn asty.

e, conj ., and .

econ om ia s . f. , economy ; -icoadj . , econom ical ; -i8ar

,v. tr. ,

to

save.

edicdo, s . f. , edition , publication .

edificio s . m . , edifice, buildin g.

educar, v. tr. ,to educate, bring up;

s . f. , education .

efeito, s . m . , efi'

ect ; com indeed ;-tuar (or elfectuar), v. tr. , to efi

'

ect.

eflicaz, adj . , efficacious.

eis, in terj . , lo, behold , there is , etc .

elegan te, adj . , elegan t ; -cia s . f.

EL E ENT 271

eleger, v . tr. , to elect ; eleigdo, s . f., I en costar, v. tr., to lean .

election ; -tor, s . m . , elector, voter.

elevar, v. tr. ,to elevate, ra ise.

el-rei (or elrei), s . m . , the king.

em , prep. , in , in to, on ,a t.

emba ix ada , s . f. , embassy ; -dar, s .

m .,em bassador.

em ba iazo, adv.,below,

down ,down

stairs .

em baragar, v . tr. , to em barrass , en

cum ber ;-

co, s . f. , em barra ssm en t.

em bora , adv. , be it so, n ever m ind ,

away conj .,although .

em bru lho, s . m .,parcel, packet, bun

d le ;-ar

,v. tr. ,

to pack, wrap.

em cim a , adv.,above, on top, up

stairs ; de,prep.,upon ,

on .

em en dar, v . tr. ,to am end , correct.

emj im ,adv.

,at last, in fine, in short.

empen bo, s . m ., pledge, en deavor in

favor ofan other ; -ar se, v . refi., to

pledge on e’s self, en deavor, etc.

emperigar, v . tr.,to imperil, jeopar

d ize.

emprego (2, s . m . , employm ent ;

-ar, v. tr. ,to employ ; -ado, s . m . ,

officer,clerk .

emprebender, v . tr. ,to un dertake ;

1m m , 8 . f. , en terprise.

emprestar, v . tr.

,to len d ; -tim o

s . m . ,loan .

em qua n to, conj . , wh ile, as long as .

en cadern ar, v. tr. , to bin d (books ).

en ca lkar, v. in tr.,to run aground .

en ca n tar, v . tr. , to en ch an t, charm

-dor, adj .

,charm ing.

en carna do ,adj . , red .

en carn icado, adj . ,furious, raging.

en carregar, v . tr. ,to charge ;

-se, v.

refi. ,to take charge, un dertake .

en cetar, v . tr. ,to try, un dertake.

en con tro, s . m .,en coun ter, m eeting ;

~ar, v. tr. , to m eet, to find .

en cubrir, v . tr.,to cover, con ceal,

palliate.

en ergia s . f. , en ergy ; -

gico

adj . , en ergetic .

enfeita r, v. tr., to adorn , trim .

enferm o, adj. sick,ill, sickly, infirm.

enforca r, v. tr. ,to h an g.

enfraquecer, v. tr. and intr., to enfee~

ble, to grow weak.

enfm '

ecer-se,v . refl., to becom e furi

ous, en raged ;-ci do

, p. p., curag

ed , infuriated .

engan a s . m .,m istake ; -a r, v. tr.,

to deceive, ch eat ; -se,v . red .,

to

m ake a m istake, to be m istaken .

engenbeira , s . m . ,engin eer.

en godar, v. tr.,to allure, en tice.

engragada, adj ., pretty, n ice, graceful.

‘

en graear-se

,v .

on e’

s self.

engulir, v . tr. ,to swallow .

en igm a,s . m .

,en igm a , riddle.

en orm e, adj . , enorm ous .

en redo (2, s . m . , in trigue, plot ;-ar, v. tr.

,to entangle, in trigue.

enriquecer, v. tr. an d intr., to en rich ,

to grow rich .

ensej o s . m . ,occas ion

,opportu

n ity.

en sina r, v . tr. , to teach ; -8in o s .

m . , in struction , teaching.

en tao, adv.,th en ; well ?

en tender, v. tr. ,to un derstan d , to

m ean ;—im en to, s . m .

, understand

ing.

en terr ar, v. tr. , to in ter, bury ; -r0, 5 .

m . , burial, funeral.

entrar, v. in tr.,to enter, go or com e

in ; -ada , s . f. , entran ce.

en tre, prep., between , am ong.

en tregar, v. tr., to deliver, give up;

red .,to ingratiate

272 ENT

-se, v. refl.,to surren der ;

-ega

s . f. , delivery ; gue, adj . , dcliv

ered .

en treter, v. tr. , to en terta in , to am use ;

-ten im en to, s . m en terta inm en t.

en velhecer, v. in tr.,to grow old

en vergon /zar, v. tr. ,to sh am e ;

refl. , to be asham ed , to blush .

enviar, v. tr. ,to sen d ;

-ado, s . m . ,

en voy.

en x ergar, v . tr., to see, perceive .

erm b, s . f. , add ice or adze (a tool)en x ugar, v . tr. , to dry, to W ipe ;

p. p. ,dried up, dry.

epi lepsia s . f. , epilepsy ; -eptico

adj epileptic .

epocha or epoca , s . f., epoch .

equador, s . m .,equator.

equivaler, v . in tr. , to be equal or

equivalen t.

equivoco adj . , equivocal .era , 3 . f. , era .

erguer, v. tr. , to ra ise .

erigz’

r,v. tr., to erect.

errar,v. tr. a nd in tr.

,to err. m iss ,

to wan der ; -o,s . m . , error, m is

take ; -ado,p. p. ,m istaken ,

wron g ;-oneo adj . , erron eous -atas

s . f. pl. , errata .

esbogar, v. tr. , to sketch .

escabroso, adj ., rugged ,craggy.

escacea r, v'

. in tr.,to becom e scarce .

escada , s . f. , ladder, sta irca se.

escala r, v . tr. ,to scale.

esca ndalo s . m . , scan dal.

escapar, v. in tr. ,to escape ; m ia

s . f. , escape.

escaram uga s . f.,skirm ish .

escarla tin a s. f., scarlet-fever.

esca rn eo s . m .,con tempt, taunt ;

-cer, v. in tr. ,to scoff, rail, m ock a t.

escasso, adj . , scarce, scan ty ; -ez, s . f. ,scarcity.

E SP

esclarecer, v . tr.,to clear

,to en lighten.

escola s . f., school.

escolher, v. tr.

,to choose ;

-a, s . f.

,

choice.

escon der, v. tr.,to h ide, con cea l ;

s. m .

,hid ing

-place.

escooa (2, s . f. , brush .

escravo s. m .,slave ; wal do, s . f. ,

slavery.

escrever, v. tr.,to write ;

-am§n ba , s .

f., writing-desk escripta, p. p. ,

written ;-a

,s . f. , writing, copy ;

esm‘z'

ptor, s . m . , writer ;-om§o

s . m .,desk

,ofli ce, coun ting

-room ;

4 1m s . f. , S cripture ; escrivao

(pl. ties), s . m .,scriven er, secreta

ry, clerk .

escrupulo s . m . , scruple.

esca da , s . m . , sh ield .

esculptor, s . m . , carver, sculptor ;-tura , s . f. , sculpture, carving.

escun a , s . f. , schoon er.

escuro adj . , dark , obscure ;-cer

,

v . tr.

_and in tr. , to darken ; -1Iddo,

s . f. , darkn ess, obscurity.

escutar, v . tr. ,to listen .

acfoo'go, s . m .,effort ; -

gar-se, v. refl.,

to endeavor, try, strive.

esfriar,v. in tr.,to grow cold, to cool.

esm agar, v . tr. ,to crush , shatter.

am ola s . f. , alm s .

espago s . m . ,Space, room ;

-080,

adj . , spacious , room y.

espada ,s . sword , sabre.

espa lhar, v . tr. , to spread .

espa n to, s . m . , fright, aston ishm en t ;

-ar,v . tr. , to frighten , aston ish ;

-oso, adj . , a ston ish ing, am azing.

especie s . f. , species .

espectacu lo s . m ., spectacle, play.

especu lar, v. intr. ,to speculate ; 1 60,

s . f. , speculation .

espelho, s . m looking-

glass, m irror.

274

m otto s. m .,army.

ex halar, v. tr to ex hale.

a w , v. tr., to ex h ibit.

embortar, v. tr., to ex hort, adm on ish .

emig'irr, v. tr., to ex act, dem and.

“ ism , v. intr.,to ex ist.

ex ito s. in event, issue, result.

ewpelh’

zr, v. tr., to expel, drive out.

experien cia s. f., experien ce.

m m knm to, s . m ., experim en t, trial ;-tar, v. tr., to experience, try.

maior, v. tr. , to expiate.

apt/ramv. in tr., to expire, die.

amplicor, v. tr., to explain .

aphid” adj ., explicit.avpbr, v. tr., to expose.empress” , v. tr., to express.

W , v. tr., to express, state.

w ho, p. p., expelled, driven out ;

4 60, s. f., expulsion ; -ar, v. tr.,to

ex pel, drive out.cage/ism adj., ex quisite, n ice,

curious, strange.

ex tenso, adj., ex tended, ex ten sive.

m m s. m ., ex term in ation .

ex trem a, adj ., ex trem e -oso, adj .,ten der, loving, doting.

feio, adj ., ugly.

fabrica s. f., fabric, factory ; M on day, term Tuesday, etc.-ar, v. tr., to fabricate, m anufac feitigo s. m ., fetish , charm ;

ture ; m ate, a. m ., m anufacturer ; -ceiro, s. m ., sorcerer ; a im , a . f.,

1 560, s. f., m anufacture. sorceress, witch .

fabula s . f.,fable. feliz, adj happy, lucky, fortunate ;face, 8 . f., kn ife ; -ada , s . f., stab . c ida de, s . f., felicity, happin ess,face, s. f.,face, cheek. luck ; -citar,v . tr., to congratulate .

facil adj easy. fém ea , adj . and s.f.,fem ale.

fadiga s. f.,fatigue, toil,weari ferias s . f. pl., holidays, vacan ess . tion .

fallar, v. tr. and intr., to speak , fem’

zr, v. tr., to strike, hurt,woun d ;talk 'falla , s . f., speech ; d or, s . 4210, s. f., wound.

m talker; adj., talkative.

fullmer,v. in tr., to die, decease; 43110,

p. p., defunct, deceased, late ;-m en to, s. m ., decease, death .

fa lso, adj., false, deceitful.fa ltar, v. intr., to be wanting or

m issin g ; -a, s . f., wan t, n eed ; -0,

adj ., wanting, lacking, deficient.

fam i lia s. f.,fam ily.

fa na tic» adj .,fanatic ; 4 1181710, 8.m ., fan aticism .

farm, a. f.,farce.

farinha , s. f., flour, farine.

farol, a. m ., lighthouse.

farto, adj ., sated,full.fata l, adj .,fatal ; esta , s . m .,fatalist.

fatia s. f. , slice.

favor, s . m ., favor ; 4 em , v. tr.,to

favor,protect.

fazen da , s. f., estate, farm , fortune,wealth , finances -aa, a. f. pl

goods .

fazer, v. tr. , to do, to m ake ; -se, v.

red ., to becom e, to feign .

fé, s . f., faith , trust.

febre, s . f.,fever, ague.

fechar, v. tr. and in tr., to close,

shut,lock ; 4 1m , 3 . f., lock.

ferro, s. m ., iron ; -60 adj . , iron ,

ofiron ; -agen s, s . f. pl., hardware ; aferro efogo, with fire an dsword.

ferrolho, s. m ., bolt ; ~ar, v. tr.

, to

bolt,

ferti l adj .,fertile.

fer-oer, v. tr. and in tr., to boil.

festa , s . f., feast, festival ; data de

holiday, saint’s day ; -ej o, s . m .,

festival, festivity ; j ar, v. tr.,to

feast, celebrate.

fiar, v. tr. and intr., to spin .

j iar-se, v. refi., to trust ; m m, s . f.,security, ba il ; «for, s . m ., securi

ty, surety, bail.ficar, v. in tr., to stay, rem ain , to be

com e, turn ; com , to keep.

fida lgo, s . m ., noblem an .

fided igno, adj ., credible, reliable.

fidelissimo superl. offiel ; sua

m agestade-a (S . M . E ), title of

the kings ofPortugal.

fiel, adj ., faithful ; -da de, s . f.,faith

fulness, fidelity.

j igado s . m ., liver ;

-ada l, adj . ;in im igo bitter enem y.

figura s . f., figure ; -do,a . m

tall stout m an , prom in en t m a n

(fam iliar).

fillw, s. m . , son ;-a , s. f., daughter.

filho, s . f., om elet, pan cake .

fi/m , s. m ., end, intention , aim .

fin al, adj . final ; -m ente, adv.,final

ly, at last, at length .

fingir, v. tr. and intr., to feign ,in

vent ; vida,p. p., feign ed , dissem

bling ;-im ento, s . m ., feign ing ;

j icgdo, s. f., fiction .

fio, s . m .,thread, string, wire, rill,

edge (ofa kn ife, passar ao

da capada , to put to the sword .

firma , s . f., sign ature, firm .

FRA 275

firm s,adj ., firm , steady, fast; c m,

s . f.,firm ness .

fita , s . f., band, ribbon .

flagella, s. m ., scourge.

flam engo, adj ., Flem ish.

fian guewr, v. tr., to flank.

flecha , s . f., arrow, dart.

flér, s . f., flower, blossom ; -ecer, v.

in tr.,to flourish, bloom .

fogo, s . m ., fire ;fazer to fire ;-do, 8 . m ., stove -

gueira , s. f.,bonfire,pile ; -guete, s . m ., rocket.

folka , s . f., leaf, sheet.

fam e, s . f.,hunger ; estar com

to be hungry.

fora , adv. , out, without, outside, 06 ;

de, prep., out of, without, be

sides dc from abroad, from

outside.

forca , s . f., gallows, gibbet.

farga , s . f., force, strength ; aforga,by strength, by dint, by force ;

for-gar, v. tr., to force, compel.

form a s . f. ,form , mould .

form s (o), s . f.,form , shape.

forrmiga s . f., ant.

forn ecer, v. tr., to furn ish,provide.

forro, adj .,free.

forta leza , s . f., fortitude,fortress.

forte, adj ., strong ; s. m .,fort.

fortificar, v. tr., to fortify.fortuna s . f.,fortune,fate, luck.

foz, s . f., m outh ofa river.

fraco, adj., weak.

fracturar, v. tr., to fracture, break.

frade, s . m ., monk,friar.

fragata s. f., frigate.

Fran ga , s. f., France mez, adj. ,French .

fran co, adj ., frank, sincere ; q uem ,

s . f. , frankness.

frango, s . m ., chicken .

fraqueza , s. f., weakness,feebleness.

276 FRE G RA

freguez, s. m .,parishion er, custom er; I gallo, s. m ., cock, rooster.

-zta s . f.,parish , custom .

fren te, s . f.,fron t.

freguen te, adj . , frequent.

fresco, adj ., fresh ,cool.

frete, s . m .,freight ;

-tar,v. tr., to

freight, charter.

frio, adj . , cold .

frame, 5 . f.,fron t ; de in fron t,

opposite.

fron teira , s . f. , fron tier, boun dary.

fructa (orfruta ),s .f. ,fruit (oftrees)-to

,s . m . ,

fruit, result.

fru ir, v. in tr. ,to enjoy.

frustrar, v. tr.,to frustrate.

fugir, v . in tr.,to flee, fly, run away ;

-fida , -a , s . f., flight.fulan o, s . m . ,

such a on e, so an d so .

fulm in an te, adj . ,fulm in ating.

fum ar, v. tr. an d in tr.,to sm oke ;

-a§a , s . f. , sm oke.

fun do , adj ., deep s . m ., bottom ;

a profoun dly, thoroughly ; -ar,

v. tr.,to foun d ; -

gdo, s. f., found s

tion ;-dor

,s . f., founder ; -m en to,

s . m .,foundation .

furar, v. tr., to bore,pierce.

fa ria s . f. , orfuror, s . m . ,fury,rage ;

-bun do,adj . , furious ,

en raged .

futi l adj ., futile.

futuro adj . and s . m . , future.

fuzilo s . m . , sheet-lightn in g-ar, v. in tr. an d imp.

,to lighten ;

v. tr.,to shoot.

G

gabar, v. tr.,to pra ise ; -se, v. refl.,

to boast, brag.

gabin ete, s . m .,cabinet,private room .

gado, s . m . , cattle.

ga lé , s . f., galley.

gallin ka , s . f.,hen ;

-as ,pl., ch icken .

ga nhar, v . tr.,to ga in , w in , to earn ;

-0, s . m ., gain , earn ings ;

-ador, s.

m . , day-laborer.

ganso, s . m ., goose .

garga lkada , s . f.,loud laughter.

garrafa , s . f., bottle.

gastar, v. tr. , to waste, to spend.

gato, s. m . ,cat.

gaveta (2, s . f. , drawer.

yelo, s . m .,frost, ice ; -ar, v. intr.,

to freeze.

gem eo s . m . an d adj ., twin .

gen era l, a. m ., gen era l.

gen ero s . m ., gen der, species ;-08 ,pi . , goods, w ares .

gen eroso, adj . , gen erous.

gem’

o s . m ., gen ius.

gen/ m, s . m . , son-in -law.

gen te, s. f.,people.

geographo s . m . , geographer; 4a

s . f. , geography.

geral, adj . , general.

gtgan te, s . m ., gian t ;-esco, adj ., gi

gantic.

gloria s . f. , glory.

gakpe, s . m ., blow, stroke ; de mis

ta , look.

gordo, adj ., fat ; aura , s . f., fat.

gostar, v. in tr., to like ;-0,s . m .,

taste.

gota , s . f., drop, gout.

gooern o, s . m ., governm ent.

gozar, v. in tr., to enjoy ; -0, s. m .,

enjoym ent.graga , s . f.

, grace, favor ; -as, pi.,thanks .

gracq o, s . m . ,jest; -ar,v . intr., to jest.grad e, 3 . f. , barrow, grate, bars .

grado, m ao despite ; de bamwillingly.

grammatr’

c a s . f. , gramm ar; -o,s . m ., gram m arian .

278 IL L

illudir, v. tr. , to illude, deceive.

i llum in ar, v. tr.

,to illum in e.

W agem s. f. , im age ; v. tr.,

and «953, v. refl.,to im agine.

M uir, v. tr.,to im bue.

im/itar, v. tr.,to im itate.

immed ia to adj ., im m ediate.

im m enso, adj . , im m en se.

imm un do,adj . , unclean .

empagavel, adj ., priceless .

imped ir, v . tr.,to impede, h inder ;

-m en to, s . m .,impedim en t, hin

'drance.

tmpelhfir, v. tr., to impel, drive.

imperador, s . m ., emperor ; s .

f. , empress ; -erio s . m . , em

pire.

imperdoavel, adj . , unpardon able.

im lacanel, adj ., implacable .

implorar, v. tr.,to implore, beseech ,

en treat.

impor, v . tr.,to impose.

importar, v. tr. an d in tr.,to import,

to am oun t (to em ) ; if. im

pers.,it is importan t or n ecessary ;

n ao m’importa , I do n ot care

-an cta

im orte, s . m ., am oun t.

tmportuno adj ., importun e, troublesom e.

imposstoel adj .

, impossible .

impren sa , s . f., press,prin ting.

impresario s . m .,undertaker (of

a thea tre, m an ager).imprensa, adj ., printed —sdo, s . f.,impression .

imprim ir, v. tr to print.

tmproprto adj . , improper.

empa n e adj . unpun ished ; -m en te,adv. , with impun ity.

tn aba laoel, adj . , un sh aking, im m ov

able .

in augurar, v. tr.,to in augurate.

INF

lincapaz, adj ., in capable.

W and/to s . m .,conflagration ,fire.

in char, v. n ., to swell.

oncitar, v. tr., to in cite ; -m en to. s .

m ., incitem en t, inducem en t.

in comm odo adj . , in conven ien t ;s . m . ,

in conven ien ce ; discom

fort, trouble, illness ; -ar, v. tr. ,to

trouble, in con ven ien ce ; -ado, p.

p., unwell.

inconsola vel, adj ., in con solable, n ot

to be comforted .

in con tin en te, adv.,on the spot.

incrivel adj ., in credible.

in culcar, v . tr., to in culcate, recom

m en d .

taourt'

a s . f. , n egligen ce, care

lessn ess .

in dem n isafdo, s . f. , indem n ification .

I n dia , s . f., In dia -as orien taes ,

East In dies ;«to s . m .

, Indian .

indigen te, adj indigen t, n eedful.

ind ign a, adj ., unworthy ; adad e, s .

f. , in dign ity ; -ar-ae, v . refl. ,to be

com e indign an t, angry.

indiscreto adj . , in discreet ; 5m.

dtscrigdo, s . f. , indiscretion .

indz'

oid 'wo s . m . , individual.

in dicted , adj ., un utterable, un speakable.

industria s . f., industry.

indueir, v. tr. , to induce .

fin er-me, adj .

,un arm ed .

in evitavel, adj ., in evitable.

infa lltvel adj ., infallible.

infam e adj ., infam ous ; n3a

s . f. , infamy.

infan te, s . m ., infant, infan te (titleofth e king

’s son s) ; -c13a s . f. ,

infan cy ; -am'

a s . f. , infan try ;d ie/£47720 s . m .

,infan ticide .

infa usto, adj . , un lucky, unfortun ate.

infeliz, adj ., unhappy, unlucky.

inferno, s . m ., hell.

inj ector, v. tr., to infest.

infin ite adj., infin ite .

infla m e-ta s. f. , influence ; influ

ir, v. tr., to influence, in spire.

infortuni o s. m . , m isfortune.

ingerir-se, v. refl., to interfere, m eddle ;

-encia s. f., in terferen ce.

ingrato, adj ., ungrateful ; -tidda, s .

f. , ingratitude.

in im igo s . m ., en emy ; made, 8 .

f., enm ity.

inj uria s. f., injury, insult.in n umero adj. , inn um erable.inqw hfim vel, adj ., unqualified, un

justifiable.

ingui eto adj ., restless, troubled.

m gn il ino s. m ., inm ate, tenan t.

inquwwao, s. f., inquis ition .

inscrippao, s . f., inscription .

ineiatir, v. intr., to in sist.

instar, v. intr., to in sist, urge ;-n te,

s . m . , instan t ; -an cia s . f., ia

stan ce, entreaty.inetrm lr, v. tr., to in struct, teach ;inatrucpdo, s.f., in struction , learning.

inteiro, adj., en tire, whole.

M W , 8 . f., an d in tento, s . m ., in

ten tion .

in teresse, s. m ., in terest ;

interested, greedy.

intern ar, v. tr., to send into the ia

terior.

interprete s . f., interpreter.

interrogar, v. tr. , to question , ask.

interromper, v. tr.,to in terrupt.

intim o adj., in tim ate, innerm ost.

in tra nsi tavel, adj ., impassable.

in tr iga s.f., in trigue,plot; -an te,a dj . a n d s . m ., in trigant,plotter.

-Od0,p’ p'r

J OB 279

l in undapdo, s . f., inundation , flood.

inuti l adj ., useless.

in vadir, v. tr. , to invade.

ineeja (2, é), s . f., envy ; j ar, v . tr.,

to envy ; -j oso, adj ., envious .

inventor, v. tr., to invent ; $ 60, s . f.,invention .

inverno, s. m ., winter.

in vocar, v. tr. , to invoke.

ir, v. intr., to go ; a s, v. refl., to go

away, to leave.

irmao,s.m .,brother ; -da ,s.f., sister.

irrw heneivel, adj. , irreproachable.isenta (or in ), adj ., ex empt.isso,pron . dem .,

that.

isto,pron . dem .,this.

I M M s. f., Italy ; o iano adj .,Italian .

j ti , adv., already ; que, conj ., as,sin ce.

J acaran da, s. m ., rosewood.

j ama is , adv. , ever, n ever.

J an eiro, 3 . m . , J anuary.j a nella, s. f. , window.

j an tar, v. intr.,to dine ; s .

dinner.

j arda , s . f., yard (m easure).j ardim , s . m . , garden ; m etro, s. m .,

gardener.

j arro, s . m .

, jar, pitcher.

j am , v. intr. , to lie.

jeiwn s . m ., fast ; ma r, v. intr.,

to fast.

J ew s J esus .

J odo, J ohn .

j oellzo s. m . , knee.

j ogo, s . m ., play, gam e, gam bling ;-ar,v. in tr., toplay,gamble ; -ador,s . m ., gam bler.

m

in trometter-ae, v. refl to m eddle, ia j oi a, s. f., jewel.terpose ; a ido,p. p.,

m eddling. j ornal, s . m ., journal, newspaper,

280 J OS

diary, wages ; -ca'

ro, s . m ., day I

laborer.

J osé, J oseph .

j ovem (2, adj . and s . m ., young,youthful, youth .

J udeo (2, é), s . m ., J ew ; «Z ia , s. f.,

J ewess .

j uiz , s . m . ,judge ; -o, s . m . , judg

m en t, reason .

j u lgar, v. in tr., to judge, think.

J ulho, s. m ., J uly.

j uncar, v. tr., to strew.

J a n lw, s. m ., J une.

j 'wn ta , s . f. , join t, assem bly, board .

j unta , adj . , join ed ; -03 , together.

jwrar,v. tr. an d in tr. , to swear ;-ado,

s . m .. jurym a n -m ento, s . m .,

oath ; j uros, s . m . pl. , interest.

j usto, adj . , just, fitting ; d igo, s . f.,justice ; -t1ficar, v. tr. ,

to justify.

juven il adj . , juven ile, youthful.

M , adv.,there .

lda (or la n ), f., wool.

lapo, s. m ., n oose, sn are, tie, lasso.

lado, s . m ., side .

la drcio , s . m ., th ief, robber ; b eira

s . f., robbery, swin dle .

ladrar,v. in tr., to bark.

loge, s . f., flag-ston e ;-edo s . m .,

pavem ent.

Zagéa , s. f. , lake.

lagrima s . f. , tear.

lampedo, s . m . , lamp.

langa , s . f. , lan ce ; -ada , s . f. , thrust

w ith a lance ;-ar, v . tr. ,

to fling,throw.

lapz’

s s . m .,pen cil .

laranj a , s. f., orange.

lares , s . m . pl. (household -

gods),hearth , hom e.

largo, adj .

, broad, wide, far, vast,

L I G

-ura , s . f., lec

large ;-ura , s . f. , breadth , width ;

-ar, v . tr. ,to let go, to cast loose.

la tim ,s . m .

,L atin ; -1

'

/no adj .

latir, v . in tr. , to bark, yelp.

lado, s ,in , lion leéa , s . f., lioness .

legar, v. tr., to bequeathe ;-ado (2)

s . m ., legacy.

legido, s . f. , legion .

legua s . f., league.

lei , s . f., law.

leildo . s . m . , auction .

leite, s . m .,m ilk.

leitor, s . m .,reader ;

ture, reading.

lembrar, v. tr. , to rem ind ;-se, v.

refl., to rem em ber, recollect; ~a nga ,

s . f.,rem em bran ce ; ma nda r, (id ?

-as, to sen d , give on e’s love.

len go, s . m .,h an dkerchief

len lza , s . f., hra-wood,fuel.

leria , s . f. , lioness .

lér, v . tr.,to read ; len te, s . m ., lec

turer, professor.

leste (or l’este, este), s . m . , east.

letra , s . f.,letter (ofthe alph abet),

bill ofex ch ange ;-as , pl., litera

ture.

levan tar, v. tr. , to lift, ra ise, erect ;-se, v. refl.

,to rise, get up.

levar, v. tr. , to carry or take away.

leve, adj . , light.

levia n o, adj ., light-hearted, thought

less, trifling ;-an dada,s .f.,thought

lessn ess , levity.

liberdade, s . f., liberty, freedom .

libra , s . f., poun d .

lipdo, s . f. , lesson .

licenpa , s . f. , licen se, perm ission ,leave

,fur lough ;

-c'iado, s . m .

,li

cantiate.

lida , s . f. , toil, social com m erce ; -ar,

v. intr. , to toil, to h ave in tercourse.

ligeim ,adj .,light,fast, quick.

282 MER

ma nda r, v. tr. , to send , to order, bid, l igreja—,m other-church ,

com m an d .

m a neira , s . f. , m an ner,way ; de

que, so tha t.

m anej o (2, s . m ., m an agem en t,

m anmuvre.

m anga , s . f., sleeve.

m ankda , s . f., m orn ing, m orrow .

m an obra (2, o), s . f., m anm uvre .

m anteiga , s . f. , butter.

m an ta, s. m ., veil, m an tle, cover.

mam ac m'

pto, s. m .,m anuscript.

man , s . f., hand .

mao, adj ., bad, ill, wicked.

mappa , s . m . ,m ap.

mar, s . m ., sea.

ma ravillw, s . f., m arvel, wonder ; 68

m ail -as, wonderfully.

m arca , s . f. , m ark, brand , n ote, to

ken ; -ar, v. tr. , to m ark, stamp,

brand.

m arches, s. f.,m arch ; -ar, v .

m arch .

M argo, M arch .

m argem s . f., m argin , brink ,

bank, edge, verge.

marido s . m .,h usband .

ma rin ha , s . f. , n avy'

;a ez

'

ro, s . m .,

m arin er, sailor.

maritim e adj . , m aritim e.

m armore s . m ., m arble.

m a rquez, s . m . , m arquis .

m arqueza , s . f., m arch ioness, bed

stead .

m arrogmhn s. m ., m orocco .

m as,conj . , but.

m ascara s . f. , m ask .

m astro, s . m . , m ast.

m a tar, v. tr.,to kill.

m ateria s . f. , m atter, stufi‘

, sub

ject.ma them aticas s . f. pl., m athe

m atica.

chiefparish church .

m atto (ma te ), s . m . ,bush , wood,

forest.

m ax i/ma s . f., m ax im .

m amimo adj ., highest.

m edico s . m ., physician ; -cin a

s . f. , m edicin e.

m ediocre adj ., m ediocre, m idd

ling .

medir, v . tr.,to m ea sure ;

-ida , s . f. ,m easure .

medo, s . m ., fear ; estar com ter

to be afra id .

m eio , s. f., stocking.

m eiadoe, s . 111. pl., em de, in the

m iddle of.

meio , adj . , half, m iddle ; s . m .,

m eans .

m elhor, adj . comp. , better ; -a , s.

f. (or pl. -as), improvem en t (inhealth ) ; -ar, v . tr. a n d in tr.,

to

am eliorate, to grow better ;

-m en to ,

s . m ., improvem en t.

m em bro, s . m . , m em ber, lim b.

m emoria s . f., m em ory.

m engda , s . f., m en tion ;-cionar, v.

tr to m en tion .

m endigo s . m ., beggar ; -ar

,v.

in tr. , to beg a lm s ; deidad e, s . f. ,m endicity.

m en i n o s . m . , boy ; -a , s . f. ,

girl ;«fee

, s . f. , boyhood , girlhood .

m en or, adj . comp. , less, m in or, un der

age ;-08 adv.

,less ; ao at

least.

m en sagez'

ro, s . m . , m essen ger.

m en tir, v. in tr. , to lie ; «lira s . f.,lie

,falsehood ; adj . , lying,

liar.

m ercado, s . m ., m arket.

m ercan til adj ., m ercan tile, comm ercial.

M ER

m ercé, s. f., grace ; Vm cl

m ercé (pr. aosm'

aé), your grace,title ofc ivility given to any person you).

m erecer, v. tr.,to m erit

,deserve ;

-im en to,or m erito s. m .,

m erit,

worth .

m esm o,adj .

, self.m estre

, s . m ., m aster, teacher ;-a , s .

f. , m istress .

metade, s . f., h alf.

m etal s . m .,m etal.

meteoro s . m ., m eteor.

m etter,v. tr. ,

to put, set, place.

m eu ,f. m in ha ,pron . poss . , m y,m in e.

m ez, s . m ., m on th .

m eza , s . f. , table.

m iar, v. in tr. ,to m ew,m iaul (ofcats).

m icroscopio s . m . , m icroscope .

m il, adj . num . , thousan d ; m i l/tar, s .

m . , on e thousan d ; -ei'ra, s . m . , a

thousan d (ofc igars, oranges,mi lagre s . m ., m iracle.

m i lka , s . f. , m ile.

m ilhao, s . m . , m illion .

m ilho, s . m .,m a ize, Indian corn .

m ilitar, adj ., m ilitary.

m in ha , fem . ofm en .

m in istro, s . m ., m in ister.

m in ute s . m . ,m inute.

mi seria s . f. , m isery ; m isero

a n d -aael, adj . , m iserable, unfor

tun ate .

m isericordia s . f., m ercy, pity.

m issa,s . f. , m ass .

m ister, s . m . ,w a n t, n eed , ofli ce, bu

sin ess é it is n ecessary.

m , s . f. , m ill-ston e .

m ayo, adj . , young ; s . m ., youth ,

young m a n -a , s . f. , young lady ;-i (lade, s . f. , youth .

m oda , s . f. , m ode, fa shion .

m odelo s . m .,m odel.

283

vossa I medico adj . , m oderate.

m oda , s . m ., m ode, way, m an n er ;

de gue, so that.

m oeda (2, é ), s . f. , m on ey, coin .

m oin ho, s . m ., m ill.

m olesti a s . f. , trouble, sorrow,

illn ess .

m ollza/r,v. tr., to wet ; -ados, s . m .

pl., liquors .

m on arca , s . m ., m on arch ;-chia (2,

ch gu ), s . f. , m on archy.

m ange, s . m ., m onk.

mon ta nha , s . f. , m oun tain , h ill ; m an

te, s . f.,m oun t ;

-do,as. m .

, heap.

m on tar,v. intr., to m oun t.

m ar (contr. ofm a ior), adj . comp.,

chief,principal,first -m en te, adv. ,

principally.

m arar, v . in tr. , to dwell, to live ; -dor,

s . m . , inm ate, ten an t, inh abitan t ;-ada , -adia s. f., dwelling

place .

morder, v . tr., to bite.

morigerado, adj ., bem well-bred,

well-behaved .

m orrer, v . intr.,to die ; m orto, adj .

an d p. p., dead , killed .

m orte,s . f., death ; -a l, adj . , m ortal,

deadly ; -tandade, s . f., slaughter,

m ortality.

m asca , s . f. , fly ; olharpara asmoscas ,to be idle.

m osquito s . m .,m osquito, gn at.

m ostrar, v. tr., to show.

m otim , s . m . , m utiny.

m at/iao s . m . , m otive.

m over,v. tr. ,

to m ove ;-se, v . refl.

,

to m ove, stir ;

-im en ta,

s . m .,

m ovem ent, m otion .

m udar, v. tr. a nd in tr. , to ch ange,

alter,to rem ove -se, refl. , to m ove

(to other lodgings) ; apnea , s . f.,change, alteration .

284

m ade, a dj . , m ute , dumb.

m uito, adj., m uch or m ui, adv.,

m uch, very, too.

m a la , s. f., m ule.

m ulcta (m ulta), s . f., fine, m ulct.

m ulher, s. f., wom an , wife.

m ultiddo, s . f., m ultitude, crowd .

m undo , s . m ., world.

m u nigdo, s . f., am m un ition .

m un icipio s. m ., town-corpora

tion , township; -pal, adj . ; cam a racity council.

m un ir,v. tr., to pro vide, furn ish .

m uroho, adj ., withered , faded ; -ar,

v. intr. , to wither, fade.

m uro, s . m ., wall ; m ur a l/ta , s. f.,

wall ofa fortress .

m ueeo s . m ., m useum .

m usica s. f., m usic ; -0, s . m . ,

m usician .

m utuo adj., mutual.rag/ope adj., shortsighted .

m ysterio s . m .,m ystery.

n agdo, s . f., n ation ; na cional, adj .n ational.

n ada , s . m ., nothing.

nadar, v. in tr., to swim ,float ; a

na da , swimm ing (passar a n ada

to swim across) .n ao, adv., n o,not.

nao, s . f., sh ip, m an-of-war.

na riz, s . m ., n ose.

n ascer, v. intr.. to be born , to arise,spring, com e forth ,proceed ; -ente

,

s. m ., east -im en ta, s . m . , birth .

n ata l, adj ., di a Christm a s ; l icio

birth -day.

n atural, adj ., natural, n ative ; ~eza,

s. f., n ature.

n aufraga adj . and s . m ., sh ip

f., noble

wrecked ;-ar, v. intr., to wreck ;

-gio s . m ., shipwreck.

na vio s . m . , ship, vessel ; n ave

gar, v. tr. and intr., to n avigate.

n ecessari o adj ., necessary.

n egar, v . tr., to deny, refuse.

negligen cia (3 ) f., negligen ce,carelessness .

n egocio s . m ., business ; -an te, s.

m .,m erchan t.

negro, adj ., black ; s . m ., negro.

nem , conj . , nor, n either ; adv.,

n ot even .

nen hum , adj ., not one, no, none.

n ew , 3 . f., snow ; -ar, v. intr., to

snow .

n inguem ,pron ., nobody.n in ho, s. m ., nest.

nobre, adj., n oble ; -eza , s .

n ess, n obility.

n ocivo, adj ., hurtful, injurious.

n oite, s . f., n ight.

n oiva , s. m ., bridegroom ;-a , s . f.,

bride .

n ame, a . m . , n am e ; -ar, v. tr., to

n am e, appoint ; a gdo, s . f., nom i

n ation , appointm ent.rwra

, s . f., daughter-ia -law.

n orma, s . f. , norm , rule.

n orte, s . m . , n orth .

n ossa ,pron . dem ., our, ours .

n ota , s . f., n ote, blem ish ; -ar, v. tr.,

to note, observe,perceive.

n oticia s. f. , notice, n ews .

n ave, adj . n um ., n ine.

n oa o,adj., n ew, young ; M ade, s . f.,

n ovelty, news.

n u , adj ., n aked .

n u ca , s . f. , neck, nape ofthe n eck.n um ero s . m ., number.

n un ca, adv., never.

n uvem s. f., cloud.

286 onv

ouvir, v. tr. and in tr., to hear; d a te,

5 . m ., bearer ; -ido, s. m .,hearing,

ear (in n er) .oa elka , s . f. , sheep, ewe.

m m, s. m ., egg.

oaalé , interj ., would to God

P

pachorra, s . f., sluggishness ;adj ., sluggish,phlegm atic .

paciencia s. f.,patien ce.

padrasto, s . m ., stepfather.

padre, s . m .,father, priest.

padrinho, s . m ., godfather.

pagdo, s. m ., pagan , heathen .

pagar, v. tr., to pay ; m ento, s . m . ,

paym ent ; -dar, s . m .,paym aster,

purser.

pa i, s. m .,father; -3,pl., paren ts.

paiz (pa-is), s . m ., coun try, lan d .

paiado, s. f.,passion .

pa lacio s. m ., palace ; -cete, s .

m . , m ansion .

pa lavra s . f., word.

pa lha , s . f., straw.

pa llido adj ., pale ; «l ee, s . f.,

paleness .

pa lpa ael adj ., palpable.

pamphleto s . m .,pamphlet.

pan /no, s . m ., cloth .

pan tano s . m ., swamp; -oso,

adj ., swampy, m arshy.1760, s . m ., bread, loaf.

p60, a. m ., wood, stick ; pau lada , s .

f., a licking.

papa . s. m .,pope.

papai s. m . ,papa .

papel, s . m .,paper,part.

paquete s . m .,packet.

par, adj ., even s . m ., pair,couple .

para, prep., for, towards, to ;

PAT

que, conj., inconj . , in order to ;order that.

parabens s. 111. pl., congratulation .

para iso (2, para-ico), s . m ., paradise.

pa rar, v. in tr., to stop, stay.

parasol s . m ., umbrella.

parcia l, adj . ,partial.

parecer, v. intr., to appear, seem , to

look like (com ) ; s . m ., opin ion ,

judgm en t ; -ido,p. p., resem bling,

like.

particula r, adj .,particular,private.

parede s . f., wall.

paren te, s . m . and f., relation , rela

tive ;-tesca , s . m ., relation sh ip.

parir, v . tr., to bringforth , bear.

pan-id?» s . m . ,parri cide.

parte, 8 . f.,part, share ; dar

inform .

participar, v. tr. , to participate,com m un icate, impart ; v. intr.,

to pa rtake, share.

partir, v . tr., to divide, sever, cut in

two ; v. in tr.,to break in two,

to depart, start, leave ; ado, s. f.,departure ; -ido, s . m .,party.pasquim , s. m .,pasquinade, libel.

passaporte, s. m .,passport.

passaro s . m . , bird .

passa, s . m .,pass, step,pace ; -ar, v.

tr. an d in tr., to pass, cross,pierce,to go beyond, outstrip, etc. com a

passa how are you ? -ado,

p. p. and s . m .,past ; -agem (2, s .

f. , passage ; -geiro, adj ., passing,

tran sitory ; s . m . , passenger ;

passatempo, s . m .,pastim e.

paten te, s . f. patent.

patern o, adj . ,paternal.

patibu lo s . m ., gallows,pillory.pato, s . m . , duck.

patria s . f.,n ative coun try.

pat-rul/za , s . f., patrol.

paz, s . f. , peace.

pé , s . m .,foot ; ao de, n ear, close

by.

pep-a , s . f. , piece, trick.

peccada, s . m . ,sin ;

-dor, s. m sin

ner.

pecego (3 , s. m .,peach .

pedaco, s . m ., piece, bit, fragm en t.

pedir, v. tr. , to ask, beg, pray, dem an d ; -do, s . m .

,or -da

,5 . f., de~

m an d , request, en treaty.

pedra , s . f. , stone ; -eiro,s . m .,

m a

son , bricklayer.

Pedro, Peter.

pegar, v. tr. and in tr.,to take, seize,

lay hold of, to stick.

peior, adj . comp. , worse.

peito, s . m . , breast.

peix e, s . m ., fish .

pelle, s . f. , skin .

pena , s . f. , pa in , trouble, pity, penalty,pun ishm en t.

pen der, v. in tr., to hang, be sus

pended , to impend .

pen durar, v. tr., to hang up.

pen etrar, v. tr.,to penetrate.

penn a , s . f., feather,plum e, pen .

pen sao, s . f.,pen sion .

pensar, v. tr.,to think ; -m en to

,s .

m .,thought.

pen te, s . m . ,com b ; -ear, v. tr., to

com b.

pequen a adj . , sm all, little .

para , 3 . f. , pear.

peran te,prep., before, in presence of.

perceber, v. tr. , to perceive.

lperdiz, s . f.,partridge.

perdoar, v. tr. ,to pardon , forgive ;

-ddo, s . m .,forgiven ess.

pereaer, v . in tr., to perish .

perfeito , adj ., perfect.

peij ido adj .,perfidious -dia

s . f., perfidy, treachery.

pergam in ho, s . m .,parchm en t.

pergun ta , s . f., question ; -ar, v. tr.,

to ask,inquire.

perigo s . m .,peril, danger, h az

ard ; -osa, adj . , dangerous,perilous.

periado s. m .,period .

perm ittir, v. tr. ,to perm it, allow.

pern a , s. f. , leg.

perola s. f.,pearl.

perseguir, v. tr. , to persecute, pur

sue ;-

§ao, s . f. ,persecution .

persomficar, v. tr.,to person ify.

perspectiva s . f., perspective,view.

persu adir, v. tr. ,to persuade.

pertem er, v. intr.,

to belong.

perto, adv., n ear.

pera, s. m . ,turkey.

peraersa, adj ., perverse, wicked.

perverter, v. tr.,to pervert, corrupt.

pesar (orpeza r), v. tr. and in tr. ,to

weigh , to grieve, afflict ; a de,

prep., in spite of, despite, notwith

standing ; que, conj ., although ;-ado , adj ., heavy ; peso, s . m .,

weight papel de letter-paper.

pessimo adj . superl.,worst, verybad .

pessoa (2, s . f. ,person ; -al, adj .,person al.

peticdo, s. f. , petition .

percorrer, v. tr. , to travel through or pharol (orfar) . s. m ., light-house.

over, to peruse . phenom ena s . m .,phenom enon .

perder, v . tr., to lose ; -ee, v. refl.,to physiogn om ia s . f., physiognm

lose on e’s self, to lose one

’s way ;

d o, 5 . f. , loss.

m y.

pi loto s . m .,pilot, m ate.

288 PIN PRE

pin tor, v. tr.,to paint ; ~ar

,s . m . , Iporrete (2, s . m .

,cudgel ;

-ada , s.

painter ; m m ,s . f.,painting.

pipa , s . f. , a pipe ( z 2 hogsheads).

pique, s. m . , ir a to sin k (ofves

sels).

pisar, v. tr. and in tr. ,to tread, to

hurt, bruise.

pi tada , s . f., a pin ch ofsnuff.

pla neta (2, s . m .,pla net.

plan o, s . m .,plan , schem e,project.

platéa , s . f.,pit.

pa, s . m . , dust ; p63 ,pl . ,powder.

pobre, adj ., poor ; -eza , s . f., pov

erty.

pogo, s . m ., well.

poder, v. aux . ,to be able, can , m ay ;

s. m .,power ; -080, adj ., pow

erful, m ight.

padre, adj ., rotten ,putrid.

poeta (2, é ), s . m .,poet ; t isa s .

f. ,poetess poem a s. m . ,poem .

pais, adv.,well, why, then ; n ao

,

certain ly ; que, conj ., a s, sin ce .

polegada (orpoll ), 8 . f. , in ch .

policia s . f. ,police.

palit/iaa s . f.,policy, politics ; -0,adj.,political ; s . m . ,politician .

polvora s . f. , gun -powder.

ponte, s . f. , bridge .

pon tifiee s. m .,pon tiff.

pon to, s . m ., point, stop.

pon tua l, adj . ,pun ctual.

poputaea s . f. , populace, m ob.

par, prep. , by ,for, through .

par, v . tr. , to put, set,place.

porfda, s . f.,portion ,share.

porcela na , s . f. ,porcela in ,ch in a .

porco. s . m ., pig, hog ; -aria s .

f. filth,dirt, un clean lin ess .

porem , conj . , but, yet, however.

porfia s . f obstin a cy,perseveran ce ;

-ar, v. intr.,to persevere.

porque adv. , why.

m . ,a blow with a stick, a heat

ing.

porta , s . f. , door.

portan to, conj . , therefore.

portdo, s . m . , gate.

porta , s . m ., port, harbor.

posigda , s . f. ,position , situation .

possivel adj . , possible.

possuir, v. tr.,to possess, own .

poeta, s . m . , place, post.

pasta que, conj ., though, although .

pataael, adj ., potable.

pouco, adj ., little .

poupar, v. tr., to spare, save.

povo, s. m ., people, n ation ; -ar, v.

tr. ,to people ; -agdo, s . f., village,

sm all town .

praga , s . f. ,place, square .

praga , s . f. , plague.

pra ia , s . f. , shore, beach .

prata , s . f. , silver, plate.

pratica (3 , or s . f., practice ;

-ao, adj . , practical ; -car, v . tr.,to

practise, do.

pra to, s . m .,plate , dish .

prazer, s . m ., pleasure ; v. intr.,

to please.

prazo , s . m ., term ,in stalm en t.

precario adj ., precarious.

preceden te, adj . , preceding ; 8 . m . ,

preceden t.

precei to , s . m .,precept, m an date.

precipi ci o s . m ., precipice.

precipitacdo,s .f. ,precipitation ,haste,h urry ; -ado

,adj . ,precipitate, h as

ty,hurried .

precisa, adj . ,precise, n ecessary ; -ar,v. intr.

, to wan t, n eed ;precisa , itis n ecessary ; -60

,s . f. ,precision,

want, n ecessity.

prego, s . m . , price.

predi lecta, adj . , favorite.

290 PRO

propagar, v. tr.

,to propagate.

prapenso, adj ., in clined ; -sdo, s . f.,

in clin ation .

propheta s . m ., prophet.

proper, v. tr.,to propose ; poeta , s .

f. , proposal posito s . m .,

purpose ; a ir a to com e on

purpose, to com e at the right tim e.

wor m adj ..proper»W Y»

elle him self; s . m .,express,

m essenger;-iedade, s .f.,property.

proromper, v. in tr., to burst out.

prosegm'

xr, v. tr. and intr., to pursue,to go on .

proapecto, s . m .,prospect, view.

prospero adj . , prosperous .

proteger, v. tr.,to protect,patron ize .

prooa, s. f. , proof -ar,v. tr. , to

prove, to taste.

proveito, s . m .,profit, gain .

proverbio s . m .,proverb.

provin cia s . f., provin ce.

prox im o adj ., n ear, n ex t —futw o, n ex t com ing ;

—passada , last.publico adj . ,public .

pular, v . in tr., to leap.

pun ka l, s .m .,pon iard , dagger; -ada ,

s. f., stab.

punha, s . m ., fist, hand-writing.

pun/tr, v. tr. ,to pun ish .

p'u/ro, adj ., pure ; -eza

, s . f. ,purity.

puma/r, v. tr.,to pull.

Q

quadern o (or s . m ., copy-book,quire .

quadro, s . f., square, block, season .

quadrado, adj . an d s . m . square.

quadro, s . m . ,picture.

qua l,pron . rel. an d intern, which .

quah'

dade, s . f., quality.

qualquer, pron . ind .,any.

RA G

lquand0, adv., when ; m uito, at

m ost ; m enos, at least.

qua naia s . f., quan tity, am oun t.

quan ta, adj .,how m uch ; a m im ,

as for m e.

qud o, adv.,how.

quartel, s . m .,quarter, barracks,quar

ters genera l, head-quarters .

qua rto, adj ., fourth .

quarto , s . m .

,fourth , quarter, room ,

apartm ent.

quasi adv. , alm ost, n early.

quatro, adj . n um .,four.

que, conj ., that, than ; pron . rel.

and in tern ,who,which , that,what.

quebrar, v . tr. and in tr., to break, to

fail, becom e bankrupt ; -ado , s. m .,

fraction ; quebra , s . f. , breach , fail

ure, bankruptcy.

quéda , s . f. ,fall.

quev'

j o, s . m .,cheese.

queim ar, v. tr.,to burn .

queima r-se, v. refl., to complain

queima , s . f.,-um e, s . m ., compla int.

quem , pron . rel. an d in tern , who.

qu en te, adj., warm ,hot.

quer, conj ., or, either.

querer, v. tr.,to want

,w ill

, be wil

ling ; bem a a lguem , to like,

wish well, m ean well to somebody,to love ; J ido ,p. p.

, beloved, dear.

questda , s . f., question .

qwieto (2, adj . , quiet.

qm’

n kdo, s . m .,portion .

quan ta , s. f., coun try-seat, farm .

qwinta l, s . m . , hun dredweight, garg

den (about the house), yard.

rda , s . f. , frog.

rabeca s. f., fiddle, violin .

rabo, s . m .

, tail.

raga , s . f.,race

, kind , breed.

RA O

racioc'ln io s . m . , reason ing, ar

gum ent.

ra in ha , s . f., queen .

ra io, s . m .,ray, th un derbolt.

rated , 8 . f. , rage, fury.

rate s . f. , root ; bens de

estate, landed property.

ram o, s . m .

,bran ch , bough , bouquet,

n osegay.

rapae , adj ., rapacious .

rapaz, s . m .,boy, lad ;

-gdo, s . m . ,

great, big boy ;-r'lqa s . f., girl,

lass .

rapida adj . , rapid, quick ; d ez,

s . f. , rapidity, velocity.

raposa (2, s . f., fox .

rare, adj . , rare, scarce ; -am en te, adj . ,rarely, seldom .

rasgar, v. tr., to tear.

rastejar, v . intr.,to creep; de raslo,

a creeping, by force, dragged .

rato, s . m .,rat

,m ouse.

razao, s . f. , reason ; a do, at the

rate of, in proportion ; razoa cel,

adj . , reason able .

ré, s . f. , v . réo.

rea l, adj . , real, royal.rea l, s. m .,

ree (an im agin ary coin ).reba nka , s . m .

,flock

,herd .

rebelde, s . m . ,rebel.

reben tar, v. tr. and intr.,to break,

sn ap.

recado, s . m ., m essage, errand ; m an

dar to sen d word .

recahir, v . in tr.,to fall back, to re

lapse .

receber, v . tr. , to receive, get ; recep

960, s . f. , reception .

receio,s . m ., fear, apprehen sion ; -ar,

v . tr.,to fear ; -oso, adj ., fearful,

afraid .

recen le, adj . , recent ; recem re

cen temen te, adv.,recen tly, n ewly.

REL 291

recobrar, v. tr., to recover.

recompensa , s . f., reward .

reoan otliar, v. tr. to recon cile.

recon hecer, v . tr. , to recogn ize, to ac.

knowledge ;-ido, p. p.,

thankful ;-rnen to, s . m ., gratitude.

recorda r, v. tr.,to recall, rem ind ;

-se,v. refi., to recollect ;

-agdo, s .

f. , recollection , rem em bran ce.

recorrer, v. in tr.,to h ave recourse.

recreio, s . m .,recreation .

recuar, v . in tr. ,to recoil

,draw back,

start back .

recuperar, v. tr., to recover.

recurso, s . m ., recourse, resource.

reouear, v . tr.,to refuse, deny.

reda ctor, s . m . , ed itor (ofa journ al).rédea , s .f., rein (i solta ,full speed .

redobrar, v . tr. an d in tr.,to redon

ble.

redon do, adj ., roun d .

redor, s . m . , ao roun d,about.

redW i/r,v. tr.,to reduce, bring down .

rej em s . m . ,hostage.

referir, v . tr.,to refer

,relate.

reflecelr, v. in tr.,to reflect ; a do, s .

f., reflection .

refugiar-se, v. refl.,to take refuge,

to flee.

regido, s . f., region .

reqom'

g‘

o,s . m ., enjoym ent, joy ; -ar~

se, v. red .,to rejoice.

regra , s . f., rule .

regresso, s . m .,regress, return .

regular, adj. , regular, m iddling ;v. tr.

,to regulate.

rez'

,s . m . , king ; mo , s . m .

,kingdom ;

-n ar, v. in tr. ,to reign

-ado, s. m .,

reign .

réis, pl. ofrea l, rees .

rej eitar, v . tr.,to reject.

relaodo, s . f., relation , intercourse.

relampago s . m ., lightn ing, flash .

292

relogio s. m ., clock, watch ; j o- Ieira, s . m ., watchm aker.

relva, s . f., green sward, grass .

rem ed io s . m .,rem edy,m edicin e

-a/r, v. tr. and in tr., to rem edy,

help.

rem etter, v. tr., to rem it (m on ey).rerm

'

ttlr, v . tr., to rem it,pardon .

rem orse, s. m .,rem orse.

rem ooer, v. tr., to rem ove, displace.

rena scer, v. in tr., to be born aga in .

ren da , s. f., lace.

renda , s . f., ren t, in com e ; -er, v. tr.,

to yield, to rent ;-mento, s . m .,

reven ue.

ren te, adv., close.

réo, s. m . (fem . ré), defendan t, ac

cused.

reparar, v. tr. , to repair ; v. intr.

(e m ), to observe, pay atten tion ;

repara s . m .,repair.

repartir,v. tr to divide, distribute ;-gdo, s .f. ,distribution , departm en t.

repassar, v. tr.,to repass, recross .

repen te, de sudden ly ; utn o, adj . ,

sudden .

repa ir, v. tr., to repeat.

repicar, v. tr.,to ring (the church

bells).rephlcar, v. intr., to reply.

repouso, s . m ., repose, rest.reprehen der, v. tr., to reprehen d, re

prim and, blam e, reproach .

represen tar, v. ir., to represen t, to

play (at the theatre).reprim z

'

r,v. tr. , to repress, restra in .

repti l, s. m ., reptile.

republica s. f., republic .

repugn ar, v. intr., to be contrary oragain st.

requerer, v. tr., to require, request ;-m ento, s. m ., request,petition .

ra i d/tr,v. intr.,to reside, dwell, live ;

R18

-ente, adj . and s. m .,residing, den i

zen .

resistir, v. in tr., to resist, withstand.

respeito, s . m ., respect, esteem , re

gard ;-ar, v. tr., to respect ; -uoao,

adj ., respectful.respon der, v. tr. and intr. , to an swer,

reply ; resposta, s. f., answer ; -aa .

oel, adj ., responsible.

restabelecer, v. tr. , to reestablish ; -se,

v. refl., to recover.

restitm'

r,v. tr., to restore, return .

resu ltar, v. intr.,to result; -ada, s .

m ., result.

retirar, v. tr., to withdraw ; -se, v.

refl.,to retire, w ithdraw, retreat ;

t iro s. m ., retirem en t, retreat.

retracto (retra to), s. m ., likeness,

portra it ; -ar, v. tr., to draw from

life,to m ake a portrait ; «iota , s.

m . , portrait-pain ter.

reun ir, v. tr., to un ite, gather.

reoerter, v. in tr.,to revert.

revestz’

r, v . tr. , to clothe, to invest.

re'vogar, v. in tr. , to revoke, repeal.

reoolta,s . f., revolt, m utiny.

rez, s . f.,head ofcattle.

resa r, v. in tr., to pray.Rheno ,

Rhine.

rico, adj ., rich , wealthy ; -ag,-a, adj.

an d s . m ., very rich ; q uem , s. f.,riches , wealth .

rigor, s . m . , rigor;-oeo, adj ., rigor

ous,severe.

rin ckar, v . in tr.,to neigh .

ria,s . m . ,

river.

r'i/r, v. in tr., or-8e, v. refl., to laugh ;

-eo, s . m . ,-sada , s. f., laughter ;

a ttrahe , s . f., tittering.

risco, s . f., dash, stroke, stripe ; 6literally,pun ctually, to the letter;-ar, v. tr. , to stripe, to strike out.

risco,s . m ., risk, danger.

294: SEC 80

secce, adj ., dry ; -ar, v. tr. and in tr., lsentenga , s. f., sen ten ce, judgm en t ;to dry ;

-cos, s . m . pl., groceries.

secreta rio s. m ., secretary.

secrete adj . , secret.secule s . m ., century, age.

seda , s . f., silk.

séde, s . f. , th irst ; esta r cam ter

to be th irsty;«an te, adj thirsty,thirstingfor.

segredo s . m . , secret.

segwir,v. tr. and intr. ,tofollow

adj . , n ex t, following.

segund a, adj . , second .

segun da , prep. according to

conj ., as.

segure, adj ., secure, sure, certain ,

s afe ; s . m . , in suran ce ;-ar, v.

tr., to secure,hold fast, to insure ;

-an ga , s . f., safety.

seio, s . m .

, bosom .

seis , adj . n um ., six .

sella r, v. tr. , to saddle.

seleagem adj . and s . m ., savage,wild .

sem , prep., without ; que,un less.

sem a n a s . f., week.

sem bla n te, s . m . ,fa ce, figure, counten ance

, aspect.sem ear,v. tr. ,

to sow ;-en te

,s . f.

, seed .

sem elha nte,adj ., s im ilar, resem bling,

like ;-anga , s . f., resem blance.

sempre, adv.,always

, ever.

semsaboria s. f., in sipidity.

sena do s . m ., sen ate ;-dor, s . m . ,

sen ator.

ren da, conj ., ifn ot, else, but, but also.

sen hor, s. m .,lord

,m aster ;

-a , s . f.,

m istress ;-ia s . f. , lordship,

seignory.

sense, 8 . m ., sen se.

center-ss, v. refl.,to sit down ; -ade,

p. p., sitting ; estar to sit.

-iar, v. tr., to sen tence.

sen tin ella , s . f.,sentry, sentin el.

sen hlr, v. tr., to feel, to grieve, be

sorry ; -ido,p. p., grieved, ofl

‘

en d

ed ; s. m ., sen se, m ean ing, care ;

tom ar to take care, heed

m ente, s . m . ,feeling.

separar, v. tr.,to separate ; -se

,v.

refl., to part.

sepu lta r, v. tr., to bury ; -ta ra, s . f. ,

grave ;-cre, s . m ., sepulchre.

sequer, adv. ; n em not even .

ser, v . in tr. and aux . , to be ; s.

m ., being.

seren e s. m .,n ight

-dew .

seren e, adj ., serene, clear ; assim ,

adj . superl., title given to princesan d prin cesses .

serie s . f., series .

seria adj ., serious, earnest.serra , s . f.

, saw , ra nge ofm oun tain s.

sertde, s . m ., in terior, in land .

servir, v. tr. an d in tr., to serve,to

help; -igo s. m .,service ; -dde ,

s . f. slavery.

sete,adj . num .

, seven .

setim , s . m ., satin .

seu (fem . sua ), pron . poss ., his, her,

its , their, hers , theirs, one’s .

sigillo, s . m ., seal.

signa l, s . m . , sign al, sign , m ark .

sign ificar, v. tr., to sign ify.

silen cio s . m ., silen ce.

sim , adv. , yes.

simples , adj ., simple.

sin cere adj ., sin cere.

sino , s . m ., bell.

sitio s . m .

, siege ;—ar, v. tr., to

besiege.

situagae , s . f. , situation , site.

so, adj . and adv. , alone, only, but ;-mente, adv.

, only, solely.

SOA

rea lise, s . m . , floor.

soar, v. in tr. , to sound , ring.

sob, prep. , un der.

soberbo adj . , proud , h aughty.

sabre,prep.,over, upon , an -casaea ,

s . f., overcoat ; -m eza , s . f., dessert ;-saltado, p. p.

, startled, surprised,am azed -tude , adv. ,

above all

s . m overcoat.

sobri n ho, s . m . , n ephew ; -a , n iece.

socego (2, s . m ., quiet, repose ;

-ar, v. in tr.,to be quiet.

socio s. m . , partn er, associate,

m em ber (ofsocieties) ; -edade, s .f.,

society.

sofrer, v. tr. ,to suffer, bear ; -ivel,

adj ., tolerable ; -m e nto , s . m ., suf

fering.

sogro, s .m .,father-ia -law -a ,m other

in o law .

sol, s. m . , sun .

soldado, s . m .,sold ier.

soldo, s . m .,pay, h ire.

seltar, v . tr. , to let loose, unfa sten ,

release ;-te ,p. p. ,

loose, releas ed .

solteiro, adj . , single, unm arried .

solver, v . tr.,to solve.

sombra , s . f., shade, sh adow, proteo

tion , shelter.

som brio adj ., dark, gloomy.

somm a , s . f. , sum .

san e, s . m ., sleep.

sonoro adj ., son orous.

8 54 m, s. f. , soup; -eira , s . f., terrin e

(tureen ).

sorpren der, v . tr. ,to surprise, aston

ish ; prezo , s . f., surprise.

sorrir, v. intr. ,to sm ile.

sorte, s. f. , lot, ch an ce, fate, sort,

kin d , m ann er ; de que, so that.

sort/inten to, s . m .,assortm ent.

sési n lw (or adj .,alon e.

sua , fem . ofseu .

sus 295

suave adj ., soft, sweet.subdito (pr. sad/lite), s . m .

, subject.subir, v. tr. and in tr.

,to go or com e

up, to m oun t, rise -ido, adj .,high ;

-ida , s . f. , a scen t.

subito adj . , sudden ; de on a

sudden , sudden ly.

subj ugar,v . tr., to subjugate, subdue .

sublim e adj ., sublim e .

subm etter, v. tr., to subject, reduce ;-se, v. refl.

,to subm it.

suborn ar, v. tr.

, to bribe ; -o, s . m . ,

bribery.

subti l (pr. suti l), adj ., subtle, shrewd .

subtrah ir-se, v. refl. ,to avoid , escape.

succed er, v. in tr. , to succeed , to hap

pen ; -cesso, s . m . , success.

succum bir, v . in tr.,to succum b, sink

un der.

sueste, s . m .,south -east.

sufi ci en te, adj . , suflicieut, enough .

sufocar, v . tr. an d intr., to sufi'

ocate,

sm other, stifle ; -ante, adj ., sud'

o

eating.

suicidio s . m ., suicide.

suj eito, adj . and s . m ., subject, person , fellow ; -se, v . refl. ,

to subm it.

suj o, adj .,dirty, n asty.

su l, s . m .,south .

sum ir-se, v . refl.,to van ish , disap

pear.

sum/me , adj ., highest.

sum o, s . m ., sap, juice.

w ar, 3 . m ., sweat, perspiration .

superfieie s . f., surface.

superfluo adj ., superfluous .

supplica s . f. , petition ,prayer.suppbr, v . tr. ,

to suppose.

supprim i/r, v. tr. ,to suppress .

supprir, v. tr. , to supply.suprem e adj ., suprem e

,chief.

surde , adj., deaf.

suscitar,v. tr.

,to ex cite, rouse.

296 sus

suspeita, s . f., suspicion ; -to,

suspected, suspicious-ar, v. tr.,

to suspect.

w ire s . m ., s igh .

sustento , s. m ., susten ance, n ourish

m ent -ar, v. tr., to sustain .

custa, s. m .,fright.

systema s . m ., system .

T

tabellide (pl. -des), s. m .,notary.

tagarela s. f., talker.

tel, adj ., such .

ta lento, s.m .,talent, ac complishm ent.

ta lker, v. tr., to cut.

ta lker, s . m ., kn ife an d fork.

talvez, adv.,perhaps.

tambem adj ., also, too .

tamm anha, adj ., so great, so large ;s . m ., size.

tanque, s. m ., tank,pond.

tanto, adj. and adv., so m uch .

tdo, adv., so.

tapete s. m ., carpet.

tardar, v. intr., to tarry, delaytarde, adj. and adv late ;

afternoon , even ing.

tarqfa s . f., task.

tariff: s. f., tariff.

tamer, v. tr.,to rate, tax , to accuse.

tecer, v. tr., weave.

tecto, s. m ., roof, ceiling.

teima , s. f., obstin acy «ose, adj ., oh

stinate, stubborn .

temor, v. tr., to fear, dread ; -ar, s .

m . , dread, awe.

tem eridade, s . f. , rash ness.

temperado, adj ., temperate.

tempsstaasa, adj ., stormy.

tempo, s. m ., tim e,weather.

temporal, s . m ., storm , gale.

ten as, adj ., ten acious ; s . f.,pair

oftongs.

tengao, s . f. , in tention ;-oienarr, v.

intr. ,to in ten d.

tenden cia s . f., tenden cy.tenen te, s . m .

,lieuten an t.

tentar, v. tr., to tempt, to attempt,try ; 1x70, s. f. , temptation .

tear, s . m . , tenor, substance,purport.

ter, v. tr. and aux ., to have, to hold.

terpeiro (h r-go), adj . third .

tersete s . m ., tercetto, trio.

ter-m iner, v. tr. an d in tr., to term i

n ate, end, to put an end.

termo, s . m .,term , condition .

tetra, s . f., earth, lan d, soil, ground.

terremeto s . m ., earthquake.

terren o s . m ., ground, piece of

lan d .

terrestre, adj ., terrestrious, earth ly.

territorio s . m .,territory.

terrivel adj ., terrible.

tesoura , s. f. , scissors.

testa , s . f., forehead, front, brow ; d

de,at the head of.

testam ento, s . m ., testam ent, will.

testem un ho , s. f., witness ; -e, s . m .,

testim ony, evidence.

teu (fem . tua ),pron .poss.,thy,thine,

your, yours .

theatre s . m ., theatre.

theologo s. m ., theologer, divine ;-ia s . f., theology, divin ity.

thesoura , s . m . ,treasure, treasury ;

-eiro, s . m ., treasurer.

tigre, s . m ., tiger.

tin n ir, v. in tr., to tinkle.

tin to, s . f., dye, tin t, ink ; -eiro, s .

m ., inkstan d -0, adj , dyed ; vinhored wine.

tio, s. m ., un cle ; -a , aunt.

tire, s . f. , strip, slip; -ar, v. tr., to

draw,pull, to take away, rem ove ;-o, s . m .

, shot;-der. s. m ., ride

m an .

298 UNH

un ka, s. f., n ail (offinger or toe),

claw.

w aldo, s . f., un ion .

M oo adj ., on ly, 8019 .

wagiform e, s . m ., un iform,regim en

tals .

um’

r,v. tr., to un ite.

a so, s. m ., use, usage, custom ;

-ar,

v. intr., to use.

util adj . , useful ; -idade, s .

utility, usefuln ess .

wva, s . f. , grape.

vacca , s. f., cow.

oadio adj ., idle ; s . m . ,vaga

bon d J ar, v . intr. , to be idle.

vagabundo, s . m ., vagabon d,vagran t.

vago, adj ., vague, vacan t, un occu

pied ; hom s s agas, leisure hours .

vaidade, s . f. , van ity.

coloca s (l ), s . 111. pl. , vicissitudes .

oa len te, adj .,valorous, brave «la

s . f., valor, bravery.

va lor, v. intr., to be worth ; -ldo

s . m ., favorite, m in ion ; -ar, s. m .,

value.

wa lk , 5 . m .,valley.

oan tagem s . f. , advan tage,profit ;

j oso, adj . , advantageous .

mia, s. m .,ford ;passar a to ford .

c éo, adj ., va in , idle.

oapor, s. m ., vapor, steam , steam er.

carta adj ., various ; -08, several.

oaso, s . m ., vase, vessel.

vegetar, v. intr., to vegetate.

oela (or cello ), s . f. , can dle .

oelo, s . f., sail.

velhaco s . m .,rascal, villain .

cetim , adj ., old ; d ice, s . f., old age.

velludo s. m ., velvet.

peloz, adj. rapid, swift ; widade, s. f.,y elocity, swiftness.

VI L

to

ven eer,v . tr. , to van quish , conquer,

gain ; v. in tr., to be due (of

bills ofex ch ange) ; -dor, s . m .,

victor, conqueror.

vender, v. tr.,to sell ;

-a , s . f., sale,sm all grocery, or liquor shop.

oen en o s . m .,venom , poison .

ven ia l, adj ., ven ial.cen to , s . m .

, W in d ;-ar, v. in tr., to

blow.

oér, v. tr., to see.

verdo, s . m ., sum m er.

verdade, s . f., truth ; -eiro, adj ., true,truthful.

verde, adj ., green , un ripe ; -ura , s . f.,verdure ; 4 18 ,pl., green s .

vergon ha , s . f., sham e ; ter to be

ash am ed ;-oso, adj . , sham eful.

om fioar-se, v. refl.

, to be verified or

confirm ed .

verm ellzo, red ;ficar (tom ar

b lush , redden , color.

vesMJr, v . tr. , to clothe, dress, wear ;-se, v. m il , to dress ; “ido , s . m . ,

dress .

vez, s . f., tim e ; um a on ce ; duo:

aeaea,twice ; as vezes

,som etim es ;

m uitas often .

mia , s . f. way, m ean s .

viagem s . f. , voyage, journ ey,travels ; -j ar, v . in tr.

,to travel ;

j un ta, s . m . , traveller.

oice-ahm’

ran te, s . m .,vice adm iral.

vicio s. m . ,vice .

victim a s . f., victim .

victoria s . f.,victory.

vida , s . f.,life.

vidro, s . m ., glass ;-a

,ca

, s . f., pane,sash .

Mylar, v. tr. and intr., to watch .

vigoroao, adj ., vigorous, strong.

mil, adj . , vile, base, dastardly ; -eza.

s . f., baseness.

V IN

ulnda, s . f., com ing. arrival ;-ouro

adj . , com in g, future.

vingar, v. tr.,to avenge ;

-se,v . red .

,

to take revenge ;-a n§a , s . f. , re

venge ;-at£vo, adj ., vin dictive, re

vengeful.

oin ho, s . m ., w in e ;-a , s . f., vin e.

oin te, adj . n um . , twen ty.

vi n tém ,s . m . ,

vin tin , a coin

réis (n early a cen t).

oiola r, v . tr. , to violate .

vir,v. intr. ,to com e ; a ser, to be

com e.

m’

rar, v . tr. a n d in tr.,to turn , change ;

-.se

,v. refl.

, to turn roun d .

virgem , s . f. a n d adj . , virgin ; caso

an unparalleled case.

virtude, s . f., virtue .

oiscon de, s . m .,viscoun t.

oisita s . f. , visit, call.

visivel, adj . , visible.

vista , 8 . f., sight, view .

vista que, conj ., con sidering, as, sin ce.

viuva s . m ., widower ; -a ,widow .

viver, v. in tr. , to live ; -as s . m .

pl., victuals, provision s .

viva, adj ., alive, live, quick, brisk,

sharp; ao to the quick, lively.

299

x elim , s . m . , shilling.

zangar, v. tr. , to vex , an n oy ; -se, v.

refl.,to fret, to be angry, vex ed .

zelo , s . m .,zeal ; -oso, adj . , zealous,

jealous .

zom bar, v . in tr. , to joke, to jeer,m ock ; -aria s . f., m ockery,derision .

zona , s . f. , zon e.

zumlr, v. in tr. , to hum .

vizin ho, s . m . an d adj ., n eighbor ;-a ng

'a , s . f., n eighborhood .

voar, v. in tr., to fly.

oolcdo, s . m ., volcan o .

voltar, v . in tr. , to go or com e back ;-a , s . f., return ; estar de to be

back ; dar um a to take a walk.

von ta de, s . f., will, wish , appetite .

oosso, pron . poss ., your, yours .

voz, s . f. , voice.

vu lgo, s . m .,vulgar, m ob ; «w ho, s .

m .,m ob, rabble.

ENG L ISH—PORTUG UE SE .

A

abandon,aban donar.

abbreviation , abbreviapdo .

abdicate, abdicar.

abject, abj ecto, oil.able, habit, capaz to be poder

ability, lzabi lida de, capacldade.

about,prep.,cerca de

, doeroa , sabre.

above, adv. , a cima prep. , acima

de.

absen t, adj ., ausente to

self, ausen tar-se.

absolute, absoluto.

absurd, absurdo.

abundant, abun dan te.

accept, aceitar -able, aceitavel.

accident, acciden te.

accompany, acompan har.

accomplice, complice

a ccomplish , cumprir -m ent, ta len

to,pren da -cd, ta len toso,prenda

do.

account, con ta , satisfacdo on

par cansa de.

accuse, accusor.

accustom , acostum a r.

ache,v. , doer ; s . , dor,f.

a cknowledge, recon hecer.

acquain ted, con hecedor, sabedor to

be with, conhecer -a n ce, conke

cz'

m en to (a person ) con hecido.

acrim ony, a crimon iaa cross, atra

'vez.

act,v. , obrar,proceder s .

,a cto.

adequate, adequado .

adieu, adaos to bid d/izer adaos.

adjoin ing,j un ta,pegado .

adm in ister, adm in istrar

-a¢lor.

-ation , moda .

-geon s,

adm ire, adm irar

adm it, comm».

adm on ish , adm oeetar -itiou, -aedo.

adopt, adaptor -tion ,-g(io .

advan ce, adiantar.

adva n tage, vantagem , f.

j ogo.

adversary, odoeraarioadverse, admerao.

aeron autics, aeron autico f.

afi'

a ir, n egocio

affection , ofatedo -n ate,-eoodo .

afiiict, aflh

’

gz’

r -tion ,-cga

'

o .

afraid, to be ter medo, estar com

m edo.

after, adv., depois prep. , depde, atraz de -ward, depots.

afternoon , torde,f.

again st, con tra .

age, idade .

aggressor, aggressor.

agile, ogil

agree, concordar -able, ogradooel.

agriculture, ogricultura -a.l, -cultor.

ahead, odlan te.

aid, v ., aj udar, asaz'

stv'

xr ; s ., aj u

do asaz’

sten cto, aux ilio

aim , oh m.

air, or.

alibi, a libi .

alien , a lheio .

all, adj ., toda s ., tudo.

allude,olludn

’

r -sion , -edo .

alm ighty, om n/l'

poten te, todopoderomalm ost, quasi .

alm s, esm olo

alon e, so, sosin lw .

along, ao longo de.

already,j é .

302 AUD

audience, aa dziencia .

aunt, tia .

author, author -ize, otear

-idade.

avoid, Guitar.

awake, accordado.

away, em bora

B

baby, orianga (depeita).back, s ., costae,f. pl.

back, adv. , de volte , atraz to stand

arreda r-se.

bad , méo, m im

baggage.M aya n f

balcony, balodo , m ., eacada .

ball, ba ile, m . (ofa gun ) ba la (for

play) bola .

bank, banco banking house, casa

ban caria .

bankrupt, quebrado -cy, guebra ,

ban carrota .

ban ner, bandeira.

barbarous, -ian, barbaro

-ism ,

d emo,-e

'

dade.

barefoot, desculpa.

barracks, quartel m .

ba se, adj bai x o, mil, ordinario.

base, s., base, f. ; v., baeear,fun

batb, ban ho -the, v. intr., ban ha r-se.

battalion , bata lkdo, 01.

battle, batalha -ground, oampo de

bata lha .

beach ,praia .

bear, s ., urea.

bear,v., amrar, sofrer.

bear, v.,pan‘

r to be born , n ascer.

beard, barba .

beast, basta , an/im al."

beat, bater, dar em , oen cer.

beauty, belleza -ful, bella, bon ito .

because,porque.

Ibecom e, tom ar.

bed, cama ;-room , quarto (de dor

m ir) ; ~ridden , de coma ;-stead,

m arqueza .

bee, abelha .

before, adv. , an tes ; prep. ,a n tes

de, dia n te de-hand, d

’an tem do.

beg,pedir, rogar,pedir esmola,m en

d/igar beggar, m end/£90

begin , W T, comegar / -n ing,

W W ? “ W 901.

‘ ner’PM”

behalf, abono

behave, comporta -re, conduzir-se

-ior,comportam ento.

beh in d, adv.,atraz prep., atraz

de.

believe, crEr, acrech'

tar belief, crew

belong,pertencer.

beloved, querida, bemquisto.

below, adv., em bar'

mo prep.,em

baimo or abaimo de.

benevolen ce, bene'volen cia .

besides, a lém de,fora de.

bet,v. ,

apostar s ., aposta.betray, trahir.

beverage, bebida

beware, tom ar eentido.

beyon d , a lém de.

Bible, M W :

bid , m andar, ordenar.

big, grosso, grande.

bill, conta .

bird, ave, f.,passaro

birth -day, dia n ata licio (h a do

a n n os to-day is my hoj efapoa n nos.

bite, m order.

black,preto, n egro.

blam e,v. , reprehender, ca ! ar.

blan ch, bran guear.

blind, cégo.

BL O

blood, sangue, m .-

y, sanguinolen to.

blossom , s .,flor, f. ; v.,florecer.

blow, v., soprar, oen tar.

blow, s ., golpe,pan cada .

bludgeon , c'

acete m .

blue, azu l.

blush , corar.

blustering,fa nfarron ada .

boat, bote,

board , on a bordo.

body, corpo, tropa .

boil, v. tr., cozer v. intr.,ferver.

bom bard, bom bardea r ; -m en t,-dea

m en to.

bonfire,fogueira .

bon net, chapéo (de senhora)book , livro -keeper, guarda -fierce

-shop, llorar'la (2) -seller,lio

retro.

boot, bota .

botan ical,botan ico

both , am bos.

bother,M comm odar, recuar

bottom ,fun do .

boun ds , lim ites m . pl.box

, catwa .

boy, m en in o,rapaz -hood, m en ina

ce, f.

bracelet,pu lseira .

brag, gabar-se.

brass, latao, m .

brave,v. , afron tar, desafiar.

brave,

adj ., va lente, brafvo

oa len tz'

a

breach, quebra (m ilit.) breeka .

bread,p60 , m .

break, quebrar, rm ar, infringi/r

out,romper,proro'mperfleben tar.

breakfast, s., a lmogo v., a lmogzar.

brick, tq'

g'

olo (2,bride, n oiva -

groom , n oiao.

bridge,ponte, f.brillian t, [M ilka/a te.

ca r 303

up, (L esson

-ish , brittan/lco

v. i ntr.,

-ness, n ego

C

cabinet, gabin ete, m .

calculate, ca lcular -tion ,ca lculo

Caliph , cahi/ a m .

call, chama r ; to be called, cham ar

se on , m’

sltar,fixr oer s .

,

Malta

calum ny, ca lwm/n ia

campaign , campanha .

can ,poder.

can al, can a l.

cane, benga la

can n on , can bao, m ., peca (fart/ilha

cap, bon é, m .

capacity, capacidade.

capable, capaz.

cape, cabo.

bring, trazer

fazer avan gar.

Britain , Bretan ha

broad , largo.

bron ze, bron ze, in .

brother, irmao -in -law,cun hado.

brow, testa (ofa hill) cit/m e, m .

brush , esm a (2) (of a pain ter)pin cel m .

bud, botdo, m .

build, edeficar, con strui/r,fazer -ing,

edificioburden ,peso.

burn , v. tr., queim ar ;order.

burst, reben tar.

bury,enterrar -ial

, en terro.

bust, basta .

busy, occupado, activecz

'

o

but, m as ,porém .

butcher, earn/ice'lro.

buy, com m a

by,por

304 CA P CL O

capital (city), capita l,f. (m oney), ch aplain , capelldo (pl. fi es).

cabeda l, m . adj ., capita l, cc:

cellen te.

capta in , capitao.care, s ., cuida do v., cm ldar (em ) ;I do not ndo m

’i/mporta -ful,

cmlda doeo -1ess, deecuid ado.

career,ca rreira .

carn ivorous , carn ivoro

carpet, tapete, m .

carriage, carruagem f.

carry, carregar, levar.

cart, carreta

ca se, casa .

case (box ,caiaza .

cash , di n heiro é oista .

cashier, ca iza , m .

cast, atirar, la ncaxr.

cat, gato .

catch,apan har.

Catholic, catholi co

cattle, gado.

cause, s ., ca nsa v .,-ar.

cautious, a ca utelado.

cavalry, cava llariacave, cacern a .

cease, cessar.

cede, ceder.

celebrate, celebrar -ed,celebre

cen sure, cen sura , reprehen sdo v. ,

censurar, reprehender.

cen tre, centro.

century, seculocerem ony, cerem oni acertain , ccrto

-ty,-teza .

certificate, attesta do.

chain , corren te,f.

ch a ir, cadeira .

champion , campeao.

change, v .,m udar, trocar s. ,

m udanca (ofclothes, etc .) m uda

(ofm on ey) troco.

chapel, capella .

ch apter, capitulo

character, caracter

charge, s carga v., ca rregar,

a ccua ar, argui r.

ch aritable, caridoeo, caritati/va.

Charles, Carlos.

cheap, baratocheat, lograr, enganar.

cheese, queij o.

chest, ca i/Ldo , m . peita (brea st).

chestn ut,castan ha -tree, -eira .

chicken , ga llinna ,fra ngo.

chief,s . , chefe, prin cipa l ; adj . ,

ch ild , cria nga , f. -hood, -cia

infanciachin a , loaca ,porcelan a .

choice, escolha .

choose, escolher.

Christ, Christa -ian , christdo -ity,

christian ism o, ckrietand ade.

christen , baptiear ing, baptieado.

church , igrej a .

circle, circu lo

circu late, circu lar.

circum stan ce, circun stan cia .

circus, ci/rco.

city, cidade ; -zen , 4 60 (pl.

civil, civi l, bem criado -isation ,

i aacao.

class, classe, f.

clean ,lim o

, asseiado -lineas, lim

peza , a sseio.

clear, cla ro.

clem en cy, clem en cia .

clerk,caix eiro.

clever, ka bi l sabia

clim ate, clim a , m .

clim b, trepar.

close,v . ,fechar adj ., perto, co

pé de.

cloth ,pan n o -e, restir -es, roupa .

306 con

contract, v., cen traMr

tracta.

contradict, contradizer -tion , -dic

gdo.

contrary, con trario on the

ao

con tribute, con tribuir.

con ven ien t, coneenxien te.

conven t, conven to.

converse, conversar-ation , n ode.

convince, convencer.

cook, v., cozinhar s.,-eiro.

copper, cobra, m .

copy, s ., copia v.,vier.

corn er, canto (ofa street) esquin a

f

coron ation , cereag'do.

corpse, cadaver m .

correct, adj ., correcte v ., corri

gir.

correspond, cerreeponder -ent,

-en te -ence,-en cia .

cost, v custar ; s ., w sta -ly,

rice.

cotton , a lgodao, m .

council, cam ellia city cam ara

count. s ., conde -ess,

-eza .

count, v. , center upon , cem .

coun ten an ce, rosto, sem blante,m .,

pkyezbgnomiacountry, paiz, m ., term , campan han ative patria -house, cha

cara

courage, coragem f. , brie

course, curso, deer/rec of

rah/tan te.

court, cor-te,f. m artial

,conselho de

guerra.

cousin ,prime.

cover, cobrizr.

coward, cobarde (or-con ).

create, crear otor, -der -tion , -a§do.

DEC

s ., con Icredit, s . , credito, m . ; v., acredi

tar, der credi to.

creep, raste7ar.

crew,tripolaydo.

cricket, gri lle.

crim e, cr im e, 111 .

crisis, crise, f.

critic, orifice -cise, t ied/r-ism ,

cri tica

crooked , torto.

crop, col/teita .

cross, s. , cruz,f. v.,cruzar, atra

vessar,passar.

crowd, m ultiddo,f.

cry, v., gritar, ckorar s., grite

to out,proclama r.

curious, curioso, arguieito-ity,

-al,-m/lneso.

custom , costum e,m . house,alfan

dega ti

cut, cortar, talker ofi'

, in terceptar.

D

dagger,pun kal.dam age, estrago

dan ce, s. , dance v.,-ar.

danger,perigo -ous,-eso.

dare, ousar -ing, adj ., -adeousadia

dark, escuro -n ess, dddo .

dash,arroj ar.

date, s. , data v. ,-ar.

daughter,filka -in ~law, nora .

day, d ia before yesterday, an t’hon tem daily

, diario

dead , m orto death, m erte,f.

deaf, em de -eu, atordoar.

deal, s .,perfdo 8. great

v. intr. , n egociar.

dear, care dearth, careetta

debt divida -or, decoder.

deceive, engan ar.

decen t, decente -cy,-cia .

DEC

decide, decidir decision ,decisde.

declare, declarar.

decline, recusar, decahir.

decorate, decorar.

decrease,v ., dim in uir, decrescer

s ., dim in u lcdo.

deed, acto,facan ka .

deem ,j u lgar.

deep,fun do,profunda .

deer, eeado.

deface, apagar.

defend, defender ; -cc, defeea or

defeza -dan t, réo.

degrading, degrada n te.

degree, degree.

delay,v.,dem orar; s .,dem ora

delicate, deh cado.

delight, s., deleite, m .-ful, delicioso.

deliver, kerar, en tregar

dem and , v. , n igir

deny, negar.

depart,partir -ure,-ida .

depend , depender (de).deplore, deplorar, chorar.

deposit, s . , depeaito v.,-tar.

deprive,privar.depth ,fun do,profun didade.

deputy, deputado -ation , 4 1cdescend, deecender, descer

describe, descrever description , des

m aydadesert, s .

,deeerto

decerto -ter,~tor.

deserve, m erecer.

design , design/lo (3 )desire, s . , desejadesist, desist/tr.

despair, s ., deaeeper e (2) v.,-ar.

despise, deepreto.

despite, apesa r de, a despeito de.

destitute, deatitui de, deeeah’

de

destroy,destruir.

-ar -cd

DIS 307

v. , di rigi r ;

dirty, suj o.

disadvan tage, deseantagem f. ,

prejuize -

geous,prej udicia l .disafl

'

ection, deeafl

'

eicdo,m d von ta de.

disagreeable, desagradavel.

d isappear, desapparecer.

disappoin tm ent, deecngan o decil

lusdo.

disaster, desastre, m . ;-rous,

-reee.

discover, descubrir -y,—berta .

disgrace, s., eergenlza , deg/ aver

v. , desgostar

dissem ble, diefarcar.

dissen sion , diseenedo, d iscordia

d istant, distante to be from ,

distar de -cc,-cia .

distinguish , distin guir

di stin cte -tion , cedo.

distinct,

I destruction , deetruicdo.

diadem , diadem a m .

diam on d , diam a n te, m .

dictator,d ictador.

diction , dicgdo.

die, m orrer.

diet, dicta

differen t,diferen te -ence,

-cu.

diflicult, defi cit 2) -ty,-ca ldade.

dign ity, dign idade.

din e,j a n tar -ing-room , sa la dej an

ta r din ner,j an tar.

direct, adj ., direita

disgust, deegoeto, nej e -ing, noj en to,repugn an te.

dishonor, deshon rar.

dislike, s. , aversde

(dc).

disobey, desobedecer -dien t, -diente

-ience, -ien cia .

d ispen se, dispen sar.

d isperse, disperser.

dispose, diaper -al, -sitiou, disposip

308 DI S

distress, infortun iodistribute, distribuir

district, dietricto.

d isturb, dietarbar -ance,-i0

d isun ion , desun ido.

do,faze r to have done with, acabar

com .

docum ent, docum ento.

dog, cdo, cachorro.

doll, boneco

dollar, dollar ,patacdo, m.

dom in ion , dom in io

door,porta .

doubloon , dobla , once .

doubt, s ., duvida v.,

-ful, -doeo.

down , prep., abaixo adv. , em

ba ix e -fall, qa e’

da .

dozen, d azia

draw, tirar, puaar, desenhar -ing,

desenho -room , eala de eisitas

-er, gaveta

dreadful, terrivel

dream, s eon /w v . , eonkar.

dress, s ., vestido (ofladies) ; traj ev. intr. , vestir-se.

drink, beber.

drive out, avpelh‘

r, apa lear.

drop, s ., geta , pingo deix a r

drug, droga.

drunken , bébade -n ess, bebed ice, f.

dry, adj . , eecco v.,-ar, enx ugar.

due, devido, een cido (ofbills ofex

change) -ty, (lever, direita (on

m erchandise,

dynasty, dynastie

ear, erelha (ex terior), ouvido (in terior).

early, cedo.

earn , ganhar.

ENG

-ion ,-cde.

v., efectuar.

-m ent,

-car

-se.

earth , terra -quake, terremoto

easy,facileat, com er.

educate, educar

effect, s ., efeitoeffic ien t

, efi cae.

effort, eeforgo.

egotism , egoismo-ist, -ieta , m .

Egypt, Egg/pte -ian ,-cie

either, conj ., eu, quer, sej aqua lquer.

elapse, decorrer.

elect, eleger-ion , eleigdo.

elegan t, elegan te-cc, «ria .

elem en t, elem-ca te.

else, adv. , outram en te som ebodyoutra pessoa -where, n

’outra

parte.em ba lm ,

emba lsamar.

em bark, em barcar.

em barrass, embaracar

em brasure,pertin lwlaem broider

, tarda r -y,

-dade.

em igrate, em igrar-ant, -ante, m .

em otion , em ocdo,f.empire, imperi o emperor, im

perador -ess,-atriz.

employ, empregar -m ent, emprego

en able, capacitar, habilita r, tom a r

possivel.en camp, acampar.

en close, en cerrar, cercar.

en coun ter, s ., encontro v.,-ar.

end , s .,fim , m . v., acabar, ter

m in ar.

en deavor, s. , eeforcoen dure

, sofrer, aturar.

en em y, in im igo enm ity, in im i

en ergy, e nergia -etic, -

gice

engage, engaj ar.

3 10 FA C

face, s . , cara , rosto to m ake faces,

fazer caretas v., en cam r,

arrostar.

facilitate, j acz'

lz'

tar.

fact,facto in de

factory,fabricafail,fa ltar,falkar.

fair (m arket),feira .

fair, adj ., bella, fin ale ; (ofcomplexion ) claro (ofha ir) lou/ro,j usto.

faith ,fé, f. ; -ful, fiel -fuln ess,

fidelidade -less,perfidofall, v., cab/tr (ofrivers, etc.) baix

ar s ., guéda , tom bo.

false, falso -ity,-1Jda <1e

fa lso, m en tirafam e,fam a -ous ,

-oso.

fam ily,fam tliafar, longe.

fare,passagem ,f.

fashion , m oda .

fast, ligez

'

fro quick) ; segurofat, adj . , gordo s .

,-ura .

fate, sorte, f.

fa ther,pad (orpae) -ih -law, sogro.

fatigue,fadigafault, culpa ,fa lta , erro.

favor, s . ,favor v . ,favorecer-able, -avel -ite , 42 0, c ahido

fear, s ., m edo, receio v ., tem er

,

receiar.

fea st,festa festival,-ity,festividade,

festa .

feature,feigdo.

feed , susten tar upon , -se de.

feel, senoi/r -ing,-m ento.

feign ,fingir.

fellow, suj eito -m au,prox im o

fem ale,fé‘

m ea .

fence, cerca .

ferocious,feroz -ity,-cidade.

fertile,fertt'

l

FOR

fazer fogo

s ., ado.

-er, estrangeiro.

fetch , buscar.

fever,febre, f.few ,poucos.

field, compo .

fight, v. , com ba ter,pelej ar, brigar.

fill, en cher.

fin a n ces,fin a ng’a s,fazen dapublica .

find , achar, en con trar.

fin e,adj .

,fino , bella , bon ito

fin e, s .,m a lt-ta v. ,

-a r.

fin ish , acabar, term in ar.

fire, s ., fogo v . ,

-works ,fogo a rtificia l.firm , s .

,firm a , casa (de com m ercio).

firm ,-n ess

,-eza .

first,prim eiro .

fit, s .,ataque m .

fit, adj . ,propria idon eo

flay, esfolar.

flee,fugir.

fleece,pelle, f. tosdo, m .

fling, lan gar.

floor, soul/wflour,farin ha .

flower,flor, f.fly, w ar.

fog, cerragdo.

follow , seguir.

fon d , to be of, gostar de.

food, ahm en to, susten to.

fool, louco, tolo -ish , tolo folly,tolice f., loucum .

foot,pé, m .

for,pa ra ,por.

ford,v . , passar a mi a

passa .

foreign ,e

stran ho

foresee,prevé‘

r.

forest,floresta , m a tto.

forever,para sempre.

forget, esquecer se de.

forgive,perdoar.

form ,form a .

FOR

form er, previo an terior, aquella ;-ly, a ntes , an tigam en te.

form idable,form tdavel.forsake, aba n dona r, desampam r.

fort,forte, m . ;-ress,fortateza .

fortn ight, quinze dias .

fortune,fortuna fazenda ; -ate,

afortun ado ,feliz.

found,fa nda r ; -er,-dador ,

fundam en to, a licerces, (11. pl.foun tain ,

m a na n cia l, m .

fragm en t,fragm ento,pedapo

franc,fra n co.

frank,fra n co -n ess,-queza .

Frederick, fi ederioo

free, lim'e -dom , liberdade.

French ,fra ncez.

frequen t, adj . ,freguente v.,-tar.

fresh ,fresco .

frien d, am igo -ly,-gavel s h ip,

am izade.

fright, gusto-en

, assustar.

from ,de.

fron t,fren te, f.fron tier,fron teira .

fruit,fructo,fructa (oftrees,frustrate,frustrar, balda r.fugitive,fugitivo,foragido.

full, cheia -fill, cumprir .m en t,

fun , bron co/letra -ny, divertido.

funera l, en terro.

furn iture , m obilia r, trastes, m . pl.future, adj . ,futuro s.,

ga in , s . , gan ho v.,-ar.

ga le, tempora l, m .

ga lleys , ga lés, f. pl.gam ble, j ogar

-sr,-dor.

garden , j ardim , m . ; -er, m etro.

gather, colligt'

r, colker.

G R! 311

gate,portd o, m .

gazette, gazeta

gen erous, generoso -ity,-ida de.

gen tlem a n , cava lheiro, sen hor.

geology, geologic -ar,-go

G erm an , a lem ao -y, A lem an ha .

get, receber, tom ar, ficarleva n tar-ac.

ghost, espirito duende, m .

gigantic, gigan teeco.

girl, men ino

give, dar up, aban don ar

glad, cont ente, satisfeito I am veryeatim o m uito.

gladiator, gladiador.

glass, vidro, copo (drinking-

glass).

globe, globo.

gloomy, sombrioglory, gloria -i0us,

gn aw,roar.

go , a’

r ; away, ir-ee (em bora)on , con tim car out, sahir.

goal, a loo.

G od,Deos.

gold, ouro.

good, 60m o s,fazendas m ess, bon

dade -bye, adaos.

govern ,governoroor,

-ador -m ent,

m o.

grand, grande, gra n dioso-father,

av?) -m other, avo -son , n eto

-daughter, n eta-duke, grdoduque.

grape, uva .

grass, herva.

gratitude, gratidao.

grave, adj ., grave, seria

grave, s ., twm ulo sepulcro.

great, gran de-n ess,

-eza .

greedy, amidoG reece, G recia (3 ) G reek, grego.

green , verde.

grey, cim ento, bronco (ofhair).

grief, m agoa

3 12 G RO

groun d, razdo, cheio , m . ;-less, sem l

causa, tnfun dad o.

grow, crescer, tom ar, torn ar-se.

guard , s . , gua rda v.

,-ar.

guess, adtvin /zar.

guest, hospede convidado.

guilt, culpa -

y,-ado .

guin ea , gatn éo.

gulf, golfo.

gun , espingarda ,pega (d’

arttlharia )-powder,polvora

gutta-percha, guttapercha .

H

h abit, habito costum e m .

hair, cabello.

h a lf, adj ., m ew s . ,m etade

halt, a lto .,fa.zer a lto.

hand , m do.

h an dle, cabo.

hang, pen durar, enforca r (a crim i

n al) ; -m an , carrasco.

happen , acon tecer.

h appy,feliz -n ess ,-cid ade.

harbor,porto.

h ard, duro-sh ip,fadiga tra

ba liw -ly, apen as working,

traba lha dor.

harm ,m a l, m .

h aste,pressa -en,apressar-se.

h ate, odtar-red, odio (3 ) -ful, -oso .

h aun t,frequentar,perseguir.

h ave, ter.

head , cobego at the of, a testa

de -quarters, q

-uartel gen era l.

heap, s . ,m on tdo,m . am on toar.

h ear, ouvir.

h eart, coracao, m .

h eat, calor.

h eaven , 060 -ly, oeleate.

heavy,pesado.

h eight, a ltura .

heir, herdeiro.

ian,

-ever,porém .

-iador.

at em

hence, d’aqul

-forth , d’aqul para

dia n te.

her,sea , sua .

herald, arauto.

here, aqui

heretic , herege

hero, heroe (2)dem o.

hes itate, hesitar.

h ide, s . ,pelle, f. , couro.

high , a lto.

hill, aam ara , outeiro, collina

hire, a la ga r.

his , sou ,sua .

hiss, sibi lar, assobia r.

history, historiahit, acertar, bater,fertr.

hold, ter, segura r.

hole, buraco

holy, san cto.

hom e, adv., para casa

casa .

hon est, hon esto, hon rado-

y, d ez.

hon or, hon ra —able, hon omfico

hope, v ., esperar s ., 1 mm .

horn , corno , chrifre, m .

horrible, horrivel.

h orse, ca va llo -m an ,-eiro -whip,

chicote m . ; on back, a cc

va lle .

hospital, hospital, m . ;-ity,

“M ade.

hostile,hosti l -ity,

o idad e.

hot, quen te.

hotel, hotel m .

house, ca sa .

h ow , com o

hum , zm n’

r.

hum an,-e, hum a n o ‘ ity,

-idade.

hum ble, adj . , hum i lde v. , hu

m ilhar.

hum bug, impost'ura .

hunger, fam e, f. -ry, esfar'

xmado

to be terfome.

314 m s

in stan ce, instan cia , ex emplo.

instan t, s ., instan te -ly, insta n tan eo

m en te, inm ed/ia tam en te adj .,corrente on the 12th in stan t, no

di a 12 do m ez corren te.

in stead, em lugar, em vez.

institute, v., inetituir s .,-tuto

(2) -tion ,t il/teri a .

in struct, instruir -ion ,m emo .

in suflicien t, inaufi cien te.

in tegrity, in tegrida de,probidade.

intend, ten cion ar, preten der ; -tion ,

intengdo, ten gda.

intercede, in terceder, introm etter-se.

interest,int eresse, m .

-ing,-ante

s . (ofm on ey), j uros.

interfere, in tervi/r, ingerir-se, en tre

metter-se.

interior, adj . , in terior ; s ., in te

rior, sertao, m .

in terpreter, i n terpreteinterrupt, interrompei —ion , -rup960.

in to, em .

intolerable, in toleravel, insofrivel.in tren chm en ts, trin cheiras.

intrigue, s . , in triga v. ,-ar.

in troduce, in troduzir, apresen tar ;-tiou, W roducgdo.

in un dation , in/a ndagdo .

invent, inven tor ;-ion , invengdo.

invincible, inven ci/vel.

invite, convidar -ation'

, con vite

m .

iron ,ferro.

i ssue, s. , ex ito resultado v.,

publicar.

ivory, mar/3m m .

J

ja il,prisdo, cadéa -er, carcereiro.

jealous, cioso -

y, cinm e, m .

jeopardy,perigo

L AN

-ish ,j uda ico

K

keep, guarda r,ficar com -er, guar

da , m .

key, chove,f.

khan,khan .

kill, m a tar.

kind, s . , especie f.

, sorte, f. ;a dj . , born , bond oso —n ess

, bon dade.

king, rei , cl-rei -dom , reino .

kn ave, velhaco patifekn ife,faca .

knock, bater down, derrubar.

know, saber, con hecer -ledge, canhe

cim en to, saber.

L

labor, s ., trabalho v.,-ar.

lace, renda .

lad, rapaz.

lady, sen hora .

lam e, m an co.

lamp, lampeao, m .

lan d, s ., terra v .

, desembarcar-lord

, esta laj adeiro, dono da casa

own er,proprietario

J ew, J udéo (fem .

,

jewel,j oia , a lfa ia .

job, en com/men da , negocio

J ohn , J odo .

joke, graea , brin cadeira .

J oseph , J ose.

journ al,j orna l, dia riojourn ey, viagem f.

joy, a legria regosij ojudge, s .

,j uiz ; v .,j ulgar.

J uly, J ul/w.

jump,po la r, saltar.

J un e, J un ho.

just, adj j usto adv.,j ustamen te

-ice, j ustiga -tify, -tificar.

L A N

language, lin gua , f., idiom a (2, 6)m . ; linguagem f.

large, gra nde.

la sh , chibatada .

last, adj .,u ltimo (3),passado

last, v. , durar -ing, d'

uradouro.

late, adj . , tarde, defun cto,fa llecidoadv. , tarde -ly, ultima m en te.

latter, u ltim o este.

la ugh , rir, rir-se -ter

, riso, risacla .

law, lei ,f. ; -

yer, advogado .

lead, s .,chumbo -pen cil, lapis, m .

lead,v . , con duzir, levar

-s r,cabega,

m ., capitao.

league, legua

lea rn , apren der, saber (n ews,ed, adj . , sabia douto ;

-ing,

saber, sabedoria

leave, s .,licen ga take dev edor

se v. , deix a r.

left, esquerda.

lesson ,ligdo.

let, deim r, a lugar.

lethargy, lethargicletter (ofthe a lph abet), letra , carta

paper,papel de carta or depeso.

libera l, libera l.

liberty, biberdade.

library, bibliothecalicen se, hicenea .

lie, v., m en hfir s . , m en tira

-ar, m en tiroso.

lie,v estar deitado, estar.

lieuten an t,ten ente.

life, vida -less, sem vida .

light, adj . , leve.

light, s .,luz, f. ; . en ,fuzilar

fvvilo relampago

like, v. , gostar de.

like, adj ., sem elhan te, parecido

adv. , com a-n ess, retrato.

linh a , lin ha .

lin en , linha, roupa .

315

en lou

lion, lado -n ess, leba .

lip, beipo, labia

liquor, Moor.

listen , escutar.

literal, litera l ;-l

'

y,~m en te tran slate

traduair aope’

da letra -ture,-tura .

little,pequen o pouco.

live, viver (in a house, m orar.

lock, v .,fechar s .,fechadura .

locust, gafan hotolonely, solitariolong, longo, cwmprido (ofobjects).look,v ., olhar,parecer s .

,olhar;

dug-glass, espelho.

lose,perder loss,perda .

lot, sorte, f. , lote, m ., terren o

ban do, corj a , sfwia .

loud, a lto.

low, baiwo.

luck,fortun a , sorte -

y,feliz, afortun ado.

lukewarm , m orn o, tibio

lun atic , lun atico da ndo, louco.

m ace, m ayo.

m achin e, m a chin a (3, pr. m dguina ) ;-ery, mecan iem o.

m ad , doudo, louco to go

gueoer .

m adam,senhora .

m agn ificen t, m agn ificom ahogany, m ogno.

m ail,m a la steam er,paquete a

vapor.

m ain,prin cipa l.

m a inta in ,m an ter ;

-ten ance, m an ti

m en to.

m ake,fazer.

m ale,m acho.

m alice, m ah’

cia —ious, -iaso, ma

ligno.

3 16 M A N

m an , hom em —kind, gen era (3)

hum a n o

m an ia , m an ia

m an ifest, adj . , m a nifesto ; V .,

m a n n er, m a n eira .

m an sion ,pa lacete m .

m an ufa ctory,fabrica -ture,fabricagdo.

m arble, m a t-more in

m arch , s .,ma rcha

M arch , M argo.

m ark, s .,m arca , a lvo v . ,m arcar.

m arket, m ercado place,praga do

m arquis, m arquez.

m arry, casar (com ) ; -lage,-m ento.

m ass , m issa .

m a ster, sen hor (teach er) m estre

(employer) am o .

m aterials , m ateriaes.

m atter, m ateria n egocio what

is the o que ha ? wh at is the

w ith him ? o que tem elle

m attress, colchdo, m .

m ature, m aduro

m ay,poder be,pbde ser, talvez.

M ay, M a ia .

m ean ,adj .

,ba irro, ordin ario -n ess ,

ba ix eza .

m ean , v. , sign ificar ; what do you

o que quer Vmu

’

dizer ?

m ean s,m eio .

m ea sure, v . ,m edir s .

,-dida .

m eazles , sarampo.

m eddle, en trem etter-se.

m editate, m editar.

m eet,v. tr., en contrar v . recipr. ,

se.

m elancholy, s ., m elan colia

adj . , -calico

m elt, derreter.

m em ber, m em bro.

m em ory, m em oria

M OU

m erch an t, n egocian te.

m ercy,m eroé

,f. , m isericortl ia

graga-ful, mi sericord ioao.

m erit, s ., m erito merecim en to

v., m erecer.

m essage, m en sagem f. , reca do

m essenger, m ensageiro.

m idn igh t, m eio noite.

m ight,poder -

y,-oso.

m ile, m i lho .

m ilitary, m i lita r.

m illion, m ilhao, m .

m in d, m en te, f. , espirito a lma .

m in ute,m in uto

m iscrean t, m a lvado

m isery, m iseria -able,-avel.

m isfortun e, infortun io infelici

dade, desgraga .

m iss , s ., sen hora , Don a

m iss, v., n do a char, sen tir a fa lta

de.

m iss ion a ry, m iseion ariom istake, s ., engan o erro v. ,

enganar-se

,

‘ to be -en , enga n ar-se

,

estar engan ado.

m istru st, v., desconfiar (de) ;-a nga .

m ob, vulgo,populaga .

m odern,m oderna .

m odest,m odesto -

y,-ia

m om en t, m om en ta .

m on a rch , m on arca -

y,-chia (2,pr.

-

guia ).

m on ey, din heiro.

m on th , m ez,m .

m oon , lua -light, luar.

m oral, m ora l ; -s , m ora lidade.

m orn ing,m an hda .

m other, m d i -ia -law,sogra

pearl, m a dre-perolam otive

, m oti vo

m oun t, v subir, m on tar (a cava llo)m oun t, m on te, m .

-ain , mon tan ha .

3 1 8 OFF

cflicer,ofi cia l (in the army) empre

godo .

often , m uitas vezes .

oil, azeite, m ., olea

old,veliw.

olive, ozeitono

om n ibus, om n ibus m .

on, prep.,

em, em cim a de adv.,

para di an te, otl ion te.

once, wm o vez at de repen te.

one, am .

on ly,adj . , un ico so adv.,

som en te, un icamente, so.

open , v., abrir adj ., oberto.

opera , opera .

operation , operagdo.

opin ion , opin ido .

J

opportun ity,opportun ida de,occasido .

oppose, appbr -itiou ,oppoeiedo.

opulen t, opulen to -cc,

-ci o .

orchard,pom or, gui/nto .

ordain, orden ar.

order,s ., ordem f in

para in that,para que

ordenar, m a n dar.

origin , origem f. ; -al,-gin ol.

orn am en t, ornam en to

, adorn o, en

feite, m .

orpha n , orpha'

ta fem .-do.

ostrich , avestruz, m .

ought, deveria , devia .

our, rwsso.

out,fora of,fbro de,par.

outbreak, erupgdo, rompim en to, re

bentaedo.

outside,prep. ,foro de; adv.,

-fora .

over,sabre, a cima de.

overtake, olcan gor.

overwhelm, acabrun har.

owe, dever.

own ,v .

, possuir ; adj . , propria-er,propri etari o dono .

ox , boi .

PEN

ing, -t11/ra.

m oney,m ae

P

packet,paquete m .

page,pagin o

pain , dor, f. -s , cuidado.

pain t,pin tar -er,-tor

pair,par.

pale,pollido

pamphlet,pamphleto (2)paper,papel (l ), m .

do de

paradise,paraiso (2, i ).

paralyze,paralysor.

parcel, em brulho, ba ndo (ofperson s).

paren ts,pais , m . pl.

parish ,porochic (pr.paroguio).

parlor, solo.

part, parte, f. -

y,-ido (political,

parte (in law) -n er, socio

(3) -ship, sociedade.

pass, pas sar -age,-ogem f. ;

corridor ; -port, passaporte, m .

-en ger,passogeiro.

passion ,poiwdo.

past,passado.

pasteboard,popeldo, m .

pastim e,poesatempo.

patien ce,pacien ci a -t,

-te.

patriot,patrioto (2) -ism,i lem o.

patron ,protector -age,protectorado,

protecgdo sa int,padraeiro.

pattern , amostro , m odelo

pave, colgor -m en t, -godo .

pay, v .,pagar s .,

soldo -m ent,

pagamen to.

peace,paz, f. ; -able,pacificopeach ,pe

‘

cego.

pear,pero .

peasant, lavrador.

peculiar, particular, propria -ity,

particularidode.

pen ,pen n a ~holder, coneta

pen alty,pena .

penetrate,penetrar.

PEO

people,povo, gente,f.

perceive,perceber, notar.

perceptible,perceptivel.

perfect,perfeito.

perhaps, ta lvez.

peril,perigo

period,periodo

perm ission , licenga .

perm it,perm ittir, dar licea ga.

persecute,perseguir -tor, g uidar

-tion , -gui§do.

persevere, perseverar -ing,-an te

,'

-ance,-oncia.

person ,pessoa -al,-oal.

pervade,pervadir.

perverse,per-verso -ity, -ida de.

pestilence,peete,f. -tiferous, -tifero

pewter, eeton ho.

physician , m edico

physiology,physiologicpicket,piquete m .

picture, quadr o.

piece,pedoca,pega , moeda (coin ).

pig,porco.

pike, chega .

pinch,pitada .

pipe,pipa two hogsheads).

pipe, cachimbo (for sm oking).

pistol,pistola

pit,plate'

a .

pity, s ., compaizdo, pena v . ,

compadecer-se cam , ter compoizdo

orpen a dc.

place, s ., bugor take ter

v., collocar, m etter,por.

plan ,plano,proj ecto.

planet,plan eta m .

plant, s.,planto v.,-ar.

play, s . , j ogo, espectaculo (theatre) ;v., j ogar (cards, tocar

(piano, etc.) brin car (as children

do).

PRE 3 19

please, agradar, aprazer imper.,fapofavar -ant, ogrodovel -ure,

prazer.

plot, canepiragdo.

pocket, balsa, a lgibeira -book, car

teira .

poem ,poemo m . ;-et,poeta

-tess,-tieo -try,poesia

poin t,ponto.

poison , s . , ven eno v., enve

W T .

pole,polo pda .

polish ,pobir.

polic'

y,politica -tics, -tico -cal,

poor,pobre.

popular,popular.

population ,populogdo.

portion ,porpdo,f., gm’

n hdo, m .

portrait, retrato painter, retrotisto .

position ,posigdo.

possess,possuir ; -ion , possessdo to

take tom arposse.

post,pasta .

postern ,postigo

poun d , libra .

pour down , cahir.

poverty,pobreza .

powder (gun polvora m .

pl. (m edic ).

power,poder -ful,-oco.

pra ise, v., louvar s .,-vor, culo.

gio

pray, orar, razor -sr, orogdo.

preach ,prégar -ar,-odor.

precaution ,precaugdo, oautela

precede,preceder -ing, aen te.

precept,preceito.

precious,precioso.

predatory,predatoriopredecessor,predecessor.

320 PRE

prem ises ,prem issas.

prem ium ,prerm’

o .

prepare, preparar—a tivo

present, adj . , presen te ; v., apre

sen tor -cc, pa .

preserve,preservar, guardar.

preside,presidir -den t,

-den te.

presuppose,presuppor.

pretty, bon itopreva il,preva lecer.

preven t, impedir.

previous,previo

price,prego.

pride, orgulho.

priest, sacerdote padre.

prin ce,principe (3) prin cess,princezo .

prin cipal,pri n cipa l.

prin ciple,prin cipio

prison , prisdo, codéa -er, preso,prision eiro (ofwar) .

priva te,particu lar.

privation ,privogci o.

privilege,privilegio

probable,provovel.

proceed,proceder -ing,-der

,d im en

to.

produce, v. ,produzir s . ,-ducto

-duct, -ducto -tion ,-ducgdo.

profession ,pro/£8860, oficio

professor,professor.

profit,proveito, lucro -able, lucra

tiva profit, v., aproveitar-se, luorar.

profoun d ,profun da .

progress , s . ,progresso v.,pro

greder.

prohibit,prohibir.

prom enade,passeia .

prom inen t,prom in en te.

prom ise, v. , prom etter ; s ., pram esso.

QUI

Iproof,provo .

proper, propria (3) -ty,-iedade

proprietor, -torio don o.

prophesy,prophetisor ; -cy,prophecia -et -eta

propose,propor; -al,proposta ; -itiou,

prospect,prospecto.

prosper, prosperar -ous, prospero

(3 ) -ity,

-idade.

protect,proteger -tion,

-c§do -tor,-tor.

proud , soberbo, orgulho sa .

prove, v. tr., provar ; v. in tr.,

m ostrar-se.

provide,fornecer -ed, conj ., com

tan to que.

pruden t,pruden te -ce,-cia .

public,publico -ish ,-cor.

punctual,pon tua l -ity,-idod e.

pun ish ,pun ir, castigar -m en t,pun i‘

goo, castigo pena .

pupil, discipulo a lum n a .

purple,purpura

purpose,proposito on de

put,pbr, botor, m etter ; out, opa

gar.

Q

quality, qualidade.

quan tity, quan tidade.quarrel, s . , disputo brigo

disputar, brigar.

quarter (ofa city), bairro, (arithm .)guorto .

queen , ra in ha .

queer, si ngu lar, emquisito

question , pergun ta to ask a -1

fazer uma pergun ta .

quick, ligeiro, depressa .

quiet, guieto

quire, m do.

quite, inteiram en te.

322

revolution , revolugdo.

reward, s., recompensa v. ,-ar.

rhetoric , rhetori ca

rheum atism , rheumatismo.

ribbon ,fita.

rich, rico.

riches, rigueza .

rid, to get of, tiorar-ae de.

ridiculous, rid iculo

riflem an , atirador, capador.

right, adj. and s., direita .

ring, am id m .

riot, m otim , m ., tum ulto.

rise, levantar-ac grow) m esm

go up) saber (ofthe sun , etc .)n asceu

rival, rival.

river, ria.

rivulet, ria clzo, ribee'

xro.

road, cam inho, eetrada.

roar, v., rug/tr.

roar, s ., estrondo.

rob, roubar -ber, lad/rai o, sa lteador-y, rouba.

robe, vestido, oesttrnen ta .

rock, rockedo

rocket,foguete m .

rogue, velhaco

roll, rolar.

Rom e, Rom a ;-eu,

oano.

roof, telkado.

room, capaga, lugar, quarto, sala .

root, rat'

s,f.rose, rosa .

route, derrota

royal, rea l.rude, rude, grosseiro

-n ess, rudeza ,

grosseria

ruin , s., MW v., arruin ar

-ous, rm’noao.

rule, regra .

rumor, boato

run, correr; away,fugiu

SEE

S

sabre, espada -cut, espadago.

sacrifice, s ., 8am ficio v.,

sad, triste -ness,-eza .

sail, s . , oela v .

, partir,fazervela -or

, m arin hez’

ro.

saint,sa n cto, sdo (before n am es).

sake , cousa .

salary, sa lario (8 )sa lt

,s .

,sa l, m . ;

sam e, m esm o.

sample, amostra .

sarcasm,sarcasm o -astic, m tico

satisfy, satisfazer -faction ,face-do-fied ,feito.

savage, seloagem

save, sa lvar, poupar, econom ioar

v., salgar.

scabbard, bain ha .

scan dal, esoanda lo -ous,-oso.

scar, cicatriz, f.scarce, raro, escasso

-ly, apen as .

scen e, scen a-ery, scenario Meta .

schem e,proj ecto.

sch ool, escola -fellow, cam arada

d’escola -m aster, m estre d

‘

eacola .

sc ien ce , sciencia .

scissors , tesoura .

scorbut. escorbuto

scoundrel,patifescourge, castigo praga .

scout, espia m .

scream , gritar.

scrupulous, escmpuloso.

sea , m ar,m .

season, estag

’do.

second, segun da.

secret, s ., segredo adj ., scoreto

security, seguranga ,fiance .

see, v., oer, enmergar.

SEE

see, s. , sé, f.

seek, buscar,procurarseem ,parecer.

seize, agarrar,pegar em , confiscar.

sell, ren der.

sen d , enm'

a r, m a n dar.

sen sation,sensagdo.

sense, senao, sen tido, sen tim en to (L es

son

sen tin el, sen tin ella .

separa te, v ., separar,partir adj . ,soparado.

S eptem ber, S etembro.

series , serie f.

serious,seria

serve, servir -ice, 4 90 -iceable,

seroipa l -an t, cria da .

set,per, en trar (ofthe sun ).settle, v . tr. , arranj ar ; v. in tr.

,

estabelecer-se -m ent,colon ic

sever,partir, cortar.

several, curios diversos.

severe , severo rigoroso

seoeridade, rigor.

sew, coaer-ing, s . , costura .

shade, sh adow ,som bra .

shake, v. tr.,sacudir, aba lar

in tr.,trem er, es trem ecer.

sh am e, oergon ha-ful

,-oso -less

destw ergonkado.

share,s . , quinhao, m . ; v.

,parti lhar.

sharpshooter, atirador, capador.

shawl, cka le, m .

sheep, o'oellia .

sheet (paper),folha ; (bed ) lenga l,m .

sh ield , escudo

sh illing, x elim (l ), m .

sh in e, bri lha r, luzir.

sh irt, cam isa

shiver, tremer.

shoe, sapaio -m aker,

-teiro.

SM O 393

-al, sign al.

e.

n er,

-dor.

conj ., com a,

ih -law , cun hado .

down , sen tar-se

-ful, habit

v. , m en oscabar,

s . ,m enoscabo

v .,-ar.

s ., sorriso

s .,

-m aga .

shoot,atirar,fuzilar sh ot, tiro.

sh op, loj a -keeper, logista .

short, curto, breve -en, abbreviar.

shout,s ., grito ; v.

,-ar.

show, m ostrar.

shrewd, astuto

sick,doen te -n ess ,

-en g'a .

side,lado, bando.

s igh t,m m.

s ign , v. , assign ar ;silk, seda .

s ilver,pram.

sim ilar, sem elha n te

sin,peccado

sin ce, prep., desde

vista que.

sin cere, si ncero -ity,

-idade.

sing, can tor-er,

-tor.

single, un ico so.

s ingular, singu lar.

s ir, sen hor.

sister, irm ac

sit, estar sentada

-ting, sen tado.

situated,si tuado, sito -tion , si tua

960.

s ize, tam m an ha .

skill, li abi lidade

skin ,pelle, f.sky, céo .

slacken , retardar .

slave,escraeo -ry, m idda.

sleep, son a ; to be-

y, estar com or

ter son o.

slight, adj . , leve

m en ospreza r

slip, tira .

slippers , gin ellos.

s low , oagaroso-ly, devagar.

sm all,pequen a

sm ell,s .,

cheiro

sm ile,v . , sorrir ,

‘

sm oke, v.,fum a r;

324 SNA

snake, cobra .

snore,ronear.

snow, s ., n eve,f. v., n evar.

snufi'

, rape, to .

so, assim , tdo .

social, socia l.

society, sociedade.socket,pedesta l.

sofa , sofa, m .

soft, bran do, doce, macio -n ess,

brand/li ra , dopn ra .

soil, term .

soldier, soldado.

som e, a lgum-hody, alguem -thing,

a lgum a cousa .

son ,fillio -ia -law, gen/ro.

soon , breve, empouco tempo.

sorrow, m agoa aj ticgdo.

sorry, sen tido to be sen tir.

sort, sorte,f.

soul,alma .

sound s ., 80m ; v ., soar ; adj .,sadm

source, ma n an cia l, m .,fon te, f.south , m l, m .

sovereign , soberan a

sow, semear.

space, espapo -ious,-

eoao.

Spain , Heepan ha Span ish ,Hespa nkol.

spare,poupar.

speak, allar -er, orador,presiden te.

species, especie f.

spectator, espectador.

speculation , especulagao -tor,

-dor.

speech , orafdo,fa lla .

spend (m oney),gastar, (tim e)passar.

spin ,j ar.

spirit, espirito an im o

spite, despeito in of, a de,

apesar de.

Splendid, esple ndido

spoil, estragar, arruinar . perder.

-iard,

STR

I Sponge, espong’

a .

spot, lugar (place).

spot, s .,m a ne/ta v., m an cka r.

spread , espalhar.

spring (season ), prim avera f.

(water) m ana n cia l, allw d'agua,

(of steel) inf/la v.,salta r,

pular (jump), (burst) rebentar,

spy. copia espwosquare, adj . , gua drado

stain , s . ,m a ncha

start,partir.

state, s ., estado v. , asseverar,

depér; -m ent,m aroda,depoimento.

statue, estatua

staunch ,firm e.

stay,parar.

steal, roubar.

steam er,vapor.

steep, in grem e

steeple, tarre,f.

step,passa .

step-son , en teado.

still, adv. a in da adj .,quistoconj ., com tudo

sto ck,raga ,fami lia

stoic, stoico

stone,pedra .

stop,parar.

stork, cegon lia .

storm, s .,

temporal, trovoada , tempestade ; v., assa ltar, tomar porassa lto.

story, W ork

story (or -ey), andar.

straight, d/ireito, teso.

strange, estran ho -ar, estrangeiro,descon hecida.

straw,pa lha .

street, m a .

strength ,forga .

strew,j uncar.

praca .

326 TH!

think,pensar.

UND

thirst, sede,f. to be oy, estar com or trade,profisscio , oficio trafico

ter cede.

this, este, isto.

though , a in da gue, apesar que, bem

que,posto que.

thought,pen sam en to .

thoroughly, afundo.

thread,fio.

threat, om eapa -en ,-g:ar.

throne, thrana .

through ,par, atravez.

throw, atirar, la ngar down, der

rubar, atirar no ckdo.

thunder, v . , trovej ar ; s .,trovao

m . ; s torm , trovoada .

thus, assim (l ).

tiger, tig re, m .

tight, apertado.

till, lavrar .

tim e, tempo, voz, f. ; this esta vez .

tin,fol7i a .

tire, m ayor (or ca n sar) ; s om e, ao

to , a .

to-day, hoj e.together, j untos.

toil, traba lho, ca nsaco-som e,

labor-i 030.

token ,prova , testem unho .

to-m orrow,ama n hda .

tone, tom .

to-n ight, esta noite.

too, conj., tambem (1) adv., de

m asia damen te, m uito, dem a is.

tooth , den te, m .

top, cam e, m .

topic, topico assumptotorm en t, s . , torm en to ;m entar.

torrent, torrents , m . and f.

touch , toca r em -in g, -an te.

towards,para .

trafego v., traficar, nego

tragical, tragico

train , trem , m .

traitor, traidor.

tran sitory, tram itorio passageiro.

translate, traduzir-ion , traduccdo.

travel, viaj ar -s, viagem f. pl. ;«er, j a n te.

treacherous, traicoeiro.

tread,pisar, calcar (cospes).

treason , tra icao.

treasure,-y, thesouro

-er,-reira .

treat, tra ctor -ise, -y,

-tado -m ent,

-tam ento, tracta .

tree, arvore f.

trem ble, trem er, estremecer.

tribe, trilm f.

trick,peca .

trifle, baga tella .

trip,passeia .

tr00p, tropa .

tropics, tropicos (3) -cal, -co.

trouble, s. , in com m odo

in comm odar -som e, «latino

true, verdadeira ;-th , verdade.

trunk, bahu’

, m ., tronco (ofa tree).trust, v .

,fia r-se, con/tar s con

fia ng‘a .

try, a peri/menta r.

Turk, -ish , Tar-co -ey,

-gwia

turn , voltar, virar, tom ar.

twice, du os vezes .

twin s, gémeos.

typography, typographic

U

unbounded, illim itado.

uncle, tio .

unden iable, in n egavel.

under, deba icw de, sob.

UND W AY 327

un derstand,en ten der -ing,

-dim en I ven ture, s ., ventn ra v.,arri scar

to.

un dertake, emprehen der ; -ing, em

un ex pected, inesperado.

unfavorable, desfa voravel.unfit

, in capaz, impropriounfortun ate, desafortun ado, i nfeliz.

ungrateful, ingrato m a l agrade

un happy, infeliz.

un importan t, pouco importan te, irrelevan te.

u n ite, v. tr. ,n n ir v . in tr.,

-se.

un iversity, un iversid ade.

un less, sem que, a n ao ser gue.

un occupied, desoccupado.

unreason able, desrazoavel.

unripe, verde.

un safe,pouco segura,perigoso

un til, prep. ,até conj . ,

un tiring, in ca nsavel.

unwholesom e,i nsa lubre

unworthy, in dign a .

urge, impellir.

use, s . , n so, servico v . ,usar do,

costum ar —ful, n til -fulness,u tiliclade -less, in/util.

utm ost, ex trem a sum m o .

utter, v.,proferir.

vacant, vago.

vacation ,feria s f. pl.

va in , vdo van ity, vaidade.

value, s . ,va lor ; v.,prezar, esti

m a r.

various , vario

vase, va so.

vault, abobada

vegetation , vegetacdo.

ven erate, venerar.

Vengeance, virtganca .

so.

very, adj .,propria adv.,m/U/itO,

m ui.

vessel, n avio

vex , vema r, im am/mortar.

vice, vicio

victory, victoria -ious, -ioso.

view, vista ,prospecto, opin ido.

vigorous, vigoroso.

villa , ckacara

village, a ldé‘

a .

villain ,pa tife, ca/na lha .

vin e, vim ka -yard,vinho .

violin , rabeca -ist, q ui sto.

voice,voz, f.

volcano, volcao, m .

volum e, volum e m .

vowe l, vogal, f.

voyage, viagem f.

W

wait, esperar.

w ake, despertar up, accordar.

walk, v. , ca nm'

xnhar, a n da r,passeia r

to take a dar um passeia .

w all,parede f. , m uro -s, m ura

lka (ofa fortress).

waltz, va lsa .

wa n t, s .,fa lta ,precisdo , n ecessidade

v., precisar de to be wan ting,

fa llar.

war, guerra-rior, -reira .

warm , quen te ;-th

,ca lor.

warn , avisar-ing,

-aviso

waste, v ., gastar adj ., deserto ;

to lay devastar.

w atch , s .,relogio v.,guardar,

vigiar.

water, agn a .

wave, s . , un do v. ,fluctua r.

way, cam in ho ( z m anner),m anéira,sorte,f.

l

328 YET

weak,fraco -ness, g uem . l

wealth, opulencia , rign eza -y, opu

len to, rico.

weapon , arm a .

wear, trazer, traj ar, vest-ir. tinto.

weather, tempo.

week, semana

weep, chorar.

weigh ,pesar “ t,P930 (M )welcom e, adj . , bem vindo

welfare, bem -estar.

well, adv., bem ,pois. w ithdraw,v. tr., retirar v. in tr.,

well, s .,pogo.

west, ou ts, in. v.,

whale, baled .

what, que, o que.

wheat, trigo.

when , quando.

when ce, d’onde.

where, 0nde, aon de.

wh ich , ga s, a qua l.

while, conj ., em quan to, durante queit is worth va le a pena s

momen to, a lgum tempo.

white, bron co -wash, ca ia r.

whither, aond e,para 0nde.who,pron . rel . que; pron . intern ,

whole, inteiro, toda .

why,porque

wicked, mao, ma lvado -n ess,wrong, a» “i n ? “ adj . , 0’

ma ldade, ma lvadez, f. rado ; you are Vm fl‘

esta en

w ide, largo, ga n ado , “50 tom razao.

widow, viuva -er,«t o.

wife, m ulher, esposaY

wild, selvagem bravo, bram'

o yard ,pateo (m easure) j arda.

will, v., querer s .,vontade, tes year, arm o n ew bom.

tamento. yellow, am arella .

W illiam , G uilhernw. yes, sim .

willingly, de boa vontade. yesterd ay, hon tem (2) the day be

w in , gan har. fore a nt’hon tem .

wind, s ., vento. yet,adv.,ainda ; conj com tudo

wind up (a watch), dar corda (acrelogio).

windm ill, m oinho dc vento.

w in dow,j an ella .

win e, vi n ho red

winter, inverno.

w ipe cd’

, m agar out, apagar.

wise,prudente, sabia -dom , cc

bodoria

wish , s ., desej awith , com ; -in , dentro ;

witn ess, s ., testemun ho , f. ;

presen cia r.

wom an,m ulher.

wood, pda, "cad eira ; (for fuel) len ha -en , de ma deira , depda.

wool, lda -en , de lda .

word,pa lavra .

work, s . , obra , traba lho v tra

ba lha r -m an ,-dar, abreiro.

world, m n n do .

worm , verm e, m ., bicho.

worth , s ., va lor ;-y, digna ; to be

worth, va lor.

wound, v. ,ferir ; s .,-ida

wretch , ~ed , m iseravel, m isero

write, escrever -ing, escnpta -sr,

A P P E N D I X.

ARTICL E .

1. Defin ite article : sing. o, m .,a,f. ; plur. as

,as ;

2 . Indefin ite article : um,m .

,um a

,f.

NOUN .

I . Number Theplural ofn oun s is form ed by adding 8 to th esingular.

E x ception s : 1) Noun s ending in 3 do n ot change in theplural, ex cept deos,pl. deoses

2) m is changed in to n (ham -em,ham -ens) ;

3) nouns end ing in r or 2 take es (ma/r, m a r-se voz,voz-os)

ex cept cd liz (calis, calico), wh ich does not change ;4) those end ing in c l

,al,a t lose the l and take es (can -a l

,

ca n -ass) ; ex cept consu l,pl. co nsu l-es, m a l,pl. m a l-es ,

5) el is changed in to eis (pap-cl,pap-eis) ;6) i l is changed in to is (fun -i i,fun-is) ;7) do becom es oes (n ap-ao, n ae-oes) ; regular (pl. a os) are the

follow inga ldeao, villager,a n do, dwarf,a ncia

'

o, old m an,

béncao, f., blessing,t wo

; QhrispiQ'D7

cidadao, citizen ,

cortezao, courtier,gavido, hawk,gra o, grain ,

irmao,brother,

A PPENDIX . 331

m do,f.,h an d

,rabdo

,horse -radish

,

or a o,orpha n , so

'

td o,room on the groun d

-floor,orgao, organ , vi llao

,peasant, boor.

1711 9530, pagan ,

The follow ing change do in to d esA lema o

,G erm an

, cka rla tdo, quack,

Ca ta ld o, Catalon ian , escrivao,scriven er

,clerk

,

cao, dog, pao, loaf,capelldo, ch aplain , ta bellido

,n otary .

capi tao, capta in ,I I. G ender Nam es ofm ales are m asculin e

,n am es offem ales

are fem in in e. E x ceptions : testem un ho,w itn ess

, gen te, people,tripolacao, crew

, plebe, com m on people, ca n a lha,m ob

,villain ,

gen ta lha , m ob, rabble,person agem , person age, are fem in in e.

M a sculine are

1) Noun s en d ing in i (ex cept grei, flock, lei, law), in 0 (ex

cept enwo, adze,fin e,pan cake, m o’

,m illston e, n ao, m an -of-war),

in u (ex cept tribu ,tribe) ;

2) those en ding in l (ex cept ca l, lim e), m (ex cept ordem ,or

der,and those in gem ), r (ex cept colker

, spoon , car, color, dor,

pain ,flor, flower), an d s.

Fem in in e are

1) Noun s ending in a (ex cept dia , day, guardar oupa , ward

robe or press, m appa , m ap, m ost ofthose in e, and a n um ber of

words ofG reek origin , as clim a , idiom a,system a ,pla n eta , com e

ta,

2) m ost ofth ose en ding in do, e, gem ,z.

Masculine n oun s, being the n am es ofm ales,are m ade fem i

nin e according to the follow ing rules1) Noun s en d ing in 0 change this in to a (as lob-o, wolf, lob-a) ;

ex cept réa, defen dan t, ré2) those end ing in do change th is into d a (as c idad-do, citizen ,

cidad -da ) ; ex cept ledo, lion , leria, ; villao, boor, villo‘

a ; barao,

baron ,bwron eea ;

3) those en ding in r add a (as leitor, reader, leitora) ; som e

332 A PPENDIX.

noun s ending in dor or tor m ake their fem in in e in brie,as actor

,

a ct'riz ; imperador, emperor, impera triz ; director, directriz (or-tora) ;

4) n oun s design ating n a tion a lity, ending in 2,add a : I nglez,

Englishm an,I ngleza ; also Hespa nkol, Span iard, Hespankola ;

5) all other n oun s do n ot ch ange in the fem in in e, ex ceptgiga n te, giant,f. , giga n ta ; infa n te, in fan t (title ofPortuguese

and Spanish prin ces), f. , infa n ta m estre, m aster,teacher, m es

M a ,

6) irregularform ations area bbad e, abbot, a bbad essa , ladfrao, thief, ladra ,a nd, gran dfather, avo

'

,m a/rquez, m arquis, m arqueza ,

cond e,coun t, con dessa (or -eza ), prin cipe,prin ce,princeza ,

deos, god, deosa ,frapaz, lad, rapa riga ,

dom ,sir

,lord

,don a

, rei, king, ra inha .

duque, duke, duqueza ,

7) to n am es ofan im als which have n o proper form for th e

fem in in e, th e adj . m acho, m ale

,orfém ea , fem ale, m ay be added .

A DJ ECTIVE .

I . Num ber l ) A djectives form theirplural according to thesam e rules as the n oun ;

2) those end ing in do take 8 (as 06 0, pl . M 08) ;3) those end ing in i l, this syllable n ot having th e ton ic ao

cen t, change it in to eis (as facil, pl. fdceis) ; ex cept pencil, pl.

pen si les .

I I . G en der : 1) A djectives end ing in a change this vowel inthe fem in in e in to a (as bell-o, fem . bell-a) ;

2) do becom es d a (as i do, fem . M a ) ;3) those endin g in or add a (as en ca n tad o'r

,fem . en can tadora) ;

4) those en d ing in z,den oting n ationality, add a (as portu

guez, fem . portugueza) ; also hespa n hol, fem . hespa n hola

5) bom m akes boa,m a o m akes m a

6) all other adjectives rem ain un changed in the fem in ine.

I II . Comparison : 1) A djectives are compared, a) in thepositive by tao

—com o, as—as , so

—as ; b) in the compara tive byma is,

334 A PPENDIX.

NUM ERA L .

I . Cardin a l n umbers

1,um

,f. um a ,

2,dous (dais), f. duas,

4, qua tro,

5,cinco,

6,seis

,

7, sete,

8,oito.

9, n ave,

10,dez,

l l , onze,

12,doze

,

13,treze,

14, qua torze,15

, quinze,

16, deza seis,

17, deeasete,

18,dezoito

,

19, dezanove,20, i in te,

21, oin te e um ,

22, oin te e dous,28, i in te e tres,

30, trin ta ,

31, trin ta e um ,

32, trin ta e dous,40, quaren ta ,

50, cin coen ta ,

60, sessen ta ,

70, seten ta ,

80,oiten ta ,

90, n oven ta ,

100,cem

,

101, cen to e um ,

102,cen to e dous

,

103,cen to e tres

,

104,cen to e guaW o,

110,cen to e dez

,

116,cen to e dezaeeis

,

120,cen to e oin te

,

121,cen to e i in te e um

,

122, cen to e vin to e dous,

130,cen to e trin ta

,

131,cen to e tri n ta e um

,

140,cen to e quaren ta ,

145,cen to e quaren ta e cinco

,

199,cen to e n oven ta e none

,

200,duzen tos

,f. -as

,

300,trezen tos

,f. -as

,

400, qua trocen tos, f. -as

,

500, quin hen tos, f. -a s

,

600,seiscen tos

,f. -as

,

setecen tos, f. -as

,

800,oitoeen tos

,f. -as

,

900,nocecen tos

,f. -a8

,

958,n oi ecen tos e cin coen ta e oito,

999,n oi ecen tos e noven ta e nose

,

1000,m i l

,

m i l e um,

1010, m il e dez,1027, m i l e cin te e sete,1683

,m il seiscen tos eoiten ta e tres,

1700, m i l setecen tos,1862, m il oitocen tos e sessen ta e

dous,

2000, dous (f. duas) m i l,2591, dous m i l g

‘

uin hen tm e no

ren ta e um

A PPENDIX . 335

3000,tres m il

, cen to e oin te m il,4000

, qua tro m il, duzen tos m il,

5000,cin co m il

, trezen tos m i l,

6000,seis m il

, quin hen tos m i l,

7000, sete m i l, n ooecen tos m il,

8000,oito m i l

,um m i lkao (um con to

,

9000,n one m i l

,on ly used w ith réis),

dez m il,

um m i lhao duzen tos

on ze m i l, m i l

,

c in coen ta m i l,

dous m i lhoes,

cincoen ta e um m i l, quin ze m i lhoes (con

c in coen ta e oito m il,

tos) trezen tos e seten ta e n ose

cem m il,

m i l oitocen tos e s in te e qua tro.

I I . Num era l substa n tives un ida de (un it), dezen a , cen ten a,

m il/tar,dezen a de m illta res, cen ten a de m ilhares (these are m ostly

used in arithm etic) um a dus ia (a dozen), um cen to (a hun dred),um m ilheiro (a th ousand), um a a in ten a (a score) cen tena res

(hundreds), m i lhares (thousands) .III . Ordin a l n um bers

1,prim eiro, 18

,decim o oi to/va,

2,segun da, 19

,decim o n on o

,

3,terceiro (terco), 20, oigesim o

,

4, quarto, 21

,rigesim oprim eiro,

5, quin ta, 22, cigesim o segun da,

6,septa

,23 , c igesim o terceiro

,

7, setim o (septim o), 24,eigesim o gua/rto,

8,oi tava, 30

,urigesim o,

9. n on o,

3 1,trigesim oprim eiro

10, decim o,

32,trigesim o segunda,

11,un decim o (decim oprim eiro), 40, guadragesim o,

12, duodecim o (decim o segunda), 50, qu ing’uagesim o,

13,decim o tereeiro, 60, sex agesim a

,

14,decim o gua/rto, 70, septuagesim o

,

15,decim o quin ta ,

80,octogesim o,

16,decim o septa,

90, n on agesim o,

17, decim o setim o,

100, cen tesimo,

336 APPENDIX.

101,cen tesimo prim eiro,

102,cen tes im o segunda,

103,een tesimo terceiro

,

110,cen tesim o. decim o

,

137, cen tes imo trigesimo setim o,

199,cen tesim o n on agesim o n ono

200,ducen tesim o

,

201,ducen tesim o prim eiro

,

288,ducen tes im o octogesim o oi

taso,

300,M ecen tesimo

,

IV. Fractions

um m eio,a m etad e ; adj . m eio

,f. -a

,

um tergo (uma or a terga pa/rte),dous ter-cos (dua s tercaspartes),um quarto,tres qua/rtos,

um quin ta,

um sea-to,

um setim o,

um oito/so,

um n on o,

um decim o,

um on ze was (a undecim apa/rte),n ose on ze a/vos

,

um doze a so (a duodecim a parte),um s in te two (a vigesim a pa/rte),treze s in te (w as

,

nos e s in te e cin co a sos,

quaren ta e um cin coen ta e qua tro woos,um cen tesim o

,

um m i lles im o,

dous m i l trezen tos e oiten ta e seis oito m i l guio

n hen tos e qua ren ta e sete a sos.

V. M u ltiplica tise num erals

um a s ee,on ce ; duas vezes, tw ice ; tres sezes

,thrice or three

tim es ; qua tro sezes,four tim es

,etc .

400, guad

-ringen tesim o,

500, guingen tesim o

,

600,sewcen tesim o

,

700, septingen tesim o,

800,octingen tesim o,

900,nongen tesim o,

1000,m illesim o

,

1927, m illesim o n ongen tesimo

i yesim a setimo,

decimo m i llesim o.

338 A PPENDIX.

outrem, another,

nada, n othing,tudo

, all, everything,quem

-

quer,qua lquer,anybody,a lgum , f. -a

, some,

n enhzwm, f. -a,n one , no,

toda, all, every,

PreteritDescriptive I nd ica tise

iam os

i'

ao (ism ) iao (iam )

cada,every

,each

,

cada um, each,

todos, all, everybody,

outro,an other,

um e outro, both,um ou outro, either.

3 40 A PPENDIX.

criam oserieis

eriao (eriam )Impera tise.

i

Presen t Participle and G erun d .

endo in do

Past Participle.

ado ido ido

E uphon ic and orthographica l cha nges ofthe character ofverbs

I . Conjugation : c and g, before e,becom e gu , gu (as to-ca r,

toq ue ; pa -gar, pa—gue) ; g an d j , before e

,becom e c

, g (as tra

ca r, tra-cei ria -j ar, s ia -

yei) ; e becom es ei in th e Whole singular and in the 3d person plural ofthe presen t ind icative and

subjun ctive, an d in the corresponding form s ofthe imperativem ood (as rod-ear

, presen t indicative rod-eio,-eia s,

-eia ; plural,rod-cam os

,-ea is, eido ; subjunctive, rod-eie

,etc . ; imperative,

rod-eia,rod-ea i) ; in the sam e form s i is ch anged in to ei in th e

follow ing verbs : abreviar,to abridge, abbreviate, agenciar, to

to m an age, procure, a lum ia/r, to light, copiar, to copy, m ediar,

to m ediate,odiar

,to hate

,remediar

,to rem edy

, prem iar, toreward.

II . Conjugation : c an d '

g, before a and 0,becom e c,j (as tor

cer,tor-cc prote-ger,prote-j a ) .

III . Conjugation : g, before a and 0, becom es j (asfu-

gir,fuj0,fu-ia)

Irregula/r serbs

N. B .— In the follow ing list the regular form s ofthe differ

ent verbs are n ot given ; the irregular form s are given in this

342 APPENDIX.

4) dizer, to say, tell ; d igo, dizes, diz, dizem os, etc. d iga, d igas,etc. d isse

,d isseste, d isse, etc d issera ; d issesse ; d isser ;

d irei ; d ito ;fazer

,to make

,do ; faco, fazes, faz, fazem os

,etc . faca, fa

cas, etc. fiz,fizeste, fez, fizem os

,etc. fizéra ; fizesse ; fi

zer ; farei ; feito ;trazer

,to bring trago, trazes, traz, trazem os, etc. traga,

tragas, etc. troux e (pr. trusse), troux este, troux e (pr.

trosse), troux em os,etc. troux era ; troux esse ; troux er ;

trarei ;5) querer, to wish

,wi ll ; quero, queres, quer, querem os, etc.

queira, qu'

eira s, etc . quiz, quizeste, quiz, quizem os,etc.

quizéra quizesse quizer ;

ter,to hase ; ten ho, tens, tem , tem os

,tendes

,tem (teem ) ;

tenha, tenhas, etc . tinha ; tive, tiveste, teve, tivem os,etc.

tivera ; tivesse ; tiver ; impera tise : [tem ], tende ;ser

,to be ; sou

,es, é (he), som os, sors, sao ; seja, sejas, etc.

era , eras,etc. fui, foste, foi, fom os, fostes, forao ; fora ;

fosse ; for ; impera tive : [sé], séde ;vér

,to see ; vejo, ves

,vs, vem os

,vedes, vem (veem ) ; veja,

vejas, etc . vi,viste, viu, etc. vira ; visse ; vir ; visto ;

por, toput ; ponho, p6es, p59 , pom os, pondes, p5em pon ha ;punha ; puz,puzeste, poz,puzem os, etc. puzera ; puzesse ;

puzer ; pondo ; posto .

Th ird Conjuga tion .

1) m edir, to m easure m eco, m edes, m ede,etc . m ega, m ecas, etc.

pedir, to beg, ash ; peco,pedes,pede, etc. peca ,pecas, etc.

ouvir, to hea r ouco, ouves, ouve, etc. ouca, oucas, etc.

2) parir, to bringforth ; pairo , pares, pare, etc . pairs , pairas,etc.

3) cahir, tofa ll caio,cabes, cahe, etc. caia

, ca ias, etc.

sahir, to go or com e out ; saio, sahes, sahe, etc. sa ia, saias,etc .

trahir, to betray traio,trabes, trahe, etc. tra ia, traias, etc

4) sentir, tofeel ; sinto,sen tes, sen te, etc. sin ta , sin tas , etc

in the sam e m a n n er a re conjuga ted the following serbs

A PPENDIX. 343

advertir, to apprise, wa rn ; digerir, to digest; ingerir-se,to meddle ; despir, to undress, la y of; ferir, to hit, woundpreferir, to prefer deferir

,to defer, a nd other deriva tion

ofthe L a tin. fero, as referir,proferir, conferir, etc. m entir,to lie ; reflectir, to reflec t repellir, to repel, and other com

pounds of the L a tin polls , as, compellir, impellir, etc.

preven ir, to apprise, warn ,provide ; progredir, to progress ;aggredir, to a ttack seguir, tofollow, and its compounds ;servir, to serve repetir, to repea t ; vestir, to dress, and itscompoun ds ;

5) cubrir,to cover ; cubro, cobres, cobre, cubrimos, cubris, cc

brem ; oubra, etc. pastparticiple, coberto ; in the same wayare conjuga ted acudir, to come to assistance, bulir, to stir

,

m eddk construir, to con struct cuspir, to spi t ; destruir,to destroy engulir, to m a llow fugir, toflee sacud ir, toshake subir, to go or come up sum ir, to take away ; sur

gir, to anchor ; tussir, to cough ;

dorm ir, to sleep durm o, dorm es, dorm e, etc. durm a, dur

m as, etc.

conduzir,to lead ; con duzo, conduzes, conduz, conduzim os,

etc. so a lso induzir,reduzir

,in troduzir, produzir, etc .,

and

q ir,to shine

rir,to laugh ; rio, ris, ri, rimos, rides, riem ; ria, rias , etc.

Vir, to come ; venho, ven s, vem , vim os, vindes, vein ; venha ,venhas, etc. vinha ; vim , vieste, veiu, viem os, viestes, vierao ; viéra ; viesse ; vier ; vindo ; vindo.

Ir, to go vou, vas, vac (vai), vam os, ides, vac ; vi , vas, va,vam os, vades, vao ; fui, foste, foi, etc. fcra ; fosse ; for ;impera tive vae (vai), ide.

Verbs with a doublepastpa rticiple.

aceitar, to acceptcompletar, to completeen tregar, to deliver

en x ugar, to dry

344

ex ceptuar, to ex ceptexpulsar, to expel

gastar, to was te, spendizentar, to ex empt

pagar, topay

professar, toprofesssalvar

,to save

soltar, to relea se

sujeitar, to subject

APPENDIX.

ex ceptuadoexpulsado

gastadoizentado

pagado

professadosalvado

soltadosujcitado

Secon d Conjuga tion .

observer, to absorb

acender, to light

corromper, to corrupt

eleger, to elect

envolver, to involve

escrever, to write

incorrer, to in curm orrer, to die

prender, to arrest

romper, to break, tear

suspender, to suspend

torcer,to twist

absorvidoacendidocorrompidoelegidoenvolvido(escrevido)incorridom orri do

prendidorompidosuspendidotorcido

Third Conjuga tion .

abrir,to open

afliigir, to aflictcubrir, to cover

ex haurir, to ex haust

expellir, to expel

exprim ir, to expressex tinguir, to ex tinguishfrigir, tofry, ba keimprim ir, toprin tin cluir, to in cludesubm ergir, to subm ergesurgir, to anchor

(abrido)afiligido

(cubrido)ex haurido

expellido

exprim idoex tinguidofrigidoimprim idoin cluidosubm ergidosurgido

346 A PPENDIX.

encarregar, to charge w ith pun ir, topun ish withesquecer

-se, to forget responder, to answerfor

fruir, to enjoy revestir, to invest w ithgoea r, to enjoy rir (or rir-se), to laugh atgostar, to like servi/r, to serve as

lem brar-se,to rem em ber tacha r

,to charge w ith

m a n char,to stain w ith tractor

,to treat as

morrer,to die w ith or of tremer

, to tremble w ithm uda r

, to change triumpha r, to triumph overmun ir

, to furn ish w a r,to use

participar, to participate in viver, to live upon

precisar, to want, n eed zombar,to m ock at

prover, to provide withw ith com

abragar-se, to em brace da r,to find, m eet

acabar,to fin ish, have done fa lla/r, to speak to or w ith

acertar, to h it, find insta r

, to urge sb .

casar, to m arry ofender-se, to be offended atcompadecer-se, to pity parecer-se, to be likecumprir, to fulfill, accomplish

with EM .

assen tar,to settle, decide on pegar, to seize , take hold of

ca lcu lar, to calculate at pensar, to think ofconvir

, to agree on repara r, to n oticecuidar, to take care of sonha r

,to dream of

fa llar to speak of traba lhar, to work at

ins istir, to in sist on trepeca r, to stumble again st

occupar-se, to occupy on e’s selfw ith

THE BES T SPANISH DICTIONARY.

A ppleton s’New Spa n ish -E ng lish

a n d E ng lish -Spa n ish Diction ary.

Con tain in g m ore than four thousan d m odern word s

a n d twen ty thousa n d ac cepted m ean in gs, idiom s, an d techn ic a l term s n o tfoun d in an y other d ic tion ary ofits class

,

with a simple a n d easy m ethod Ofpron un c ia tion . Edited

by A RTURO CUYAS . I zm o . Over pages,In dex ed

,

S in ce the publica tion ofVelé zquez’s revision ofth e old Seoa n c

's, Neum a n a nd

Ba rc tti'

s D ic tion a ry in th e m iddle ofthe last c en tury, a ll Spa n ish a n d E nglish d ic tion

aries publish ed, bo th in Europe a n d A m eric a , h a ve been simply tra n scripts oftha tfam ous lex icon . A PPL ETONS

’NE W D l CT IONA RY,w h ich is n ow presen ted to thepublic,d iffers con siderably from tha t book, in a sm uch a s th e editor set out to produce, n ot a.

m ere revis ion ofan o ther's w ork, bu t a n en tirely n ew book, a n d for th is purpose he

com rived a w ell-defin ed an d m ethod ic plan .

A s a bas is a nd groun d-w ork for Pa rt I (Spa n ish -E nglish ) he adopted th e la test

ed ition ofthe D ic tion a ry ofthe Roya l Spa n ish A ca dem y, wh ich is con sidered the

h ighes t au th ority, a nd tra n scribed a ll th e in itia l words a n d the m ost curren t idiom s

con ta in ed therein , ex cepting on ly th e m ost a rch a ic a n d obsolete w ords, w ith their

proper E n glish equ iva len ts. For Part I I (E n glish -Spa n ish ) h e fo llowed th e sam e

pla n , taking as groun d -w ork a n d a uth ority the S ta n dard Dic tio n a ry a nd fin ding

a ccura te Spa n ish equiva len ts for a ll th e w ord s, a ccepta tion s, id iom s,a nd tech n ica l

w ords a n d ex pression s. H e,w ith very soun d judgem en t, as sum es tha t a bilingua l

d ic tion ary should con ta in equiva len ts ra ther tha n defin ition s . T his purpose has been

ca rried o u t from beg in n in g to en d in A PPL E TONS’New D ICT IONA RY.

Keeping con sta n tly in m in d th e com m erc ia l in tercourse a n d in creas ing trade

between the U n ited S ta tes a n d the Spa n ish -A m erica n coun tries , th e po litica l ties tha t

bin d som e ofthem to the ir Republic , a n d th e im porta n ce the kn ow ledge ofSpan ish

h as becom e for A m eric a n s, a n d a lso th e kn ow ledge of the E n glish la n guage for

Spa n ish-A m erica n s , the editor ha s in cluded in this NE W D ICT IONA RY n o t on ly m odern

term s a n d techn ica l w ords a nd ex pression s frequen tly used in com m erce, m a n ufa c

tures , a nd th e arts , bu t a lso a grea t n um ber ofterm s ofscie n tific tech n ology in ten deda s a h elpto young m en en gaged in sc ien tific or polytech n ic s tud ies . Indeed th ere is

n o oth er d ic tion a ry ofth e Spa n ish a n d E nglish la n gqages tha t ca n be so useful to

studen ts , as w ell as to m erch a n ts , travelers, a n d litera ry m en . W e are confiden t tha t

S efior's Cuyé s

's work w ill n ot fa il ofdue apprecia tion , a s it h a s required long a n d

d iffi cu lt resea rch to fin d true a n d accura te equiva len ts in both la nguages for such

tec hn ica l ex pressions .

D . A P P L E T O N A N D C O.M P A N Y,

NEW YORK . BOSTON. CH ICA G O. L ONDON.

TW ENTIETI—I CENTURY TEXT-BOOKS.

A F irst Spa n ish Book a n d R ea der.

By W I L L IA M F. G I E S E , A .M . I 2m 0. Cloth,

This volum e is a complete first-year book—simple an d

prac tical. Theory is reduced to a strict m in im um, ia

ten ded for absolute m a stery. M aterial for prac tise an d

tran sla tion is m uch m ore abun dan t than usual. The

disconnected sen ten ces, a lways so unprofitable, have been

elim in a ted ; a n d con n ected, u sually an ecdotal, passagesreplace them .

In Part I a secon d passage, a n d usually a third, followsin each lesson , in troduc in g n o new words

,m akin g sight

readin g possible from the start. Form s an d phrases for

retran sla tion , an a n ecdota l bit of composition , an d a.

conversa tion,a ll ba sed on the first passage, complete the

lesson . Every part ofa given lesson illustra tes a statedprin ciple, with con sta n t repetition ofthe sam e form s a n d

vocabulary. I rregula r verbforms are ex cluded from the

earlier reading lesson s.

Part ' I I is devoted to the irregular verbs, developedaccord ing to a n ew sch em e ofderivation . E ach illustrativereadin g lesson con ta in s fifty to seven ty

-five verb form s inthe given ten se or m ood trea ted in the lesson . Part I IIcon sISts ofea sy read in g m a tter.

D . A P P L E T O N A ND C O M PA NY,

NEW YORK . BOSTON. CH ICA G O. L ONDON.

SPANISH METHODS AND G RA M M ARS.

A F irs t Book in Spa n is h .

G ram m ar an d Reader, w ith Voc abulary, etc . By W I L L I A M

F. G I ESE,A . M .

, Un ivers ity of W iscon s in . I am o . C loth .

n et. (Twen tieth Cen tury Tex t-Books .)

T he C om bin ed Spa n ish M eth od .

A Pra ctica l a nd Theoretical System , em brac ing the M ost

A dva n tageous Fea tures ofthe Best—kn ow n M ethods . Reviseded ition , w ith the n ew orthography. By A L BERTO DE TORNOS,A . M . New edition . 1 2m o . C loth, Key to Com binedM ethod, 50 cents .

T he Revised Ollen dorffM eth od .

A n E asy System ; w ith the E lem en ts ofSpan ish G ram m ar

a nd Tables ofDeclen sion s , etc . By M . VE L AZ QUEZ a n d T .

S I M ONNE. I zm o . C loth, Key, 50 cen ts .

T he H arm on ic M eth od for L earn ing Spa n ish .

Designed for E lem en tary Use. By L U IS A . BA RA L T , A . B . ,

M . D . , Form erly In structor in Span ish in the College ofthe CityofNew York. 1 2m o . C loth, n et.

Span ish T ea ch er a n d Colloquia l Phra se BookA n E a sy a n d A greeable M ethod ofA cquiring a Speaking

Knowledge ofthe Span ish L a nguage . By FRA NC I S BUT L ER .

New edition , revised a ccording to the Rules ofthe Span ishA cadem y, by H erm an R itter. 18m o . Cloth. 50 cen ts .

A n E a sy In troduction to Spa n ish Convers a tion .

By M . VE L AZ QUE Z D E L A CA DENA, Professor ofthe Spa n ish

L anguage ; E d itor of “ Ollendorff’

s Spa n ish G ram m ar," “ New

Span ish Reader, etc . 18m o . Cloth, 35 cen ts .

T he Spa n ish Phra se Book ; or, Key to Spa n ishConvers a tion .

Con ta in ing the Chief Idiom s ofthe Span ish La nguage, w iththe conjugation s. etc . On the plan ofthe la te A bbé Bossut. ByE . M . DE BEL EM . 18m o . Cloth, 30 cen ts .

Pra ctica l M eth od to L ea rn Span ish .

W ith a Vocabulary and E x erc ises for Tran sla tion into E nglish.

By A . RA M OS DiA z DE V I L L E G A S . I zm o . Cloth, 50 cen ts .

D . A P P L E T O N A N D C O M P A N Y , N E W Y O R K .

LITERATURES OF THE W ORLD.

Edited by EDMUND G OSSE,Hon . M .A . ofT rin ity College, Cambridge.

Spa n ish L itera ture .

By J . FITZ M A URI CE-KEL LY, M em berofthe Spanish A cadem y . I zm o . C lo th ,

M r. Kelly ha s written a book that m ust be read and

pondered , for within its lim its it has n o rival as A H istoryofSpan ish L iterature Tlzc M a il and E xpress.

The work before us is on e wh ich n o studen t can hen ce

forth n eglec t, ifthe studen t would keep his knowledge oi Span ish upto date. W e close with a ren ewed

expression ofadm iration for this ex cellen t m anual ; the

style is m arked an d full ofpiquan cy, the phrases dwell in

the m em ory.

"

l e Spectator.

A han dbook that has long been n eeded for the use of

the gen eral reader, an d it adm irably supplies the wan t.

G rea t skill is shown in the selection ofthe importan t factsthe critic ism s

,th ough n ecessarily brief, are authoritative an d

to th e poin t an d the h istory is gracefully told in soun d lit

erary style.

—S a turd’ay Evem'

rzg G azette.

For the first tim e a survey ofSpan ish literaturei s pre

sen ted to E nglish readers by a writer ofample knowledge

an d keen discrim in a tion . M r. Kelly'

s work rises far be

yon d the level ofthe tex t-books. So good a critic does n otm erely com m en t on literature ; he m akes it him self.

"

—New York Boo/ama”.

D . A PPL E T ON A N D C O M P A NY ,N E W YORK .

SPA NISH REA DERS .

Cerva n tes’s el Cautivo .

A n Episode from“Don Quix ote. Edited

,w ith an

In troduc tio n, G ramm a tica l an d E xplan a tory No tes, an d a

Span ish -E n glish Vocabulary, by EDUA RDO TOL RA Y FORNES,Professor ofthe Norm al S chool

,Un iversity ofBarcelon a.

1 2m o . Cloth , 50 cen ts.

Com m en ded for the use ofstuden ts who desire a kn ow ledge of.

the best inSpan ish litera ture . The ample n otes w ill be found a grea t a ssis tan ce to a

proper understa n ding ofSpan ish id iom s .

E l S i de la s Nii‘

ia s .

A Com edy in Three A cts . By L EA NDRO FERNANDEZ

M ORA'

I‘ IN. E dited, with a Biographical Notic e, E xplana

tory Notes, an d a Span ish-E n glish Voc abulary, by EDUA RDOTOL RA Y FORNES, Professor ofthe Norm al Scho ol

,Un i

versity ofBarcelon a . 1 2m 0. C lo th , 50 cen ts .

This com edy is a m odel often dern ess and simplicity a nd is on e ofMoratfn ’

s m ost successful plays. It ha s been thoroughly ed ited a n d the n ew

Span ish orthography adopted . It w ill be foun d ex trem ely helpful as a readerfor studen ts learn in g Span ish .

T he Spa n ish Reader a n d T ra n slator.

By M IG UE L T . TOLON,Professor ofM odern L an guages

a n d Span ish L iterature. New an d revised edition . I zm o .

Cloth, 75 c en ts .

This book h as been thoroughly revised an d rewritten a n d the n ew orthogr

iphy adopted . It con sists ofa series ofprogressive ex ercises ofespecial

v ue to begin n ers .

Nui‘

iez’s Spa n ish Readers .

W ith Vocabulary an d Question s in English on the Tex t.By I . A BEL A RDO NuNEz. I llustrated . Book I

,65 cen ts.

Book I I,85 cen ts.

D . A P P L E T ON A N D C O M P A NY, N E W Y O R K .

A New Method Portuguese Language - Forgotten Books

Documents

Transcript of A New Method Portuguese Language - Forgotten Books